The history of the imperiall estate of the grand seigneurs their habitations, liues, titles ... gouernment and tyranny. Translated out of French by E.G. S.A.
         Histoire generalle du serrail, et de la cour du Grand Seigneur, Empereur des Turcs. English
         Baudier, Michel, 1589?-1645.
      
       
         
           1635
        
      
       Approx. 429 KB of XML-encoded text transcribed from 100 1-bit group-IV TIFF page images.
       
         Text Creation Partnership,
         Ann Arbor, MI ; Oxford (UK) :
         2009-03 (EEBO-TCP Phase 1).
         A05751
         STC 1593
         ESTC S101093
         99836917
         99836917
         1212
         
           
            This keyboarded and encoded edition of the work described above is co-owned by the institutions providing financial support to the Early English Books Online Text Creation Partnership. This Phase I text is available for reuse, according to the terms of
             Creative Commons 0 1.0 Universal
            . The text can be copied, modified, distributed and performed, even for commercial purposes, all without asking permission.
          
        
      
       
         Early English books online.
      
       
         (EEBO-TCP ; phase 1, no. A05751)
         Transcribed from: (Early English Books Online ; image set 1212)
         Images scanned from microfilm: (Early English books, 1475-1640 ; 697:05)
      
       
         
           
             The history of the imperiall estate of the grand seigneurs their habitations, liues, titles ... gouernment and tyranny. Translated out of French by E.G. S.A.
             Histoire generalle du serrail, et de la cour du Grand Seigneur, Empereur des Turcs. English
             Baudier, Michel, 1589?-1645.
             Baudier, Michel, 1589?-1645. Histoire de la cour du roy de la Chine. aut
             Grimeston, Edward.
          
           [8], 248 p.
           
             Printed by William Stansby, for Richard Meighen, next to the middle Temple in Fleetstreet,
             London :
             1635.
          
           
             Translations by Edward Grimeston of "Histoire generalle du serrail, et de la cour du Grand Seigneur, Empereur des Turcs" and "Histoire de la cour du roy de la Chine" by Michel Baudier.
             "The history of the serrail, and of the court of the Grand Seigneur, Emperour of the Turkes" and "The history of the Court of the King of China" each has separate title page: pagination and register are continuous. Both author and translator are named on the last title page.
             Only the first work appears on UMI microfilm.
             Reproduction of the original in Cambridge University Library.
          
        
      
    
     
       
         Created by converting TCP files to TEI P5 using tcp2tei.xsl, TEI @ Oxford.
         Re-processed by University of Nebraska-Lincoln and Northwestern, with changes to facilitate morpho-syntactic tagging. Gap elements of known extent have been transformed into placeholder characters or elements to simplify the filling in of gaps by user contributors.
      
       
         EEBO-TCP is a partnership between the Universities of Michigan and Oxford and the publisher ProQuest to create accurately transcribed and encoded texts based on the image sets published by ProQuest via their Early English Books Online (EEBO) database (http://eebo.chadwyck.com). The general aim of EEBO-TCP is to encode one copy (usually the first edition) of every monographic English-language title published between 1473 and 1700 available in EEBO.
         EEBO-TCP aimed to produce large quantities of textual data within the usual project restraints of time and funding, and therefore chose to create diplomatic transcriptions (as opposed to critical editions) with light-touch, mainly structural encoding based on the Text Encoding Initiative (http://www.tei-c.org).
         The EEBO-TCP project was divided into two phases. The 25,363 texts created during Phase 1 of the project have been released into the public domain as of 1 January 2015. Anyone can now take and use these texts for their own purposes, but we respectfully request that due credit and attribution is given to their original source.
         Users should be aware of the process of creating the TCP texts, and therefore of any assumptions that can be made about the data.
         Text selection was based on the New Cambridge Bibliography of English Literature (NCBEL). If an author (or for an anonymous work, the title) appears in NCBEL, then their works are eligible for inclusion. Selection was intended to range over a wide variety of subject areas, to reflect the true nature of the print record of the period. In general, first editions of a works in English were prioritized, although there are a number of works in other languages, notably Latin and Welsh, included and sometimes a second or later edition of a work was chosen if there was a compelling reason to do so.
         Image sets were sent to external keying companies for transcription and basic encoding. Quality assurance was then carried out by editorial teams in Oxford and Michigan. 5% (or 5 pages, whichever is the greater) of each text was proofread for accuracy and those which did not meet QA standards were returned to the keyers to be redone. After proofreading, the encoding was enhanced and/or corrected and characters marked as illegible were corrected where possible up to a limit of 100 instances per text. Any remaining illegibles were encoded as <gap>s. Understanding these processes should make clear that, while the overall quality of TCP data is very good, some errors will remain and some readable characters will be marked as illegible. Users should bear in mind that in all likelihood such instances will never have been looked at by a TCP editor.
         The texts were encoded and linked to page images in accordance with level 4 of the TEI in Libraries guidelines.
         Copies of the texts have been issued variously as SGML (TCP schema; ASCII text with mnemonic sdata character entities); displayable XML (TCP schema; characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or text strings within braces); or lossless XML (TEI P5, characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or TEI g elements).
         
          Keying and markup guidelines are available at the
           Text Creation Partnership web site
          .
        
      
       
         
         
      
    
     
       
         eng
      
       
         
           Harem -- Early works to 1800.
           Turkey -- Court and courtiers -- Early works to 1800.
           China -- Court and courtiers -- Early works to 1800.
        
      
    
     
        2007-11 TCP
        Assigned for keying and markup
      
        2008-01 SPi Global
        Keyed and coded from ProQuest page images
      
        2008-02 Emma (Leeson) Huber
        Sampled and proofread
      
        2008-02 Emma (Leeson) Huber
        Text and markup reviewed and edited
      
        2008-09 pfs
        Batch review (QC) and XML conversion
      
    
  
   
     
       
         
         
         
           THE
           HISTORY
           OF
           THE
           SERRAIL
           ,
           AND
           OF
           THE
           COVRT
           of
           the
           
             Grand
             Seigneur
          
           ,
           Emperour
           of
           the
           Turkes
           .
           WHEREIN
           IS
           SEENE
           the
           Image
           of
           the
           Othoman
           Greatnesse
           ,
           
             A
             Table
             of
             humane
             passions
             ,
             and
             the
          
           Examples
           of
           the
           inconstant
           prosperities
           of
           the
           Court.
           
        
         
           
             Translated
             out
             of
          
           French
           by
           Edward
           Grimeston
           Serjant
           at
           Armes
           .
        
         
           LONDON
           ,
           Printed
           by
           
             William
             Stansby
          
           .
        
      
       
         
         
         
           TO
           THE
           RIGHT
           WORSHIPFVLL
           
             HIS
             WORTHY
          
           Kinsman
           ,
           
             S.
             Harbottell
             Grimeston
          
           Knight
           and
           Baronet
           .
        
         
           
             SIR
             ,
          
        
         
           IT
           is
           the
           vsuall
           manner
           of
           Men
           ,
           whom
           GOD
           hath
           blest
           with
           the
           goods
           of
           Fortune
           ,
           when
           Death
           summons
           them
           to
           leaue
           the
           world
           ,
           with
           all
           their
           wealth
           ,
           they
           are
           then
           ●ous
           and
           carefull
           how
           to
           dispose
           of
           that
           
           which
           they
           cannot
           carrie
           with
           them
           .
           Then
           they
           call
           for
           Cou●
           to
           aduise
           them
           in
           the
           drawing
           of
           their
           last
           Wills
           and
           Testaments
           ,
           bequeathing
           large
           〈◊〉
           or
           to
           their
           Children
           ,
           Kinsfolke
           and
           best
           respected
           Friends
           ,
           to
           remayne
           as
           a
           future
           testimonie
           of
           their
           bounties
           :
           But
           if
           fareth
           not
           so
           with
           mee
           ;
           I
           must
           say
           with
           poore
           
             Bias
             ,
             O●nid
             〈◊〉
             m●cum
             p●rto
          
           I
           am
           now
           creeping
           into
           my
           Graue
           ,
           and
           am
           freed
           from
           that
           care
           ,
           how
           to
           dispose
           of
           my
           worldly
           estate
           .
           But
           I
           feare
           that
           my
           disabilitie
           will
           leaue
           some
           staine
           of
           Ingratitude
           vpon
           mee
           ,
           when
           I
           dead
           ;
           that
           I
           haue
           left
           no
           testimonie
           of
           my
           thankfulnesse
           to
           so
           worthy
           a
           friend
           as
           your selfe
           ,
           from
           whom
           I
           haue
           receiued
           so
           many
           fauours
           .
           To
           make
           any
           reall
           satisfaction
           ,
           I
           cannot
           ,
           neither
           doe
           you
           need
           it
           .
           Yet
           to
           free
           my selfe
           (
           in
           some
           sort
           )
           of
           this
           imputation
           of
           ingratitude
           ,
           I
           haue
           be
           〈◊〉
           you●
           〈◊〉
           Legacie
           ,
           the
           last
           of
           ●y
           ●aid
           ●s
           .
           I
           hope
           you
           will
           giue
           it
           acceptance
           and
           countenance
           it
           for
           your
           owne
           ,
           who●e
           you
           may
           at
           your
           best
           leisure
           (
           without
           any
           labour
           ,
           trauell
           ,
           or
           expences
           )
           enter
           into
           the
           great
           
             Turk's
             S●raglio
          
           or
           Court
           ,
           and
           there
           ta●
           suruay
           of
           the
           life
           ,
           lusts
           ,
           reuenewes
           ,
           power
           ,
           gou●
           ,
           and
           tyranny
           of
           that
           great
           Ottoman
           .
           I
           bequeath
           it
           
           you
           as
           a
           testimonie
           of
           my
           thankfulnes
           when
           I
           am
           gone
           .
           If
           you
           make
           it
           your
           recreation
           after
           more
           serious
           affaires
           ,
           I
           hope
           you
           will
           receiue
           some
           content
           ,
           to
           reade
           the
           State
           of
           the
           proudest
           and
           most
           powerfull
           Monarch
           of
           the
           World.
           If
           it
           please
           you
           ,
           I
           shall
           thinke
           my selfe
           very
           happy
           ,
           hauing
           performed
           this
           last
           dutie
           .
           And
           will
           euer
           rest
           ,
        
         
           
             Your
             truly
             affected
             poore
             Vnckle
             ,
             
               Edward
               Grimeston
            
             .
          
        
      
    
     
       
         
         
         THE
         GENERALL
         HISTORY
         OF
         THE
         SERRAIL
         ,
         and
         of
         the
         Court
         of
         the
         Grand
         SEIGNEVR
         ,
         Emperour
         of
         the
         TVRKES
         .
      
       
         
           The
           first
           BOOKE
           .
        
         
           THe
           wisest
           among
           Men
           aduise
           vs
           to
           goe
           vnto
           Kings
           as
           vnto
           the
           fire
           ,
           neither
           ●o
           neere
           nor
           too
           farre
           off
           :
           It
           burnes
           when
           wee
           approach
           indifferently
           ,
           and
           doth
           not
           warme
           hi●
           that
           stands
           farre
           off
           :
           The
           glorious
           lustre
           of
           Royall
           Maiestie
           ,
           cons●
           their
           re●
           presumption
           of
           those
           which
           approach
           too
           neere
           ,
           and
           the
           bea●
           of
           their
           bounty
           doe
           neuer
           warme
           those
           sauage
           〈◊〉
           which
           rec●e
           in
           flying
           from
           them
           .
           The
           true
           examples
           which
           Histories
           supply
           ,
           haue
           confirmed
           the
           excellency
           of
           this
           counsell
           :
           yet
           a
           desire
           of
           the
           publique
           good
           hath
           enforced
           me
           to
           violate
           this
           respect
           ,
           and
           my
           vowes
           to
           serue
           it
           carries
           〈◊〉
           into
           the
           danger
           there
           is
           in
           ga●ing
           too
           neere
           vpon
           Kings
           .
           I
           approach
           vnto
           the
           proudest
           of
           all
           other
           Princes
           ,
           and
           the
           most
           seuere
           of
           Men
           ,
           yea
           so
           neere
           as
           Id●e
           into
           his
           secrets
           ,
           visit
           his
           person
           ,
           discouer
           his
           most
           hidden
           affections
           ,
           and
           relate
           his
           most
           particular
           loues
           .
           If
           I
           loose
           myselfe
           ,
           yet
           
           I
           shall
           giue
           proofes
           of
           this
           veritie
           ,
           that
           in
           the
           age
           wherein
           wee
           liue
           ,
           whosoeuer
           imployes
           himselfe
           wholy
           for
           the
           publique
           ,
           in
           the
           end
           ruines
           himselfe
           :
           But
           Man
           is
           not
           borne
           only
           for
           himselfe
           ,
           and
           the
           barbarous
           ingratitude
           of
           the
           times
           cannot
           serue
           for
           a
           pretext
           but
           vnto
           idlenesse
           .
           He
           that
           will
           labour
           ,
           must
           passe
           ouer
           these
           obstacles
           ;
           for
           he
           is
           not
           worthy
           of
           life
           ,
           which
           doth
           not
           imploy
           it
           well
           ;
           and
           to
           consume
           himselfe
           for
           the
           publique
           good
           ,
           it
           to
           reuiue
           againe
           gloriously
           out
           of
           his
           ashes
           ,
           like
           vnto
           a
           new
           Phoenix
           .
           I
           haue
           conceiued
           ,
           that
           hauing
           giuen
           you
           the
           History
           of
           the
           Turkish
           Empire
           ,
           from
           its
           beginning
           vnto
           our
           times
           ,
           it
           would
           not
           be
           vnprofitable
           to
           let
           you
           see
           what
           their
           manners
           are
           ,
           their
           kind
           of
           liuing
           ,
           their
           conuersation
           ,
           and
           the
           order
           of
           their
           gouernement
           ,
           which
           so
           powerfull
           and
           redoubted
           a
           Conquerour
           doth
           obserue
           .
           To
           doest
           safely
           woe
           must
           enter
           into
           the
           Serrail
           ,
           where
           the
           secret
           of
           all
           these
           things
           is
           carefully
           shut
           vp
           .
           But
           for
           that
           in
           going
           thither
           we
           must
           crosse
           thorough
           the
           Citie
           of
           Constantinople
           ,
           let
           vs
           speake
           something
           of
           the
           situation
           ,
           antiquitie
           ,
           and
           beautie
           ,
           of
           this
           pompous
           Citie
           ,
           the
           fatall
           abode
           of
           the
           most
           powerfull
           Emperours
           of
           the
           Earth
           .
        
         
           
             
               CHAP.
               I.
            
             Of
             the
             Citie
             of
             Constantinople
             .
          
           
             THe
             Grecians
             consulting
             with
             the
             Oracle
             of
             
               Apollo
               l'ytheus
            
             ,
             what
             place
             they
             should
             choose
             to
             build
             a
             City
             in
             Thrace
             ,
             had
             for
             answere
             that
             they
             should
             lay
             the
             foundations
             right
             against
             the
             Territory
             of
             blind
             Men
             ;
             so
             terming
             the
             Calcidonians
             ,
             who
             comming
             first
             into
             that
             country
             ,
             could
             not
             make
             choice
             of
             the
             fertility
             of
             a
             good
             soyle
             ,
             and
             were
             seated
             vpon
             the
             other
             side
             of
             the
             Sea
             vpon
             the
             borders
             of
             Asia
             ,
             in
             a
             place
             which
             was
             vnpleasing
             and
             vnfruitfull
             ,
             in
             old
             time
             called
             the
             Towne
             of
             Calcedonia
             ,
             but
             now
             the
             Borough
             
               Scutar●
               .
               Pausanius
            
             Captaine
             of
             the
             Spartians
             had
             the
             charge
             to
             build
             it
             ,
             and
             Byze
             Generall
             of
             
             the
             Megarian
             Floet
             ,
             gaue
             it
             his
             name
             ,
             and
             called
             it
             Byzance
             :
             It
             hath
             carried
             it
             for
             many
             ages
             with
             the
             glory
             to
             be
             esteemed
             among
             the
             Grecians
             ,
             the
             most
             fertile
             of
             their
             Townes
             ,
             the
             Port
             of
             Europe
             ,
             and
             the
             Bridge
             to
             passe
             thither
             from
             Asia
             ;
             vntill
             that
             Great
             Constantine
             leauing
             Italy
             retired
             into
             the
             East
             ,
             and
             carried
             with
             him
             the
             most
             powerfull
             Lords
             which
             might
             trouple
             that
             estate
             :
             He
             built
             after
             the
             Modell
             of
             Rome
             ,
             a
             stately
             Citie
             vpon
             the
             Antiquities
             of
             Byzance
             where
             he
             erected
             the
             Eternitie
             of
             his
             Name
             ,
             and
             called
             it
             Constantinople
             ,
             or
             new
             Rome
             .
             The
             greatnesse
             of
             the
             Wals
             ,
             the
             safety
             of
             the
             Forts
             ,
             the
             beautie
             of
             the
             Houses
             ,
             the
             riches
             of
             Columnes
             ,
             which
             seemed
             to
             haue
             drawne
             into
             that
             place
             all
             the
             Marble
             ,
             I
             asper
             ,
             and
             Porphyry
             of
             the
             Earth
             ,
             were
             the
             rare
             wonders
             of
             the
             Architecture
             ,
             but
             aboue
             all
             these
             things
             appeared
             a
             magnificent
             Temple
             ,
             which
             the
             pietie
             of
             this
             Prince
             had
             consecrated
             to
             the
             Diuine
             Wisdome
             ,
             vnder
             the
             name
             of
             
               Saincta
               Sophia
            
             ,
             whose
             building
             the
             riches
             seemed
             in
             some
             sort
             to
             enuie
             the
             glory
             of
             King
             Salomon
             ,
             in
             the
             like
             designe
             ;
             at
             the
             least
             according
             to
             the
             time
             ,
             and
             the
             power
             of
             Constantine
             .
             Seuen
             rich
             Lampes
             ministred
             occasion
             to
             curious
             spirits
             to
             obserue
             their
             rare
             art
             ,
             they
             all
             receiued
             at
             one
             instant
             the
             substance
             which
             did
             nourish
             their
             flames
             ,
             and
             one
             being
             extinct
             all
             the
             rest
             were
             quencht
             .
             This
             was
             in
             the
             yeare
             of
             Grace
             ,
             three
             hundred
             and
             thirty
             .
             Since
             two
             tumultuous
             factions
             grew
             in
             the
             Citie
             ,
             who
             after
             they
             had
             cast
             the
             fire
             of
             an
             vnfortunate
             Sedition
             into
             the
             spirits
             of
             Men
             ,
             brought
             the
             flames
             into
             this
             goodly
             Temple
             and
             burnt
             it
             .
             For
             this
             cause
             Instinian
             the
             Emperour
             employed
             in
             the
             restoring
             thereof
             ,
             a
             part
             of
             the
             Treasures
             which
             he
             had
             greedily
             gathered
             together
             :
             He
             caused
             it
             to
             be
             re-edified
             with
             more
             state
             then
             it
             had
             beene
             ,
             and
             in
             seuenteene
             yeares
             he
             imployed
             thirty
             foure
             Millions
             of
             gold
             ,
             which
             was
             the
             Reuenew
             of
             Egypt
             for
             that
             time
             :
             He
             laid
             a
             foundation
             of
             eight
             hundred
             thousand
             Duckers
             of
             yearely
             rent
             ,
             and
             caused
             this
             holy
             and
             reuerend
             place
             to
             be
             serued
             by
             nine
             hundred
             Priests
             ,
             Men
             who
             had
             the
             merit
             of
             their
             beginning
             from
             Learning
             and
             Pietie
             .
             The
             Citie
             being
             the
             Queene
             of
             the
             World
             ,
             within
             few
             yeares
             after
             ,
             saw
             her
             restorer
             triumphing
             ouer
             the
             
             King
             of
             Persia
             ,
             and
             had
             the
             grace
             to
             keepe
             in
             her
             bosome
             ,
             the
             precious
             treasure
             of
             Christianity
             ,
             a
             part
             of
             the
             Crosse
             of
             the
             Redeemer
             of
             the
             World
             ,
             found
             by
             the
             carefull
             pietie
             of
             the
             Emperours
             Mother
             :
             her
             joy
             ,
             pompe
             ,
             and
             lustre
             ,
             were
             growne
             to
             that
             height
             ,
             as
             it
             seemed
             there
             could
             be
             nothing
             more
             added
             :
             it
             is
             by
             succession
             of
             time
             the
             seate
             of
             the
             greatest
             Monarches
             of
             the
             Earth
             :
             Senerus
             and
             Anthonin
             his
             sonne
             did
             enuy
             it
             ,
             and
             rauished
             from
             its
             restorer
             ,
             the
             glory
             to
             haue
             named
             it
             ,
             calling
             it
             Anthonia
             ,
             by
             one
             of
             their
             names
             .
             But
             whatsoeuer
             hath
             a
             beginning
             in
             this
             World
             must
             haue
             an
             end
             :
             and
             the
             goodliest
             things
             paie
             tribute
             to
             change
             .
             In
             the
             yeere
             1453.
             on
             Tuesday
             the
             seuen
             and
             twentieth
             of
             May
             ,
             it
             was
             after
             a
             long
             siege
             made
             a
             prey
             to
             the
             victorious
             Turke
             :
             Mahomet
             the
             Second
             of
             that
             name
             ,
             and
             the
             eleuenth
             Emperour
             of
             the
             Turks
             entred
             it
             by
             force
             ,
             spoyled
             it
             ,
             and
             sackt
             it
             ;
             The
             Emperour
             
               Constantine
               Paliologo
            
             lost
             his
             life
             ,
             with
             a
             great
             number
             of
             men
             of
             quality
             ,
             and
             all
             the
             Christian
             men
             were
             subiect
             to
             the
             Sword
             ,
             or
             to
             the
             rigour
             of
             bondage
             :
             the
             women
             were
             a
             sport
             to
             the
             lubricity
             of
             the
             Turkes
             ,
             and
             their
             goods
             subiect
             to
             their
             spoyle
             ,
             in
             reuenge
             (
             some
             say
             )
             of
             the
             sacke
             and
             burning
             which
             the
             Grecians
             made
             of
             Troy
             ,
             from
             whom
             they
             will
             haue
             the
             Turkes
             to
             be
             descended
             :
             but
             rather
             for
             a
             punishment
             of
             the
             impiety
             of
             the
             Grecians
             ,
             who
             blaspheming
             against
             Heauen
             ,
             deny
             that
             the
             Holy
             Ghost
             proceeds
             from
             Iesus
             Christ
             the
             second
             Person
             in
             the
             ineffable
             Trinity
             .
             Mahomet
             the
             Second
             of
             that
             name
             ,
             was
             the
             first
             that
             setled
             the
             Othoman
             .
             Throne
             there
             ,
             They
             changed
             the
             name
             among
             them
             ,
             and
             called
             it
             Stamboll
             ,
             that
             is
             to
             say
             ,
             the
             great
             ,
             the
             Royall
             ,
             and
             the
             abundant
             .
             Her
             goodly
             places
             suffer
             the
             like
             inconstancie
             ,
             and
             are
             called
             Baestans
             ,
             the
             stately
             Hippodrome
             ,
             is
             called
             the
             place
             of
             Horses
             .
             Atmaydan
             ,
             and
             the
             wonderfull
             Temple
             of
             
               Sainta
               Sophia
            
             ,
             is
             become
             the
             chiefe
             Mosquee
             of
             Mahomets
             superstition
             .
          
           
             
             This
             Citie
             is
             situated
             vpon
             a
             point
             of
             firme
             Land
             aduanced
             into
             the
             channell
             which
             comes
             from
             
               Pontus
               Enxinus
            
             ,
             or
             the
             blacke
             Sea
             ,
             which
             Geographers
             call
             the
             Bosphorus
             of
             Thrace
             .
             It
             is
             watred
             of
             three
             parts
             by
             the
             Sea
             :
             towards
             the
             North
             by
             a
             Gulfe
             or
             Arme
             of
             the
             Sea
             ,
             called
             the
             Horne
             ,
             which
             the
             
             Bosphorus
             thrusts
             into
             Europe
             ,
             and
             make
             the
             Hauen
             of
             Constantinople
             the
             goodliest
             ,
             the
             deepest
             ,
             and
             the
             most
             commodious
             in
             Europe
             :
             Towards
             the
             East
             it
             is
             watred
             by
             the
             extremitie
             of
             the
             channell
             or
             Bosphorus
             ;
             on
             the
             South
             by
             the
             waues
             of
             the
             Propontique
             Sea
             ;
             and
             vpon
             the
             South
             it
             hath
             the
             firme
             Land
             of
             Thrace
             .
             The
             forme
             is
             Triangular
             ,
             whereof
             the
             largest
             side
             is
             that
             towards
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             which
             lookes
             to
             the
             Sea
             towards
             the
             seuen
             Towers
             ,
             and
             its
             vast
             circuit
             containes
             about
             fiue
             leagues
             :
             The
             wals
             are
             of
             an
             extraordinary
             height
             ,
             with
             two
             false
             Brayes
             towards
             the
             Land
             ,
             and
             inclose
             seuen
             Hils
             within
             it
             .
             The
             first
             serues
             as
             a
             Theatre
             to
             the
             Imperiall
             Palace
             of
             the
             Prince
             ,
             where
             it
             is
             commodiously
             and
             proudly
             feated
             :
             The
             last
             lookes
             vpon
             the
             extremity
             of
             the
             farthest
             parts
             of
             the
             Towne
             opposite
             to
             this
             ,
             and
             vpon
             the
             way
             which
             leads
             to
             Andrinopolis
             by
             Land.
             But
             betwixt
             the
             third
             and
             the
             fourth
             ,
             where
             a
             Valley
             doth
             extend
             it selfe
             called
             the
             great
             ,
             is
             an
             Aqucduct
             of
             rare
             structure
             ,
             which
             Constantine
             caused
             to
             be
             drawne
             seuen
             leagues
             from
             the
             City
             ,
             and
             Solyman
             the
             Second
             aduanced
             it
             two
             Leagues
             beyond
             ,
             and
             increased
             the
             current
             of
             water
             in
             so
             great
             abundance
             ,
             as
             they
             doe
             serue
             seuen
             hundred
             and
             forty
             Fountaines
             for
             the
             publique
             ,
             not
             reckoning
             those
             which
             are
             drawne
             into
             diuers
             parts
             to
             furnish
             the
             great
             number
             of
             Bathes
             which
             serue
             for
             delights
             ,
             and
             the
             Turkes
             superstition
             .
          
           
             Vpon
             the
             last
             of
             the
             seuen
             Hils
             are
             yet
             to
             be
             seene
             the
             ancient
             buildings
             of
             a
             Fort
             strengthened
             with
             seuen
             Towres
             in
             the
             midst
             of
             the
             situation
             ;
             the
             Turkes
             call
             it
             Giedicula
             ,
             that
             is
             to
             say
             ,
             the
             Fort
             of
             the
             seuen
             Towres
             ,
             in
             the
             which
             the
             wonders
             of
             Art
             was
             so
             great
             in
             old
             time
             ,
             as
             what
             was
             spoken
             in
             the
             one
             was
             heard
             in
             all
             the
             rest
             ,
             not
             all
             at
             one
             instant
             ,
             but
             successiuely
             and
             in
             order
             .
             Two
             hundred
             and
             fifty
             Souldiers
             are
             in
             guard
             ,
             commanded
             by
             a
             Captaine
             who
             hath
             the
             charge
             ,
             who
             may
             not
             goe
             forth
             without
             the
             leaue
             of
             the
             Grand
             Vo●ir
             ,
             except
             it
             be
             on
             two
             dayes
             in
             the
             yeare
             ,
             when
             they
             celebrate
             their
             Feasts
             of
             Bayrans
             ,
             or
             Easter
             .
             The
             first
             Turkish
             Emperour
             which
             possest
             Constantinople
             lodged
             their
             treasure
             in
             these
             Towres
             :
             The
             one
             was
             full
             of
             Ingots
             ,
             and
             coyned
             gold
             ;
             two
             of
             them
             
             contained
             the
             siluer
             that
             was
             coyned
             and
             in
             Ingots
             :
             another
             had
             diuers
             armes
             and
             ornaments
             for
             Souldiers
             ,
             and
             the
             Caparisons
             for
             Horses
             ,
             enricht
             with
             gold
             ,
             siluer
             and
             precious
             stones
             :
             the
             fift
             serued
             for
             ancient
             Armes
             ,
             Medales
             ,
             and
             other
             precious
             remaynders
             of
             Antiquity
             :
             the
             sixt
             contained
             the
             Engines
             for
             Warre
             :
             and
             the
             seuenth
             ,
             the
             Rols
             and
             Records
             of
             the
             Empire
             ;
             accompanied
             with
             a
             goodly
             gallery
             ,
             in
             the
             which
             were
             placed
             the
             rich
             spoyles
             which
             Selym
             the
             first
             brought
             from
             Tauris
             ,
             when
             he
             triumphed
             ouer
             Persia
             .
             All
             these
             treasures
             were
             carefully
             kept
             vntill
             the
             Reigne
             of
             Selym
             the
             Second
             .
             But
             it
             is
             in
             estates
             as
             with
             priuate
             Families
             .
             In
             these
             some
             gather
             together
             with
             much
             toyle
             that
             which
             their
             heires
             waste
             prodigally
             ;
             and
             some
             Kings
             heape
             vp
             treasure
             which
             serue
             as
             a
             subiect
             of
             prodigality
             to
             their
             Successors
             .
             For
             this
             Prince
             base
             and
             effeminate
             ,
             who
             it
             seemes
             ,
             was
             not
             borne
             but
             for
             the
             ruine
             of
             his
             Empire
             (
             if
             Christians
             could
             haue
             imbraced
             the
             occasions
             )
             wasted
             in
             the
             expences
             of
             the
             Nauall
             Army
             ,
             which
             the
             battaile
             of
             Lepantho
             made
             subject
             to
             the
             Christians
             ,
             and
             before
             in
             the
             warre
             of
             Cyprus
             ,
             the
             best
             part
             of
             the
             immense
             treasure
             which
             his
             Father
             had
             heaped
             vp
             in
             these
             Towres
             :
             the
             rest
             serued
             for
             his
             lasciuious
             and
             disordered
             passions
             with
             his
             Concubines
             .
             Since
             Amurath
             his
             Sonne
             changed
             the
             place
             of
             the
             treasures
             of
             the
             Empire
             ,
             and
             from
             the
             Towres
             transferred
             them
             into
             his
             Serrail
             :
             so
             they
             draw
             vnto
             him
             that
             which
             he
             loues
             ,
             and
             seeing
             that
             money
             doth
             possesse
             the
             hearts
             of
             Men
             ,
             it
             is
             reason
             they
             should
             haue
             a
             lodging
             in
             their
             Palace
             .
             This
             alteration
             hath
             since
             appointed
             these
             places
             of
             the
             treasure
             ,
             to
             be
             Prisons
             for
             the
             great
             Men
             of
             the
             Port
             or
             Court
             ,
             whom
             the
             Sultans
             will
             not
             put
             to
             death
             :
             For
             the
             Fortresse
             being
             of
             a
             great
             extent
             ,
             such
             Captiues
             haue
             the
             more
             libertie
             .
             They
             shut
             vp
             in
             the
             Towres
             of
             the
             blacke
             Sea
             ,
             which
             is
             a
             Castle
             vpon
             Europe
             side
             ioyning
             to
             the
             Sea
             ,
             Christian
             Prisoners
             of
             qualitie
             ,
             where
             in
             the
             yeare
             1617.
             
             Duke
             Koreski
             a
             Prince
             of
             Moldania
             was
             lodged
             .
          
           
             Constantinople
             hath
             within
             the
             inclosure
             of
             the
             wals
             aboue
             two
             thousand
             Mosquees
             ,
             or
             Turkish
             Temples
             built
             by
             their
             Emperors
             :
             for
             we
             will
             make
             no
             further
             relation
             of
             the
             rarities
             
             of
             that
             Imperiall
             City
             ,
             but
             such
             as
             are
             at
             this
             day
             .
             Wee
             may
             read
             the
             wonders
             of
             that
             ancient
             City
             in
             other
             Authours
             ;
             and
             particularly
             in
             the
             Bookes
             which
             
               P.
               Gillius
            
             hath
             written
             .
             The
             chiefe
             of
             all
             these
             Mosquees
             is
             that
             which
             hath
             been
             erected
             in
             the
             ancient
             Temple
             of
             
               Sancta
               Sophia
            
             ,
             called
             by
             the
             Turkes
             Ayasophia
             ;
             it
             hath
             sixe
             goodly
             and
             sumptuous
             Forefronts
             ,
             the
             walls
             are
             of
             bricke
             ,
             couered
             in
             old
             time
             both
             within
             and
             without
             with
             white
             Marble
             ,
             Porphyry
             ,
             and
             other
             rich
             stones
             ;
             they
             are
             now
             of
             Lead
             .
             The
             open
             Porches
             about
             it
             haue
             six
             doores
             which
             augment
             the
             beauty
             ;
             foure
             doores
             of
             the
             Church
             open
             at
             the
             entry
             ;
             the
             height
             of
             the
             Vault
             couered
             with
             Lead
             ,
             shewes
             the
             magnificence
             of
             the
             worke
             :
             sixteene
             great
             Pillars
             support
             it
             ,
             foure
             are
             Iasper
             of
             the
             I
             le
             of
             Cyprus
             ,
             foure
             are
             of
             white
             Marble
             ,
             foure
             of
             Porphyry
             ,
             and
             foure
             of
             another
             stone
             as
             rich
             :
             forty
             eight
             other
             Pillars
             of
             lesse
             bignesse
             ,
             but
             of
             the
             same
             matter
             serues
             to
             support
             this
             great
             Fabrique
             ,
             and
             a
             lesser
             and
             lower
             Vault
             is
             supported
             by
             foure
             and
             twenty
             Columnes
             of
             the
             same
             Marble
             and
             Porphyry
             .
             The
             rare
             Statues
             and
             rich
             Images
             wherewith
             Constantine
             had
             adorned
             it
             ,
             are
             no
             more
             to
             be
             seene
             :
             Mahomet
             the
             Second
             had
             vowed
             them
             to
             the
             sack
             of
             the
             City
             when
             he
             tooke
             it
             :
             only
             an
             Image
             of
             the
             Virgin
             who
             bare
             the
             Sonne
             of
             God
             ,
             remaynes
             whole
             and
             vntoucht
             in
             the
             midst
             of
             the
             Vault
             ,
             not
             without
             a
             particular
             prouidence
             of
             Heauen
             :
             Yet
             the
             Turkes
             draw
             a
             vaile
             crosse
             to
             prohibit
             the
             sight
             ;
             but
             this
             doth
             not
             hinder
             the
             Christians
             by
             creeping
             vp
             by
             ladders
             to
             satisfie
             their
             deuotion
             ,
             when
             as
             at
             lawfull
             houres
             they
             may
             enter
             into
             the
             Mosquee
             :
             Now
             the
             Turkes
             haue
             white-cast
             the
             Vault
             in
             diuers
             parts
             ,
             to
             write
             the
             Name
             of
             God
             in
             the
             Arabique
             tongue
             .
             The
             breadth
             and
             length
             of
             this
             Church
             may
             be
             well
             comprehended
             by
             the
             height
             ,
             the
             which
             is
             limited
             by
             the
             shot
             of
             a
             Harquebusse
             :
             vnder
             it
             is
             a
             Vault
             full
             of
             Altars
             and
             Sepulchres
             ,
             in
             respect
             whereof
             the
             Turkes
             haue
             caused
             the
             doores
             to
             be
             walled
             vp
             .
             In
             a
             place
             neere
             vnto
             it
             are
             found
             ten
             great
             Piles
             full
             of
             Oyle
             since
             the
             time
             of
             Constantine
             ,
             which
             haue
             continued
             vnto
             this
             day
             free
             (
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             low
             vault
             )
             from
             the
             fire
             which
             consumed
             the
             first
             beauties
             of
             this
             Temple
             ,
             the
             long
             continuance
             
             at
             yeares
             hath
             made
             this
             Oyle
             white
             like
             Milke
             :
             It
             now
             serues
             for
             Physique
             which
             the
             Apothecaries
             vse
             for
             the
             Grand
             Seigneur
             .
          
           
             By
             these
             vaulted
             places
             they
             descended
             into
             two
             hollow
             Caues
             which
             goe
             vnder
             the
             streets
             of
             the
             City
             ,
             the
             one
             leads
             to
             the
             Grand
             Serraill
             ,
             and
             the
             other
             goes
             farre
             vnder
             Constantinople
             ,
             vnprofitable
             at
             this
             day
             ,
             except
             the
             one
             which
             hath
             receiued
             light
             by
             some
             breaches
             which
             time
             hath
             made
             ,
             serues
             only
             to
             winde
             silke
             ,
             and
             brings
             vnto
             the
             Coffers
             of
             the
             Shasna
             ,
             or
             Exchequer
             ,
             three
             or
             foure
             hundred
             Zequins
             of
             yearely
             rent
             .
             But
             the
             goodly
             and
             ancient
             buildings
             which
             did
             adorne
             this
             admirable
             Temple
             ,
             haue
             beene
             ruined
             by
             the
             Turkish
             Emperours
             ,
             except
             those
             which
             serue
             for
             a
             dwelling
             to
             some
             Congregations
             of
             the
             Priests
             of
             the
             Alcoran
             .
          
           
             Besides
             this
             great
             and
             admirable
             Mosquee
             ,
             there
             are
             foure
             others
             of
             note
             ,
             the
             durable
             markes
             of
             the
             magnificence
             of
             the
             Turkish
             Emperours
             .
             The
             first
             was
             built
             by
             Mahomet
             the
             Second
             ,
             after
             that
             hee
             had
             triumphed
             ouer
             Constantinople
             :
             He
             caused
             it
             to
             be
             erected
             after
             the
             Modell
             of
             
               Sancta
               Sophia
            
             ,
             but
             much
             lesse
             ;
             he
             enricht
             it
             with
             threescore
             thousand
             Duckets
             of
             Reuenue
             ;
             hee
             caused
             two
             hundred
             faire
             Chambers
             to
             be
             built
             about
             it
             couered
             with
             Lead
             ,
             as
             well
             to
             lodge
             the
             Priests
             which
             did
             serue
             ,
             as
             to
             receiue
             all
             strange
             Pilgrimes
             of
             what
             Nation
             or
             Religion
             soeuer
             they
             were
             ,
             where
             they
             are
             entertained
             for
             three
             dayes
             :
             without
             the
             Cloyster
             are
             also
             built
             fiftie
             other
             Chambers
             for
             poore
             men
             .
             The
             second
             Mosque
             was
             made
             by
             Baiazet
             the
             second
             soone
             to
             the
             said
             Mahomet
             .
             The
             third
             by
             Selym
             the
             first
             sonne
             to
             this
             man
             :
             and
             the
             fourth
             by
             Solyman
             second
             sonne
             to
             Selym.
             These
             three
             last
             Princes
             are
             euery
             one
             buried
             within
             the
             walls
             of
             this
             Mosquee
             in
             stately
             Tombes
             ,
             vpon
             the
             which
             there
             are
             continually
             a
             great
             number
             of
             Lampes
             burning
             ,
             and
             Turkish
             Priests
             mumbling
             of
             the
             Alcoran
             ,
             who
             pray
             after
             their
             manner
             for
             the
             soules
             of
             these
             Monarches
             .
             The
             most
             stately
             of
             these
             foure
             Mosquees
             is
             that
             of
             Solyman
             the
             Second
             ,
             it
             exceeds
             in
             Marble
             and
             other
             rich
             stones
             the
             pompe
             of
             
               Sancta
               Sophia
            
             ,
             but
             it
             yeelds
             to
             the
             wonders
             of
             the
             Architecture
             ,
             whereunto
             few
             could
             yet
             attaine
             .
             
             Selym
             the
             Second
             built
             his
             Mosquee
             in
             the
             City
             of
             Andrinopolis
             :
             Achmat
             the
             last
             employed
             excessiue
             summes
             of
             money
             in
             the
             Fabrique
             of
             that
             which
             he
             built
             of
             late
             yeares
             in
             Constantinople
             :
             the
             magnificency
             of
             the
             structure
             exceeds
             those
             which
             we
             haue
             mentioned
             ,
             the
             Turks
             call
             it
             the
             new
             Mosquee
             ,
             and
             their
             Priests
             the
             Incredulous
             :
             for
             that
             Achmat
             caused
             it
             to
             be
             built
             against
             the
             aduice
             which
             they
             gaue
             him
             ,
             that
             such
             a
             worke
             would
             not
             profit
             his
             soules
             health
             ,
             seeing
             that
             hee
             had
             made
             no
             conquests
             to
             enlarge
             the
             Empire
             of
             their
             Predecessors
             .
             For
             the
             Law
             of
             the
             state
             conformable
             to
             that
             Religion
             ,
             forbids
             Turkish
             Princes
             to
             build
             any
             Temples
             ,
             if
             they
             haue
             not
             extended
             the
             limits
             of
             their
             Empire
             in
             the
             Territories
             of
             Christians
             ,
             where
             they
             may
             cause
             their
             Alcoran
             to
             be
             preached
             :
             for
             such
             workes
             of
             piety
             cannot
             be
             vsefull
             to
             the
             health
             of
             their
             soules
             (
             the
             Mufties
             say
             )
             who
             are
             opposite
             to
             such
             designes
             ,
             if
             their
             Emperours
             would
             vndertake
             it
             .
          
           
             The
             Grecians
             which
             are
             Christians
             ,
             haue
             within
             Constantinople
             forty
             Churches
             for
             their
             diuine
             Seruice
             ;
             the
             Armenians
             haue
             foure
             ,
             and
             the
             Latines
             (
             lesse
             fauoured
             than
             these
             )
             haue
             but
             two
             :
             It
             is
             true
             that
             most
             of
             them
             are
             lodged
             at
             Galats
             ,
             now
             called
             Pera
             ,
             which
             is
             on
             the
             other
             side
             of
             the
             channell
             ,
             where
             they
             haue
             nine
             Churches
             for
             their
             Deuotions
             and
             holy
             Mysteries
             .
             The
             Iewes
             haue
             the
             credit
             to
             be
             within
             the
             City
             in
             nine
             seuerall
             quarters
             ,
             and
             haue
             eight
             and
             thirty
             Synagogues
             .
             They
             haue
             gotten
             more
             libertie
             and
             power
             then
             they
             haue
             in
             Christendome
             ,
             for
             that
             they
             obserue
             the
             formers
             of
             the
             Grand
             Siguior
             ,
             and
             moreouer
             they
             haue
             the
             managing
             of
             the
             Domestique
             Affaires
             of
             great
             Men
             and
             Officers
             of
             the
             Port
             ,
             where
             they
             are
             the
             common
             giuers
             of
             aduice
             .
             The
             walls
             of
             this
             Imperiall
             City
             are
             yet
             firme
             and
             entire
             .
             They
             are
             double
             vpon
             the
             firme
             Land
             ,
             except
             it
             be
             towards
             the
             Gate
             of
             Ayachapeza
             ,
             that
             is
             to
             say
             ,
             the
             holy
             Gate
             ,
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             great
             number
             of
             Religious
             bodies
             which
             were
             in
             a
             Church
             neere
             vnto
             that
             Gate
             .
             Mahomet
             the
             Second
             entred
             thereby
             to
             defile
             the
             holinesse
             of
             the
             place
             :
             there
             are
             nineteene
             Gates
             aswell
             
             vpon
             the
             firme
             Land
             as
             towards
             the
             Sea
             ,
             which
             serue
             for
             an
             entrance
             into
             this
             City
             .
             Many
             great
             places
             are
             extended
             for
             the
             commodity
             of
             the
             Publike
             ,
             some
             haue
             preserued
             the
             ancient
             Pyramides
             ,
             and
             the
             workes
             of
             Brasse
             erected
             by
             Christian
             Emperours
             ,
             amongst
             others
             that
             which
             they
             call
             Petrome
             ,
             where
             there
             are
             to
             be
             seeene
             whole
             Obelisques
             ;
             and
             three
             great
             Serpents
             of
             Marble
             creeping
             vpward
             wreathed
             one
             within
             the
             other
             :
             One
             of
             the
             which
             hath
             a
             breach
             in
             the
             throat
             ,
             for
             Mahomet
             the
             Second
             entring
             into
             the
             City
             ,
             had
             a
             conceit
             that
             they
             were
             the
             worke
             of
             some
             enchanting
             Sorcerer
             ,
             and
             spurring
             on
             his
             Horse
             to
             be
             satisfied
             ,
             hee
             made
             this
             breach
             with
             his
             Launce
             .
             There
             is
             euery
             day
             a
             publique
             Market
             in
             some
             one
             of
             these
             places
             .
             One
             Friday
             it
             is
             in
             three
             ,
             and
             the
             most
             famous
             are
             of
             Wednesday
             ,
             Thrusday
             ,
             and
             Friday
             ,
             They
             call
             them
             Schibazars
             ,
             that
             is
             to
             say
             ,
             Markets
             of
             things
             necessary
             for
             vse
             .
             About
             these
             places
             are
             erected
             aboue
             two
             thousand
             shops
             for
             Breakers
             ,
             who
             sell
             any
             thing
             wherewith
             to
             furnish
             the
             necessity
             of
             those
             which
             desire
             to
             repaire
             their
             want
             :
             The
             sole
             of
             this
             old
             trash
             is
             not
             so
             little
             but
             it
             yeilds
             yearely
             vnto
             the
             Princes
             Coffers
             six
             Charges
             of
             Mony
             ,
             which
             is
             in
             value
             eleuen
             thousand
             Sequins
             ,
             or
             foure
             thousand
             ,
             foure
             hundred
             pounds
             sterling
             for
             the
             Turkish
             exaction
             makes
             profit
             of
             euery
             thing
             .
             The
             shops
             for
             Merchants
             exceed
             the
             number
             of
             forty
             eight
             thousand
             ,
             they
             are
             diuided
             according
             to
             the
             diuersity
             of
             trades
             or
             Merchandizes
             into
             diuers
             places
             ;
             but
             euery
             trade
             thath
             his
             quarter
             ,
             and
             in
             diuers
             parts
             for
             the
             commoditie
             of
             the
             Publique
             .
             Only
             Goldsmiths
             ,
             Iewellers
             ,
             and
             Merchants
             of
             cloth
             of
             gold
             are
             in
             one
             place
             called
             Bayst●●
             ,
             that
             into
             say
             Market
             ,
             the
             others
             ●●zars
             :
             This
             〈◊〉
             place
             is
             in
             〈◊〉
             with
             wa●
             fiue
             foot
             thicke
             ;
             there
             are
             foure
             double
             Gates
             our
             before
             the
             other
             ,
             like
             vnto
             a
             little
             Towne
             ,
             vaulted
             round
             aboue
             .
             This
             rich
             〈◊〉
             place
             〈◊〉
             foure
             and
             twenty
             Pillars
             which
             suppo●●
             the
             〈◊〉
             ,
             vnder
             the
             which
             there
             are
             many
             little
             shops
             like
             vnto
             bo●●
             in
             the
             wall
             ,
             or
             in
             the
             Pillars
             ,
             euery
             one
             is
             fine
             foote
             broad
             ,
             and
             foure
             long
             ▪
             There
             they
             shew
             sorth
             their
             rich
             Merchandizes
             vpon
             little
             Tables
             which
             are
             before
             them
             .
             Without
             doubt
             the
             gaine
             must
             be
             exceeding
             
             great
             ,
             and
             the
             sale
             ordinary
             ,
             seeing
             they
             paid
             vnto
             the
             Prince
             yearly
             fiue
             hundred
             Sequins
             ,
             or
             two
             hundred
             pounds
             sterling
             ,
             to
             haue
             leaue
             to
             sell
             there
             .
             These
             are
             only
             Iewellers
             and
             Merchants
             of
             cloth
             of
             gold
             :
             The
             Goldsmithes
             are
             without
             about
             the
             wals
             of
             this
             place
             ,
             and
             euery
             one
             payes
             yearely
             a
             hundred
             Sequins
             ,
             or
             forty
             pounds
             sterling
             to
             the
             same
             end
             .
          
           
             Besides
             the
             Bayston
             ,
             there
             is
             another
             lesse
             inuironed
             with
             a
             wall
             ,
             and
             supported
             by
             sixteene
             small
             Pillars
             ;
             in
             the
             inclosure
             whereof
             they
             sell
             linnen
             cloth
             and
             silkes
             ,
             but
             without
             it
             is
             the
             detestable
             Market
             where
             they
             sell
             men
             and
             women
             ;
             on
             the
             one
             side
             they
             buy
             slaues
             which
             are
             already
             instructed
             to
             serue
             ,
             or
             to
             practise
             some
             trade
             ,
             and
             on
             the
             other
             those
             which
             know
             not
             any
             thing
             .
             These
             places
             represent
             better
             then
             the
             former
             ,
             the
             fearefull
             Image
             of
             the
             Turkish
             tyranny
             :
             It
             binds
             them
             to
             slauery
             which
             the
             God
             of
             the
             World
             hath
             crated
             free
             :
             the
             Merchants
             visit
             such
             Merchandizes
             ,
             and
             such
             as
             haue
             an
             intent
             to
             buy
             ,
             doe
             first
             see
             the
             persons
             of
             either
             sexe
             naked
             :
             they
             handle
             the
             parts
             of
             their
             bodies
             ,
             to
             obserue
             if
             they
             be
             sound
             ,
             and
             they
             vncouer
             that
             which
             Nature
             herselfe
             hath
             laboured
             to
             hide
             .
             The
             women
             if
             they
             be
             faire
             are
             bought
             at
             a
             deare
             rate
             to
             serue
             the
             〈◊〉
             passions
             of
             some
             ●ous
             and
             fearefull
             Moo●e
             :
             they
             to
             whom
             Nature
             hath
             denied
             such
             graces
             ,
             are
             taken
             to
             empty
             the
             close-stooles
             of
             great
             Turkish
             Ladies
             ,
             and
             to
             wash
             with
             water
             the
             parts
             of
             their
             body
             ,
             which
             serue
             to
             discharge
             their
             bellies
             ,
             as
             often
             as
             they
             haue
             〈◊〉
             .
             We
             will
             relate
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             miseries
             of
             this
             seruitude
             in
             another
             place
             ,
             diuiding
             them
             of
             purpose
             to
             make
             them
             the
             more
             supportable
             .
             For
             in
             truth
             they
             are
             in
             this
             worke
             the
             most
             tedious
             subject
             of
             this
             History
             .
             Who
             could
             without
             sighing
             see
             an
             infinite
             number
             of
             Christians
             laden
             with
             the
             fetters
             of
             a
             violent
             slauery
             by
             the
             barbarisme
             of
             the
             Turks
             ?
             And
             in
             a
             place
             neare
             vnto
             this
             the
             Infidels
             keepe
             another
             Market
             where
             they
             only
             sell
             Nurses
             :
             and
             from
             this
             vniust
             traffique
             the
             Princes
             vndertakers
             draw
             sixteene
             thousand
             Sequins
             for
             the
             toll
             ,
             of
             sixe
             thousand
             foure
             hundred
             pounds
             sterling
             .
          
           
             Many
             other
             places
             of
             this
             starely
             Citie
             yeild
             vnto
             the
             treasury
             the
             Reuenues
             of
             many
             good
             summes
             of
             money
             .
             The
             Tauernes
             
             which
             sell
             wine
             publiquely
             to
             Christians
             ,
             and
             to
             Iewes
             ;
             but
             in
             secret
             to
             Turkes
             (
             being
             aboue
             fifteene
             hundred
             in
             number
             )
             pay
             thirtie
             sixe
             charges
             of
             monie
             ,
             and
             euerie
             charge
             is
             valued
             at
             sixteene
             hundred
             thirtie
             three
             Sequins
             .
             The
             Sea
             shoare
             towards
             Pera
             ,
             payes
             for
             the
             toll
             of
             fish
             which
             it
             sold
             there
             ,
             eighteene
             hundred
             charges
             of
             siluer
             yearely
             .
             The
             Market
             whereas
             Corne
             ,
             Meal●
             and
             Pulse
             is
             sold
             ,
             yeelds
             yearely
             foureteene
             charges
             of
             monie
             .
             That
             where
             the
             Merchandizes
             which
             comes
             from
             Caira
             is
             ●ted
             ,
             is
             worth
             yearely
             to
             the
             Chasua
             or
             the
             Imperiall
             treasure
             ,
             twentie
             foure
             charges
             of
             siluer
             .
             The
             great
             custome
             which
             is
             leuied
             from
             the
             Castle
             of
             Gallipoli
             vnto
             that
             of
             the
             blacke
             Sea
             ,
             vpon
             Spices
             and
             other
             Merchandizes
             which
             comes
             by
             shipping
             is
             worth
             a
             hundred
             and
             fourescore
             charges
             of
             siluer
             .
             The
             great
             Shambles
             of
             〈◊〉
             and
             Muttons
             ;
             which
             are
             without
             the
             Citie
             ,
             and
             furnish
             it
             with
             necessarie
             meate
             ,
             yeeld
             two
             and
             thirtie
             charges
             of
             monie
             :
             they
             are
             called
             Chaanara
             ,
             two
             hundred
             Capsapl●rs
             ,
             or
             Butchers
             ,
             serue
             them
             :
             A
             Superiour
             called
             Capsa●assa
             commands
             them
             ,
             who
             had
             a
             charge
             they
             shall
             furnish
             f●
             〈…〉
             kill
             an
             Oxe
             or
             a
             Sheepe
             without
             his
             permission
             ,
             〈◊〉
             it
             be
             for
             the
             Sacrifices
             of
             the
             Turkes
             .
             The
             〈…〉
             from
             him
             to
             furnish
             their
             〈…〉
             should
             through
             co●etousnesse
             raise
             the
             price
             of
             〈◊〉
             aboue
             the
             ordinarie
             taxe
             which
             is
             set
             downe
             ,
             and
             that
             his
             corruption
             shall
             come
             to
             the
             knowledge
             of
             the
             
               Gr●
               Seign●ur
            
             ;
             there
             is
             nothing
             could
             free
             him
             from
             the
             rigour
             of
             cruell
             death
             :
             Hee
             is
             to●●●
             in
             ●ces
             ,
             and
             cut
             into
             foure
             q●
             ,
             which
             they
             send
             vnto
             the
             Shambles
             to
             be
             an
             example
             to
             other
             :
             So
             as
             f●●re
             keeping
             him
             in
             awe
             ,
             〈…〉
             before
             this
             〈…〉
             which
             〈…〉
             September
             and
             October
             ,
             vpon
             the
             〈…〉
             which
             〈◊〉
             from
             〈…〉
             great
             to
             be
             easily
             〈…〉
             people
             only
             and
             not
             the
             〈…〉
             ,
             you
             shall
             〈…〉
             of
             five
             and
             twentie
             thousand
             Oxen
             ,
             and
             〈◊〉
             thousand
             〈…〉
             also
             〈…〉
             by
             the
             side
             of
             Horses
             ,
             Ships
             ,
             Vessels
             ,
             and
             〈…〉
             
             hundred
             of
             all
             sorts
             of
             Merchandizes
             by
             Sea
             ,
             amounts
             to
             great
             and
             inestimable
             summes
             .
             The
             taxe
             of
             those
             which
             imbarque
             themselues
             to
             trauaile
             ,
             which
             is
             an
             Aspre
             for
             euery
             head
             if
             they
             be
             Turkes
             ,
             and
             two
             if
             they
             be
             Christians
             or
             Iewes
             ,
             is
             of
             no
             small
             importance
             .
             The
             Tribute
             called
             is
             Turkie
             Charay
             ,
             which
             is
             leuied
             vpon
             the
             Iewes
             in
             Constantinople
             ,
             after
             the
             rate
             of
             a
             Sequin
             for
             euerie
             male
             Childe
             ,
             is
             worth
             eleuen
             Millions
             ,
             three
             hundred
             Sequins
             yearely
             ,
             although
             there
             be
             many
             of
             that
             Nation
             which
             are
             free
             from
             this
             Tribute
             .
             They
             doe
             also
             giue
             a
             present
             of
             three
             thousand
             Sequins
             euerie
             yeare
             ,
             for
             the
             confirmation
             of
             their
             Priuiledges
             ,
             and
             to
             haue
             a
             Rabbin
             to
             command
             their
             Synagogues
             ,
             and
             twelue
             hundred
             Sequins
             to
             haue
             leaue
             to
             burie
             their
             Dead
             .
             The
             Christians
             ,
             Grecians
             ,
             within
             three
             miles
             or
             a
             league
             of
             Constantinople
             ,
             pay
             for
             euery
             Male
             a
             Sequin
             ;
             which
             amounts
             to
             the
             summe
             of
             aboue
             thirtie
             eight
             thousand
             Sequins
             :
             They
             doe
             also
             giue
             fiue
             and
             twentie
             thousand
             yearely
             for
             their
             priuiledge
             to
             haue
             a
             Patriarch
             ,
             and
             to
             preserue
             the
             number
             of
             their
             Churches
             .
             The
             priuiledge
             of
             their
             Burials
             cost
             them
             aboue
             three
             thousand
             Sequins
             .
             The
             imposition
             called
             of
             Virgins
             ,
             helpes
             to
             fill
             the
             
               Grand
               Seigneurs
            
             Cofers
             ,
             or
             his
             Tr●
             〈…〉
             vpon
             Maids
             which
             marrie
             (
             whereof
             they
             keepe
             a
             Register
             )
             if
             they
             be
             Turks
             ,
             they
             giue
             two
             third
             parts
             of
             a
             Sequin
             ,
             the
             Iewes
             pay
             a
             whole
             one
             ,
             and
             the
             Christians
             a
             Sequin
             and
             a
             halfe
             .
             The
             Christians
             ,
             Latines
             are
             for
             the
             most
             part
             freed
             from
             the
             violence
             and
             oppression
             of
             these
             vniust
             taxes
             ,
             for
             they
             get
             their
             dependance
             from
             some
             Kings
             Embassadour
             ,
             or
             from
             an
             inferiour
             Prince
             .
             The
             Albanois
             ,
             they
             of
             Raguse
             ,
             and
             the
             Geneuois
             ,
             pay
             not
             any
             thing
             .
          
           
             For
             the
             payment
             of
             so
             many
             Tributes
             wherewith
             the
             people
             is
             opprest
             by
             the
             Tyrant
             of
             the
             Easterne
             Regions
             ,
             it
             is
             necessarie
             there
             should
             be
             many
             sorts
             of
             Coine
             mi●●●
             .
             In
             Constantinople
             the
             great
             Imperiall
             Mint
             workes
             continually
             in
             Gold
             and
             Siluer
             ,
             but
             no
             man
             can
             bee
             admitted
             be
             a
             Farmer
             to
             these
             precious
             〈◊〉
             if
             hee
             be
             not
             a
             Grecian
             borne
             ,
             by
             a
             speciall
             priuiledge
             of
             the
             
               Grand
               Seig●eur
            
             ,
             who
             hath
             conferred
             this
             grace
             vpon
             the
             Gretian
             ,
             in
             consideration
             that
             the
             
             Mines
             of
             Gold
             and
             Siluer
             ,
             are
             within
             the
             〈◊〉
             of
             Greece
             ,
             wherefoure
             hundred
             men
             labour
             daily
             .
             And
             the
             Master
             of
             this
             rich
             Mine
             ,
             is
             to
             furnish
             into
             the
             Serraile
             ,
             the
             first
             day
             of
             euery
             moneth
             in
             the
             yeare
             ,
             ten
             thousand
             Sequins
             of
             Gold
             ,
             and
             twentie
             thousand
             of
             Siluer
             〈◊〉
             coined
             ,
             the
             
               Grand
               Seigneur
            
             hauing
             so
             appointed
             ,
             that
             the
             monie
             which
             is
             employed
             in
             the
             Serrail
             shall
             bee
             new
             .
             The
             said
             Farmer
             hath
             power
             to
             make
             Proclamation
             ,
             that
             whosoeuer
             hath
             any
             forraigne
             Coine
             ,
             hee
             should
             bring
             it
             in
             within
             three
             dayes
             and
             receiue
             the
             iust
             price
             ,
             vpon
             paine
             of
             Confiscation
             .
             He
             hath
             likewise
             power
             to
             take
             the
             Ingots
             from
             the
             Mines
             ,
             so
             many
             as
             shall
             bee
             needfull
             for
             his
             worke
             .
          
           
             The
             Mines
             which
             furnish
             most
             of
             the
             Gold
             and
             Siluer
             ,
             which
             is
             mi●●ed
             in
             the
             Turkish
             Empire
             in
             Europe
             ,
             are
             fiue
             in
             number
             .
             The
             one
             is
             digged
             in
             Macedonia
             vnder
             the
             Roots
             of
             a
             Hill
             called
             
               M●
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             and
             this
             ye●lds
             Gold
             :
             The
             other
             which
             is
             of
             the
             same
             substance
             is
             opened
             in
             Bulgaria
             ,
             vpon
             the
             Confines
             of
             Macedonia
             ▪
             The
             three
             of
             Siluer
             are
             in
             Greece
             ,
             rich
             and
             very
             plentiful
             .
             Out
             of
             all
             which
             they
             draw
             that
             which
             Nature
             had
             wisely
             hidden
             ,
             to
             be
             conuersant
             among
             men
             :
             the
             which
             doth
             breed
             〈…〉
             ▪
             dissolues
             Friendship
             ,
             corrupts
             〈…〉
             Chastitie
             ,
             troubles
             Estates
             ,
             obscures
             M●
             wits
             ,
             rauishes
             li●e
             ,
             vnthrones
             reason
             from
             her
             seate
             ,
             and
             robe●
             of
             himselfe
             ▪
          
           
             But
             to
             returne
             to
             this
             great
             Citie
             of
             Constantinople
             ,
             the
             Magnificences
             of
             the
             Princes
             which
             possesse
             it
             at
             this
             day
             ,
             and
             the
             riches
             of
             some
             〈◊〉
             ,
             or
             great
             Men
             of
             the
             Court
             ,
             haue
             caused
             aboue
             three
             hundred
             
               C●vana
               serrails
            
             to
             bee
             built
             :
             these
             are
             great
             and
             vast
             places
             to
             lodge
             Strangers
             .
             The
             number
             of
             this
             Hospitals
             for
             the
             poore
             and
             〈…〉
             to
             the
             number
             of
             fourescore
             :
             〈…〉
             ,
             the
             Turkish
             Emperours
             which
             haue
             built
             these
             pound
             M●squees
             ,
             haue
             added
             them
             vnto
             their
             R●bric●s
             ,
             where
             they
             are
             eternall
             markes
             of
             their
             Pl●
             ▪
             Moreouer
             ,
             there
             are
             〈◊〉
             Colledges
             for
             the
             instruction
             of
             young
             〈◊〉
             ▪
             and
             the
             〈◊〉
             of
             the
             Scho●lers
             ,
             which
             they
             call
             in
             their
             〈…〉
             ,
             that
             is
             to
             say
             wise
             Students
             ,
             although
             they
             be
             nothing
             lesse
             .
             〈◊〉
             of
             them
             hath
             a
             
             Chamber
             for
             his
             Lodging
             ,
             a
             Carpet
             for
             his
             Table
             ,
             foure
             loaues
             by
             the
             day
             ,
             a
             proportion
             of
             Pottage
             and
             a
             Candle
             :
             They
             giue
             them
             two
             suites
             of
             clothes
             yearely
             and
             they
             are
             paid
             out
             of
             Reuenewes
             of
             the
             Colledge
             ,
             by
             the
             Masters
             and
             Pr●ceptors
             which
             teach
             them
             ,
             who
             are
             called
             Soscha●i
             ;
             that
             is
             for
             the
             first
             yeare
             when
             they
             enter
             into
             the
             Colledge
             :
             for
             to
             the
             second
             they
             adde
             to
             their
             entertainment
             an
             Aspre
             by
             the
             day
             ,
             which
             is
             a
             fift
             part
             more
             then
             a
             pennie
             ;
             afterwards
             they
             giue
             two
             ,
             three
             ,
             or
             foure
             Aspres
             by
             the
             day
             ,
             according
             to
             the
             number
             of
             yeares
             they
             haue
             continued
             .
             With
             this
             poore
             pi●●ance
             these
             Turks
             can
             keep
             no
             great
             ordinarie
             ,
             vnlesse
             they
             receiue
             it
             from
             other
             places
             :
             But
             the
             gaine
             they
             make
             in
             writing
             of
             Bookes
             ,
             (
             for
             the
             Turkes
             vse
             no
             printing
             )
             is
             not
             little
             but
             doth
             furnish
             their
             necessitie
             abundantly
             ,
             yea
             ,
             their
             Riots
             :
             they
             goe
             also
             to
             houses
             to
             teach
             the
             children
             of
             men
             of
             qualitie
             .
             But
             there
             is
             not
             in
             all
             Turkie
             more
             dissolute
             youthes
             then
             these
             Turkie
             Schollers
             :
             there
             is
             no
             kind
             of
             villanie
             but
             they
             commit
             with
             all
             impunitie
             .
             The
             priuiledges
             wherewith
             the
             Turkish
             Emperours
             haue
             honoured
             them
             ,
             or
             rather
             the
             abuse
             of
             them
             hath
             drawne
             them
             into
             all
             sorts
             of
             impudencie
             :
             no
             man
             can
             apprehend
             them
             for
             any
             crime
             ,
             vnlesse
             their
             Generall
             be
             present
             ,
             to
             whom
             only
             this
             power
             is
             giuen
             .
             It
             is
             true
             that
             the
             Princes
             presence
             in
             Constantin●ple
             doth
             restrain
             the
             insolencie
             of
             their
             riots
             :
             But
             the
             Townes
             of
             Carama●
             and
             Na●ol●
             are
             wonderfully
             pesteted
             .
             Amurath
             the
             third
             desirous
             (
             by
             reason
             of
             some
             troubles
             which
             happened
             )
             to
             know
             the
             number
             of
             such
             Gallants
             ;
             they
             were
             found
             to
             bee
             aboue
             nine
             thousand
             ,
             aswell
             in
             Greece
             as
             Natolia
             ,
             not
             reckoning
             those
             which
             studied
             in
             Suria
             ,
             Caire
             ,
             Arabia
             and
             else-where
             .
          
           
             Another
             great
             place
             inuironed
             with
             wall
             ,
             and
             shut
             vp
             with
             good
             Gates
             ,
             doth
             likewise
             beautifie
             the
             Citie
             of
             Constantinople
             ,
             the
             Turkes
             call
             it
             Seracy●●a
             ,
             that
             is
             to
             say
             ,
             the
             Sellerie
             ,
             or
             the
             place
             where
             they
             make
             Saddles
             ,
             and
             rich
             Caparisons
             for
             Horses
             of
             Seruice
             and
             Pompe
             .
             It
             is
             an
             vnspeakable
             pleasure
             for
             those
             that
             loue
             Horsemanship
             ,
             to
             see
             foure
             thousand
             workmen
             in
             this
             place
             ,
             labouring
             in
             their
             shops
             ,
             artificially
             vpon
             diuers
             Capari●ons
             for
             Horses
             .
             Some
             〈◊〉
             great
             round
             Pearles
             
             vpon
             the
             Saddle
             of
             an
             Arabian
             Horse
             out
             of
             the
             
               Grand
               Vizirs
            
             stable
             :
             Others
             fasten
             a
             Bitt
             of
             Gold
             to
             Reines
             of
             rich
             red
             Leather
             of
             Russia
             ;
             some
             doe
             fit
             stirrop
             Leathers
             to
             stirrops
             of
             Gold
             ,
             enricht
             with
             a
             great
             number
             of
             Turkishes
             of
             the
             olde
             Rocke
             :
             Others
             fasten
             vpon
             a
             large
             Crouper
             a
             great
             number
             of
             precious
             stones
             :
             In
             another
             place
             you
             shall
             see
             a
             rich
             Saddle
             cast
             forth
             a
             thousand
             flames
             ,
             the
             number
             of
             the
             Diamonds
             wherewith
             it
             is
             enricht
             make
             it
             inestimable
             :
             The
             Bitt
             and
             stirropes
             of
             Gold
             couered
             with
             Diamonds
             ,
             the
             Tassels
             of
             Pearles
             which
             are
             at
             the
             Reines
             ,
             and
             at
             the
             Trappers
             of
             the
             Crouper
             ,
             and
             the
             other
             beauties
             of
             this
             royall
             Harnesse
             ,
             rauish
             the
             eyes
             of
             such
             as
             looke
             of
             it
             with
             admiration
             of
             their
             wonders
             ,
             and
             some
             silently
             perswade
             themselues
             that
             Fortune
             adorned
             with
             these
             precious
             things
             which
             depend
             on
             her
             ,
             meanes
             to
             goe
             in
             triumph
             through
             Constantinople
             ,
             to
             let
             the
             Turkes
             see
             that
             she
             dwels
             amongst
             them
             .
             In
             the
             midst
             of
             this
             place
             there
             is
             a
             Mosquee
             built
             for
             the
             deuotion
             of
             these
             workmen
             ,
             and
             a
             goodly
             Fountaine
             in
             the
             same
             place
             which
             powres
             forth
             abundance
             of
             fresh
             water
             for
             their
             vse
             .
          
           
             Two
             other
             great
             places
             likewise
             walled
             about
             ,
             serue
             for
             the
             Lodgings
             of
             the
             Ianizaries
             ,
             which
             are
             the
             best
             Footmen
             of
             the
             Turkish
             Armies
             :
             the
             one
             of
             these
             places
             is
             called
             Eschiodolar
             ,
             that
             is
             to
             say
             the
             old
             habitations
             .
             It
             is
             of
             a
             square
             forme
             ,
             and
             diuided
             into
             many
             small
             Lodgings
             ,
             in
             the
             which
             the
             Corporals
             remaine
             ,
             called
             Ayabass●
             ,
             which
             signifies
             the
             chiefe
             of
             glorie
             :
             there
             are
             about
             a
             hundred
             and
             fiftie
             of
             this
             qualitie
             ,
             and
             either
             of
             them
             commands
             two
             hundred
             Ianizaries
             ,
             who
             dare
             not
             goe
             out
             of
             the
             place
             without
             leaue
             :
             the
             Gates
             are
             shut
             by
             night
             ,
             and
             the
             keyes
             are
             kept
             by
             the
             Captaine
             .
          
           
             The
             Arsenall
             is
             one
             of
             the
             goodliest
             and
             rarest
             things
             in
             Constantinople
             ,
             it
             is
             vpon
             the
             Sea
             shoare
             ,
             and
             containes
             a
             hundred
             and
             fourescore
             Arches
             ,
             vnder
             either
             of
             which
             enters
             a
             great
             Galley
             ,
             yea
             ,
             three
             may
             be
             safely
             lodged
             .
             The
             Officers
             which
             serue
             in
             this
             Arsenall
             ,
             and
             receiue
             pay
             ,
             are
             commonly
             fortie
             six
             thousand
             men
             :
             But
             its
             greatest
             force
             is
             the
             good
             order
             that
             is
             obserued
             by
             the
             which
             there
             are
             certaine
             Merchants
             which
             haue
             contracted
             to
             entertaine
             fourescore
             Gallies
             alwayes
             furnished
             
             with
             all
             things
             necessary
             ,
             and
             readie
             to
             put
             to
             Sea
             :
             the
             Munition
             of
             Powder
             is
             kept
             in
             diuers
             Towres
             in
             the
             walls
             of
             the
             Citie
             which
             looke
             towards
             Pera
             :
             they
             bring
             it
             from
             Grand
             Caire
             ,
             where
             the
             Sultans
             cause
             it
             to
             be
             made
             .
          
           
             The
             Garners
             in
             the
             which
             they
             keepe
             their
             prouision
             of
             Corne
             and
             other
             graine
             are
             built
             in
             a
             corner
             of
             the
             Citie
             towards
             Pera
             ,
             the
             walls
             are
             very
             strong
             and
             the
             Gates
             of
             Iron
             :
             there
             is
             sufficient
             to
             serue
             for
             many
             yeares
             ,
             but
             euery
             third
             yeare
             they
             renew
             it
             :
             In
             the
             time
             of
             Amurath
             the
             third
             ,
             there
             was
             found
             a
             great
             quantitie
             of
             Millet
             ,
             the
             which
             had
             beene
             preserued
             sweet
             and
             vncorrupted
             for
             the
             space
             of
             foure
             score
             yeares
             .
          
           
             But
             this
             great
             Imperiall
             Citie
             cannot
             bee
             happily
             gouerned
             without
             the
             execution
             of
             Iustice
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             soule
             of
             the
             World
             ,
             and
             the
             order
             of
             Reason
             ;
             A
             Soueraigne
             Iudge
             is
             the
             chiefe
             ,
             the
             Turkes
             call
             him
             Stambolcadisi
             ,
             that
             is
             to
             say
             ,
             the
             Iudge
             of
             Constantinople
             .
             He
             takes
             notice
             indifferently
             both
             of
             Ciuill
             and
             Criminall
             Causes
             ,
             and
             no
             man
             is
             put
             to
             death
             in
             that
             place
             ,
             if
             hee
             hath
             not
             condemned
             him
             .
             There
             are
             foure
             Lieutenants
             generall
             ,
             distinguished
             into
             the
             foure
             principall
             Quarters
             of
             the
             Citie
             ,
             and
             execute
             vnder
             him
             the
             same
             Iustice
             ,
             but
             from
             their
             Sentences
             they
             appeale
             vnto
             the
             Iudge
             .
             Besides
             these
             there
             is
             a
             great
             Captaine
             of
             Iustice
             called
             Sonbasi
             ,
             who
             doth
             execute
             the
             greatest
             Function
             of
             his
             charge
             in
             Prisons
             ,
             to
             heare
             the
             Causes
             ,
             and
             to
             make
             report
             vnto
             the
             
               Grand
               Vizir
            
             :
             There
             are
             also
             foure
             Lieutenants
             vnder
             him
             ,
             separated
             into
             the
             Quarters
             of
             the
             Citie
             ,
             by
             the
             order
             of
             the
             Policies
             ther
             〈◊〉
             and
             a
             great
             number
             of
             inferiour
             Officers
             ,
             as
             Sergeants
             ,
             a●●ther
             base
             persons
             which
             serue
             him
             .
             The
             Prisons
             of
             Constantinople
             are
             diuided
             into
             two
             ,
             either
             of
             them
             is
             beautified
             (
             if
             there
             be
             any
             beautifull
             Prisons
             )
             with
             a
             great
             Medow
             in
             the
             midst
             and
             a
             pleasing
             Fountaine
             :
             It
             hath
             two
             stories
             ,
             in
             that
             below
             are
             lodged
             criminall
             Offenders
             ,
             in
             that
             aboue
             are
             such
             as
             are
             committed
             for
             ciuill
             causes
             .
             Heere
             the
             Iewes
             are
             separated
             from
             the
             Turkes
             ,
             and
             the
             Turkes
             from
             the
             Christians
             ,
             but
             in
             the
             lowest
             they
             are
             altogether
             ,
             as
             Persons
             whom
             their
             Offences
             haue
             made
             common
             .
             The
             Almes
             deeds
             &
             good
             
             workes
             which
             are
             exercised
             there
             by
             the
             Turkes
             ,
             surpasse
             in
             few
             dayes
             those
             which
             are
             done
             in
             our
             Countries
             in
             many
             yeeres
             :
             The
             Turkish
             Charitie
             towardes
             his
             Neighbour
             surmounts
             ours
             ,
             and
             it
             seemes
             ,
             that
             for
             such
             good
             deeds
             ,
             Hea●en
             suffers
             them
             in
             the
             Empire
             of
             the
             World
             ;
             for
             his
             equitie
             doth
             recompence
             the
             good
             ,
             in
             any
             subiect
             whatsoeuer
             ,
             aswell
             as
             it
             doth
             punish
             the
             euill
             .
             The
             Turkish
             Emperours
             themselues
             shew
             great
             compassion
             ,
             they
             many
             times
             deliuer
             a
             great
             number
             of
             ciuill
             Prisoners
             ,
             paying
             their
             debts
             for
             them
             .
             The
             other
             particularities
             which
             concerne
             the
             Turkes
             Iustice
             ,
             shall
             bee
             handled
             in
             another
             Tract
             .
             In
             the
             meane
             time
             seeing
             wee
             are
             come
             neere
             vnto
             the
             Imperiall
             Pallace
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             let
             vs
             striue
             to
             enter
             ,
             although
             the
             Gates
             bee
             carefully
             garded
             ,
             and
             let
             vs
             see
             the
             rare
             beauties
             of
             this
             famous
             place
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             II.
             
               Of
               the
            
             Grand
             Seigneurs
             Serrail
             .
          
           
             
             THree
             Serrails
             doe
             augment
             the
             glorie
             of
             Constantinople
             ,
             the
             one
             is
             called
             
               Eschy
               Saray
            
             ,
             that
             is
             to
             say
             ,
             the
             old
             Serrail
             ,
             which
             was
             the
             first
             Royall
             House
             built
             within
             the
             Citie
             ,
             after
             that
             the
             Turkes
             became
             Masters
             :
             It
             is
             scituated
             almost
             in
             the
             midst
             of
             it
             ;
             the
             forme
             is
             square
             ,
             and
             the
             Circle
             containes
             an
             Italian
             mile
             and
             a
             halfe
             ,
             or
             halfe
             a
             French
             League
             ,
             such
             as
             are
             in
             Languedoc
             ,
             or
             Prouence
             .
             The
             women
             which
             haue
             serued
             the
             deceased
             Emperours
             ,
             their
             Sisters
             if
             they
             bee
             not
             married
             ,
             &
             their
             Childrens
             Nurses
             ,
             haue
             it
             for
             their
             L●ing
             from
             whence
             they
             may
             not
             depart
             vnlesse
             they
             ma●
             A
             Dame
             whose
             age
             and
             discretion
             hath
             purchased
             merit
             ,
             hath
             the
             care
             and
             conduct
             of
             the
             rest
             as
             Superiour
             ;
             they
             call
             her
             
               Cheira
               Cad●n
            
             ,
             that
             is
             to
             say
             ,
             Great
             Dame.
             The
             
               Grand
               Seigneur
            
             in
             his
             most
             solitarie
             humours
             retires
             himselfe
             sometimes
             into
             this
             place
             to
             seeke
             the
             consolation
             which
             he
             cannot
             find
             elsewhere
             ▪
             The
             other
             Serrail
             is
             of
             a
             lesse
             extent
             ,
             it
             is
             scituated
             at
             the
             Hippodrome
             ,
             and
             serues
             at
             this
             day
             for
             the
             solemnizing
             of
             Playes
             ,
             Pompes
             ,
             and
             Sports
             for
             the
             Turkish
             Princes
             :
             and
             for
             an
             Academie
             
             to
             foure
             hundred
             of
             the
             
               Grand
               Seigneurs
            
             Pages
             ,
             which
             are
             there
             instructed
             in
             the
             Turkish
             tongue
             ,
             to
             manage
             Armes
             ,
             and
             other
             Exercises
             fit
             for
             them
             ,
             and
             they
             goe
             not
             forth
             vntill
             they
             be
             made
             Espayn
             ,
             that
             is
             to
             say
             ,
             Men
             at
             Armes
             :
             they
             are
             bred
             vp
             and
             taught
             at
             their
             Masters
             charge
             :
             this
             place
             is
             called
             
               Ebrayn
               Bassa
               Saray
            
             ,
             that
             is
             to
             say
             ,
             the
             Serrail
             of
             
               H●
               Bassa
            
             ,
             who
             was
             sonne
             in
             Law
             to
             
               Sultan
               Solyman
            
             the
             Second
             ,
             and
             his
             Fauourite
             for
             a
             time
             .
             Hee
             caused
             it
             to
             bee
             built
             at
             his
             owne
             charge
             .
             The
             third
             is
             called
             
               Boyu●h
               Saray
            
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             the
             great
             Serrail
             ,
             now
             the
             ordinary
             abode
             of
             the
             Turkish
             Emperours
             :
             It
             is
             of
             this
             which
             we
             meane
             to
             speake
             .
          
           
             This
             great
             Serrail
             the
             Mansion
             of
             Turkish
             Emperours
             and
             of
             their
             Family
             ,
             is
             pleasantly
             scituated
             in
             the
             same
             place
             ,
             where
             as
             Byzance
             was
             in
             old
             time
             ,
             built
             vpon
             a
             pleasant
             point
             of
             firme
             Land
             which
             lookes
             towards
             the
             mouth
             of
             the
             blacke
             Sea
             :
             Its
             forme
             is
             triangular
             ,
             two
             sides
             thereof
             are
             warred
             by
             the
             waues
             of
             the
             Egaean
             Sea
             :
             the
             third
             is
             supported
             by
             the
             Citie
             ,
             it
             is
             ●nuironed
             with
             high
             walls
             ,
             and
             fortified
             with
             many
             Towres
             which
             doth
             better
             the
             defence
             .
             It
             hath
             three
             miles
             in
             circuse
             ,
             Many
             Gates
             serue
             for
             the
             entrie
             ;
             aswell
             towardes
             the
             Sea
             as
             Land
             :
             one
             principall
             neere
             to
             
               Sancta
               Sophia
            
             ,
             is
             vsually
             open
             ,
             the
             others
             are
             not
             ;
             but
             when
             it
             pleaseth
             the
             
               Grand
               Seignour
            
             .
             This
             Gate
             is
             guarded
             day
             and
             night
             by
             Companies
             of
             Capigis
             who
             are
             Porters
             ;
             which
             relieue
             one
             another
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             night
             some
             I
             am
             i●●ies
             which
             are
             without
             the
             Gate
             in
             little
             Cabins
             of
             wood
             mounted
             vpon
             wheeles
             are
             in
             Sentinell
             ,
             and
             when
             need
             requires
             aduertise
             the
             
               Corps
               de
               Gard
            
             of
             Capigis
             .
             In
             the
             Towres
             which
             are
             vpon
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             certaine
             A●amoglaus
             ,
             that
             is
             to
             say
             ,
             Children
             without
             experience
             ,
             or
             Rusticks
             ,
             of
             those
             of
             the
             Tribute
             ▪
             to
             see
             if
             any
             one
             doth
             approach
             by
             Land
             ,
             or
             any
             Vessels
             by
             Sea
             neere
             to
             this
             Imperiall
             House
             :
             And
             in
             that
             case
             they
             discharge
             certaine
             Peeces
             of
             Artillerie
             ,
             which
             are
             ready
             charged
             to
             that
             effect
             ,
             vpon
             a
             little
             platforme
             of
             fiue
             ●athomebroad
             ,
             which
             is
             betwixt
             the
             wall
             of
             the
             Serrail
             and
             the
             Sea.
             
          
           
             The
             Chambers
             and
             Royall
             Hals
             of
             the
             Sultans
             Lodging
             are
             disposed
             according
             to
             the
             diuers
             seasons
             of
             the
             yeare
             :
             Those
             
             whither
             hee
             retires
             in
             Winter
             are
             built
             vpon
             plaine
             and
             eeuen
             ground
             :
             The
             others
             where
             hee
             seekes
             after
             the
             coole
             and
             fresh
             aire
             during
             the
             importune
             heats
             of
             the
             Summer
             ,
             are
             scituated
             vpon
             diuers
             naturall
             Hils
             :
             Some
             of
             them
             view
             the
             agitations
             of
             the
             Sea
             ;
             and
             these
             are
             termed
             Ch●schi
             ,
             that
             is
             to
             say
             ,
             Cages
             ,
             and
             places
             of
             goodly
             prospect
             .
             The
             Sultan
             goes
             sometimes
             to
             these
             places
             to
             take
             his
             pleasure
             alone
             in
             this
             goodly
             view
             ,
             and
             sometimes
             he
             cals
             his
             wo●nto
             mingle
             with
             this
             recreation
             the
             soft
             deliges
             of
             their
             lasciuious
             conuersation
             .
             Neere
             vnto
             this
             goodly
             place
             ,
             is
             that
             where
             the
             Turkish
             Emperour
             giues
             Audience
             to
             Embassadours
             ;
             receiues
             or
             dismisses
             those
             whom
             hee
             sends
             to
             gouernment
             of
             remoted
             Prouinces
             .
             It
             is
             scituated
             in
             the
             plaine
             of
             a
             Court
             vpon
             a
             little
             Island
             ,
             enameled
             with
             many
             goodly
             flowres
             ,
             and
             watred
             by
             some
             pleasing
             Fountaines
             ,
             richly
             imbelished
             according
             to
             their
             custome
             .
             Within
             it
             ,
             is
             s●●●s
             a
             Sophia
             ,
             that
             is
             to
             say
             ;
             a
             Throne
             ,
             couered
             with
             somerich
             cloth
             of
             Gold
             ,
             where
             is
             also
             to
             bee
             seene
             one
             of
             Crimson
             Veluet
             ,
             embroydered
             with
             great
             round
             Pearles
             :
             this
             Throne
             is
             called
             the
             Throne
             without
             ,
             to
             distinguish
             it
             from
             that
             within
             the
             
               Grand
               Seigneurs
            
             Chamber
             ;
             and
             in
             this
             ,
             Os●●●
             the
             Second
             ,
             did
             sit
             ,
             when
             hee
             could
             not●y
             the
             other
             which
             was
             within
             ,
             where
             his
             Vncle
             M●stap●●
             was
             shut
             vp
             in
             the
             yeare
             1617.
             
             There
             the
             Turkish
             Emperours
             are
             set
             in
             such
             actions
             .
             The
             walls
             of
             his
             Chamber
             are
             lined
             with
             certaine
             white
             stones
             which
             are
             cast
             and
             burnt
             ,
             and
             painted
             in
             diuers
             colours
             ,
             which
             yeeld
             a
             pleasant
             sight
             .
             The
             Chamber
             which
             is
             ioyning
             to
             it
             hath
             the
             walles
             couered
             with
             Plates
             of
             Siluer
             ,
             pourfiled
             with
             Gold
             ,
             and
             the
             Plancher
             is
             couered
             with
             rich
             Topestrie
             ,
             after
             the
             Persian
             manner
             with
             Gold
             and
             Silke
             .
             The
             Q●●●ter
             whereas
             the
             Women
             and
             Virgins
             are
             lodged
             ,
             which
             are
             des●●●ted
             for
             the
             Emperours
             pleasure
             ,
             is
             like
             vnto
             a
             great
             Monasterie
             of
             Religious
             Wom●●
             ▪
             But
             they
             doe
             not
             obserue
             the
             Vow
             of
             Chasti●ie
             :
             There
             are
             〈◊〉
             ,
             or
             ●●●ping
             places
             ,
             Refectuaries
             ,
             ●●ths
             ,
             Galleries
             ,
             pleasing
             G●
             ,
             and
             goodly
             Fountaines
             ,
             in
             so
             great
             a
             number
             ,
             as
             they
             abound
             in
             all
             the
             Allies
             ,
             and
             of
             all
             sides
             powre
             〈◊〉
             the
             s●t
             noyse
             of
             their
             charming
             murmurs
             .
             The
             other
             Lodgings
             for
             the
             D●●●stiques
             
             of
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             haue
             with
             the
             beautie
             of
             their
             structures
             ,
             the
             commodities
             of
             their
             scituation
             .
             Two
             great
             places
             are
             ioyned
             to
             these
             buildings
             ,
             whereof
             the
             one
             serues
             for
             the
             Chasna
             without
             (
             for
             they
             haue
             another
             within
             more
             retired
             from
             the
             houshold
             )
             the
             Mosquees
             ,
             Bathes
             ,
             Schooles
             ,
             Kitchins
             ,
             places
             to
             run
             Horses
             ,
             to
             wrastle
             ,
             shoote
             ,
             and
             to
             represent
             any
             action
             ,
             augment
             the
             wonders
             of
             this
             Imperiall
             Pallace
             whereof
             we
             haue
             spoken
             in
             generall
             :
             Now
             let
             vs
             descend
             to
             the
             particular
             description
             of
             the
             places
             thereof
             ,
             at
             the
             least
             to
             those
             which
             wee
             could
             yet
             see
             ;
             for
             no
             man
             that
             liues
             abroad
             may
             enter
             into
             the
             Serrail
             vnlesse
             the
             Emperour
             bee
             absent
             ;
             and
             yet
             hee
             must
             bee
             highly
             fauoured
             by
             some
             person
             of
             credit
             and
             authoritie
             in
             that
             place
             :
             For
             the
             Turkes
             would
             imagine
             they
             should
             offend
             the
             Maiestie
             of
             their
             Prince
             ,
             to
             giue
             entrance
             into
             his
             Quarter
             of
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             to
             any
             one
             be
             he
             stranger
             or
             other
             .
          
           
             The
             first
             wall
             of
             the
             Serrail
             is
             neere
             vnto
             the
             first
             Mosquee
             of
             
               Sancta
               Sophia
            
             ,
             with
             the
             great
             and
             chiefe
             Gate
             of
             that
             stately
             Pallace
             ,
             adorned
             with
             a
             great
             Portall
             painted
             with
             letters
             of
             Gold
             ,
             in
             branches
             and
             compartiments
             after
             the
             manner
             of
             Iaua
             ;
             fiftie
             Capigi●
             with
             their
             Armes
             (
             which
             are
             Harquebusses
             ,
             Bowes
             ,
             Arrowes
             ,
             and
             Semiters
             )
             keepe
             the
             Guard
             :
             By
             it
             they
             enter
             into
             a
             great
             place
             or
             Court
             about
             threescore
             paces
             long
             ,
             and
             a
             hundred
             paces
             broad
             ,
             in
             the
             which
             vpon
             the
             right
             hand
             is
             the
             place
             for
             the
             sicke
             persons
             of
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             kept
             by
             an
             Eunuch
             ,
             who
             hath
             vnder
             him
             a
             great
             number
             of
             men
             employed
             in
             the
             seruice
             of
             sicke
             persons
             ;
             on
             the
             otherside
             on
             the
             left
             hand
             there
             are
             seene
             a
             great
             number
             of
             Waggons
             ,
             with
             a
             great
             quantitie
             of
             wood
             for
             the
             vse
             of
             the
             House
             :
             aboue
             it
             ,
             is
             built
             a
             long
             Gallerie
             ,
             in
             the
             which
             they
             keepe
             ancient
             Armes
             ,
             as
             Mortions
             ,
             G●untlets
             ,
             Coats
             of
             Maile
             ,
             Pikes
             ,
             and
             Harquebusses
             ;
             wherewith
             they
             arme
             the
             Officers
             of
             the
             Arsenall
             ,
             and
             some
             other
             troupes
             to
             goe
             out
             of
             Constantinople
             in
             pompe
             ,
             when
             as
             the
             Sultan
             or
             some
             other
             powerfull
             Bashaw
             makes
             his
             entre
             .
             Into
             this
             Court
             the
             Bashawes
             and
             great
             men
             of
             the
             Port
             may
             entrie
             on
             horsebacke
             ;
             but
             they
             must
             leaue
             their
             Horses
             and
             got
             on
             foot
             into
             another
             great
             Court
             ,
             which
             hath
             neere
             three
             hundred
             foot
             in
             square
             ,
             made
             in
             fashion
             of
             a
             Cloyster
             ,
             with
             a
             
             low
             Gallerie
             round
             about
             it
             ,
             supported
             by
             Pillars
             of
             Marble
             ;
             it
             is
             more
             richly
             adorned
             then
             the
             other
             ;
             the
             Gate
             is
             likewise
             guarded
             by
             Capigis
             ,
             armed
             as
             the
             first
             .
             They
             passe
             on
             to
             a
             third
             Gate
             into
             a
             lesser
             Court
             ,
             but
             more
             delicious
             ;
             Many
             goodly
             Fountaines
             powring
             forth
             abundance
             of
             water
             ,
             and
             some
             Alleyes
             drawne
             by
             a
             line
             ,
             and
             shadowed
             with
             a
             great
             number
             of
             Cyprus
             Trees
             planted
             vpon
             the
             sides
             which
             beautifie
             the
             place
             :
             And
             there
             are
             many
             squares
             of
             Medow
             diapred
             with
             diuers
             sorts
             of
             flowres
             which
             augment
             the
             pleasures
             of
             the
             sight
             :
             No
             man
             passeth
             thorough
             this
             Court
             on
             horsebacke
             ,
             but
             the
             Turkish
             Emperour
             ,
             who
             descends
             at
             the
             third
             gate
             :
             On
             either
             side
             are
             many
             goodly
             Portals
             supported
             by
             rich
             Pillars
             of
             Marble
             :
             without
             these
             Portals
             are
             ranged
             in
             Battaile
             the
             Companies
             of
             Ianizaries
             ,
             well
             apparelled
             and
             better
             armed
             ,
             when
             as
             they
             are
             commanded
             to
             shew
             themselues
             at
             the
             entrie
             of
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             when
             as
             some
             strange
             Embassadour
             goes
             to
             kisse
             his
             Robe
             .
          
           
             
             In
             this
             Court
             are
             the
             Kitchins
             of
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             the
             which
             are
             nine
             in
             number
             ,
             separated
             in
             their
             buildings
             one
             from
             another
             ,
             with
             their
             dependances
             ,
             and
             serued
             by
             particular
             Officers
             :
             The
             first
             is
             that
             of
             the
             Emperour
             ;
             The
             second
             ,
             that
             of
             the
             Sultana
             ,
             which
             is
             most
             esteemed
             for
             her
             graces
             or
             for
             her
             fruitfulnesse
             :
             The
             third
             ,
             that
             of
             the
             other
             Sultana's
             :
             The
             fourth
             ,
             that
             of
             the
             Capiaga
             ,
             who
             is
             great
             Master
             of
             the
             Serrail
             :
             The
             fift
             ,
             that
             of
             the
             Diuan
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             Councell
             ,
             whereas
             the
             Prince
             doth
             administer
             Iustice
             by
             the
             mouth
             of
             his
             Officers
             ,
             of
             the
             which
             we
             will
             speake
             hereafter
             :
             The
             sixt
             ,
             that
             of
             the
             Aga●●ris
             ,
             which
             are
             the
             Sultans
             Familiars
             ,
             many
             are
             Eunuches
             ,
             the
             rest
             are
             vntoucht
             :
             The
             seuenth
             ,
             is
             that
             of
             the
             lesser
             Officers
             of
             the
             Serrail
             :
             The
             eighth
             ,
             is
             for
             the
             women
             which
             serue
             the
             Sultanas
             :
             The
             ninth
             ,
             is
             for
             the
             Officers
             which
             attend
             the
             Diuan
             ,
             as
             Guards
             ,
             Porters
             ,
             Vshers
             ,
             and
             such
             like
             .
          
           
             On
             the
             left
             hand
             in
             the
             same
             place
             ,
             are
             the
             Sultans
             stables
             ,
             to
             containe
             only
             fiue
             and
             twentie
             or
             thirtie
             goodly
             Horses
             ,
             which
             are
             appointed
             for
             his
             Exercises
             with
             his
             greatest
             Familiars
             in
             the
             Serrail
             :
             Aboue
             these
             stables
             are
             many
             Chambers
             ,
             in
             the
             which
             they
             keepe
             the
             Saddles
             ,
             Bridles
             ,
             and
             other
             Furniture
             
             for
             these
             Horses
             of
             pleasure
             :
             But
             all
             so
             rich
             and
             so
             glistering
             with
             Pearle
             and
             stone
             ,
             as
             the
             price
             is
             inestimable
             :
             There
             are
             some
             which
             the
             very
             Reines
             and
             Crouper
             ,
             exceed
             the
             value
             of
             a
             hundred
             thousand
             pounds
             sterling
             :
             What
             must
             the
             Saddle
             and
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             Furniture
             amount
             vnto
             ?
             Along
             the
             bankes
             of
             that
             Channell
             which
             doth
             water
             the
             walls
             of
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             there
             are
             built
             seuenteene
             great
             stables
             ,
             whereas
             the
             
               Grand
               Seigneur
            
             hath
             a
             great
             number
             of
             Horses
             of
             rare
             esteeme
             ,
             whereon
             he
             mounts
             when
             hee
             goes
             to
             the
             Warre
             ;
             or
             when
             to
             dazle
             the
             eyes
             of
             some
             forreine
             Embassadour
             ,
             with
             the
             lustre
             of
             his
             greatnesse
             ,
             hee
             makes
             a
             solemne
             and
             stately
             entrie
             into
             Constantinople
             .
          
           
             A
             little
             beyond
             in
             the
             same
             Court
             is
             the
             Quarter
             for
             the
             publique
             Diuan
             ,
             
             where
             as
             the
             
               Grand
               Vizir
            
             Lieutenant
             Generall
             of
             the
             Turkish
             Empire
             with
             a
             good
             number
             of
             Officers
             keepes
             the
             Audiences
             foure
             dayes
             in
             the
             Weeke
             :
             Neere
             vnto
             it
             is
             the
             Chamber
             of
             the
             Chasna
             ,
             or
             Treasure
             without
             ,
             where
             they
             lay
             vp
             the
             Rents
             and
             Reuenewes
             of
             diuers
             Prouinces
             ,
             wherewith
             they
             pay
             the
             Officers
             :
             They
             likewise
             furnish
             the
             Chamber
             of
             Accompts
             ,
             the
             rest
             is
             carried
             into
             the
             Chasna
             ,
             
             or
             secret
             Treasure
             within
             ,
             whereof
             the
             
               Grand
               Seigneur
            
             keeps
             the
             Keyes
             :
             The
             first
             is
             vsually
             sealed
             by
             the
             
               Grand
               Vizir
            
             .
             In
             the
             same
             Court
             on
             the
             left
             hand
             is
             the
             great
             Gate
             which
             enters
             into
             the
             Sultana's
             lodging
             ;
             It
             is
             carefully
             kept
             by
             a
             troupe
             of
             blacke
             and
             hideous
             Eunuches
             ,
             to
             whom
             the
             Sultan
             hath
             intrusted
             the
             Guard.
             And
             as
             hee
             hath
             lodged
             therein
             (
             by
             the
             number
             of
             goodly
             Women
             which
             are
             brought
             vnto
             him
             from
             all
             parts
             )
             the
             liuely
             Images
             of
             Loue
             and
             the
             Graces
             ;
             so
             he
             hath
             set
             at
             the
             Gates
             those
             of
             Hatred
             and
             Terrour
             :
             He
             himselfe
             goes
             vnto
             them
             by
             another
             passage
             neere
             vnto
             his
             Chamber
             .
             The
             last
             part
             of
             this
             goodly
             Court
             makes
             the
             entrie
             to
             the
             Emperours
             Lodgings
             ,
             the
             which
             is
             forbidden
             to
             any
             whatsoeuer
             ,
             except
             the
             slaues
             that
             serue
             him
             :
             If
             any
             great
             Basha
             pressed
             with
             some
             important
             businesse
             desires
             to
             enter
             ,
             hee
             must
             first
             haue
             leaue
             from
             the
             Princes
             mouth
             .
          
           
             The
             entrie
             of
             this
             Gate
             leads
             towards
             the
             Hall
             ,
             whereas
             the
             Sultan
             sits
             ,
             when
             hee
             will
             giue
             Audience
             ,
             and
             suffer
             any
             forreine
             
             Princes
             Embassadour
             to
             kisse
             his
             Robe
             .
             At
             their
             entrance
             they
             discouer
             the
             new
             beauties
             of
             this
             place
             more
             particularly
             :
             A
             goodly
             Court
             paued
             with
             fine
             Marble
             in
             Mosaike
             worke
             ,
             serues
             for
             a
             passage
             for
             those
             which
             are
             entred
             ,
             and
             the
             goodly
             Fountaines
             which
             beautifie
             it
             ,
             will
             not
             suffer
             them
             to
             goe
             farre
             ,
             without
             fixing
             their
             eyes
             vpon
             their
             pleasing
             structure
             :
             The
             Pauillions
             and
             stately
             Chambers
             which
             are
             within
             it
             ,
             seeme
             to
             haue
             beene
             built
             and
             embellished
             by
             the
             hands
             of
             delight
             and
             pleasure
             :
             For
             in
             them
             the
             
               Grand
               Seigneur
            
             eats
             most
             commonly
             ,
             and
             takes
             his
             Recreations
             .
             The
             Bathes
             ,
             Hals
             ,
             and
             Galleries
             of
             this
             place
             ,
             surpasse
             in
             their
             Magnificence
             the
             force
             of
             imagination
             :
             Wee
             may
             only
             say
             of
             them
             ,
             that
             they
             are
             the
             buildings
             of
             the
             most
             powerfull
             and
             rich
             Monarchs
             of
             the
             Earth
             .
          
           
             
             In
             another
             part
             of
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             vpon
             a
             little
             pleasing
             Hill
             is
             built
             a
             lodging
             for
             Summer
             ,
             whither
             the
             Sultan
             retires
             himselfe
             during
             the
             Canicular
             dayes
             ,
             to
             enioy
             the
             fresh
             aire
             which
             is
             found
             there
             ,
             and
             the
             pleasures
             of
             his
             Gardens
             ,
             vpon
             the
             which
             he
             hath
             one
             prospect
             ,
             and
             the
             other
             lookes
             towards
             the
             Sea
             :
             The
             place
             is
             exceeding
             beautifull
             ,
             but
             amidst
             this
             great
             diuersitie
             there
             is
             a
             Hall
             which
             opens
             towards
             the
             East
             ,
             supported
             by
             rich
             Pillars
             of
             Marble
             like
             vnto
             the
             ordinarie
             Mansion
             of
             pleasure
             :
             It
             is
             enricht
             with
             the
             goodliest
             workes
             the
             Tenant
             can
             affoord
             ,
             and
             furnished
             after
             a
             royall
             manner
             :
             The
             windowes
             haue
             their
             prospect
             vpon
             a
             little
             Lake
             of
             a
             square
             forme
             ,
             made
             with
             admirable
             art
             :
             Thirtie
             Fountaines
             diuided
             vpon
             a
             Platforme
             of
             fine
             Marble
             which
             doth
             enuiron
             it
             ,
             furnish
             water
             to
             fill
             it
             ,
             and
             pleasingly
             trouble
             the
             silence
             of
             the
             place
             by
             their
             continuall
             murmurre
             .
             The
             Sultan
             goes
             often
             vpon
             this
             Lake
             in
             a
             Brigantine
             ,
             being
             followed
             by
             some
             Ieasters
             ,
             and
             Mutes
             ,
             who
             minister
             occasion
             of
             delight
             ,
             some
             by
             their
             pleasant
             encounters
             ,
             the
             other
             by
             their
             ridiculous
             faces
             and
             gestures
             ,
             and
             sometimes
             tumbling
             them
             into
             the
             water
             they
             giue
             him
             occasion
             of
             laughter
             :
             Hee
             himselfe
             is
             pleased
             to
             lay
             ambushe
             ,
             for
             them
             ,
             to
             make
             them
             fall
             by
             the
             Platforme
             into
             the
             Lake
             .
             
          
           
             From
             this
             Hall
             they
             passe
             into
             the
             
               Grand
               Seigneurs
            
             Chamber
             ,
             
             it
             is
             proportionable
             in
             greatnesse
             to
             those
             of
             the
             Royall
             Pallace
             :
             The
             wals
             are
             after
             their
             accustomed
             manner
             couered
             with
             fine
             stone
             ,
             in
             which
             are
             grauen
             many
             flowres
             :
             the
             Portals
             are
             of
             cloth
             of
             Gold
             ,
             some
             are
             of
             Crimson
             Veluet
             embroidered
             with
             Gold
             and
             rich
             Pearle
             .
             The
             Bed
             is
             not
             inferiour
             in
             riches
             ,
             the
             posts
             are
             of
             massie
             Siluer
             ,
             vpon
             which
             are
             set
             Lions
             of
             Chrystall
             of
             the
             Rocke
             :
             The
             Curtaines
             are
             of
             greene
             Cloth
             of
             Gold
             ,
             the
             richest
             that
             are
             made
             at
             Bursia
             in
             Asia
             ,
             without
             any
             fringes
             ,
             but
             in
             their
             place
             there
             hangs
             certaine
             Bels
             made
             of
             great
             Orientall
             Pearle
             :
             The
             worke
             is
             excellent
             and
             the
             price
             inestimable
             .
             The
             Couering
             hanging
             to
             the
             ground
             ,
             is
             also
             of
             rich
             Cloth
             of
             Gold
             ,
             the
             Cushions
             and
             Pillowes
             are
             of
             the
             same
             stuffe
             .
             This
             Bed
             is
             rather
             a
             piece
             of
             the
             Turkish
             pompe
             then
             for
             any
             necessarie
             vse
             :
             For
             the
             Turkes
             doe
             not
             vse
             these
             kind
             of
             Beds
             ,
             but
             sleepe
             on
             the
             ground
             vpon
             Mattresse
             :
             whereof
             we
             will
             speake
             in
             the
             sixt
             Chapter
             .
             The
             floore
             of
             this
             royall
             Chamber
             is
             couered
             with
             Persian
             Carpets
             of
             Gold
             and
             Silke
             :
             The
             Sopha
             ,
             that
             is
             to
             say
             ,
             the
             places
             where
             the
             Sultan
             sits
             ,
             are
             about
             a
             foot
             and
             a
             halfe
             from
             the
             ground
             ,
             and
             couered
             with
             the
             like
             Tapestrie
             ,
             vpon
             the
             which
             are
             Cushions
             of
             Cloth
             of
             Gold.
             Ouer
             this
             seate
             is
             a
             Cloth
             of
             Estate
             of
             Wood
             couered
             with
             plates
             of
             Gold
             ,
             enricht
             with
             stones
             ,
             and
             supported
             by
             foure
             Pillars
             adorned
             in
             the
             same
             manner
             .
             In
             the
             midst
             of
             the
             floore
             of
             this
             Chamber
             hangs
             a
             rich
             Candlesticke
             of
             a
             meane
             greatnesse
             ,
             and
             of
             a
             round
             forme
             ,
             the
             midst
             whereof
             is
             of
             exexcellent
             Chrystall
             ;
             the
             other
             parts
             are
             of
             Siluer
             gilt
             ,
             set
             with
             Turkeyes
             ,
             Rubies
             ,
             Emeralds
             ,
             and
             Diamonds
             ,
             whose
             diuersitie
             giue
             a
             pleasing
             lustre
             :
             In
             a
             corner
             of
             the
             said
             Chamber
             ,
             vpon
             a
             Table
             of
             massie
             Siluer
             ,
             is
             a
             little
             Bason
             to
             wash
             his
             hands
             ,
             It
             is
             of
             pure
             Gold
             enricht
             with
             many
             Turkesses
             and
             Rubies
             ,
             with
             Ewre
             of
             the
             same
             .
             Against
             the
             walls
             are
             set
             two
             Cupboards
             ,
             whose
             doores
             are
             of
             Chrystall
             ,
             which
             through
             their
             transparent
             light
             ,
             shew
             about
             two
             doozen
             of
             Bookes
             richly
             couered
             ,
             in
             the
             which
             the
             Sultan
             sometimes
             spends
             his
             time
             ,
             and
             passeth
             away
             his
             cares
             in
             reading
             .
             Sometimes
             one
             of
             their
             Histories
             ,
             and
             sometimes
             the
             true
             examples
             which
             are
             mentioned
             in
             the
             Old
             Testament
             .
             Aboue
             these
             Cupboards
             there
             is
             one
             lesse
             ,
             into
             
             the
             which
             the
             Treasurer
             of
             the
             Serrail
             doth
             euery
             Wednesday
             ,
             put
             three
             purses
             filled
             :
             whereof
             the
             one
             is
             with
             Gold
             ,
             and
             the
             other
             two
             are
             of
             Siluer
             ,
             which
             the
             Sultan
             employes
             in
             his
             almesdeeds
             ,
             
             and
             the
             gratifications
             which
             hee
             giues
             to
             the
             slaues
             that
             serue
             him
             ,
             and
             which
             are
             his
             ordinarie
             Companie
             Doubtlesse
             this
             kinde
             of
             people
             doe
             much
             imbase
             the
             glory
             of
             so
             powerfull
             a
             Monarch
             ,
             and
             the
             shame
             to
             haue
             none
             about
             him
             but
             base
             persons
             ,
             causeth
             him
             to
             be
             disesteemed
             .
             Soueraigne
             Princes
             should
             admit
             none
             but
             the
             ablest
             men
             of
             their
             Estates
             about
             their
             Persons
             .
             For
             as
             God
             hath
             in
             Heauen
             the
             Ministerie
             of
             the
             Angels
             ,
             and
             other
             intellectuall
             creatures
             :
             So
             Kings
             ,
             who
             are
             his
             liuely
             Images
             ,
             should
             haue
             about
             them
             Men
             whose
             vertue
             and
             rare
             qualities
             of
             the
             mind
             haue
             raised
             aboue
             others
             .
             What
             entertainment
             can
             a
             great
             Prince
             find
             ,
             in
             such
             abiect
             persons
             and
             so
             ill
             bred
             ;
             and
             what
             seruice
             can
             hee
             receiue
             from
             a
             man
             drawne
             from
             the
             Stable
             ,
             and
             from
             the
             profession
             of
             a
             Horse-keeper
             ,
             or
             a
             Coachman
             ,
             from
             a
             Huntsman
             ,
             and
             the
             bawling
             of
             Hounds
             ?
             What
             contentment
             from
             a
             brutish
             Faulkoner
             ,
             whilest
             that
             Men
             of
             merit
             are
             in
             contempt
             ?
             This
             disorder
             is
             sometimes
             seene
             in
             the
             World
             ,
             
             yea
             ,
             in
             the
             Courts
             of
             great
             Princes
             to
             their
             shame
             ,
             and
             to
             the
             great
             preiudice
             of
             the
             publique
             .
             Neere
             vnto
             this
             Chamber
             is
             a
             goodly
             Librarie
             ,
             where
             are
             many
             Bookes
             ,
             rich
             for
             their
             stately
             couerings
             ,
             and
             precious
             for
             their
             workes
             ,
             the
             immortall
             markes
             of
             the
             glorie
             of
             their
             Authours
             :
             This
             is
             called
             the
             secret
             Library
             ;
             it
             is
             the
             most
             renowned
             of
             all
             the
             Serrail
             .
             There
             is
             another
             towards
             their
             Quarter
             which
             serue
             the
             Chamber
             ,
             and
             the
             
               Grand
               Seigneurs
            
             Pages
             ,
             filled
             with
             a
             great
             number
             of
             Bookes
             in
             all
             Languages
             ,
             among
             the
             which
             there
             are
             to
             bee
             seene
             at
             this
             day
             sixe
             score
             Volumes
             of
             the
             ancient
             Librarie
             of
             Great
             Constantine
             of
             an
             extraordinary
             bignesse
             :
             They
             are
             aboue
             a
             fathome
             broad
             and
             two
             in
             length
             :
             Their
             leaues
             are
             of
             such
             thinne
             Parchment
             ,
             as
             they
             seeme
             rather
             to
             be
             of
             Silke
             then
             Skinnes
             ;
             most
             part
             written
             in
             letters
             of
             Gold
             ,
             especially
             those
             which
             containe
             the
             Old
             and
             New
             Testament
             ;
             their
             couerings
             are
             of
             Siluer
             gilt
             after
             the
             antique
             manner
             ,
             set
             with
             a
             great
             number
             of
             precious
             stones
             .
             The
             price
             (
             without
             doubt
             )
             hath
             preserued
             them
             from
             
             spoile
             and
             ruine
             ,
             where
             as
             the
             rest
             haue
             perished
             by
             the
             barbarousnesse
             of
             the
             Turkes
             ,
             who
             sackt
             Constantinople
             in
             the
             time
             of
             Mahomet
             the
             Second
             :
             The
             Sultan
             holds
             them
             so
             precious
             as
             he
             will
             not
             allow
             any
             one
             to
             handle
             them
             .
          
           
             The
             number
             of
             Gardens
             in
             the
             Serrail
             are
             not
             fewer
             in
             number
             ,
             then
             are
             delightfull
             to
             looke
             on
             :
             The
             Prince
             hath
             his
             the
             Sultana's
             theirs
             ,
             and
             without
             this
             Imperiall
             House
             ,
             there
             are
             eighteene
             planted
             towardes
             the
             Sea
             ,
             whereof
             the
             fruites
             and
             reuenewes
             are
             by
             the
             Law
             of
             State
             employed
             for
             the
             entertainment
             of
             the
             Princes
             Table
             ;
             whereof
             we
             will
             speake
             elsewhere
             .
             He
             which
             hath
             the
             chiefe
             charge
             is
             called
             Bostangibassi
             ,
             that
             is
             to
             say
             ,
             great
             Gardiner
             ,
             and
             is
             one
             of
             the
             most
             eminent
             Dignities
             of
             the
             Empire
             ,
             he
             is
             many
             times
             much
             affected
             by
             his
             Master
             ,
             and
             feared
             by
             the
             other
             Bashaes
             ,
             to
             whom
             hee
             may
             doe
             good
             and
             bad
             Offices
             with
             the
             Prince
             ,
             when
             hee
             gouernes
             him
             alone
             in
             his
             walkes
             ,
             and
             entertaines
             him
             in
             affaires
             of
             Estate
             .
          
           
             Two
             Mosquees
             serue
             in
             the
             Serraile
             ,
             for
             their
             Deuotion
             :
             The
             one
             is
             towardes
             that
             Quarter
             where
             the
             Prince
             and
             his
             Officers
             lodge
             ;
             and
             the
             other
             is
             neere
             the
             Lodging
             of
             the
             women
             and
             their
             slaues
             .
             And
             although
             the
             Turkes
             will
             not
             admit
             of
             the
             vse
             of
             Bells
             ;
             yet
             there
             are
             a
             great
             number
             of
             little
             Clockes
             in
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             which
             strike
             the
             houres
             both
             by
             day
             and
             night
             .
             The
             
               Grand
               Seigneurs
            
             Pages
             are
             instructed
             to
             keepe
             them
             :
             and
             most
             part
             of
             the
             men
             of
             qualitie
             in
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             and
             likewise
             the
             women
             haue
             little
             Watches
             ,
             whereof
             they
             make
             vse
             .
             This
             is
             all
             that
             can
             be
             written
             of
             the
             
               Grand
               Seigneurs
               Serrail
            
             ,
             at
             the
             least
             that
             can
             come
             vnto
             the
             knowledge
             of
             Christians
             ,
             to
             whom
             the
             entrie
             (
             vnlesse
             it
             be
             vpon
             the
             dayes
             of
             Diuan
             )
             is
             expresly
             forbidden
             ,
             and
             the
             inward
             parts
             of
             this
             Imperiall
             House
             ,
             whereof
             wee
             haue
             spoken
             ,
             may
             not
             be
             seene
             by
             them
             ,
             vnlesse
             the
             Prince
             be
             absent
             ;
             and
             yet
             hee
             must
             haue
             some
             particular
             friendship
             with
             the
             Officers
             of
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             and
             monie
             in
             his
             hand
             ,
             the
             which
             doth
             not
             only
             open
             them
             the
             closest
             Gates
             in
             Turkie
             ,
             but
             doth
             facilitate
             the
             most
             difficult
             affaires
             ,
             through
             the
             auarice
             of
             the
             Turkes
             ,
             to
             the
             which
             all
             their
             other
             passions
             seeme
             to
             yeeld
             .
             Let
             vs
             come
             now
             to
             the
             
               Grand
               Seigneurs
            
             
             Exercises
             ,
             to
             his
             manner
             of
             liuing
             ,
             to
             the
             number
             of
             his
             Officers
             ,
             and
             other
             particularities
             of
             his
             Crowne
             :
             But
             let
             vs
             begin
             by
             his
             Coronation
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             III.
             Of
             the
             Coronation
             of
             the
             Turkish
             Emperour
             .
          
           
             AFter
             that
             death
             (
             who
             strikes
             with
             an
             equall
             hand
             ,
             aswell
             the
             stately
             Pallaces
             of
             Kings
             ,
             as
             poore
             Cottages
             couered
             with
             straw
             )
             hath
             taken
             out
             of
             this
             World
             some
             Turkish
             Emperour
             ,
             he
             of
             his
             Children
             which
             is
             destinated
             to
             the
             succession
             of
             his
             Scepter
             ,
             parts
             from
             the
             gouernment
             whither
             his
             Father
             had
             sent
             him
             (
             the
             which
             most
             commonly
             is
             Magnesia
             a
             Prouince
             in
             Asia
             )
             and
             comes
             secretly
             to
             Constantinople
             ,
             and
             into
             the
             Serrail
             by
             that
             Port
             which
             lookes
             towards
             the
             Sea
             ;
             for
             the
             passage
             whereof
             the
             Bostangibassi
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             great
             Gardiner
             ,
             goes
             to
             receiue
             him
             in
             the
             Imperiall
             Galley
             vpon
             the
             side
             of
             Asia
             ,
             passeth
             the
             straight
             ,
             conducts
             him
             into
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             and
             leads
             him
             into
             his
             Fathers
             Throne
             ,
             whither
             the
             great
             men
             of
             the
             Port
             ,
             that
             is
             to
             say
             ,
             of
             the
             Court
             (
             for
             so
             they
             call
             it
             )
             come
             to
             adore
             him
             ,
             and
             to
             acknowledge
             him
             for
             their
             Prince
             .
             Presently
             the
             Basha
             which
             is
             Gouernour
             of
             Constantinople
             causeth
             Proclamation
             to
             be
             made
             in
             the
             Citie
             ,
             &
             then
             throughout
             all
             the
             Empire
             :
             
               That
               the
               Soule
               of
               the
               inuincible
               Emperour
               Sultan
               N.
               enioyes
               an
               immortall
               Glorie
               ,
               and
               an
               eternall
               Peace
               ;
               and
               that
               the
               Empire
               of
               Sultan
               N.
               may
               flourish
               and
               prosper
               in
               all
               felicitie
               for
               many
               yeares
               .
            
             The
             third
             day
             after
             they
             hold
             the
             great
             Diuan
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             generall
             Councell
             ,
             where
             as
             all
             the
             great
             Men
             of
             the
             Court
             and
             Officers
             of
             the
             Crowne
             assist
             ,
             and
             resolue
             concerning
             the
             affaires
             of
             the
             Estate
             :
             The
             Emperour
             doth
             not
             assist
             ;
             yet
             he
             is
             in
             a
             Chamber
             neere
             ,
             and
             sees
             but
             is
             not
             se●ne
             ,
             and
             heares
             through
             a
             Lattice
             window
             what
             they
             treat
             of
             ,
             and
             what
             they
             say
             .
             At
             the
             end
             of
             the
             Diuan
             all
             these
             Officers
             ,
             goe
             by
             foure
             and
             foure
             ,
             or
             by
             sixe
             and
             sixe
             into
             the
             Chamber
             where
             the
             Sultan
             is
             ,
             and
             there
             without
             speaking
             any
             
             thing
             make
             a
             low
             reuerence
             ,
             and
             so
             passe
             on
             ,
             going
             forth
             to
             another
             doore
             :
             They
             returne
             to
             the
             Diuan
             ,
             where
             as
             Dinner
             attends
             them
             .
             The
             Sultan
             dines
             at
             the
             same
             time
             ;
             and
             after
             halfe
             an
             houre
             ,
             (
             which
             is
             all
             the
             time
             he
             spends
             at
             the
             Table
             )
             he
             mounts
             vpon
             a
             stately
             Horse
             ,
             being
             followed
             by
             the
             chiefe
             Commanders
             of
             the
             Warre
             ,
             hee
             shewes
             himselfe
             to
             his
             people
             of
             Constantinople
             ,
             and
             receiues
             from
             them
             their
             cryes
             and
             acclamations
             of
             Ioy
             :
             which
             are
             ,
             
               Liue
               ,
               and
               long
               may
               Sultan
               N.
               Raigne
               .
            
             Hee
             goes
             to
             some
             Mosquee
             where
             his
             Predecessours
             haue
             beene
             buried
             ;
             Hee
             makes
             his
             prayers
             ,
             which
             being
             ended
             one
             of
             the
             twentie
             Preachers
             of
             his
             Court
             goes
             into
             the
             Pulpit
             ,
             and
             by
             a
             short
             discourse
             giues
             him
             to
             vnderstand
             after
             the
             Turkish
             manner
             the
             greatnesse
             of
             the
             charge
             whereunto
             God
             hath
             called
             him
             ,
             exhorts
             him
             to
             haue
             a
             care
             of
             his
             Estate
             ,
             and
             especially
             to
             the
             maintenance
             and
             increase
             of
             Mahomets
             Law.
             The
             Sermon
             being
             ended
             ,
             the
             same
             Priest
             doth
             blesse
             him
             seuen
             times
             ,
             and
             at
             euery
             time
             the
             people
             answere
             Amen
             .
             At
             the
             same
             time
             the
             Moufti
             ,
             or
             high
             Priest
             of
             the
             Law
             who
             is
             present
             ,
             makes
             him
             to
             take
             the
             Oath
             vpon
             the
             Alcoran
             ;
             Girds
             him
             with
             the
             Sword
             which
             in
             old
             time
             Ottoman
             did
             weare
             ;
             and
             blessing
             him
             sayes
             these
             wordes
             ,
             
               God
               send
               you
            
             Ottomans
             Bountie
             :
             They
             doe
             so
             much
             honour
             the
             vertues
             of
             this
             Prince
             ,
             who
             raigned
             about
             three
             hundred
             and
             twentie
             two
             yeares
             since
             ,
             as
             they
             wish
             them
             to
             his
             Successors
             .
             I
             haue
             heard
             a
             Prince
             of
             the
             Turkish
             Emperours
             house
             say
             ,
             That
             the
             Learned
             in
             their
             Historie
             report
             ,
             that
             Ottoman
             going
             thorough
             the
             Towne
             of
             Prussia
             ,
             beeng
             the
             chiefe
             of
             his
             Empire
             ,
             hee
             said
             aloud
             vnto
             the
             people
             ,
             that
             whosoeuer
             were
             an
             hungrie
             ,
             thirstie
             ,
             or
             naked
             ,
             let
             them
             come
             vnto
             his
             house
             ,
             he
             had
             wherewithall
             to
             feed
             and
             clothe
             the
             poore
             .
             After
             the
             Mufti
             the
             people
             blesse
             him
             with
             their
             loude
             cryes
             :
             Thus
             charged
             with
             all
             these
             blessings
             hee
             goes
             to
             horsebacke
             ,
             and
             carries
             them
             backe
             to
             the
             Serrail
             ;
             where
             he
             busies
             himselfe
             to
             cause
             his
             brethren
             to
             be
             strangled
             in
             his
             presence
             ,
             whom
             hee
             had
             caused
             to
             come
             from
             the
             places
             where
             they
             were
             resident
             :
             For
             it
             is
             written
             in
             their
             custome
             ,
             
               One
               God
               in
               Heauen
               ,
               one
               Emperour
               vpon
               Earth
               :
            
             They
             beleeue
             this
             is
             the
             only
             meanes
             
             to
             settle
             the
             Estate
             ,
             and
             to
             diuert
             the
             Ciuill
             Warre
             which
             the
             pluralitie
             of
             Princes
             might
             breed
             :
             They
             haue
             often
             this
             Prouerbe
             in
             their
             mouthes
             ,
             
             
               That
               a
               Kingdome
               and
               Lo●le
               ,
               admit
               no
               Companion
               :
            
             Their
             Errour
             makes
             them
             beleeue
             that
             the
             Princes
             of
             their
             bloud
             are
             such
             .
             This
             bloudie
             custome
             hath
             been
             rigorously
             obserued
             for
             three
             hundred
             yeares
             and
             more
             ,
             vntill
             the
             Raigne
             of
             Achmat
             ,
             who
             died
             in
             the
             yeare
             1617.
             who
             gaue
             life
             vnto
             his
             brother
             Mustapha
             ,
             and
             at
             his
             death
             left
             him
             his
             Scepter
             :
             But
             the
             Officers
             of
             his
             Crowne
             tooke
             it
             from
             him
             with
             his
             libertie
             ,
             and
             kept
             him
             prisoner
             in
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             to
             make
             Osman
             his
             Nephew
             Raigne
             in
             his
             place
             ,
             who
             was
             afterward
             miserably
             massacred
             by
             the
             people
             ,
             and
             the
             same
             Mustapha
             restored
             to
             the
             Throne
             ,
             where
             the
             inconstancie
             of
             his
             Fortune
             suffered
             him
             but
             few
             dayes
             ,
             after
             which
             the
             Bashae's
             shut
             him
             vp
             in
             his
             first
             Prison
             ,
             and
             seated
             in
             his
             Throne
             Amurath
             the
             Fourth
             a
             young
             Prince
             brother
             to
             the
             vnfortunate
             Osman
             .
          
           
             
             The
             Largesse
             which
             the
             Sultan
             makes
             at
             his
             comming
             to
             the
             Crowne
             ,
             is
             distributed
             after
             this
             manner
             .
             Hee
             must
             giue
             vnto
             the
             great
             Mufti
             two
             thousand
             fiue
             hundred
             Sequins
             ,
             as
             much
             to
             the
             
               Grand
               Vizir
            
             ;
             the
             other
             of
             the
             Vizir
             or
             Bashae's
             haue
             either
             of
             them
             two
             thousand
             ,
             the
             Cadilesquers
             euery
             one
             two
             hundred
             and
             fiftie
             Sequins
             ,
             the
             Tefterdars
             euery
             one
             of
             them
             as
             much
             ;
             the
             Capigibassi
             euery
             one
             a
             hundred
             ;
             the
             Aga
             of
             the
             Ianizaries
             two
             hundred
             and
             fiftie
             ,
             the
             Iman
             Royall
             hath
             but
             fiue
             and
             twentie
             :
             the
             most
             famous
             Doctours
             of
             the
             Law
             receiue
             threescore
             ,
             the
             other
             which
             are
             inferiour
             haue
             euery
             one
             thirtie
             two
             Sequins
             .
             They
             giue
             fortie
             to
             the
             Basrousnamegi
             ,
             that
             is
             to
             say
             Iournalists
             ,
             fortie
             to
             the
             Carasmaesabegi
             ,
             or
             Comptrouler
             of
             the
             Royall
             Tribute
             ;
             twentie
             to
             the
             Mucatagis
             ▪
             which
             keepes
             the
             Bookes
             of
             the
             Diuan
             ;
             sixteene
             to
             euerie
             Mutaferagas
             ,
             which
             are
             men
             at
             Armes
             ;
             eight
             to
             euerie
             Spahi
             ,
             or
             light
             Horseman
             ,
             and
             moreouer
             fiue
             Aspres
             by
             the
             day
             in
             augmentation
             of
             their
             pay
             .
             Euery
             Deputie
             of
             the
             Teftardar
             ,
             hath
             fiue
             and
             twentie
             Sequins
             :
             The
             chiefe
             of
             the
             Pauillions
             of
             the
             field
             ,
             called
             by
             the
             Turkes
             
               Almiectar
               Bassi
            
             ,
             are
             set
             downe
             in
             the
             Roll
             of
             this
             Royall
             distribution
             euery
             
             one
             for
             fiue
             and
             twentie
             Sequins
             :
             They
             that
             lead
             the
             Horses
             before
             the
             King
             ,
             called
             Sarrassis
             ,
             haue
             either
             of
             them
             eight
             :
             The
             Serchais
             haue
             as
             much
             ;
             The
             Meirery
             ,
             which
             beate
             the
             Drums
             before
             the
             Prince
             the
             like
             summe
             ;
             the
             Sardigis
             ,
             foure
             ;
             the
             Capigis
             ,
             eight
             ;
             the
             Casnadaris
             ,
             eight
             ;
             and
             the
             Snalaris
             ,
             who
             carrie
             water
             to
             the
             
               Grand
               Seigneur
            
             ,
             the
             like
             summe
             .
             The
             Emirs
             haue
             a
             better
             portion
             ,
             either
             of
             them
             hath
             a
             hundred
             .
             The
             Ianizaries
             by
             their
             violence
             haue
             broken
             the
             bounds
             of
             the
             Monarchs
             liberalitie
             to
             them
             ,
             they
             giue
             them
             more
             or
             lesse
             according
             to
             the
             time
             and
             necessitie
             they
             haue
             of
             them
             ;
             their
             pay
             is
             alwayes
             increased
             at
             the
             least
             an
             Aspre
             by
             the
             day
             .
             The
             Groomes
             of
             the
             Stable
             and
             Cookes
             haue
             equally
             eight
             Sequins
             a
             piece
             ;
             and
             they
             which
             pray
             vnto
             God
             after
             the
             Turkish
             manner
             ,
             in
             the
             Chappels
             where
             the
             Sultans
             are
             buried
             ,
             haue
             no
             more
             .
             This
             largesse
             and
             distribution
             of
             Sultanins
             ,
             or
             Turkish
             Sequins
             ,
             amounts
             (
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             great
             number
             of
             those
             which
             receiue
             the
             Portions
             )
             to
             great
             and
             immense
             summes
             of
             monie
             .
          
           
             The
             fourth
             day
             following
             ,
             he
             takes
             his
             Gallion
             ,
             and
             goes
             by
             Sea
             to
             a
             Garden
             inuironed
             with
             a
             Parke
             neere
             vnto
             the
             Arsenall
             ;
             the
             Turkes
             call
             it
             Ase●i
             ,
             that
             is
             to
             say
             ,
             the
             house
             of
             Pleasure
             ;
             and
             there
             he
             hunts
             some
             houres
             ,
             and
             courseth
             what
             Beast
             he
             pleaseth
             ;
             If
             he
             take
             any
             thing
             ,
             the
             Turkish
             Superstition
             teacheth
             him
             to
             hold
             it
             for
             a
             good
             signe
             .
             From
             his
             sport
             he
             goes
             to
             affaires
             ,
             he
             visits
             his
             Arsenall
             ;
             and
             hauing
             neere
             him
             the
             Generall
             of
             the
             Sea
             ,
             called
             Captaine
             Bassa
             ,
             hee
             makes
             him
             to
             giue
             an
             account
             of
             the
             affaires
             of
             the
             Sea
             ,
             what
             number
             of
             Vessels
             there
             are
             fit
             for
             the
             warre
             ,
             what
             Men
             ,
             what
             Armes
             ,
             and
             what
             Munition
             is
             in
             them
             :
             being
             thus
             informed
             of
             his
             Sea
             forces
             ,
             he
             returnes
             to
             his
             Serrail
             .
             The
             next
             day
             which
             is
             the
             fift
             after
             his
             Coronation
             ,
             the
             
               Grand
               Vizir
            
             ,
             or
             according
             to
             the
             Turkes
             ,
             Vizirhazem
             ,
             that
             is
             to
             say
             ,
             the
             Supreame
             Vizir
             ,
             goes
             vnto
             him
             ,
             and
             in
             few
             words
             yeelds
             him
             an
             account
             of
             the
             generall
             affaires
             of
             his
             Empire
             .
             And
             as
             the
             Turkes
             haue
             Almes
             in
             singular
             recommendation
             ,
             these
             first
             dayes
             of
             Coronation
             ,
             after
             the
             Prince
             hath
             giuen
             a
             Largesse
             vnto
             the
             people
             ,
             in
             casting
             of
             money
             in
             the
             streets
             where
             hee
             passeth
             ,
             hee
             
             vseth
             great
             Charitie
             to
             Hospitals
             and
             Prisons
             ,
             in
             such
             sort
             as
             the
             charges
             of
             the
             pious
             Actions
             ,
             were
             found
             to
             amount
             during
             the
             Raigne
             of
             Am●rath
             ,
             Father
             to
             Mahomet
             the
             third
             ,
             who
             liued
             when
             as
             Henrie
             the
             Great
             made
             France
             happie
             by
             the
             felicities
             of
             his
             Raigne
             ;
             to
             the
             summe
             of
             one
             hundred
             and
             threescore
             thousand
             pounds
             sterling
             ,
             which
             is
             in
             their
             money
             foure
             hundred
             thousand
             Sequins
             .
             Doubtlesse
             ,
             the
             presages
             of
             their
             Raigne
             cannot
             bee
             but
             fortunate
             ,
             when
             as
             they
             are
             accompanied
             with
             good
             Works
             ,
             and
             Charitie
             is
             a
             powerfull
             support
             to
             a
             Crowne
             .
             
             It
             were
             to
             bee
             desired
             (
             said
             a
             great
             Man
             )
             that
             Soueraignes
             had
             tried
             the
             condition
             of
             a
             priuate
             Man
             opprest
             with
             misery
             ;
             to
             learne
             compassion
             ,
             for
             no
             Man
             is
             sensibly
             toucht
             with
             the
             estate
             of
             a
             miserable
             Man
             ,
             but
             he
             that
             ●●th
             beene
             so
             .
          
           
             After
             the
             fift
             day
             ,
             the
             Ladies
             of
             his
             bloud
             ,
             be
             they
             Virgins
             or
             married
             to
             some
             Basha
             ,
             goe
             to
             visit
             him
             :
             He
             receiues
             them
             very
             graciously
             ,
             honours
             them
             with
             many
             rich
             Presents
             of
             precious
             stones
             ,
             and
             grants
             them
             what
             fauours
             they
             demand
             ,
             be
             it
             for
             th●
             〈…〉
             of
             their
             Husbands
             ,
             or
             for
             his
             bountie
             ●●
             some
             other
             persons
             .
             But
             this
             〈◊〉
             Sultan
             is
             no
             sooner
             sealed
             in
             the
             Imperiall
             Throne
             of
             the
             Turkes
             ,
             but
             hee
             doth
             presently
             imitate
             the
             proud
             arrogancie
             of
             his
             Predecessours
             ,
             and
             takes
             with
             the
             Scepter
             the
             vanitie
             of
             the
             proud
             Title
             ,
             wherewith
             they
             are
             p●●
             vp
             the
             following
             Chapter
             will
             shew
             it
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               CHAP.
               IV.
            
             Of
             the
             Titles
             and
             Qualities
             〈…〉
          
           
             
             THe
             prosperities
             of
             the
             World
             are
             a
             triall
             of
             the
             force
             of
             the
             minde
             ,
             ●●ther
             t●
             〈…〉
             These
             are
             more
             easie
             to
             beare
             :
             those
             doe
             〈…〉
             men
             vnto
             a
             〈…〉
             insolencie
             .
             But
             where
             are
             g●
             〈…〉
             with
             Princes
             ?
             〈◊〉
             they
             vse
             them
             soberly
             ,
             their
             m●
             〈…〉
             H●●uen
             to
             the
             preseruation
             of
             their
             Estates
             ,
             and
             would
             force
             〈◊〉
             
             to
             cherish
             their
             memorie
             .
             The
             Turkish
             Emperours
             are
             neuer
             crowned
             with
             this
             me●it
             ;
             their
             breeding
             to
             the
             excesse
             of
             vices
             rather
             than
             to
             the
             continencie
             of
             vertue
             ,
             doth
             not
             make
             them
             capable
             to
             know
             themselues
             ,
             and
             the
             excesse
             of
             the
             prosperities
             of
             their
             Empire
             transports
             them
             to
             pride
             .
             So
             as
             if
             Heauen
             suffers
             them
             to
             continue
             in
             the
             Monarchie
             of
             the
             East
             ,
             it
             is
             to
             punish
             our
             disorders
             .
             Their
             actions
             doe
             not
             only
             shew
             their
             Pride
             ,
             but
             their
             Titles
             speake
             it
             more
             plainly
             :
             S●lym
             the
             First
             of
             that
             Name
             stiled
             himselfe
             Master
             of
             all
             〈◊〉
             ●raignes
             of
             the
             World.
             Behold
             the
             Qualities
             which
             he
             did
             assume
             .
             
               Sultan
               Solym
               ,
               Othoman
               ,
               King
               of
               Kings
               ,
               Lord
               of
               all
               Lords
               ,
               Prince
               of
               all
               Princes
               ,
               Sonne
               and
               Nephew
               of
               God.
            
             Hee
             caused
             it
             to
             be
             written
             vnder
             his
             Portraite
             ,
             the
             which
             Solyman
             the
             Second
             his
             Sonne
             did
             〈◊〉
             keepe
             by
             his
             bed
             side
             .
             This
             man
             was
             no
             modester
             then
             his
             Father
             ,
             for
             if
             he
             ●●th
             not
             set
             downe
             in
             his
             Titles
             that
             hee
             would
             be
             the
             only
             Prince
             of
             the
             World
             ,
             hee
             hath
             often
             deliuered
             it
             in
             his
             words
             ;
             
               By
               the
               Soule
               of
               my
               Father
            
             (
             said
             he
             being
             in
             Hungarie
             at
             the
             siege
             of
             〈◊〉
             )
             
               seeing
               there
               is
               but
               〈◊〉
               God
               G●
               〈…〉
               reasonable
               there
               should
               be
               but
               one
               〈…〉
               the
               inferiour
               Worlde
            
             The
             rest
             which
             haue
             followed
             〈◊〉
             ●uccession
             of
             the
             Othoman
             Estate
             haue
             vsed
             the
             same
             vnto
             our
             dayes
             .
             Achmat
             the
             First
             ,
             who
             died
             in
             the
             yeare
             1617
             ,
             treating
             with
             the
             inui●ible
             Monarch
             Henry
             the
             Great
             ,
             by
             the
             meanes
             of
             the
             Seigniour
             of
             〈◊〉
             his
             Embassadour
             at
             Constantinople
             ,
             causeth
             to
             be
             set
             downe
             in
             the
             beginning
             of
             the
             Articles
             which
             were
             sent
             into
             France
             ,
             the
             Titles
             which
             follow
             :
             
               In
               the
               name
               of
               God
               ,
               a
               marke
               of
               the
               high
               Family
               of
               the
               Othoman
               Monarches
               ,
               with
               the
               beautie
               ,
               greatnesse
               ,
               and
               splendour
               thereof
               ,
               so
               many
               Countries
               are
               conquered
               and
               gouerned
               .
               I
               ,
               who
               am
               by
               the
               infinite
               graces
               of
               the
               Iust
               ,
               great
               ,
               and
               all
               powerfull
               Creatour
               and
               by
               the
               abundance
               of
               Miracles
               of
               the
               chiefe
               of
               his
               Prophets
               ,
               Emperour
               of
               〈…〉
               ,
               Disposer
               of
               Crownes
               to
               the
               greatest
               Pri●
               〈…〉
               of
               two
               most
               sacred
               Townes
               ,
            
             Mequa
             and
             Medi●●
             ,
             
               Protector
               and
               Gouernour
               of
               the
               holy
            
             〈…〉
             ,
             and
             Africa
             ;
             ●●ly
             〈◊〉
             by
             our
             〈…〉
             
             
          
        
         
           
           
             them
             somewhat
             longer
             ,
             and
             his
             shooes
             are
             without
             buckles
             ,
             and
             cut
             in
             leaues
             :
             But
             when
             hee
             adornes
             himselfe
             to
             honour
             with
             his
             presence
             the
             solemnitie
             of
             some
             great
             day
             ,
             at
             the
             Circumcision
             of
             the
             Princes
             his
             Children
             ,
             or
             to
             make
             his
             entrie
             into
             Constantinople
             :
             his
             Robes
             of
             Cloth
             of
             Gold
             ,
             forwith
             Pearles
             and
             great
             Diamonds
             giue
             the
             Maiestie
             of
             his
             person
             a
             glorious
             lustre
             :
             This
             is
             the
             glory
             of
             such
             Princes
             .
             Maiestie
             consists
             in
             Vertue
             ,
             and
             not
             in
             the
             pompe
             of
             Habits
             .
             A
             King
             should
             rather
             shew
             himselfe
             a
             King
             by
             his
             〈◊〉
             carriage
             and
             his
             authoritie
             ,
             than
             by
             his
             Robes
             .
          
           
             The
             Sultana's
             differ
             not
             much
             in
             their
             Habits
             from
             their
             Soueraigne
             Prince
             :
             They
             weare
             breeches
             like
             vnto
             his
             ,
             and
             vnder
             them
             linings
             of
             fine
             Linnen
             ;
             Their
             Robes
             are
             of
             the
             same
             stuffe
             ,
             and
             their
             shooes
             in
             like
             manner
             :
             They
             steepe
             like
             vnto
             him
             in
             their
             Linnen
             lynings
             ,
             and
             little
             Cassocks
             of
             Silke
             pinckt
             ,
             which
             goes
             little
             beneath
             the
             waste
             .
          
           
             The
             Prince
             riseth
             with
             the
             Day
             ,
             and
             the
             Morning
             sees
             him
             begin
             his
             Prayers
             after
             the
             Turkish
             manner
             ,
             wherein
             hee
             spends
             halfe
             an
             houre
             :
             After
             this
             hee
             writes
             asmuch
             ,
             during
             the
             which
             they
             bring
             him
             some
             cordiall
             thing
             ,
             which
             hee
             takes
             presently
             :
             Then
             reading
             followes
             for
             a
             whole
             houre
             ,
             but
             it
             is
             many
             times
             without
             fruit
             ;
             for
             that
             hee
             entertaines
             the
             time
             with
             fabulous
             Bookes
             :
             It
             is
             true
             that
             some
             Sultans
             haue
             taken
             delight
             to
             read
             the
             life
             of
             Great
             Alexander
             ,
             and
             some
             others
             haue
             caused
             Aristotle
             to
             be
             expounded
             vnto
             them
             .
             An
             ignorant
             Prince
             is
             a
             Pilot
             without
             Card
             or
             Compasse
             .
             Alphonso
             King
             of
             Arragon
             ,
             called
             such
             Princes
             by
             a
             Name
             which
             I
             forbeare
             to
             mention
             ,
             for
             the
             re●nce
             I
             owe
             to
             Kings
             .
             Hauing
             read
             ,
             if
             it
             be
             a
             day
             of
             D●
             or
             of
             Counsell
             ,
             he
             giues
             Audience
             to
             the
             
               Grand
               Viz●r
            
             ,
             who
             come
             to
             make
             report
             of
             that
             which
             hath
             beene
             done
             ,
             and
             he
             receiues
             the
             veneration
             of
             other
             Officers
             .
             From
             thence
             he
             descends
             into
             his
             Gardens
             or
             walkes
             ,
             contents
             his
             eyes
             with
             the
             〈…〉
             F●●●es
             ,
             and
             pleasing
             Alle●e●
             and
             〈◊〉
             his
             eares
             with
             the
             〈◊〉
             and
             ●r●●lities
             of
             his
             ●e●tres
             〈◊〉
             and
             〈◊〉
             which
             follow
             him
             .
             At
             his
             returne
             hee
             fals
             〈…〉
             haue
             any
             〈◊〉
             in
             it
             ,
             or
             to
             some
             other
             〈…〉
             
             for
             Dinner
             ,
             the
             which
             is
             speedily
             serued
             :
             Hee
             neuer
             spends
             aboue
             halfe
             an
             houre
             at
             the
             Table
             ,
             from
             the
             which
             hee
             goes
             to
             his
             Prayers
             at
             noone
             ,
             where
             after
             his
             manner
             hee
             entertaines
             the
             Diuinitie
             .
             But
             how
             variable
             is
             humane
             inconst●ncie
             :
             from
             this
             〈…〉
             to
             the
             embracings
             of
             humanitie
             ,
             and
             〈…〉
             with
             his
             Women
             for
             soo●●
             houres
             ;
             vntill
             the
             time
             of
             Prayer
             at
             Night
             doth
             force
             him
             to
             leaue
             them
             :
             When
             〈…〉
             another
             walke
             into
             his
             Garden
             ,
             〈…〉
             by
             his
             〈◊〉
             and
             Dwarffs
             ,
             he
             entertaines
             himselfe
             with
             〈…〉
             .
             The
             last
             Office
             calls
             him
             to
             his
             Chamber
             ,
             it
             is
             that
             which
             the
             Turkes
             say
             ,
             when
             as
             the
             day
             is
             spent
             and
             in
             the
             obscuritie
             of
             the
             night
             ,
             where
             hee
             imployes
             himselfe
             vntill
             Supper
             time
             .
             These
             are
             his
             imployment
             i●
             generall
             :
             Let
             vs
             now
             speake
             of
             them
             in
             particular
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               CHAP.
               VI.
            
             Of
             the
             
               Grand
               Seig●rs
            
             Table
             of
             his
             ●te
             ,
             and
             of
             his
             sleepe
             .
          
           
             THe
             
               Grand
               Seign●r
            
             eates
             three
             or
             foure
             times
             a
             day
             in
             Summer
             ,
             but
             lesse
             in
             Winter
             :
             He
             sit●es
             crosse
             legged
             after
             the
             Turkish
             manner
             :
             Most
             commonly
             his
             Table
             is
             low
             ,
             made
             of
             〈◊〉
             Siluer
             ,
             with
             a
             little
             bo●der
             about
             it
             two
             fingers
             high
             ,
             like
             vnto
             a
             Table
             of
             Accompani●
             which
             ●ll
             money
             .
             There
             is
             〈◊〉
             of
             pure
             Gold
             enricht
             with
             diuers
             precious
             〈…〉
             in
             the
             years
             :
             He
             〈…〉
             and
             another
             vpon
             his
             〈…〉
             many
             leaues
             made
             of
             three
             〈…〉
             whereof
             the
             Graine
             is
             gathered
             〈…〉
             for
             his
             〈◊〉
             .
             They
             〈…〉
             thereof
             they
             feed
             a
             great
             troupe
             〈…〉
             of
             the
             Serrail
             .
             His
             Coo●es
             are
             at
             worke
             〈…〉
             ▪
             they
             〈…〉
             call
             〈◊〉
             :
             The
             
             Essay
             is
             taken
             at
             the
             Kitchin
             in
             the
             presence
             of
             the
             Capiaga
             ,
             or
             Master
             of
             the
             Houshold
             ,
             and
             they
             serue
             it
             vp
             in
             dishes
             of
             gold
             couered
             :
             His
             Agalaris
             ,
             or
             Familiars
             goe
             and
             receiue
             it
             at
             the
             hands
             of
             the
             Capiaga
             without
             :
             For
             there
             is
             another
             of
             the
             same
             Office
             within
             ,
             who
             goes
             not
             into
             the
             Kitchin
             ,
             hee
             carries
             them
             to
             him
             that
             serues
             at
             the
             Table
             ,
             who
             is
             vpon
             his
             knee
             :
             They
             serue
             out
             thirtie
             Dishes
             ,
             in
             the
             which
             are
             thirtie
             forts
             of
             meates
             ;
             the
             Table
             is
             round
             ,
             and
             stands
             vpon
             a
             Vise
             which
             turnes
             as
             it
             pleases
             the
             Prince
             ,
             for
             no
             man
             carues
             him
             ,
             neither
             doth
             he
             himselfe
             vse
             any
             Knife
             ;
             his
             bread
             is
             so
             tender
             as
             it
             will
             not
             endure
             any
             ,
             he
             breakes
             it
             with
             his
             fingers
             without
             any
             trouble
             ;
             so
             doth
             he
             his
             meate
             prepared
             with
             the
             like
             delicacie
             :
             They
             serue
             no
             Salt
             vnto
             him
             ,
             and
             whatsoeuer
             hee
             eats
             is
             not
             seasoned
             with
             Spices
             ,
             his
             Physicians
             forbidding
             it
             in
             the
             Kitchin.
             The
             daintiest
             meat
             for
             his
             royall
             mouth
             are
             roasted
             Pigeons
             ,
             whereof
             they
             serue
             a
             dozen
             in
             a
             Capson
             or
             Platter
             :
             Pullets
             ,
             Lambe
             ,
             or
             Mutton
             ,
             rosted
             &
             boyled
             are
             after
             the
             Pigeons
             ,
             which
             hee
             loues
             best
             :
             Hee
             makes
             a
             signe
             (
             for
             at
             his
             Table
             no
             man
             speakes
             any
             thing
             )
             that
             they
             should
             carrie
             of
             this
             meat
             what
             he
             pleases
             to
             the
             Sultana's
             whom
             he
             affects
             most
             :
             Sometimes
             the
             dumbe
             men
             and
             the
             Iesters
             haue
             a
             part
             :
             His
             Agallaries
             or
             Familiars
             are
             highly
             gratified
             ,
             when
             hee
             casts
             them
             one
             of
             his
             L●aues
             ,
             they
             kisse
             it
             ,
             and
             giue
             it
             vnto
             others
             for
             a
             testimonie
             of
             a
             singular
             fauour
             .
             In
             the
             silence
             which
             is
             strictly
             obserued
             at
             his
             Table
             ,
             as
             well
             by
             himselfe
             as
             those
             which
             doe
             assist
             ,
             there
             is
             an
             ordinary
             entertainment
             in
             a
             dumbe
             fashion
             by
             signes
             and
             the
             gestures
             of
             the
             Mutes
             ,
             and
             the
             Iesters
             which
             are
             instructed
             therein
             ,
             practize
             the
             abilities
             of
             their
             wits
             .
             He
             doth
             vsually
             drinke
             a
             liquour
             made
             of
             many
             sorts
             of
             fruits
             mingled
             with
             the
             juice
             of
             Citrons
             and
             Sugar
             :
             He
             swallowes
             it
             in
             a
             spoone
             of
             wood
             ,
             although
             they
             serue
             him
             with
             little
             Cups
             of
             Porcelaine
             and
             others
             of
             Indian
             Nuts
             ,
             set
             vpon
             a
             foot
             of
             gold
             enricht
             with
             stones
             .
             They
             do
             not
             serue
             any
             fruit
             before
             Dinner
             ,
             his
             last
             coorse
             is
             a
             Tar●
             ,
             and
             if
             he
             eats
             any
             fruit
             ,
             it
             is
             at
             his
             after-meales
             ,
             and
             likewise
             Parmisant
             ,
             whereof
             they
             make
             great
             esteeme
             in
             Turkey
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             time
             of
             Ramadan
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             Turkes
             Lent
             ,
             they
             
             doe
             not
             serue
             him
             in
             vessels
             of
             Gold
             ,
             but
             in
             yellow
             Porcelaine
             which
             is
             most
             precious
             and
             hard
             to
             be
             recouered
             .
             Hee
             fasts
             from
             the
             Sun-rising
             vntill
             night
             ,
             when
             it
             is
             lawfull
             for
             him
             to
             leaue
             his
             fast
             ,
             and
             to
             eat
             what
             meate
             hee
             pleaseth
             :
             Fish
             comes
             seldome
             into
             the
             Servant
             ,
             but
             when
             the
             desire
             of
             the
             Sultans
             ,
             or
             the
             Appetite
             of
             the
             Agalaries
             causeth
             it
             to
             be
             brought
             from
             the
             Sea.
             
          
           
             The
             
               Grand
               Seigneurs
            
             Bed
             is
             not
             made
             while
             it
             is
             day
             in
             the
             Chamber
             where
             hee
             lodgeth
             ,
             they
             make
             it
             only
             when
             he
             goes
             to
             his
             rest
             :
             that
             whereof
             we
             haue
             spoken
             is
             only
             a
             Bed
             of
             State
             The
             Groomes
             of
             his
             Chamber
             lay
             vpon
             the
             floore
             a
             Mat
             ,
             and
             vpon
             it
             a
             fine
             Turkey
             Carpet
             ,
             whereupon
             they
             lay
             a
             Matteresse
             and
             a
             Bed
             of
             Feathers
             .
             The
             sheets
             are
             of
             fine
             Linnen
             ,
             and
             the
             couering
             of
             goodly
             Carpets
             :
             In
             Winter
             they
             vse
             Couerings
             of
             white
             Wolues
             or
             of
             Sables
             ,
             which
             keepe
             the
             Prince
             from
             cold
             .
             After
             his
             Bed
             is
             thus
             made
             ,
             they
             straine
             ouer
             it
             many
             strings
             of
             Silke
             ,
             vpon
             the
             which
             they
             lay
             Cloth
             of
             Gold
             ,
             or
             rich
             Tapestrie
             to
             make
             the
             Tester
             and
             Curtaines
             :
             This
             Couch
             being
             made
             ,
             the
             same
             Gabo●pes
             of
             the
             Chamber
             goe
             and
             fetch
             the
             Emperour
             ,
             and
             being
             him
             to
             his
             rest
             with
             a
             little
             Turbane
             on
             his
             he●d
             in
             stead
             of
             a
             Night
             cap
             :
             Whilest
             hee
             steepes
             they
             watch
             ;
             one
             stands
             at
             the
             doore
             of
             the
             Chamber
             ,
             another
             at
             his
             Beds
             side
             ,
             to
             raise
             vp
             the
             Clothes
             and
             to
             couer
             him
             if
             it
             be
             needfull
             :
             Two
             others
             are
             at
             the
             Beds
             feete
             with
             two
             Torches
             ,
             which
             they
             neuer
             put
             out
             vntill
             the
             Sultan
             bee
             risen
             .
             Their
             Guard
             continues
             three
             houres
             ,
             after
             which
             they
             are
             relieued
             by
             their
             Companions
             .
             Thus
             hee
             rests
             which
             troubles
             all
             Europe
             ,
             disquiets
             Asia
             ,
             and
             afflicts
             Afrrica
             ,
             and
             the
             shoare
             of
             the
             M●
             Sea
             with
             his
             Fleet.
             
          
        
         
           
             
               CHAP.
               VII
            
             .
             Of
             the
             grauitie
             of
             the
             
               Grand
               Seigneur
            
             and
             of
             the
             ●be
             discourses
             which
             are
             made
             in
             the
             Serrail
             .
          
           
             THat
             Prince
             of
             the
             Iewes
             which
             made
             choice
             rather
             of
             the
             scourge
             of
             Pestilence
             them
             the
             rigour
             of
             Warre
             ,
             had
             
             reason
             to
             say
             that
             hee
             had
             rather
             fall
             into
             the
             hands
             of
             God
             ,
             than
             to
             those
             of
             Man
             ,
             for
             the
             one
             is
             a
             plentifull
             and
             in
             exhaustible
             Fountaine
             of
             all
             Mercie
             :
             The
             others
             are
             vnpittifull
             ,
             although
             they
             be
             created
             after
             his
             Image
             .
             It
             is
             lawfull
             ,
             yea
             ,
             it
             is
             commanded
             to
             speake
             vnto
             God
             ,
             and
             to
             begge
             those
             things
             which
             are
             necessary
             ;
             and
             in
             the
             World
             it
             is
             a
             crime
             to
             presume
             to
             speake
             vnto
             Men.
             The
             true
             Table
             of
             this
             humane
             Pride
             made
             be
             drawne
             from
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             at
             this
             day
             the
             principall
             seat
             of
             the
             Arrogancie
             of
             Princes
             :
             for
             there
             it
             is
             not
             only
             forbidden
             to
             speake
             vnto
             the
             
               Grand
               Seigneur
            
             ,
             but
             he
             that
             dares
             to
             lift
             vp
             his
             eyes
             to
             looke
             him
             in
             the
             face
             ,
             is
             guiltie
             of
             a
             great
             crime
             :
             so
             as
             all
             the
             Bashaes
             of
             his
             Court
             ,
             except
             the
             Vizar
             ,
             the
             Mufts
             ,
             and
             the
             Physician
             ,
             going
             towards
             him
             to
             reuerence
             him
             ,
             or
             rather
             to
             adore
             him
             ,
             haue
             their
             hands
             ioyned
             and
             their
             eyes
             cast
             downe
             ,
             and
             in
             this
             posture
             inclining
             themselues
             to
             the
             ground
             ,
             they
             salute
             him
             without
             seeing
             him
             ,
             although
             they
             be
             before
             him
             .
             When
             he
             goes
             into
             the
             Citie
             ,
             they
             which
             present
             any
             Petitions
             vnto
             him
             ,
             to
             haue
             Iustice
             from
             him
             ,
             when
             they
             cannot
             obtaine
             it
             from
             his
             Officers
             ,
             lift
             them
             vp
             vpon
             the
             end
             of
             a
             ●●ed
             ,
             and
             themselues
             lie
             prostrate
             on
             the
             groundily
             humiliation
             ,
             another
             men
             which
             are
             of
             his
             Family
             ,
             speake
             not
             vnto
             him
             but
             by
             signes
             ,
             and
             this
             dumbe
             language
             is
             practised
             ,
             and
             vnderstood
             as
             readily
             in
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             as
             a
             distinct
             and
             articulate
             voice
             among
             ●s
             .
             For
             which
             cause
             they
             vse
             the
             seruice
             of
             as
             many
             dumbe
             men
             as
             they
             can
             find
             ;
             who
             hauing
             accustomed
             others
             to
             their
             signes
             and
             gestures
             make
             them
             to
             learne
             their
             Language
             .
             The
             Sultana's
             doe
             the
             like
             .
             The
             grauitie
             of
             his
             person
             ,
             and
             the
             custome
             of
             the
             Empire
             forbids
             him
             to
             speake
             to
             any
             .
             The
             Sultana's
             his
             women
             practise
             it
             ,
             they
             haue
             many
             dumbe
             slaues
             at
             their
             
               Serrail
               .
               Sultan
               Mustapha
            
             Vncle
             to
             Os●
             ,
             who
             in
             the
             end
             of
             the
             yeare
             1617
             held
             the
             Scepter
             of
             the
             Turkish
             Empire
             ,
             for
             that
             he
             could
             not
             accustome
             himselfe
             to
             this
             silent
             grauitie
             ,
             gaue
             occasion
             to
             the
             Counsell
             of
             end
             to
             ch●plaine
             of
             him
             ;
             and
             to
             say
             that
             to
             〈…〉
             did
             ,
             〈◊〉
             more
             fit
             for
             〈…〉
             Turkish
             Merchant
             ,
             then
             for
             the
             Emperour
             .
             They
             〈…〉
             him
             ,
             held
             his
             freedome
             and
             similiaritie
             
             vnworthy
             of
             the
             Empire
             .
             To
             play
             the
             Sultan
             its
             state
             ,
             h●e
             must
             out
             speake
             ,
             but
             by
             an
             extraordinary
             grauitie
             make
             men
             to
             tremble
             with
             the
             twinkling
             of
             his
             eye
             :
             For
             the
             frowning
             arrogancie
             of
             the
             Turkish
             Princes
             is
             growne
             to
             that
             insolencie
             ,
             〈◊〉
             liues
             amongst
             his
             Subiects
             as
             some
             diuine
             thing
             ,
             adored
             by
             the
             dumbe
             admiration
             of
             his
             slaues
             .
             The
             Emperour
             of
             the
             Abyss●
             ,
             
             whom
             they
             doe
             vulgarly
             call
             Prete-Iean
             ,
             is
             also
             blamed
             for
             pride
             ,
             although
             it
             differs
             from
             the
             Turke
             :
             He
             speakes
             but
             he
             suffers
             none
             to
             see
             him
             ;
             saying
             ,
             that
             being
             the
             Image
             of
             God
             in
             the
             Soueraigntie
             of
             his
             Empire
             ,
             he
             must
             imitate
             him
             in
             his
             answeres
             ,
             wherein
             God
             speaks
             and
             is
             not
             s●ene
             .
             When
             as
             the
             Master
             of
             the
             Ceremonies
             brings
             any
             forreigne
             Embassadours
             vnto
             him
             ,
             it
             is
             most
             commonly
             by
             night
             :
             His
             H●lls
             and
             Chamber
             are
             full
             of
             Torches
             burning
             ;
             and
             he
             himselfe
             i●
             hidden
             in
             his
             Musta●a
             ,
             or
             Royall
             Bed
             ,
             before
             the
             which
             there
             are
             fiue
             Curtaines
             drawn
             ,
             whereof
             that
             in
             the
             midst
             is
             of
             Cloth
             of
             Gold
             ,
             the
             rest
             are
             of
             Silke
             .
             The
             Master
             of
             the
             Ceremonies
             speaks
             with
             a
             loud
             voice
             
               Hunca
               ,
               Hialchuchia
               〈◊〉
            
             :
             that
             is
             to
             say
             ,
             I
             bring
             those
             vnto
             thee
             whom
             thou
             hath
             commanded
             me
             :
             Hee
             repeate
             it
             often
             ,
             vntill
             he
             heare
             a
             voice
             from
             within
             which
             saith
             ,
             Cafaci●ali
             ,
             which
             signifies
             enter
             in
             :
             At
             this
             voice
             all
             they
             which
             heare
             is
             h●
             downe
             and
             make
             a
             low
             〈…〉
             Then
             they
             aduance
             a
             little
             making
             〈◊〉
             euery
             sin
             steps
             ,
             repeating
             the
             same
             worde
             ,
             and
             being
             come
             〈◊〉
             vnto
             the
             C●
             they
             heare
             the
             same
             voice
             Ca●ingles
             :
             Then
             they
             aduances
             little
             farther
             ,
             to
             heare
             the
             words
             of
             Prete-Iean
             who
             speake
             and
             is
             not
             se●●
             and
             answers
             the
             demands
             which
             they
             make
             vnto
             him
             .
             〈◊〉
             pe●tie
             Kings
             of
             the
             Indies
             ,
             
             〈…〉
             ,
             which
             they
             will
             〈…〉
             of
             ●●fti●
             〈◊〉
             ,
             who
             deliver
             it
             〈…〉
             it
             comes
             vnto
             him
             .
             The
             grauitie
             of
             a
             Prince
             〈…〉
             appeare
             in
             his
             manners
             then
             in
             his
             〈◊〉
             and
             his
             wisdome
             :
             should
             wherein
             more
             ●●rable
             than
             all
             〈…〉
             fashion
             speaking
             and
             commanding
             .
             If
             the
             Prince
             will
             〈…〉
             liuing
             Image
             ,
             let
             him
             know
             that
             there
             〈…〉
             in
             the
             diuine
             
             Maiestie
             ,
             Power
             ,
             Wisdome
             ,
             and
             Bountie
             .
             Let
             them
             adde
             vnto
             their
             Soueraigne
             power
             of
             Command
             ,
             the
             effects
             of
             wisdome
             ,
             and
             those
             of
             a
             Royall
             bountie
             .
             By
             these
             they
             shall
             raigne
             securely
             in
             their
             Estates
             ,
             and
             shall
             be
             more
             cherished
             and
             honoured
             ,
             then
             by
             the
             vaine
             gestures
             and
             signes
             of
             their
             puft-vp
             grauitie
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               CHAP.
               VIII
            
             .
             How
             the
             
               Grand
               SEIGNEVR
            
             receiues
             the
             Embassadours
             of
             Forreine
             Princes
             ,
             and
             the
             forme
             of
             his
             Oath
             in
             an
             Alliance
             .
          
           
             THere
             are
             two
             sorts
             of
             Embassadours
             which
             come
             to
             the
             Turkish
             Court
             ;
             those
             of
             Kings
             ,
             and
             others
             of
             inferiour
             Princes
             :
             The
             first
             who
             without
             contradiction
             haue
             the
             precedence
             ,
             must
             likewise
             haue
             it
             in
             this
             Historie
             .
             We
             will
             speake
             of
             their
             Reception
             ,
             and
             will
             take
             for
             a
             President
             that
             of
             the
             Embassadour
             of
             France
             ,
             Being
             arriued
             at
             Per●
             ,
             hee
             passeth
             within
             few
             dayes
             after
             to
             ,
             Constantinople
             ,
             sees
             the
             M●
             ,
             visits
             the
             
               Grana
               Vizir
            
             ,
             salutes
             the
             B●stang●bas●i
             ,
             or
             great
             Gardiner
             ,
             vseth
             some
             complements
             to
             the
             Teftardar
             ,
             or
             high
             Treasurer
             ,
             and
             performes
             some
             testimonies
             of
             honour
             and
             courtesie
             to
             the
             other
             great
             men
             of
             the
             Part
             ,
             to
             make
             them
             fauourable
             vnto
             him
             vpon
             occasions
             .
             After
             this
             they
             aduertise
             him
             of
             the
             day
             ,
             when
             he
             shall
             be
             receiued
             to
             kisse
             his
             hand
             ;
             It
             is
             vsually
             vpon
             a
             day
             of
             Dinan
             ,
             when
             as
             the
             Sultan
             giues
             audience
             to
             his
             principall
             Officers
             :
             The
             
               Grand
               Vizir
            
             cals
             the
             Dinan
             or
             assembly
             of
             the
             Councell
             hee
             sends
             for
             all
             the
             Chaoux
             the
             M●feragat
             which
             are
             those
             of
             the
             light
             Horse
             ,
             〈◊〉
             Spa●
             who
             are
             al●o
             of
             the
             Canallerie
             ,
             the
             Ianizaries
             which
             are
             Footmen
             :
             All
             which
             with
             their
             Leaders
             haue
             commandement
             to
             arme
             and
             attire
             themsel●es
             with
             as
             much
             state
             as
             may
             be
             ,
             to
             be
             the
             Embassadour
             see
             with
             the
             curiositie
             of
             their
             A●
             ,
             〈…〉
             his
             great
             Court.
             They
             come
             〈…〉
             
             (
             whereof
             we
             haue
             formerly
             spoken
             )
             where
             all
             together
             make
             a
             bodie
             of
             stately
             troupes
             .
             The
             Embassadour
             aduertised
             of
             the
             houre
             appointed
             ,
             parts
             from
             his
             lodging
             at
             Pera
             attired
             vpon
             his
             own
             Clothes
             with
             a
             Robe
             after
             the
             Turkish
             manner
             of
             Cloth
             of
             Gold
             curled
             ,
             and
             furred
             if
             the
             season
             require
             it
             with
             Sables
             :
             His
             Gentlemen
             and
             Secretaries
             are
             attired
             in
             the
             like
             Robes
             ,
             but
             the
             stuffe
             is
             not
             so
             rich
             ,
             wearing
             on
             their
             heads
             caps
             of
             blacke
             Veluet
             like
             vnto
             the
             Masters
             of
             the
             Accompts
             in
             France
             :
             He
             hath
             twenty
             seruants
             attired
             in
             Robes
             of
             Scarlet
             ,
             which
             the
             Turkes
             call
             Ferrages
             :
             and
             vpon
             them
             other
             long
             Robes
             of
             the
             same
             stuffe
             ,
             and
             on
             their
             heads
             caps
             of
             blacke
             Ta●fatae
             :
             The
             foure
             Dragomans
             ,
             or
             the
             Kings
             Interpreters
             are
             of
             the
             number
             ,
             the
             Captaines
             ,
             Masters
             of
             Ships
             ,
             and
             other
             Frenchmen
             doe
             accompany
             him
             .
             Being
             thus
             followed
             ,
             hee
             passeth
             the
             Channell
             of
             the
             Sea
             ,
             which
             separates
             F●ra
             from
             Constantinople
             ,
             being
             twice
             as
             broad
             ,
             as
             the
             Riuer
             of
             
               Seine
               is
               at
               Paris
            
             before
             the
             Louver
             :
             Being
             come
             vnto
             the
             other
             shoare
             ,
             hee
             findes
             many
             goodly
             horses
             for
             him
             and
             his
             followers
             ,
             which
             the
             Turkes
             that
             are
             friends
             to
             France
             ,
             send
             him
             to
             carry
             him
             to
             the
             Citie
             .
             At
             the
             entry
             whereof
             hee
             finds
             many
             
               Chambrand
               Ianizaries
            
             which
             attend
             him
             to
             conduct
             him
             to
             the
             Serrail
             :
             ●wo
             
               Choux
               Basti
            
             one
             of
             either
             side
             of
             him
             ,
             the
             other
             Turkes
             goe
             before
             :
             In
             this
             order
             hee
             comes
             to
             the
             Imperial
             Pallace
             ,
             at
             the
             Gate
             whereof
             he
             finds
             two
             Capig●●asi●
             who
             〈◊〉
             him
             ,
             and
             had
             him
             to
             the
             
               Grand
               Vi●r
            
             in
             the
             Hill
             of
             the
             〈◊〉
             ,
             (
             the
             day
             they
             dispatch
             little
             〈…〉
             against
             the
             
               Grand
               Vizir
            
             vpon
             a
             forme
             without
             〈…〉
             with
             Cloth
             of
             Gold.
             Therefor
             a
             〈…〉
             or
             Dra●
             ,
             they
             〈…〉
             ,
             vntill
             that
             the
             〈…〉
             has
             brought
             :
             The
             S●
             of
             the
             〈…〉
             ,
             where
             some
             other
             〈…〉
             and
             〈…〉
             the
             Cha●
             of
             Ac●
             〈…〉
             .
             There
             is
             a
             Dragoman
             which
             〈…〉
             〈…〉
             
             in
             a
             low
             Gallerie
             ,
             where
             a
             Table
             is
             prepared
             in
             this
             manner
             :
             A
             great
             Tapestrie
             is
             laid
             vpon
             the
             ground
             ,
             and
             somedishes
             are
             set
             very
             thinne
             and
             sparingly
             :
             Their
             Meates
             are
             Panado
             made
             with
             Sugar
             ,
             and
             some
             broths
             with
             Pullets
             ,
             two
             men
             carrying
             as
             in
             a
             Scarfe
             a
             certain
             vessell
             of
             boiled
             Leather
             ,
             like
             vnto
             a
             Bagipe
             ,
             in
             the
             which
             they
             carrie
             Cerbet
             ,
             (
             the
             which
             is
             a
             Drinke
             made
             of
             the
             juice
             of
             Citrons
             ,
             water
             ,
             and
             Sugar
             )
             They
             giue
             to
             euery
             one
             drinke
             in
             his
             turne
             ,
             in
             a
             Cup
             of
             Copper
             tinned
             ,
             and
             they
             goe
             betwixt
             the
             Dishes
             to
             serue
             them
             more
             commodiously
             .
             The
             Embassadour
             and
             his
             people
             hauing
             dined
             in
             this
             manner
             ,
             hee
             retires
             to
             a
             certaine
             place
             neere
             vnto
             the
             Gate
             of
             the
             Sultans
             Quarter
             ,
             where
             they
             attend
             vntill
             the
             Officers
             of
             the
             Di●an
             haue
             had
             Audience
             of
             their
             Master
             ;
             after
             which
             they
             all
             retire
             ,
             except
             such
             Bashaes
             as
             remaine
             about
             his
             person
             :
             Then
             the
             Master
             of
             the
             Ceremonies
             goes
             for
             the
             Embassadour
             ,
             and
             brings
             him
             to
             the
             Emperours
             lodging
             ;
             The
             Capiaga
             assisted
             by
             many
             Eunuches
             receiues
             them
             at
             the
             Gate
             ,
             and
             conducts
             them
             into
             the
             Imperiall
             Chamber
             ,
             whose
             walls
             are
             within
             couered
             with
             great
             plates
             of
             Gold
             and
             Siluer
             ,
             enricht
             with
             stones
             and
             Pearle
             :
             At
             the
             entry
             thereofewer
             〈◊〉
             or
             Porters
             take
             him
             vnder
             the
             Armes
             ,
             not
             to
             kisse
             the
             Emperours
             hand
             ,
             but
             his
             Robe
             .
             This
             vnworthy
             custome
             to
             lead
             the
             Embassadors
             of
             forreine
             Princes
             by
             the
             Armes
             ,
             growes
             from
             the
             treacherie
             of
             the
             Turkes
             themselues
             .
             Baiazei
             the
             Second
             ,
             sonne
             to
             him
             that
             tooke
             Constantinople
             going
             one
             day
             to
             a
             Monasterie
             ,
             hee
             found
             in
             his
             way
             a
             Religious
             man
             of
             his
             Law
             of
             the
             order
             of
             the
             Deruis
             :
             This
             Monke
             of
             the
             Alcoran
             seeing
             the
             Emperour
             ,
             ran
             towards
             him
             to
             execute
             his
             detestable
             designe
             :
             comming
             neere
             vnto
             him
             he
             demands
             an
             Almes
             :
             and
             in
             saying
             his
             A●labithi
             ,
             that
             is
             to
             say
             in
             the
             Name
             of
             God
             ,
             hee
             drew
             a
             Semiter
             from
             vnder
             his
             ●obe
             of
             Felt
             ,
             with
             the
             which
             Baiazet
             had
             beene
             murthered
             ,
             if
             his
             Horse
             in
             bounding
             had
             not
             receiued
             the
             greatest
             violence
             of
             the
             blow
             ;
             yet
             hee
             was
             hurt
             ,
             and
             this
             wretched
             Parricide
             had
             alreadie
             lifted
             vp
             his
             arme
             to
             double
             the
             blow
             ,
             if
             
               Bassa
               Scheuder
            
             had
             not
             suddenly
             beaten
             him
             downe
             with
             his
             Bus●gutu
             ,
             or
             Poll●
             .
             After
             which
             it
             was
             
             ordained
             ,
             that
             whosoeuer
             should
             come
             to
             salute
             the
             
               Grand
               Seigneur
            
             ,
             should
             be
             led
             vnder
             the
             Armes
             by
             Capigis
             ;
             And
             this
             custome
             hath
             hee
             carefully
             obserued
             .
             Wee
             doe
             not
             read
             that
             there
             was
             euer
             any
             stranger
             but
             suffered
             this
             Rigour
             ,
             except
             an
             Embassadour
             of
             France
             ,
             named
             
               Monsieur
               Nouailles
            
             Bishop
             of
             Aix
             ,
             who
             was
             sent
             to
             Selim
             the
             Second
             ,
             by
             King
             Charles
             the
             Ninth
             ,
             to
             mediate
             some
             accommodation
             for
             the
             Venetians
             affaires
             :
             comming
             into
             the
             Chamber
             ,
             when
             as
             the
             Capigis
             had
             laid
             hold
             of
             his
             Arme
             he
             scattered
             them
             with
             his
             Elbowes
             ,
             and
             spake
             aloud
             ,
             that
             the
             libertie
             of
             a
             Frenchman
             ,
             and
             the
             dignitie
             of
             a
             Bishop
             could
             not
             endure
             to
             be
             led
             like
             a
             slaue
             :
             And
             so
             leauing
             the
             Sultan
             and
             those
             that
             were
             in
             the
             Chamber
             amazed
             ,
             he
             went
             freely
             to
             his
             Reuerence
             ,
             and
             would
             not
             cast
             himselfe
             at
             his
             feet
             ,
             as
             others
             doe
             ,
             but
             inclined
             a
             little
             to
             kisse
             his
             Robe
             .
          
           
             When
             the
             Embassadour
             had
             kist
             the
             Sultans
             Robe
             ,
             who
             sits
             vpon
             Cushions
             of
             Cloth
             of
             Gold
             curled
             ,
             he
             retires
             backward
             with
             his
             face
             alwayes
             towards
             the
             Prince
             ,
             and
             plants
             himselfe
             against
             the
             wall
             of
             the
             Chamber
             ,
             to
             giue
             way
             to
             the
             Gentlemen
             of
             his
             Traine
             ,
             who
             goe
             likewise
             to
             kisse
             his
             Robe
             :
             And
             then
             he
             presents
             the
             Letter
             which
             the
             King
             sends
             written
             in
             the
             Turkish
             Tongue
             .
             The
             
               Grand
               Seigneur
            
             answeres
             nothing
             for
             the
             present
             ;
             his
             
               Grand
               Vizir
            
             doth
             only
             speake
             some
             wordes
             to
             dismisse
             the
             Embassadour
             ,
             who
             goes
             out
             of
             the
             Chamber
             hauing
             made
             a
             Reuerence
             in
             bending
             downe
             his
             head
             ,
             but
             doth
             not
             vncouer
             it
             .
             But
             you
             must
             obserue
             that
             no
             man
             comes
             to
             kisse
             his
             Robe
             ,
             vnlesse
             hee
             be
             attired
             in
             Robes
             after
             the
             Turkish
             manner
             ,
             giuen
             him
             by
             the
             Sultan
             ,
             the
             which
             is
             the
             Present
             of
             a
             Soueraigne
             to
             a
             subiect
             or
             slaue
             :
             For
             this
             cause
             the
             
               Grand
               Vizir
            
             forgets
             not
             to
             send
             vnto
             the
             Embassadour
             such
             Robes
             as
             are
             set
             downe
             by
             the
             Ordinance
             of
             the
             Custome
             of
             the
             Empire
             ,
             that
             is
             to
             say
             ,
             two
             that
             are
             rich
             for
             the
             Embassadours
             person
             ,
             and
             one
             for
             either
             of
             his
             followers
             .
             Moreouer
             euery
             Embassadour
             must
             haue
             a
             Present
             for
             the
             
               Grand
               Seigneur
            
             ,
             the
             which
             he
             sees
             first
             before
             him
             thorow
             a
             Lattice
             window
             ,
             whither
             he
             is
             carried
             by
             Capigis
             :
             There
             he
             busies
             himselfe
             to
             looke
             on
             it
             ,
             whilest
             the
             Embassadour
             and
             
             his
             Gentlemen
             doe
             their
             Reuerence
             ;
             so
             as
             they
             can
             see
             but
             halfe
             his
             face
             .
             To
             this
             purpose
             a
             generous
             action
             performed
             by
             the
             said
             
               Monsieur
               Nouailles
            
             Embassadour
             to
             Charles
             the
             Ninth
             is
             worthy
             to
             bee
             related
             .
             
               Mahomet
               Grand
               Vizir
            
             to
             Selim
             the
             Second
             prest
             him
             much
             not
             to
             forget
             a
             stately
             Present
             for
             his
             Sultan
             ,
             and
             sent
             him
             word
             that
             if
             he
             had
             none
             readie
             hee
             would
             furnish
             him
             .
             This
             Embassadour
             went
             ,
             of
             purpose
             ,
             to
             kisse
             his
             Robe
             without
             any
             Present
             .
             The
             Basha
             reproacht
             him
             ,
             and
             imputed
             it
             to
             contempt
             that
             hee
             had
             not
             giuen
             any
             .
             The
             Seigneur
             of
             Nouailles
             made
             answere
             that
             the
             King
             his
             Master
             ,
             who
             was
             the
             first
             and
             greatest
             Monarch
             of
             Christendome
             ,
             hearing
             that
             Selim
             demanded
             it
             as
             a
             Tribute
             ,
             had
             forbidden
             him
             to
             present
             any
             .
             Thus
             in
             giuing
             none
             ,
             he
             serued
             his
             Master
             profitably
             and
             honourably
             ;
             leauing
             among
             the
             Turkes
             a
             great
             admiration
             of
             his
             generous
             dxteritie
             ,
             and
             carried
             backe
             into
             France
             the
             glorie
             which
             those
             Embassadours
             deserue
             ,
             whom
             vertue
             and
             not
             fauour
             haue
             aduanced
             to
             such
             Charges
             .
          
           
             Other
             Embassadours
             of
             inferiour
             Qualitie
             to
             a
             Royaltie
             ,
             receiue
             Robes
             in
             like
             manner
             to
             goe
             and
             salute
             him
             :
             But
             they
             enter
             not
             into
             the
             Serrail
             with
             so
             much
             Pompe
             ,
             neither
             are
             they
             feasted
             ,
             nor
             haue
             so
             much
             familiaritie
             with
             the
             
               Grand
               Vizir
            
             ,
             yea
             ,
             there
             are
             some
             which
             sit
             not
             in
             his
             presence
             .
             Thus
             the
             Turks
             can
             measure
             the
             honour
             which
             they
             doe
             vnto
             men
             ,
             according
             to
             the
             Qualitie
             of
             the
             Princes
             which
             send
             them
             ,
             whose
             persons
             the
             Embassadours
             represent
             .
             They
             haue
             long
             hands
             and
             portatiue
             eyes
             ,
             to
             see
             into
             the
             Realmes
             that
             are
             most
             remote
             to
             their
             Estates
             :
          
           
             The
             forme
             which
             the
             Turkish
             Monarches
             vse
             to
             sweare
             a
             League
             or
             Alliance
             with
             any
             Forreigne
             Prince
             ,
             is
             no
             lesse
             specious
             than
             fraudulent
             ;
             for
             most
             commonly
             they
             hold
             nothing
             that
             they
             promise
             ,
             and
             their
             Oaths
             are
             as
             false
             as
             those
             of
             Louers
             ;
             thus
             they
             Court
             all
             the
             Estates
             of
             Europe
             .
             When
             as
             
               Marin
               Cabalus
            
             a
             Man
             doubly
             famous
             aswell
             for
             the
             lustre
             of
             his
             Birth
             as
             for
             knowledge
             ,
             was
             at
             Constantinople
             Embassadour
             for
             the
             Venetian
             to
             renew
             the
             League
             with
             the
             Turke
             ,
             Selim
             sware
             it
             in
             this
             manner
             :
             
               I
               sweare
               and
               promise
               by
               the
               
               great
               God
               which
               hath
               created
               Heauen
               and
               Earth
               ,
               by
               the
               soules
               of
               seuentie
               Prophets
               ,
               by
               mine
               owne
               ,
               and
               by
               that
               of
               my
               Ancestors
               ,
               to
               obserue
               with
               the
               Seigneurie
               of
            
             Venice
             ,
             
               all
               the
               points
               and
               rights
               of
               the
               League
               and
               Friendship
               which
               hath
               beene
               entertained
               to
               this
               day
               ,
               and
               to
               hold
               them
               for
               sacred
               and
               inuiolable
               ,
               as
               they
               are
               declared
               by
               my
               Signature
            
             But
             he
             brake
             it
             suddainly
             ;
             for
             
               Iean
               Mique
            
             a
             Spanish
             Iew
             ,
             chased
             out
             of
             Spaine
             by
             King
             Ferdinand
             ,
             as
             a
             dangerous
             Spie
             ,
             to
             Europe
             ,
             who
             had
             runne
             thorow
             all
             the
             Prouinces
             ,
             hauing
             related
             vnto
             him
             that
             the
             Arsenall
             of
             Venice
             had
             beene
             burnt
             ,
             and
             that
             there
             was
             want
             of
             victuals
             in
             that
             State
             and
             Seigneurie
             ,
             he
             perswaded
             him
             to
             the
             warre
             of
             Cyprus
             ,
             which
             he
             said
             did
             belong
             vnto
             him
             as
             Sultan
             of
             Egypt
             ,
             and
             King
             of
             Palestina
             ,
             whereon
             Cyprus
             aswell
             as
             Rhodes
             depended
             ,
             as
             Homagers
             .
             Selim
             vndertooke
             it
             without
             any
             other
             subiect
             ,
             and
             made
             himselfe
             Master
             thereof
             in
             short
             time
             ,
             taking
             this
             Realme
             from
             the
             Venetians
             ,
             who
             had
             kept
             it
             long
             :
             So
             to
             be
             a
             Turke
             and
             to
             keep
             his
             faith
             ,
             are
             incompatible
             things
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               CHAP.
               IX
            
             .
             Of
             some
             Manuall
             Workes
             of
             the
             Turkish
             Emperours
             ,
             and
             of
             the
             Religious
             custome
             which
             they
             obserue
             ,
             to
             liue
             of
             the
             labour
             of
             their
             hands
             .
          
           
             THe
             Authour
             of
             the
             Alcoran
             ,
             hath
             deckt
             the
             deformities
             of
             his
             Law
             ,
             and
             couered
             the
             falshoods
             thereof
             with
             some
             lustre
             of
             truth
             ,
             to
             make
             them
             passe
             the
             better
             amongst
             his
             followers
             :
             Among
             the
             many
             Rules
             which
             hee
             prescribes
             them
             ,
             he
             enioynes
             them
             to
             labour
             and
             doth
             assure
             them
             that
             hee
             is
             not
             worthy
             to
             liue
             ,
             that
             doth
             not
             labour
             with
             his
             hands
             ▪
             The
             people
             doe
             not
             only
             obserue
             it
             ,
             but
             the
             respect
             of
             this
             precept
             is
             crept
             into
             the
             Imperiall
             Throne
             of
             the
             Turkes
             ;
             The
             Sultans
             embrace
             it
             ,
             and
             of
             twentie
             Emperours
             which
             haue
             
             swayed
             the
             Othoman
             Scepter
             ,
             yee
             shall
             hardly
             find
             one
             which
             hath
             not
             laboured
             for
             his
             liuing
             .
             Mahomet
             the
             Second
             manured
             his
             Gardens
             ,
             and
             of
             the
             reuenew
             of
             the
             Fruites
             which
             were
             sold
             ,
             he
             caused
             meate
             to
             be
             bought
             for
             his
             mouth
             .
             But
             as
             the
             actions
             of
             such
             men
             ,
             how
             religious
             soeuer
             they
             be
             ,
             haue
             not
             true
             Charitie
             for
             their
             Guide
             ,
             they
             doe
             easily
             incline
             to
             vice
             .
             This
             Prince
             added
             to
             his
             Manuall
             labour
             so
             horrible
             a
             crueltie
             ,
             as
             it
             was
             to
             be
             wished
             his
             hands
             had
             beene
             idle
             .
             We
             haue
             written
             in
             the
             Historie
             of
             his
             Empire
             ,
             that
             visiting
             one
             day
             ,
             (
             being
             followed
             by
             his
             Pages
             )
             the
             Squares
             of
             hi.
             Gardens
             which
             he
             did
             manure
             himselfe
             ;
             one
             of
             the
             young
             Boyes
             seeing
             hastie
             Cowcumbers
             ,
             gathered
             one
             and
             eate
             it
             :
             Mahomet
             returning
             that
             way
             found
             it
             wanting
             ,
             his
             choler
             enflamed
             him
             to
             crueltie
             ,
             hee
             saw
             by
             the
             stalke
             that
             it
             was
             newly
             gathered
             ,
             and
             hee
             knew
             that
             hee
             had
             no
             company
             but
             his
             Pages
             ,
             and
             therefore
             some
             one
             of
             them
             had
             done
             the
             deed
             ,
             the
             which
             he
             would
             know
             at
             what
             price
             soeuer
             :
             Hee
             calleth
             the
             Bastangies
             or
             Gardiners
             ,
             puts
             sharpe
             Kniues
             into
             their
             hands
             ,
             and
             commands
             them
             to
             open
             the
             stomacks
             of
             his
             Pages
             :
             They
             take
             them
             one
             by
             one
             and
             open
             fourteene
             ,
             finding
             the
             Cowcumber
             not
             yet
             disgested
             in
             the
             stomacke
             of
             the
             fourteenth
             :
             Such
             was
             the
             rigour
             of
             this
             Prince
             ,
             who
             for
             a
             light
             offence
             ,
             caused
             fourteene
             of
             the
             goodliest
             young
             Boyes
             (
             the
             flowre
             and
             choice
             of
             all
             the
             youth
             of
             his
             Serrail
             )
             to
             be
             murthered
             .
             Solyman
             the
             Second
             ,
             hee
             which
             tooke
             Rhodes
             ,
             spent
             his
             idle
             houres
             in
             making
             of
             Shooes
             ,
             the
             which
             he
             sent
             to
             the
             Bazar
             or
             Market
             to
             sell
             ,
             and
             with
             the
             money
             he
             caused
             victuals
             to
             be
             bought
             for
             his
             Table
             .
             Selim
             the
             Second
             who
             lost
             the
             battaile
             of
             Lepantho
             ,
             made
             little
             Crescents
             or
             halfe
             Moones
             ,
             which
             the
             Turkish
             Pilgrimes
             carrie
             vpon
             their
             staues
             ,
             when
             they
             goethe
             Voyage
             to
             
               Meque
               .
               Amurath
            
             his
             Sonne
             made
             Arrowes
             ,
             and
             others
             made
             little
             Kniues
             ,
             all
             which
             is
             sold
             at
             a
             deare
             rate
             ,
             in
             regard
             of
             the
             grossenesse
             of
             the
             worke
             :
             Hee
             thinkes
             himselfe
             happie
             that
             can
             recouer
             any
             for
             monie
             .
             They
             ground
             this
             Custome
             of
             labouring
             for
             their
             liuing
             ,
             not
             only
             vpon
             the
             rules
             of
             their
             Alcoran
             ,
             but
             also
             vpon
             that
             passage
             of
             
             Genesis
             :
             
             Their
             Schoolmasters
             make
             them
             learne
             it
             by
             heart
             :
             
               In
               the
               sweat
               of
               thy
               browes
               thou
               shalt
               eat
               thy
               bread
               ,
               vntill
               thou
               returne
               to
               earth
               ,
               whereon
               thou
               wert
               made
               .
            
             It
             is
             only
             in
             the
             time
             of
             peace
             ;
             for
             in
             the
             time
             of
             warre
             the
             Prince
             must
             liue
             vpon
             the
             charges
             of
             the
             people
             ,
             for
             whose
             defence
             and
             increase
             hee
             takes
             Armes
             .
             But
             in
             another
             season
             if
             the
             Sultan
             should
             employ
             the
             Money
             which
             he
             leuies
             of
             his
             people
             in
             his
             delights
             ,
             the
             Law
             and
             the
             custome
             of
             the
             Empire
             would
             hold
             it
             a
             crime
             .
             They
             call
             their
             Taxe
             and
             Subsidie
             ,
             
               Aaram
               Agemini
               Cani
            
             ,
             that
             is
             to
             say
             ,
             
               The
               prohibited
               bloud
               of
               the
               people
            
             :
             And
             for
             that
             the
             labour
             of
             their
             hands
             cannot
             furnish
             the
             expences
             of
             their
             diet
             to
             keepe
             a
             Table
             worthy
             of
             their
             Qualitie
             ,
             they
             adde
             vnto
             it
             the
             reuenewes
             of
             their
             Gardens
             ,
             which
             in
             truth
             is
             great
             ,
             and
             almost
             incredible
             .
             I
             haue
             learned
             from
             some
             Turkes
             ,
             that
             they
             yeeld
             two
             hundred
             thousand
             Crownes
             a
             yeare
             rent
             :
             some
             others
             say
             a
             hundred
             thousand
             pounds
             sterling
             .
             Besides
             those
             which
             he
             hath
             in
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             hee
             hath
             along
             the
             Sea
             side
             ,
             and
             towards
             the
             Arsenall
             ,
             great
             Gardens
             which
             are
             very
             fruitfull
             .
             Foure
             Leagues
             from
             Constantinople
             ,
             and
             further
             at
             Andrinopolis
             ,
             and
             vpon
             the
             side
             of
             Asia
             ,
             at
             Scutary
             (
             where
             the
             Citie
             of
             Chalcedonia
             did
             sometimes
             stand
             )
             there
             are
             the
             goodliest
             Gardens
             in
             the
             East
             .
             The
             fruits
             which
             are
             gathered
             are
             sold
             at
             Constantinople
             ,
             and
             elsewhere
             in
             so
             great
             abundance
             ,
             as
             they
             furnish
             all
             the
             Countrie
             .
             The
             Bostangihassi
             or
             great
             Gardiner
             ,
             who
             is
             an
             Officer
             of
             the
             Crown
             :
             hath
             a
             care
             of
             this
             Reuenew
             ,
             causeth
             it
             to
             bee
             brought
             to
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             and
             the
             Sultans
             hold
             it
             for
             their
             true
             Patrimonie
             and
             Demesnes
             ,
             wherewith
             they
             may
             feed
             themselues
             without
             any
             oppression
             .
          
           
             To
             these
             Manuall
             workes
             of
             the
             Turkish
             Emperours
             ,
             wee
             must
             adde
             their
             Religious
             custome
             to
             plough
             the
             Land
             ,
             when
             as
             they
             come
             from
             their
             Gouernment
             to
             Constantinople
             to
             take
             possession
             of
             the
             Empire
             ,
             they
             are
             bound
             to
             hold
             the
             Plough
             and
             to
             make
             some
             furrowes
             .
             Amurath
             the
             Third
             Grandfather
             to
             Achmat
             obserued
             it
             ,
             after
             the
             decease
             of
             Se●●
             his
             Father
             ,
             when
             as
             comming
             from
             Magnesia
             (
             where
             he
             
             was
             Gouernour
             )
             to
             goe
             and
             take
             possession
             of
             his
             Scepter
             ,
             he
             met
             with
             an
             Husband
             man
             in
             the
             fields
             ,
             where
             lighting
             from
             his
             horse
             he
             laid
             hold
             on
             the
             Plough
             ,
             and
             made
             three
             or
             foure
             furrowes
             :
             After
             which
             he
             drew
             a
             handfull
             of
             Gold
             out
             of
             his
             pocket
             ,
             and
             gaue
             it
             in
             charitie
             to
             this
             Labourer
             :
             and
             withall
             he
             put
             off
             his
             Robe
             ,
             which
             was
             of
             rich
             Cloth
             of
             Gold
             ,
             furred
             with
             Sables
             ,
             and
             gaue
             it
             him
             .
             The
             Law
             which
             makes
             him
             to
             obserue
             this
             Ceremony
             is
             mentioned
             in
             the
             Glosses
             of
             the
             Alcoran
             ,
             in
             these
             termes
             :
             
               That
               the
               Emperour
               comming
               to
               the
               Empire
               and
               going
               to
               the
               Imperiall
               Citie
               to
               take
               possession
               ,
               hee
               must
               manure
               the
               Land
               to
               banish
               sterrilitie
               from
               his
               Countrie
               ,
               and
               to
               make
               it
               fruitfull
               .
            
             It
             is
             nothing
             the
             more
             for
             all
             this
             :
             For
             the
             Prince
             employing
             so
             great
             a
             number
             of
             his
             Subiects
             in
             his
             warres
             ,
             much
             good
             Land
             lies
             waste
             ,
             for
             want
             of
             men
             to
             till
             it
             .
             Thus
             doe
             the
             Turkish
             Sultans
             employ
             themselues
             ,
             and
             yet
             they
             doe
             not
             flie
             idlenesse
             ,
             to
             the
             which
             they
             many
             times
             abandon
             themselues
             :
             Wee
             shall
             see
             something
             in
             the
             following
             Chapter
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               CHAP.
               X.
            
             Of
             the
             
               Grand
               Seigneurs
            
             Loues
             .
          
           
             AMong
             all
             the
             passions
             which
             rule
             the
             affections
             of
             Princes
             ,
             Loue
             (
             as
             the
             most
             powerfull
             )
             triumphes
             more
             ouer
             great
             men
             ,
             then
             all
             the
             rest
             together
             ,
             for
             they
             obtaine
             no
             victories
             ,
             but
             to
             encrease
             its
             glory
             :
             Couetousnesse
             heaps
             vp
             to
             furnish
             the
             charges
             ,
             Ambition
             aspires
             to
             make
             it
             great
             .
             So
             we
             see
             the
             most
             powerfull
             Princes
             after
             they
             had
             subdued
             all
             other
             passions
             ,
             were
             vanquished
             by
             Loue.
             Alexander
             laid
             the
             honour
             of
             so
             many
             victories
             in
             Persia
             at
             the
             feet
             of
             his
             Captiue
             
               Roxana
               .
               Coesar
            
             being
             in
             Alexandria
             ,
             submitted
             all
             his
             triumphs
             to
             the
             beautie
             of
             Cleopatra
             ,
             who
             afterward
             was
             friend
             to
             Anthonie
             .
             And
             the
             Turkish
             Monarches
             make
             subiect
             vnto
             the
             allurements
             of
             their
             Sultana's
             ,
             the
             glory
             and
             lustre
             of
             that
             Soueraigne
             power
             ,
             whereby
             they
             are
             Masters
             
             of
             the
             best
             parts
             of
             the
             World.
             But
             behold
             how
             these
             singular
             beauties
             enter
             into
             their
             Serrail
             ,
             and
             the
             bonds
             where
             with
             Loue
             doth
             captiuate
             their
             wils
             .
          
           
             After
             that
             the
             Rights
             of
             birth
             haue
             brought
             a
             Turkish
             Prince
             to
             the
             Imperiall
             Throne
             of
             his
             Ancestors
             ,
             the
             women
             which
             his
             Predecessor
             did
             honour
             in
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             are
             put
             forth
             ,
             and
             conducted
             to
             a
             place
             called
             in
             their
             Language
             
               Eschy
               Saray
            
             ,
             that
             is
             to
             say
             the
             old
             Serrail
             ,
             as
             a
             man
             would
             say
             the
             old
             place
             :
             for
             Saray
             in
             the
             Persian
             Tongue
             ,
             signifies
             a
             place
             or
             Hostell
             :
             There
             they
             are
             shut
             vp
             ,
             vntill
             they
             be
             married
             to
             some
             great
             Men
             of
             the
             Port.
             In
             the
             meane
             time
             others
             must
             supply
             their
             roome
             ,
             to
             bee
             new
             subiects
             of
             Loue
             to
             the
             new
             Emperour
             .
             Then
             the
             Bashaes
             which
             are
             at
             the
             Port
             ,
             and
             others
             which
             represent
             the
             Soueraigntie
             of
             their
             Master
             in
             remote
             Prouinces
             ,
             imploy
             all
             their
             care
             to
             find
             out
             Virgins
             in
             the
             Leuant
             or
             else-where
             ,
             the
             rarest
             in
             beautie
             ,
             and
             of
             the
             sweetest
             perfections
             of
             their
             sex
             ;
             whether
             that
             the
             greatnesse
             ●f
             their
             treasurs
             force
             the
             necessitie
             of
             miserable
             Mothers
             to
             deliuer
             them
             for
             money
             ,
             or
             that
             the
             chance
             of
             warre
             hath
             made
             them
             Captiues
             at
             the
             taking
             of
             some
             Towne
             ,
             and
             so
             fall
             into
             their
             hands
             :
             They
             cause
             them
             to
             bee
             instructed
             after
             the
             Turkish
             manner
             in
             all
             gentile
             Qualities
             fit
             for
             their
             sex
             (
             if
             they
             be
             not
             alreadie
             :
             )
             they
             learne
             to
             sing
             ,
             to
             play
             of
             the
             Lute
             ,
             and
             the
             Gittern
             ,
             and
             to
             dance
             ,
             &
             hauing
             had
             a
             speciall
             care
             for
             the
             keeping
             of
             their
             Virginity
             ,
             they
             bring
             them
             to
             the
             Sultan
             ,
             and
             present
             them
             vnto
             him
             :
             The
             Princes
             Mother
             ,
             &
             his
             Sisters
             which
             are
             married
             labour
             in
             the
             same
             designe
             ,
             and
             make
             him
             the
             like
             presents
             :
             for
             the
             law
             of
             Poligamy
             or
             pluralitie
             of
             women
             ,
             allowed
             by
             the
             Alcoran
             and
             receiued
             in
             Turkey
             ,
             giues
             them
             leaue
             to
             keepe
             as
             many
             as
             they
             will
             ,
             so
             as
             they
             bee
             able
             to
             feed
             them
             .
             The
             Sultan
             doth
             recompence
             their
             care
             that
             bring
             them
             such
             gifts
             ,
             with
             some
             rich
             present
             to
             buy
             (
             saith
             he
             )
             these
             Virgins
             which
             they
             bring
             ,
             that
             they
             may
             bee
             his
             slaues
             :
             But
             hee
             will
             be
             soone
             fettered
             in
             their
             beautie
             .
             The
             Serrail
             of
             women
             being
             thus
             furnished
             ,
             hee
             passeth
             thither
             when
             he
             pleaseth
             ,
             and
             is
             not
             seene
             by
             any
             man
             ,
             by
             a
             doore
             right
             against
             his
             Chamber
             ,
             whereof
             he
             hath
             one
             Key
             ,
             and
             
             the
             
               Chissar
               Aga
            
             or
             great
             Eunuch
             of
             the
             Sultana's
             another
             :
             He
             doth
             aduertise
             the
             Cheyachadun
             ,
             which
             is
             an
             ancient
             woman
             their
             Gouernesse
             ,
             to
             ranke
             them
             in
             a
             Gallerie
             ,
             in
             the
             which
             he
             passeth
             and
             repasseth
             often
             ,
             beholding
             their
             allurements
             or
             else
             he
             causeth
             them
             to
             dance
             in
             a
             round
             ,
             in
             a
             goodly
             Hall
             ,
             where
             he
             doth
             assist
             and
             place
             himselfe
             in
             the
             midst
             ,
             like
             vnto
             a
             Butterflie
             in
             the
             midst
             of
             many
             glistering
             fires
             ,
             where
             heloseth
             himselfe
             :
             For
             feeling
             his
             heart
             suddenly
             enflamed
             by
             the
             eyes
             of
             some
             one
             of
             them
             ,
             which
             pleaseth
             him
             best
             he
             casts
             her
             his
             handkercher
             ,
             for
             a
             signe
             that
             he
             is
             vanquished
             :
             she
             receiues
             it
             with
             great
             demonstrations
             of
             humilitie
             ,
             kisses
             it
             and
             layes
             it
             on
             her
             head
             ;
             presently
             the
             Cheyachadun
             or
             Mother
             of
             the
             Maids
             ,
             takes
             this
             faire
             slaue
             ,
             which
             comes
             to
             triumph
             ouer
             her
             Masters
             libertie
             ,
             she
             leads
             her
             into
             a
             Chamber
             appointed
             for
             the
             sports
             of
             loue
             ,
             decks
             her
             with
             the
             goodliest
             Ornaments
             she
             can
             deuise
             ,
             perfumes
             her
             ,
             and
             addes
             to
             her
             naturall
             beautie
             the
             cunning
             of
             her
             Art
             :
             This
             is
             while
             the
             Sun
             shines
             ;
             for
             imitating
             his
             course
             as
             well
             as
             his
             lustre
             ,
             this
             faire
             Creature
             lies
             downe
             as
             soone
             as
             this
             Planet
             sets
             :
             The
             Chadun
             conducts
             her
             into
             the
             same
             Chamber
             where
             the
             Sultan
             is
             lodged
             ,
             layes
             her
             in
             the
             same
             Bed
             ,
             where
             shee
             enters
             by
             the
             feet
             for
             the
             greater
             reuerence
             ,
             and
             during
             the
             night
             season
             many
             old
             Moorish
             women
             watch
             and
             stand
             sentinell
             ,
             one
             at
             the
             Beds
             feet
             ,
             another
             in
             the
             midst
             of
             the
             Chamber
             ,
             and
             a
             third
             at
             the
             doore
             :
             They
             are
             reliued
             euery
             third
             houre
             by
             others
             of
             the
             same
             hue
             ,
             vntill
             it
             bee
             day
             :
             There
             is
             one
             stands
             at
             the
             Beds
             head
             ,
             with
             two
             Torches
             burning
             ,
             and
             doth
             carefully
             obserue
             on
             what
             side
             the
             Prince
             doth
             turne
             least
             the
             light
             should
             offend
             his
             eyes
             .
             I
             haue
             learned
             from
             a
             Iew
             ,
             a
             learned
             Physician
             which
             had
             serued
             the
             
               Grand
               Seigneur
            
             ,
             that
             the
             Chadun
             watcheth
             at
             the
             Beds
             feet
             ,
             and
             doth
             sometimes
             speake
             some
             words
             to
             encourage
             they
             young
             Maide
             ,
             giuing
             her
             to
             vnderstand
             that
             night
             would
             be
             the
             cause
             of
             her
             good
             fortune
             ,
             and
             that
             she
             would
             attaine
             to
             the
             dignitie
             of
             a
             Princesse
             .
             It
             is
             the
             custome
             in
             Turkey
             that
             on
             the
             Marriage
             night
             ,
             an
             olde
             woman
             doth
             assist
             in
             the
             Chamber
             of
             the
             married
             couple
             ,
             and
             imployes
             the
             experience
             of
             her
             time
             past
             ,
             to
             encourage
             the
             
             
             
             and
             her
             Pension
             is
             〈◊〉
             sixteene
             Charges
             of
             Money
             .
          
           
             The
             rest
             of
             the
             Serrail
             which
             are
             yet
             Virgins
             ,
             or
             haue
             had
             the
             Princes
             company
             but
             once
             ,
             imploy
             all
             their
             allurements
             to
             please
             him
             ,
             and
             finding
             their
             cunning
             deuices
             too
             feeble
             ,
             they
             adde
             the
             help
             of
             Charmes
             and
             Sorcerie
             ,
             which
             they
             purchase
             at
             any
             〈◊〉
             whatsoeuer
             .
             But
             if
             any
             one
             of
             these
             women
             be
             deliuered
             first
             of
             a
             Sonne
             ,
             which
             is
             to
             succeed
             in
             the
             Empire
             ,
             shee
             is
             called
             Queene
             ,
             the
             
               Grand
               Seigneur
            
             honours
             her
             with
             a
             Crowne
             of
             pretious
             stones
             ;
             hee
             causeth
             a
             cloth
             of
             Estate
             to
             be
             carried
             into
             her
             Chamber
             of
             Presence
             ,
             inlargeth
             her
             Lodging
             ,
             and
             giues
             her
             a
             Family
             sin
             for
             a
             Queene
             ,
             on
             Empresse
             of
             Turkey
             :
             Shee
             hath
             a
             sufficient
             Reuenew
             to
             supply
             her
             necessities
             and
             her
             bounties
             .
             If
             shee
             be
             deliuered
             of
             a
             Daughter
             ,
             they
             send
             her
             a
             Nurse
             ,
             three
             thousand
             Sequins
             and
             Slaues
             to
             serue
             her
             ,
             the
             honour
             is
             the
             lesse
             ;
             but
             the
             joy
             which
             shee
             concerneth
             (
             if
             there
             be
             Male
             Children
             formerly
             borne
             )
             is
             incomparable
             ,
             for
             shee
             is
             assured
             that
             the
             young
             Princesse
             shall
             be
             bred
             vp
             with
             her
             ,
             and
             that
             shee
             shall
             be
             one
             day
             married
             to
             a
             
               Grand
               Vizir
            
             ,
             or
             to
             some
             other
             Basha
             of
             the
             most
             powerfull
             in
             the
             Empire
             ,
             who
             will
             〈◊〉
             ,
             and
             fill
             her
             old
             age
             〈…〉
             if
             shee
             had
             beene
             deliuered
             of
             a
             younger
             Sonne
             ,
             he
             should
             be
             taken
             from
             her
             at
             the
             age
             of
             twelue
             yeares
             or
             thereabouts
             ,
             and
             put
             into
             the
             hands
             of
             Schoolemasters
             to
             instruct
             him
             ,
             where
             shee
             might
             not
             se●
             〈…〉
             foure
             times
             in
             the
             year●
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             end
             hee
             should
             bee
             〈…〉
             ●o
             the
             saf●
             of
             〈◊〉
             elder
             Brothers
             Raigne
             ,
             and
             soone
             strangled
             by
             M●
             .
             This
             is
             that
             which
             makes
             them
             desireth
             haue
             Daughters
             ,
             w●
             is
             alreadie
             a
             Sonne
             〈◊〉
             .
          
           
             All
             these
             woman
             although
             they
             〈…〉
             the
             true
             Successours
             of
             the
             〈◊〉
             ,
             yet
             they
             are
             but
             the
             Emperour●
             Concubities
             ;
             he
             〈◊〉
             marries
             any
             ,
             vnlesse
             be
             wonderfully
             surprised
             with
             〈…〉
             ,
             which
             hath
             first
             brought
             him
             a
             〈◊〉
             ,
             then
             be
             followes
             the
             blind
             motions
             of
             his
             passion
             .
             And
             doubelesse
             when
             as
             loue
             makes
             him
             to
             feele
             in
             this
             sort
             the
             r●our
             of
             his
             〈…〉
             Tyr●●t
             should
             〈…〉
             for
             if
             the
             one
             doth
             captiues
             that
             〈◊〉
             ,
             the
             other
             torments
             
             
             
             one
             to
             the
             succession
             of
             the
             Empire
             ,
             brings
             him
             to
             ruine
             ,
             and
             makes
             him
             to
             end
             his
             dayes
             miserably
             by
             the
             Sword.
             Solyman
             hath
             beene
             the
             only
             Prince
             since
             〈◊〉
             the
             First
             vnto
             this
             day
             ,
             whereof
             there
             hath
             beene
             fifteene
             Emperours
             ,
             &
             twenty
             in
             all
             ,
             by
             a
             direct
             succession
             from
             Father
             to
             Sonne
             ,
             which
             hath
             married
             a
             Wife
             ,
             Amurath
             the
             Third
             his
             Grandchild
             being
             charmed
             with
             the
             beauty
             of
             Asachi
             ,
             being
             enformed
             of
             the
             practices
             of
             Rouilana
             in
             the
             Serrail
             by
             the
             power
             of
             her
             infranchisement
             ,
             and
             the
             authoritie
             of
             the
             Princes
             Wife
             ,
             refused
             the
             Letters
             of
             Sabyn
             although
             he
             had
             had
             fourteene
             children
             by
             her
             ,
             and
             loued
             her
             aboue
             all
             his
             Women
             .
             Yet
             they
             say
             that
             Osman
             which
             died
             last
             ,
             had
             married
             the
             Daughter
             of
             the
             Muftie
             of
             Constantinople
             .
          
           
             But
             the
             History
             of
             the
             extraordinary
             Marriage
             of
             the
             Turkish
             Prince
             ,
             hath
             made
             vs
             abandon
             the
             relation
             of
             his
             loues
             with
             his
             Concubines
             :
             But
             let
             vs
             returne
             and
             follow
             him
             into
             his
             Garden
             ,
             where
             hee
             is
             in
             the
             midst
             of
             his
             〈◊〉
             loue
             imbracements
             .
             It
             is
             dangerous
             to
             see
             him
             :
             but
             no
             fear
             of
             danger
             should
             deterre
             vs
             from
             seruing
             of
             the
             publique
             .
             He
             goes
             〈◊〉
             out
             of
             his
             〈…〉
             goe
             and
             daily
             with
             his
             women
             in
             〈…〉
             Eunuches
             which
             〈◊〉
             the
             Women
             ,
             are
             the
             only
             〈◊〉
             which
             accompany
             him
             ,
             all
             the
             〈…〉
             they
             ca●
             .
             The
             〈…〉
             to
             worth
             the
             Sea
             ,
             〈…〉
             Master
             .
             For
             if
             there
             should
             〈…〉
             Serrail
             ,
             that
             should
             〈…〉
             when
             they
             walke
             with
             the
             〈…〉
             Thus
             the
             〈…〉
             .
             Thus
             the
             〈…〉
             that
             they
             〈…〉
             is
             〈…〉
             
             which
             he
             obserues
             against
             those
             which
             would
             see
             him
             ,
             forbids
             to
             reueale
             the
             secret
             :
             Only
             wee
             know
             that
             in
             the
             effeminate
             delights
             wherewith
             the
             women
             charme
             him
             ,
             hee
             is
             pleased
             with
             the
             ridiculous
             encounters
             of
             his
             Iesters
             and
             Dwarffes
             ,
             and
             shewes
             that
             Loue
             is
             an
             entertainment
             of
             Men
             that
             are
             Birds
             .
             
          
           
             A
             curious
             person
             which
             hath
             had
             authority
             in
             the
             Leuant
             ,
             enformed
             me
             that
             in
             these
             places
             there
             many
             times
             happens
             light
             riots
             of
             Loue
             betwixt
             the
             Sultan
             and
             his
             Women
             :
             Hee
             vnderstood
             it
             from
             a
             blacke
             Eunuch
             of
             the
             womens
             Serrail
             :
             and
             he
             told
             him
             that
             if
             the
             jealousie
             of
             these
             faire
             creatures
             did
             raise
             them
             ,
             they
             were
             supprest
             by
             the
             discretion
             of
             the
             Chadun
             ,
             
             which
             is
             their
             old
             Gouernesse
             ,
             and
             by
             her
             humilitie
             which
             is
             interessed
             in
             the
             Quarrell
             .
             Thus
             the
             giddie
             Quarrels
             of
             Louers
             ,
             are
             the
             winds
             which
             kindle
             and
             enflame
             their
             foolish
             passion
             .
             And
             the
             Pigeons
             bils
             ,
             which
             were
             the
             armes
             of
             their
             choller
             ,
             are
             the
             sweet
             instruments
             of
             their
             loue
             .
          
           
             That
             which
             we
             haue
             formerly
             written
             of
             the
             entertainment
             of
             the
             Turkish
             Prince
             with
             his
             women
             ,
             is
             not
             the
             most
             blameable
             of
             his
             affections
             .
             The
             greatnesse
             of
             his
             power
             ,
             which
             makes
             all
             mens
             wils
             obey
             him
             ,
             and
             the
             contagious
             example
             of
             his
             Courtiers
             ,
             carries
             him
             to
             the
             detestable
             excesse
             of
             an
             vnnaturall
             passion
             .
             Hee
             burnes
             many
             times
             for
             the
             loue
             of
             men
             ,
             and
             the
             youngest
             Boyes
             which
             are
             in
             the
             Leuant
             ,
             the
             flowre
             of
             beautie
             and
             the
             allurement
             of
             graces
             ,
             are
             destinated
             to
             the
             filthinesse
             of
             his
             abominable
             pleasures
             .
             The
             Bashaes
             bring
             them
             from
             remote
             Prouinces
             ,
             and
             present
             them
             vnto
             him
             .
             This
             disorder
             is
             so
             inueterate
             in
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             as
             of
             twenty
             Emperours
             which
             haue
             carried
             the
             Turkish
             Scepter
             ,
             you
             shall
             hardly
             find
             two
             that
             were
             free
             from
             this
             vice
             .
             Achmat
             the
             last
             which
             died
             ,
             abandoned
             it
             a
             little
             before
             his
             death
             ,
             by
             the
             wise
             aduice
             of
             the
             M●f●
             ,
             and
             his
             Sonne
             Amurath
             the
             Fourth
             who
             raignes
             at
             this
             present
             1626.
             is
             yet
             so
             young
             ,
             as
             bee
             may
             be
             easily
             diuerted
             from
             this
             excesse
             ,
             and
             framed
             to
             vertue
             ,
             eschewing
             the
             Rockes
             ,
             where
             his
             Predecessours
             haue
             suffered
             shipwracke
             .
             What
             doth
             it
             auaile
             such
             great
             and
             redoubted
             
             Monarchs
             to
             be
             the
             glorious
             vanquishers
             of
             so
             many
             Nations
             if
             they
             themselues
             be
             captiues
             to
             vices
             ?
             
             The
             Prince
             is
             the
             Physicion
             of
             the
             State
             ;
             but
             how
             can
             hee
             cure
             it
             if
             hee
             himselfe
             bee
             sicke
             ?
             Hee
             is
             the
             heart
             ;
             but
             what
             meanes
             is
             there
             to
             giue
             it
             life
             ,
             if
             it
             hath
             weaknesse
             and
             faintings
             :
             Hee
             is
             the
             eye
             ,
             and
             how
             can
             he
             see
             and
             lead
             others
             ,
             if
             it
             be
             troubled
             and
             darkened
             with
             passions
             ?
             Euery
             Prince
             that
             loues
             his
             Throne
             ,
             his
             Scepter
             ,
             and
             his
             Estate
             ,
             must
             flie
             vice
             and
             cherish
             wisdome
             :
             For
             a
             wise
             Prince
             is
             the
             assurance
             of
             those
             ,
             and
             the
             support
             of
             his
             people
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               CHAP.
               XI
            
             .
             Of
             the
             
               Grand
               Seigneurs
            
             Women
             ,
             of
             their
             Lodging
             ,
             their
             Liues
             ,
             their
             Gouernment
             ,
             and
             their
             Fortune
             .
          
           
             THe
             precedent
             Chapter
             hath
             related
             the
             fire
             of
             the
             
               Grand
               Seigneurs
            
             Loues
             ,
             this
             will
             shew
             you
             in
             particular
             the
             manners
             and
             life
             of
             all
             those
             which
             cause
             it
             .
             Faire
             women
             are
             to
             vnstaid
             spirits
             ,
             flames
             which
             burne
             a
             farre
             off
             .
             Those
             of
             the
             Serrail
             which
             make
             the
             greatest
             shew
             by
             the
             lustee
             of
             their
             graces
             are
             most
             commonly
             strangers
             taken
             in
             the
             warre
             ,
             or
             rauished
             by
             force
             :
             But
             bred
             vp
             with
             an
             incredible
             care
             ,
             to
             make
             them
             learne
             Ciuilitie
             ,
             to
             play
             of
             some
             Instruments
             of
             Musique
             ,
             to
             Sing
             ,
             and
             to
             worke
             with
             their
             Needles
             ,
             most
             decent
             for
             Maids
             of
             Qualitie
             :
             These
             good
             parts
             added
             to
             their
             naturall
             perfection
             ,
             make
             them
             the
             more
             commendable
             :
             They
             are
             for
             the
             most
             part
             Christians
             ;
             but
             their
             disaster
             causing
             the
             beauty
             of
             their
             bodies
             to
             serue
             the
             dishonest
             pleasures
             of
             Turkes
             ,
             prostitute
             their
             soules
             to
             the
             false
             worship
             of
             their
             Law.
             They
             are
             no
             sooner
             come
             into
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             whither
             some
             Basha
             sends
             them
             as
             a
             Present
             to
             the
             Sultan
             ,
             and
             sometimes
             the
             great
             Cham
             of
             Tartaria
             ,
             but
             they
             cause
             them
             to
             make
             profession
             of
             the
             Turkish
             Faith
             ,
             by
             lifting
             vp
             the
             second
             finger
             
             of
             the
             hand
             ,
             in
             signe
             that
             they
             beleeue
             but
             one
             God
             only
             in
             one
             only
             Person
             ,
             and
             they
             speake
             this
             word
             Mehemet
             :
             There
             are
             old
             women
             which
             haue
             the
             charge
             to
             instruct
             them
             in
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             Turkish
             beliefe
             :
             And
             thus
             the
             Princes
             Serrail
             is
             furnished
             with
             women
             .
          
           
             They
             are
             of
             two
             sorts
             ,
             the
             one
             haue
             had
             his
             company
             and
             are
             women
             ,
             and
             the
             others
             are
             yet
             Virgins
             .
             The
             women
             lodge
             a
             part
             and
             more
             a●
             large
             ,
             they
             are
             better
             serued
             ,
             and
             haue
             greater
             libertie
             in
             the
             royall
             Pallace
             .
             The
             Virgins
             eate
             by
             troupes
             in
             the
             common
             resectory
             ,
             they
             retire
             by
             day
             into
             Chambers
             ,
             vnder
             the
             guard
             and
             gouernment
             of
             old
             women
             ,
             who
             gouerne
             them
             by
             tens
             ,
             to
             labour
             in
             some
             workes
             ;
             and
             in
             the
             night
             they
             lie
             like
             religious
             women
             (
             but
             not
             very
             chast
             )
             in
             long
             Dorters
             ,
             where
             their
             Beds
             are
             made
             of
             soft
             Mattresses
             and
             Couerings
             (
             for
             the
             Women
             in
             Turkey
             as
             wel
             as
             the
             Men
             lie
             clothed
             )
             and
             are
             ranckt
             of
             either
             side
             ;
             there
             is
             a
             passage
             in
             the
             midst
             and
             many
             Lamps
             burning
             in
             the
             night
             time
             :
             And
             euery
             ten
             Maids
             haue
             one
             of
             the
             Gouernesses
             lie
             by
             them
             .
             They
             which
             know
             not
             the
             Turkish
             Tongue
             ,
             goe
             to
             learne
             it
             in
             Schooles
             appointed
             to
             that
             end
             in
             the
             same
             Serrail
             .
             These
             see
             not
             the
             Prince
             but
             when
             they
             first
             arriue
             ,
             and
             conuerse
             not
             with
             him
             ,
             but
             when
             he
             will
             make
             vse
             of
             them
             .
             They
             are
             furnished
             with
             all
             things
             necessary
             for
             their
             Entertainment
             with
             that
             abundance
             which
             is
             found
             continually
             in
             the
             
               Sultans
               Serrail
            
             .
          
           
             The
             Eunuches
             which
             bring
             them
             their
             meate
             obserue
             the
             same
             order
             which
             wee
             haue
             described
             in
             the
             Sultans
             seruice
             .
             But
             the
             Queene
             (
             who
             is
             Mother
             to
             the
             Prince
             ,
             Successour
             to
             the
             Empire
             ,
             is
             serued
             in
             her
             Quarter
             (
             where
             she
             is
             stately
             lodged
             )
             by
             her
             owne
             Officers
             :
             Her
             vessell
             is
             not
             of
             Gold
             like
             the
             Emperours
             ,
             but
             of
             excellent
             porcelane
             artificially
             wrought
             :
             In
             her
             Lodging
             are
             the
             most
             sumptous
             Feasts
             of
             the
             Womens
             Serrail
             ,
             where
             as
             many
             Sultana's
             meet
             ,
             to
             shew
             themselues
             〈◊〉
             the
             Emperour
             ,
             who
             is
             of
             the
             Party
             ,
             to
             giu●
             the
             disordered
             appetites
             of
             all
             his
             senses
             in
             their
             company
             .
             There
             he●
             makes
             a
             dangerous
             triall
             ,
             that
             Beauty
             wounds
             deeper
             then
             a
             Dare
             ,
             and
             the
             respect
             which
             all
             these
             women
             yeeld
             him
             ,
             carrying
             
             themselues
             towards
             him
             with
             a
             singular
             Modesty
             ,
             
             and
             a
             sweet
             pleasing
             ,
             exempts
             him
             from
             making
             that
             troublesome
             experience
             :
             that
             a
             bad
             Wife
             is
             the
             shipwracke
             of
             her
             Husband
             ,
             the
             tempest
             of
             the
             House
             ,
             a
             trouble-rest
             ,
             a
             slauery
             of
             Life
             ,
             a
             Quotidian
             Euill
             ,
             a
             voluntary
             Combat
             ,
             a
             Chargeable
             warre
             ,
             a
             Sauage
             Beast
             which
             we
             nourish
             ,
             a
             Lionesse
             wee
             imbrace
             ,
             a
             Rocke
             adorned
             ,
             a
             malicious
             Beast
             ,
             and
             finally
             necessary
             Euill
             .
          
           
             The
             Ladies
             ,
             the
             Subiects
             of
             the
             Sultans
             delights
             ,
             liue
             deliciously
             neare
             vnto
             him
             :
             Their
             Serrail
             containes
             so
             great
             a
             space
             ,
             as
             there
             are
             within
             it
             foure
             and
             twenty
             great
             Courts
             ,
             most
             of
             them
             paued
             with
             polished
             Marble
             ,
             beautified
             with
             their
             Fountaines
             ,
             inuironed
             with
             stones
             and
             baths
             ,
             very
             commodiously
             ,
             where
             these
             Nymphes
             wash
             themselues
             ,
             and
             plunge
             their
             fires
             ,
             but
             doe
             not
             quench
             them
             .
             A
             stately
             Mosquee
             serues
             in
             the
             same
             place
             for
             the
             exercise
             of
             their
             deuotion
             .
             The
             number
             of
             the
             Chambers
             and
             goodly
             Halls
             are
             fourescore
             ,
             adorned
             with
             precious
             moueables
             ,
             the
             Planchers
             are
             gilt
             ,
             the
             walls
             are
             painted
             in
             flowres
             of
             rare
             Art
             :
             The
             floore
             is
             couered
             with
             rich
             Persian
             Carpets
             of
             Gold
             and
             Silke
             ,
             with
             a
             great
             number
             of
             Cushions
             of
             Tinsell
             ,
             the
             Bedsteeds
             are
             of
             Iuory
             ,
             or
             of
             Aloes
             wood
             ,
             and
             of
             great
             pieces
             of
             Corall
             ,
             whereof
             one
             of
             them
             cost
             in
             the
             time
             of
             Amurath
             the
             Second
             nintie
             thousand
             Sultanins
             ,
             
             or
             three
             hundred
             and
             sixtie
             thousand
             Liuers
             ;
             They
             are
             garnished
             with
             rich
             stuffes
             of
             Cloth
             of
             Gold.
             The
             Gardens
             in
             great
             number
             are
             the
             places
             where
             as
             Nature
             assisted
             by
             Art
             ,
             sets
             forth
             the
             beauties
             of
             the
             Spring
             :
             The
             Bird-cages
             and
             Fountaines
             adorne
             them
             ,
             and
             the
             Alleys
             by
             their
             shadows
             defends
             the
             beauties
             of
             the
             Sultana's
             from
             the
             heat
             of
             the
             Sunne
             .
             Seeing
             that
             in
             this
             stately
             Pallace
             the
             most
             powerfull
             Monarches
             of
             the
             Earth
             serue
             the
             beauties
             of
             these
             Sultana's
             ,
             it
             is
             fitting
             that
             others
             should
             serue
             their
             persons
             :
             So
             they
             haue
             many
             women
             that
             doe
             that
             office
             :
             Some
             are
             Moores
             ,
             others
             are
             white
             .
             But
             the
             Men
             that
             serue
             them
             are
             blacke
             Eunuches
             ,
             from
             whom
             they
             haue
             taken
             all
             :
             They
             were
             only
             mutilated
             of
             the
             inferiour
             parts
             which
             serue
             for
             generation
             .
             But
             Solyman
             the
             Second
             ,
             who
             ended
             his
             
             Raigne
             ,
             when
             as
             Charles
             the
             Ninth
             gouerned
             France
             ,
             seeing
             a
             Gelding
             leape
             vpon
             a
             Mare
             ,
             he
             iudged
             thereby
             that
             the
             Eunuches
             which
             kept
             his
             women
             might
             busie
             their
             lasciuious
             passions
             ,
             and
             then
             he
             caused
             all
             to
             be
             cut
             off
             ;
             the
             which
             hath
             continued
             euer
             since
             .
             These
             Eunuches
             are
             all
             blacke
             ,
             to
             distinguish
             them
             from
             those
             of
             the
             
               Sultans
               Serrail
            
             :
             and
             their
             perfection
             consists
             in
             their
             deformitie
             ,
             for
             the
             most
             hideous
             are
             the
             fairest
             :
             For
             being
             neare
             vnto
             those
             beauties
             so
             perfectly
             accomplished
             ,
             they
             serue
             for
             a
             lustre
             .
             They
             bring
             them
             from
             the
             
               Grand
               Cairo
            
             ,
             the
             chiefe
             Citie
             of
             Egypt
             ,
             instructed
             to
             serue
             in
             this
             Court
             ,
             by
             the
             care
             of
             the
             Basha
             who
             is
             Viceroy
             there
             :
             If
             they
             be
             not
             ,
             there
             are
             Men
             in
             the
             Serrail
             appointed
             to
             teach
             them
             what
             they
             should
             know
             :
             From
             this
             Schoole
             they
             passe
             vnto
             the
             Ladies
             ,
             they
             giue
             them
             names
             fitter
             for
             their
             handsomenesse
             than
             for
             their
             Moorish
             deformity
             .
             For
             to
             some
             Boyes
             which
             haue
             flat
             Noses
             ,
             wide
             Mouthes
             ,
             thicke
             Lips
             ,
             Eyes
             almost
             out
             of
             their
             heads
             ,
             great
             Eares
             ,
             their
             Haire
             curled
             like
             Wooll
             ,
             and
             their
             Face
             fearefully
             blacke
             ,
             so
             as
             there
             is
             no
             white
             to
             be
             seene
             but
             their
             Eyes
             ,
             and
             Teeth
             :
             They
             call
             them
             
               Hycinthe
               ,
               Narcissus
            
             ,
             Rose
             and
             Gilliflowre
             .
             Doubtlesse
             such
             flowres
             are
             soone
             withered
             and
             vnable
             to
             fructifie
             .
             They
             assigne
             them
             a
             hundred
             Aspres
             by
             the
             day
             (
             an
             Aspre
             is
             about
             a
             penny
             of
             our
             sterling
             Money
             )
             two
             Robes
             of
             Silke
             ,
             a
             piece
             of
             linnen
             cloth
             ,
             and
             some
             other
             thing
             for
             their
             meaner
             necessities
             :
             They
             are
             vnder
             the
             obedience
             of
             an
             old
             wretched
             Eunuch
             ,
             blacke
             like
             themselues
             ,
             who
             is
             their
             Commander
             ,
             called
             
               Chissar
               Agassi
            
             ,
             that
             is
             to
             say
             ,
             the
             chiefe
             of
             the
             Virgins
             :
             Hee
             is
             ,
             as
             it
             were
             ,
             the
             Chiefe
             and
             Superintendent
             of
             this
             Pallace
             of
             Women
             ,
             speakes
             when
             hee
             pleaseth
             to
             the
             Emperours
             ,
             and
             hath
             most
             commonly
             a
             share
             in
             the
             fauours
             of
             the
             Court
             :
             For
             the
             Prince
             being
             inclined
             to
             Women
             ,
             he
             is
             the
             Mercurie
             of
             his
             affections
             :
             the
             other
             inferiour
             blacke
             Eunuches
             passe
             many
             times
             to
             the
             
               Grand
               Seignours
               Serrail
            
             ,
             to
             carrie
             the
             secrets
             of
             the
             Sultana's
             in
             some
             note
             to
             the
             Capiaga
             ,
             who
             presents
             it
             to
             the
             Emperour
             :
             Their
             Office
             honours
             them
             with
             this
             priuiledge
             ,
             aboue
             the
             white
             Eunuches
             which
             serue
             the
             Prince
             ,
             who
             neuer
             enter
             into
             the
             Womans
             lodging
             ,
             neither
             
             doe
             they
             see
             them
             .
             The
             blacke
             goe
             not
             out
             of
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             without
             the
             leaue
             of
             the
             Sultana
             Queene
             ,
             Mother
             to
             the
             eldest
             of
             the
             Sultans
             Children
             In
             other
             places
             they
             would
             make
             some
             difficultie
             to
             giue
             vnto
             Queenes
             ,
             yea
             ,
             to
             women
             of
             an
             inferior
             condition
             ,
             Moores
             to
             serue
             them
             ,
             for
             feare
             that
             comming
             to
             conceiue
             ,
             their
             imagination
             should
             make
             an
             impression
             in
             their
             Children
             ,
             of
             the
             complexion
             and
             forme
             of
             such
             Groomes
             :
             But
             the
             Turkes
             doe
             not
             insist
             vpon
             that
             .
             And
             I
             haue
             neuer
             heard
             that
             any
             Sultana
             hath
             beene
             deliuered
             of
             a
             Moore
             ,
             although
             I
             know
             this
             may
             be
             done
             :
             Histories
             furnish
             vs
             with
             examples
             of
             such
             accidents
             ,
             women
             haue
             borne
             children
             like
             vnto
             the
             pictures
             which
             were
             in
             their
             chambers
             .
             There
             are
             fiue
             hundred
             of
             these
             blacke
             Men
             ,
             from
             the
             age
             of
             twelue
             yeares
             to
             fiue
             and
             twenty
             ,
             and
             at
             the
             most
             thirty
             ,
             The
             women
             are
             vsually
             three
             hundred
             or
             thereabouts
             ,
             aswell
             of
             the
             Sultana's
             as
             of
             those
             that
             serue
             them
             :
             To
             tell
             the
             number
             of
             the
             Sultana's
             directly
             ,
             it
             is
             difficult
             :
             For
             they
             daily
             present
             Maidens
             vnto
             the
             
               Grand
               Seigneur
            
             ,
             who
             seeing
             his
             Pallace
             sufficiently
             furnished
             ,
             sends
             them
             to
             the
             old
             Serrail
             .
             The
             women
             slaues
             which
             serue
             them
             haue
             fiue
             or
             six
             Aspres
             by
             day
             ,
             two
             Robes
             of
             Searge
             ,
             and
             one
             of
             Silke
             yearely
             ,
             a
             piece
             of
             fine
             Cloth
             of
             twenty
             Ells
             or
             more
             ,
             and
             many
             gifts
             from
             the
             Sultana's
             their
             Mistresses
             ,
             who
             reward
             their
             fidelitie
             and
             diligence
             with
             many
             Presents
             of
             Money
             and
             other
             things
             :
             For
             they
             abound
             in
             all
             sorts
             of
             Presents
             ,
             as
             Bedkins
             se●
             with
             precious
             Stones
             ,
             Earings
             ,
             Iewels
             ,
             Plumes
             of
             Feathers
             ,
             Cloth
             of
             Gold
             ,
             rich
             Furtes
             ,
             and
             other
             Moueables
             which
             the
             King
             sends
             the
             more
             willingly
             for
             that
             they
             cost
             him
             nothing
             .
             The
             Bashaes
             at
             the
             returne
             from
             their
             gouernments
             present
             him
             .
             The
             Embassadours
             of
             the
             Prince
             of
             Tartary
             ,
             &
             other
             Soueraignes
             in
             Asia
             ,
             bring
             vnto
             him
             and
             fill
             his
             Wardrobe
             with
             rich
             diuersitie
             of
             Presents
             .
             But
             aboue
             all
             things
             these
             Ladies
             loue
             to
             make
             prouision
             of
             Money
             ;
             for
             their
             beautie
             doth
             not
             hinder
             them
             to
             participants
             with
             the
             defects
             of
             their
             Sex
             ,
             
             which
             is
             subect
             to
             Auarice
             .
          
           
             This
             is
             the
             cause
             why
             they
             draw
             into
             their
             Serrail
             ,
             some
             cunning
             female
             Iew
             ,
             with
             the
             Emperours
             permission
             ,
             whom
             
             they
             giue
             to
             vnderstand
             that
             it
             is
             to
             teach
             them
             new
             workes
             with
             the
             Needle
             ,
             or
             to
             make
             triall
             of
             some
             excellent
             Receipts
             in
             Physicke
             for
             the
             cure
             of
             their
             infirmities
             ,
             or
             the
             preseruation
             of
             their
             healths
             :
             Thus
             the
             Iew
             being
             entred
             into
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             she
             gaines
             affection
             of
             the
             Eunuch
             which
             commands
             at
             the
             Gate
             ,
             in
             giuing
             him
             Money
             and
             other
             rich
             Commodities
             ,
             and
             in
             a
             short
             time
             she
             goes
             the
             loue
             of
             the
             Sultana's
             ;
             yea
             ,
             she
             hath
             a
             transcendent
             power
             ouer
             their
             wils
             ,
             bringing
             vnto
             them
             from
             abroad
             whatsoeuer
             they
             desire
             to
             buy
             ,
             and
             receiuing
             from
             them
             what
             they
             are
             willing
             to
             sell
             .
             This
             trade
             is
             kept
             secret
             ;
             for
             the
             Sultan
             would
             not
             take
             it
             well
             that
             they
             should
             sell
             that
             which
             he
             giues
             them
             .
             But
             these
             women
             desirous
             to
             make
             prouision
             of
             Money
             ,
             which
             hath
             alwayes
             been
             the
             most
             precious
             of
             their
             Moueables
             ,
             to
             the
             end
             that
             if
             their
             Soueraigne
             dye●
             ,
             being
             conducted
             to
             the
             old
             Serrail
             ,
             they
             may
             get
             forth
             in
             being
             married
             to
             some
             great
             men
             of
             the
             Port
             :
             The
             which
             is
             easie
             to
             effect
             in
             gaining
             the
             friendship
             of
             the
             Chadun
             their
             Gouernesse
             by
             great
             gifts
             :
             They
             giue
             vnto
             this
             Iew
             rich
             Diamonds
             ,
             great
             round
             Pearles
             ,
             great
             Turquoises
             ,
             and
             most
             precious
             Iewels
             for
             a
             base
             price
             :
             For
             they
             which
             haue
             no
             conuersation
             out
             of
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             know
             not
             the
             worth
             of
             things
             ,
             and
             part
             with
             them
             as
             it
             pleaseth
             the
             Iew
             :
             shee
             sels
             them
             to
             strangers
             ,
             and
             buyes
             such
             things
             as
             shee
             brings
             vnto
             the
             Ladies
             at
             a
             deare
             rate
             :
             So
             as
             the
             great
             wealth
             which
             they
             enioy
             in
             a
             short
             time
             ,
             
             doth
             shew
             that
             they
             frequent
             the
             Serrail
             of
             women
             :
             But
             goods
             euill
             gotten
             are
             many
             times
             wasted
             in
             the
             same
             manner
             .
             The
             Iew
             is
             sometimes
             stript
             ,
             and
             for
             a
             punishment
             of
             her
             frauds
             ,
             leaues
             her
             life
             comming
             out
             of
             the
             Serrail
             .
             The
             Bashaes
             aduertised
             of
             this
             deceitfull
             trade
             ,
             caused
             it
             to
             cease
             ,
             and
             the
             Tefterdars
             or
             Treasurers
             ,
             when
             their
             Cofers
             are
             emptie
             ,
             seeke
             to
             fill
             them
             with
             the
             gaine
             of
             these
             Brokers
             .
          
           
             If
             the
             Emperour
             be
             a
             child
             ,
             and
             that
             his
             Mother
             hath
             any
             part
             in
             the
             administration
             of
             affaires
             ,
             the
             traffique
             of
             these
             Iewish
             women
             mounts
             higher
             ,
             and
             from
             precious
             Stones
             they
             passe
             to
             the
             Offices
             of
             State
             :
             They
             which
             affect
             them
             rather
             by
             the
             power
             of
             their
             purse
             ,
             then
             by
             the
             merit
             of
             their
             vertue
             
             addresse
             themselues
             vnto
             them
             ,
             and
             their
             affections
             being
             bought
             they
             doe
             easily
             purchase
             the
             fauour
             of
             the
             Sultana
             Mother
             :
             we
             haue
             obserued
             a
             famous
             example
             in
             the
             seuenteenth
             Booke
             of
             our
             Turkish
             History
             which
             will
             not
             be
             vnfitting
             to
             make
             a
             briefe
             description
             ,
             for
             the
             commodity
             of
             such
             as
             haue
             not
             that
             first
             Volume
             .
          
           
             
               Cheira
               Chaduna
            
             Iewish
             woman
             being
             crept
             into
             the
             Serrail
             of
             women
             ,
             by
             the
             meanes
             which
             we
             haue
             mentioned
             ,
             enioyed
             the
             friendship
             of
             the
             Sultana
             Queene
             by
             the
             cunning
             of
             her
             indusirious
             trade
             ,
             and
             the
             sweetnesse
             of
             her
             pleasing
             humour
             :
             Soone
             after
             Mahomet
             the
             Third
             left
             his
             life
             in
             his
             Serrail
             ,
             and
             his
             Scepter
             to
             Achmat
             his
             eldest
             Sonne
             ,
             being
             about
             fourteen
             or
             firteene
             yeares
             old
             :
             The
             
               Sultana
               Vulida
            
             or
             the
             Sultan
             Mother
             ,
             if
             called
             by
             her
             Sonne
             to
             assist
             in
             the
             Gouernment
             of
             the
             State.
             Cheira
             was
             in
             fauor
             with
             this
             Princess
             ,
             who
             in
             short
             time
             purchased
             him
             that
             of
             the
             Emperour
             :
             For
             this
             Prince
             falling
             sick
             of
             the
             small
             Poxs
             ,
             the
             Iew
             did
             visit
             him
             with
             his
             Mother
             ,
             attended
             him
             in
             his
             Bed
             ,
             is
             she
             was
             cunning
             and
             indued
             with
             a
             good
             wit
             ,
             she
             did
             ease
             the
             importunities
             of
             his
             Feuer
             by
             telling
             of
             pleasant
             tales
             ,
             and
             sometimes
             repaired
             his
             forces
             with
             a
             little
             wine
             ,
             which
             shoe
             brought
             out
             of
             the
             Citie
             ,
             and
             made
             him
             to
             drinke
             contrary
             to
             the
             prohibition
             of
             his
             Law
             :
             The
             Sultan
             recouered
             his
             health
             ;
             he
             remembers
             the
             Iewes
             good
             seruices
             ,
             and
             giues
             her
             no
             lesse
             share
             in
             his
             affection
             ,
             than
             she
             had
             in
             his
             Mothers
             :
             Thus
             she
             growes
             doubly
             powerfull
             ,
             and
             she
             deales
             no
             more
             in
             selling
             the
             goodly
             trash
             of
             the
             womens
             Serrail
             :
             The
             most
             eminent
             dignities
             of
             the
             Empire
             are
             her
             Traffique
             .
             The
             great
             Vizar
             buyes
             the
             Scales
             at
             her
             hands
             ,
             and
             the
             Dignitie
             of
             Lieutenant
             Generall
             of
             the
             Turkish
             Empire
             .
             The
             Mufti
             mounts
             to
             that
             supreame
             Ecclesiasticall
             Dignitie
             by
             her
             meanes
             ;
             and
             the
             other
             great
             Men
             of
             Port
             follow
             in
             the
             current
             of
             their
             Portunes
             the
             winde
             of
             her
             desires
             :
             Money
             and
             the
             Iew
             do
             call
             things
             in
             Constantinople
             :
             And
             he
             which
             before
             durst
             not
             thinke
             of
             Offers
             in
             〈◊〉
             to
             admire
             them
             ,
             doth
             now
             enioy
             them
             by
             these
             two
             meanes
             :
             Auarice
             calls
             all
             disorders
             into
             the
             State
             ,
             and
             leaues
             valour
             ,
             and
             the
             rare
             vertues
             of
             Men
             of
             merit
             to
             contempt
             ,
             if
             they
             were
             
             not
             furnished
             with
             Money
             :
             And
             the
             Prince
             did
             not
             only
             suffer
             them
             ,
             but
             commanded
             it
             .
             for
             that
             the
             Iew
             said
             it
             must
             bee
             so
             .
             This
             must
             not
             continue
             long
             ,
             and
             the
             Qualities
             of
             Cheira
             being
             of
             the
             Nature
             of
             those
             of
             the
             Court
             are
             found
             passable
             and
             perishable
             .
             The
             Ianizaries
             who
             are
             the
             force
             of
             Constantinople
             ,
             and
             many
             times
             the
             violent
             reformers
             of
             the
             Turkish
             State
             ,
             deale
             in
             it
             ,
             and
             to
             this
             insupportable
             mischief
             they
             bring
             the
             rigour
             of
             their
             remidie
             :
             They
             goe
             to
             the
             Serrail
             in
             armes
             ,
             demand
             the
             Iew
             ,
             and
             they
             refuse
             her
             ,
             they
             threaten
             to
             breake
             the
             Gates
             ,
             and
             to
             dragge
             her
             ,
             with
             many
             others
             ,
             into
             the
             midst
             of
             the
             place
             ,
             to
             reuenge
             vpon
             them
             the
             disorders
             of
             the
             State
             :
             They
             were
             ready
             to
             execute
             their
             words
             by
             effect
             ,
             when
             as
             of
             many
             Mischiefes
             they
             made
             choice
             of
             the
             least
             ,
             and
             thrust
             the
             Iew
             out
             of
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             to
             the
             mercy
             of
             their
             rage
             :
             There
             were
             none
             grieued
             in
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             Nouelties
             are
             pleasing
             ,
             when
             they
             happen
             they
             loue
             them
             ,
             and
             Enuie
             swimmes
             in
             ioy
             and
             pleasure
             when
             as
             they
             see
             any
             Fauourite
             fall
             .
             And
             what
             could
             they
             doe
             in
             this
             case
             ?
             What
             meines
             were
             there
             to
             calme
             the
             spirits
             of
             Men
             that
             are
             armed
             ,
             and
             the
             force
             of
             the
             Empire
             ,
             who
             at
             that
             time
             did
             not
             acknowledge
             any
             other
             Master
             but
             their
             passion
             ?
             Moreouer
             ,
             the
             people
             followed
             their
             motion
             ,
             and
             demanded
             Iustice
             of
             this
             Horseleeth
             who
             suckt
             all
             ,
             swallowed
             all
             ,
             and
             ledt
             other
             to
             suffer
             :
             Thus
             they
             abandoned
             her
             to
             force
             and
             to
             the
             rigour
             of
             the
             Sword.
             An
             example
             which
             tels
             vs
             that
             the
             fauour
             of
             the
             Court
             which
             doth
             not
             aduance
             any
             to
             dignity
             but
             such
             as
             are
             incapable
             ,
             which
             contemnes
             vertuous
             Men
             ,
             and
             builds
             the
             continuance
             of
             his
             fortune
             in
             the
             heaping
             vp
             of
             perishing
             wealth
             ,
             runs
             headlong
             to
             his
             owne
             ruine
             ,
             and
             makes
             himselfe
             fat
             to
             bee
             an
             oblation
             which
             they
             will
             offer
             vp
             vpon
             the
             first
             sedition
             .
             The
             Ianizaries
             take
             Chiera
             ,
             they
             strip
             her
             ,
             whip
             her
             ,
             and
             put
             a
             burning
             Candle
             into
             her
             priuie
             〈◊〉
             ,
             and
             so
             drag
             ,
             her
             laid
             all
             along
             thorew
             the
             Citie
             of
             Constantinople
             ,
             to
             serue
             for
             a
             spectable
             vnto
             the
             people
             :
             In
             the
             end
             they
             teare
             her
             in
             pieces
             ,
             and
             naile
             the
             principall
             parts
             of
             her
             body
             ,
             to
             the
             Gates
             of
             the
             greatest
             Officers
             of
             the
             Empire
             :
             That
             of
             the
             Mustice
             High
             Priest
             of
             their
             Law
             ,
             had
             the
             head
             with
             this
             writing
             .
             
               Behold
               the
               
               hand
               which
               hath
               sold
               thee
               thy
               Office
               ,
               &
               the
               fauours
               of
               the
               Port
               :
            
             The
             Head
             was
             set
             vpon
             the
             
               Grand
               Vizirs
            
             Gate
             ,
             &
             these
             words
             vnderneath
             it
             .
             
               This
               is
               the
               head
               which
               hath
               giuen
               thee
               counsell
               to
               the
               preiudice
               of
               the
               State.
            
             They
             did
             hand
             her
             Tongue
             at
             the
             House
             of
             the
             Cadi
             or
             chiefe
             Iudge
             of
             Constantinople
             ,
             with
             this
             reproch
             in
             writing
             :
             
               Receiue
               the
               tongue
               which
               hath
               taught
               thee
               iniustice
               .
            
             Thus
             in
             the
             year
             1604.
             ended
             the
             Iew
             which
             practised
             in
             the
             Serrail
             of
             women
             :
             &
             the
             rest
             haue
             as
             bad
             an
             end
             :
             if
             not
             so
             exemplary
             ,
             which
             is
             for
             that
             they
             attain
             not
             to
             the
             like
             fauour
             .
          
           
             This
             is
             the
             successe
             of
             the
             Iewes
             couetousnesse
             which
             frequent
             the
             
               Sultanes
               Serrail
            
             :
             But
             none
             of
             them
             enter
             ,
             
             before
             the
             Eunuch
             of
             the
             Gate
             vnuailes
             her
             ,
             and
             sees
             what
             shee
             is
             ;
             lest
             that
             some
             man
             vnder
             the
             habit
             and
             trade
             of
             such
             Brokers
             ,
             should
             enter
             into
             this
             Pallace
             ,
             to
             make
             traffique
             of
             his
             amorous
             passion
             .
             The
             order
             which
             they
             obserue
             in
             guarding
             these
             faire
             creatures
             is
             exact
             :
             They
             doe
             not
             only
             search
             the
             women
             which
             enter
             ,
             and
             the
             Eunuches
             at
             their
             returne
             from
             the
             Citie
             :
             But
             moreouer
             they
             haue
             a
             care
             of
             beasts
             :
             They
             will
             not
             allow
             the
             Sultanaes
             to
             keepe
             any
             Apes
             ,
             nor
             Dogges
             of
             any
             stature
             .
             Fruits
             are
             sent
             vnto
             them
             with
             Circumspection
             :
             If
             their
             Appetites
             demand
             any
             Pompeons
             which
             are
             somewhat
             long
             ,
             or
             Cowcumbers
             ,
             and
             such
             other
             fruits
             they
             cut
             them
             at
             the
             Gate
             in
             slices
             ,
             not
             suffering
             to
             passe
             among
             them
             any
             slight
             occasion
             of
             doing
             euill
             .
             so
             bad
             an
             opinion
             they
             haue
             of
             their
             continencie
             .
             It
             is
             (
             without
             doubt
             )
             a
             signe
             of
             the
             Turks
             violent
             jealousie
             :
             for
             who
             can
             in
             the
             like
             case
             hinder
             a
             vicious
             woman
             from
             doing
             euill
             ?
             She
             is
             too
             industrious
             in
             her
             Designes
             ;
             and
             hee
             which
             had
             his
             body
             couered
             with
             eyes
             alwayes
             watching
             was
             deceiued
             .
             In
             the
             meanetime
             if
             any
             woman
             in
             the
             Serrail
             be
             discouered
             in
             the
             effects
             of
             her
             lasciuiousnesse
             ,
             the
             Law
             long
             since
             established
             for
             them
             by
             the
             Sultan
             ,
             condemnes
             her
             to
             die
             ,
             
             the
             wh●
             executed
             without
             remission
             :
             she
             is
             put
             into
             a
             Sack
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             night
             cast
             into
             the
             Sea
             ,
             where
             she
             doth
             quench
             her
             flames
             with
             her
             life
             .
             This
             seuere
             punishment
             doth
             follow
             the
             enormitie
             of
             their
             Crimes
             :
             for
             lesse
             faults
             they
             suffer
             lighter
             correction
             :
             Their
             Superiours
             beat
             them
             ,
             and
             if
             they
             continue
             obstinate
             ,
             the
             Sultan
             causeth
             them
             to
             be
             put
             out
             of
             his
             Pallace
             ,
             and
             sends
             them
             to
             
             the
             old
             Serrail
             .
             At
             their
             departure
             the
             
               Cheira
               Chadun
            
             strips
             them
             of
             their
             goodliest
             commodities
             ,
             and
             addes
             to
             their
             misfortune
             the
             losse
             of
             their
             most
             pretious
             things
             ,
             and
             most
             necessary
             for
             the
             comfort
             of
             their
             liues
             in
             that
             sad
             and
             troublesome
             abode
             .
          
           
             The
             others
             which
             enioy
             a
             better
             fortune
             in
             the
             Royall
             Pallace
             ,
             
             doe
             sometimes
             try
             that
             beauty
             is
             a
             fraile
             good
             ;
             The
             violence
             of
             an
             infirmitie
             ,
             and
             the
             burning
             of
             a
             Feauer
             makes
             the
             Roses
             which
             adorne
             their
             Cheekes
             to
             vade
             ,
             and
             the
             Lillies
             of
             their
             countenances
             to
             wither
             .
             When
             there
             is
             question
             to
             seeke
             for
             remedie
             for
             their
             diseases
             ,
             they
             labour
             after
             an
             extraordinary
             manner
             .
             If
             the
             sicke
             person
             be
             none
             of
             the
             Sultana's
             ,
             whom
             the
             Emperour
             doth
             most
             affect
             ,
             the
             old
             women
             which
             gouerne
             them
             ,
             goe
             downe
             vnto
             the
             Apothecaries
             shop
             without
             the
             inner
             Gate
             of
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             and
             shewing
             the
             Physician
             her
             Vrine
             ,
             she
             relates
             the
             estate
             of
             the
             sicke
             person
             .
             He
             prescribes
             without
             seeing
             her
             ,
             vpon
             the
             report
             that
             is
             made
             ,
             so
             as
             many
             die
             for
             want
             of
             helpe
             .
             But
             if
             the
             Queene
             who
             hath
             giuen
             a
             Successor
             to
             the
             Empire
             ,
             or
             some
             other
             whom
             the
             Sultan
             loues
             with
             passion
             ,
             falls
             sicke
             ,
             they
             aduertise
             the
             
               Lachin
               Bassi
            
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             chiefe
             Physician
             ,
             who
             hauing
             obtained
             leaue
             from
             the
             Prince
             to
             goe
             and
             visit
             her
             ,
             hee
             enters
             into
             the
             womens
             Serrail
             ,
             where
             the
             Eunuches
             receiue
             him
             ,
             for
             all
             the
             women
             retire
             at
             his
             comming
             .
             They
             lead
             him
             into
             the
             Chamber
             of
             the
             sicke
             party
             ,
             who
             hath
             her
             face
             couered
             with
             her
             couerings
             ,
             for
             they
             vse
             no
             Linnen
             ,
             to
             the
             end
             the
             Physician
             should
             not
             see
             her
             ;
             shee
             hath
             her
             arme
             only
             out
             of
             the
             Bed
             ,
             couered
             with
             fine
             Cypresse
             ,
             vpon
             the
             which
             hee
             feeles
             her
             pulse
             ,
             and
             knowes
             the
             Qualitie
             of
             the
             Feuer
             ,
             but
             it
             is
             not
             lawfull
             for
             him
             to
             speake
             ,
             whilest
             hee
             is
             before
             the
             sicke
             person
             .
             After
             this
             he
             retires
             ●ard
             for
             that
             hee
             may
             not
             turne
             his
             backe
             towards
             her
             :
             ●medies
             which
             hee
             doth
             prescribe
             are
             most
             commonly
             so●us
             potions
             ,
             all
             other
             Physique
             is
             in
             a
             manner
             neglected
             in
             that
             Court
             :
             For
             the
             Turkes
             beleeue
             that
             from
             the
             day
             of
             their
             birth
             ,
             the
             time
             and
             continuance
             of
             their
             liues
             is
             written
             vpon
             their
             foreheads
             ,
             by
             an
             ineuitable
             destinie
             ,
             which
             no
             kind
             of
             Physicke
             can
             change
             .
          
           
           
             If
             it
             were
             neccessary
             for
             the
             sicke
             person
             to
             change
             the
             aire
             ,
             
             this
             remedie
             would
             be
             very
             difficult
             .
             For
             the
             women
             neuer
             go
             out
             of
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             but
             in
             the
             Sultans
             company
             ,
             and
             they
             goe
             to
             no
             other
             places
             but
             to
             the
             old
             Serrail
             ,
             and
             to
             his
             houses
             of
             pleasure
             ,
             and
             are
             not
             seene
             by
             any
             Man
             :
             The
             black
             Eunuches
             which
             guard
             them
             ,
             helpe
             them
             into
             their
             Coaches
             ,
             which
             they
             shut
             vp
             close
             before
             they
             goe
             out
             of
             the
             Serrail
             :
             The
             streets
             of
             Constantinople
             by
             the
             which
             they
             are
             to
             passe
             ,
             are
             made
             cleane
             and
             hanged
             with
             cloth
             ,
             to
             the
             end
             that
             no
             man
             should
             violate
             by
             his
             lookes
             the
             absolute
             content
             which
             the
             Prince
             hath
             of
             these
             goodly
             creatures
             :
             who
             seeme
             to
             be
             only
             borne
             for
             him
             :
             Hee
             alone
             doth
             see
             them
             ,
             hee
             alone
             doth
             conuerse
             with
             them
             ,
             and
             he
             only
             doth
             enioy
             them
             .
             But
             seeing
             the
             relation
             of
             the
             life
             of
             the
             women
             of
             this
             great
             Serrail
             ,
             hath
             brought
             vs
             to
             the
             Gates
             of
             the
             old
             Serrail
             ,
             let
             vs
             enter
             into
             it
             ,
             and
             finish
             the
             History
             of
             their
             Fortune
             .
          
           
             This
             Imperiall
             Pallace
             was
             sometimes
             the
             stately
             designe
             of
             
               Sultan
               Mahomet
            
             the
             Second
             ,
             
             whom
             the
             Turkes
             call
             Conquerour
             ,
             who
             after
             he
             had
             taken
             Constantinople
             ,
             caused
             it
             to
             be
             built
             for
             his
             Mansion
             ,
             in
             that
             part
             of
             the
             Citie
             ,
             which
             his
             Architects
             did
             hold
             to
             be
             the
             most
             beautifull
             and
             the
             most
             commodious
             .
             It
             is
             spacious
             enough
             to
             lodge
             a
             great
             Prince
             ,
             with
             all
             the
             Officers
             of
             his
             House
             .
             It
             s
             circuit
             containes
             aboue
             halfe
             a
             French
             League
             or
             a
             good
             English
             mile
             ,
             the
             walles
             are
             high
             and
             strong
             ,
             there
             is
             but
             one
             Gate
             guarded
             by
             a
             Company
             of
             white
             Eunuches
             ,
             by
             the
             which
             no
             man
             enters
             but
             the
             Emperour
             :
             If
             the
             necessitie
             of
             his
             house
             drawes
             him
             thither
             ,
             they
             cause
             the
             women
             to
             retire
             into
             a
             priuate
             place
             vntill
             that
             he
             be
             gone
             .
             It
             hath
             aswell
             as
             other
             Royall
             houses
             beautifyings
             and
             commodities
             ;
             delightfull
             Gardens
             ,
             pleasing
             Fountaines
             ,
             commodious
             Bathes
             ,
             and
             a
             Moschee
             for
             their
             deuotions
             .
             The
             three
             strange
             Harbingers
             ,
             but
             all
             three
             allied
             ,
             haue
             lodged
             many
             faire
             women
             in
             it
             ,
             that
             it
             to
             say
             ,
             Death
             ,
             Inconstancy
             ,
             and
             Contempt
             :
             Death
             hath
             sent
             a
             great
             number
             thither
             ,
             when
             shee
             hath
             taken
             away
             the
             Prince
             ,
             which
             cherish
             their
             beauties
             ;
             and
             amongst
             those
             are
             the
             Sultana's
             .
             Mothers
             to
             the
             Princes
             Children
             ,
             his
             Daughters
             and
             his
             Sisters
             ,
             and
             the
             
             Monarches
             Aunts
             which
             is
             newly
             seated
             in
             the
             Throne
             of
             his
             Predecessour
             .
             Inconstancie
             ;
             when
             as
             the
             Sultan
             wearied
             with
             the
             lasciuious
             imbracements
             of
             the
             women
             which
             haue
             beene
             the
             Idoll
             of
             his
             affections
             suffered
             himselfe
             to
             be
             perswaded
             to
             a
             new
             Loue
             ,
             that
             they
             haue
             abused
             his
             fauours
             ,
             and
             that
             they
             haue
             made
             themselues
             vnworthy
             to
             continue
             in
             his
             Pallace
             .
             Contempt
             ,
             when
             as
             some
             of
             these
             Virgins
             which
             are
             presented
             vnto
             him
             ,
             haue
             not
             in
             his
             judgement
             ,
             allurements
             sufficient
             to
             captiuate
             him
             :
             Or
             when
             as
             yeares
             (
             an
             Enemy
             to
             beauty
             )
             doth
             blemish
             them
             with
             wrinckles
             ,
             and
             doth
             rauish
             the
             honour
             of
             their
             delicate
             complexions
             ,
             and
             the
             glory
             of
             their
             countenances
             .
             These
             vnfortunate
             Ladies
             which
             haue
             beene
             that
             which
             they
             are
             no
             more
             ,
             haue
             no
             other
             consolation
             ,
             in
             this
             kind
             of
             exile
             but
             the
             hope
             to
             be
             married
             to
             some
             Basha
             ,
             or
             some
             other
             great
             Man
             of
             the
             Port
             ,
             at
             the
             least
             such
             as
             had
             no
             children
             by
             the
             Sultan
             :
             For
             the
             condition
             of
             others
             which
             are
             Mothers
             binds
             them
             to
             a
             perpetuall
             widdowhood
             ,
             yet
             they
             may
             easily
             attaine
             vnto
             it
             if
             the
             Sultan
             giues
             way
             ,
             if
             the
             Chadun
             or
             Gouernesse
             be
             pleased
             ,
             and
             if
             they
             haue
             mony
             :
             Of
             this
             last
             the
             other
             two
             depends
             ,
             by
             it
             they
             gaine
             the
             Chadun
             ,
             and
             she
             perswades
             the
             Prince
             that
             they
             are
             worthy
             :
             Thus
             Gold
             may
             doe
             any
             thing
             in
             all
             places
             ,
             and
             the
             dares
             which
             loue
             imployes
             in
             such
             places
             ,
             haue
             golden
             heads
             .
             This
             is
             the
             reason
             why
             they
             gather
             together
             all
             the
             Money
             they
             can
             ,
             partly
             by
             the
             sparing
             of
             their
             Pensions
             ,
             and
             partly
             by
             the
             sale
             of
             their
             most
             rich
             Commodities
             brought
             from
             the
             other
             Serrail
             in
             secret
             ,
             and
             without
             the
             priuitie
             of
             the
             Gouernesse
             ,
             who
             strips
             them
             at
             their
             going
             forth
             (
             but
             vnjustly
             )
             of
             the
             pearles
             ,
             pretious
             stones
             and
             other
             rich
             gifts
             ,
             which
             their
             graces
             haue
             in
             their
             season
             deserued
             from
             the
             Princes
             bountie
             :
             This
             feuere
             old
             woman
             restores
             them
             to
             the
             Sultan
             ,
             but
             most
             commonly
             she
             keeps
             a
             share
             to
             herselfe
             .
             A
             strange
             alteration
             of
             humane
             things
             ,
             they
             which
             formerly
             had
             possest
             the
             Empire
             in
             Mastering
             its
             Monarches
             ,
             suffer
             the
             disgrace
             to
             be
             shut
             out
             of
             his
             Pallace
             ,
             and
             to
             lose
             their
             moueables
             :
             They
             which
             are
             more
             politique
             ,
             which
             haue
             foreseene
             their
             putting
             out
             ,
             and
             haue
             secretly
             conueyed
             their
             richest
             stuffe
             ,
             they
             haue
             the
             aduantage
             
             to
             be
             rich
             :
             They
             winne
             the
             Lady
             which
             commands
             them
             ,
             and
             by
             Eunuches
             let
             the
             Bashaes
             ,
             vnderstand
             the
             number
             of
             their
             Sultanins
             &
             wealth
             :
             These
             without
             any
             further
             bruit
             demand
             them
             in
             Marriage
             ,
             and
             promise
             the
             Prince
             to
             make
             them
             a
             rich
             Dowrie
             .
             Others
             which
             by
             their
             fruitfulnesse
             are
             depriued
             of
             this
             search
             ,
             liue
             in
             stately
             Lodgings
             in
             this
             Pallace
             ,
             with
             abundance
             of
             all
             sorts
             of
             commoditie
             for
             life
             ,
             with
             the
             which
             they
             enjoy
             the
             Qualities
             of
             Sultanaes
             and
             Queenes
             :
             But
             those
             which
             haue
             had
             Fortune
             aduerse
             vnto
             them
             ,
             wh●ch
             hath
             depriued
             them
             both
             of
             the
             fauour
             of
             the
             Court
             &
             of
             their
             goods
             ,
             liue
             in
             care
             with
             a
             small
             allowance
             in
             this
             Serrail
             ,
             and
             if
             they
             can
             make
             any
             delicate
             Workes
             ,
             they
             haue
             the
             gaine
             by
             the
             Traffique
             of
             the
             Iewes
             which
             visit
             them
             ,
             and
             therewith
             they
             doe
             in
             some
             sort
             case
             their
             discommodities
             .
          
           
             In
             this
             old
             Serrail
             there
             is
             a
             quarter
             where
             as
             no
             body
             lodgeth
             ,
             royally
             furnished
             ,
             and
             reserued
             for
             the
             Prince
             when
             he
             goes
             to
             visit
             his
             Kinswomen
             ,
             or
             practizeth
             the
             commerce
             of
             his
             Loues
             .
             Carrying
             with
             him
             close
             Coaches
             full
             of
             his
             faire
             Sultana's
             ,
             as
             we
             haue
             said
             else-where
             ,
             with
             whom
             he
             spends
             the
             best
             of
             his
             dayes
             ,
             and
             abandons
             all
             noble
             exercises
             ,
             more
             worthy
             of
             a
             Prince
             ,
             to
             enjoy
             their
             charming
             company
             .
             Thus
             these
             women
             detaine
             him
             ,
             possesse
             him
             ,
             and
             diuert
             him
             from
             vertue
             .
             In
             this
             sense
             an
             Ancient
             had
             reason
             to
             say
             ,
             
             
               That
               if
               the
               World
               were
               without
               Women
               ,
               Men
               should
               conuerse
               with
               the
               Gods.
            
             This
             must
             be
             vnderstood
             of
             vitious
             women
             ,
             and
             not
             of
             those
             that
             loue
             vertue
             ,
             the
             which
             is
             to
             be
             esteemed
             and
             embraced
             in
             what
             subiect
             soeuer
             it
             be
             found
             .
          
        
         
           
             Chap.
             XII
             .
             Of
             the
             
               Grand
               Seigneurs
            
             Sisters
             ,
             and
             his
             other
             Kinswomen
             ,
             and
             of
             the
             Marriages
             of
             his
             Daughters
             .
          
           
             THe
             Turkish
             Emperours
             Sisters
             lodge
             and
             liue
             in
             the
             old
             Serrail
             ;
             their
             Quarters
             are
             distinct
             from
             the
             other
             women
             ,
             
             furnished
             according
             to
             their
             Qualities
             :
             Pleasures
             and
             continuall
             delights
             ,
             are
             their
             ordinary
             entertainment
             :
             In
             the
             which
             they
             attend
             vntill
             the
             Sultan
             giues
             them
             in
             Marriage
             to
             some
             of
             his
             great
             Bashaes
             .
             When
             that
             happens
             they
             goe
             out
             of
             that
             place
             with
             their
             rich
             Stuffe
             ,
             their
             Coffers
             full
             of
             Iewels
             ,
             and
             their
             slaues
             to
             serue
             them
             ,
             to
             the
             number
             of
             fiftie
             or
             threescore
             ,
             besides
             those
             which
             their
             Husbands
             adde
             vnto
             them
             ,
             who
             are
             bound
             to
             furnish
             them
             with
             a
             traine
             fit
             for
             their
             Qualities
             ,
             
             and
             to
             make
             them
             a
             rich
             Dowrie
             (
             according
             to
             the
             custome
             of
             the
             Turkes
             where
             the
             Men
             endow
             their
             Wiues
             )
             at
             the
             least
             with
             fiue
             hundred
             thousand
             Sultanins
             ,
             which
             are
             two
             Millions
             of
             Liuers
             ,
             with
             the
             great
             expences
             hee
             makes
             in
             presents
             of
             precious
             stones
             .
             The
             Prince
             their
             Brother
             continues
             the
             same
             pensions
             they
             formerly
             had
             ,
             and
             augments
             them
             thirtie
             six
             charges
             of
             money
             yeerely
             ,
             to
             buy
             them
             Pattins
             (
             saith
             the
             custome
             of
             the
             Empire
             )
             the
             Husbands
             which
             marrie
             such
             wiues
             ,
             verifie
             this
             truth
             to
             their
             losse
             ,
             that
             a
             great
             inequalitie
             in
             Marriage
             doth
             many
             times
             breed
             a
             contempt
             ;
             the
             authoritie
             of
             the
             House
             fals
             then
             vnto
             the
             Distaffe
             ;
             they
             command
             them
             ,
             they
             call
             them
             their
             slaues
             ,
             they
             doe
             them
             good
             or
             harme
             ,
             according
             to
             the
             satisfaction
             they
             receiued
             from
             them
             ,
             and
             when
             the
             〈◊〉
             giues
             way
             ,
             they
             repudiate
             them
             to
             take
             others
             better
             to
             their
             liking
             ,
             and
             many
             times
             make
             them
             to
             lose
             their
             liues
             :
             So
             for
             a
             signe
             of
             the
             insolencie
             of
             their
             power
             ouer
             their
             Husbands
             ,
             they
             weare
             at
             their
             sides
             a
             Cartar
             ,
             which
             is
             a
             little
             Poniard
             inricht
             with
             precious
             stones
             .
             If
             the
             Marriage
             continue
             equally
             to
             the
             death
             of
             the
             one
             or
             the
             other
             ;
             the
             husband
             must
             arme
             his
             spirit
             with
             an
             extraordinary
             patience
             ,
             to
             indure
             the
             imperfections
             of
             a
             wife
             ,
             who
             knowes
             that
             all
             things
             are
             lawfull
             for
             her
             ,
             and
             who
             is
             not
             restrained
             by
             the
             loue
             of
             any
             vertue
             ,
             within
             the
             bounds
             of
             a
             commandable
             Modestie
             .
             The
             Bashaes
             auoid
             as
             much
             as
             they
             can
             the
             vexations
             of
             this
             Royall
             Alliance
             ,
             which
             is
             bought
             by
             their
             seruitude
             ,
             entertained
             with
             great
             charges
             ,
             and
             many
             times
             ends
             with
             their
             bloud
             :
             They
             seldome
             imbrace
             it
             if
             the
             Princes
             commandement
             doe
             not
             force
             them
             .
             Such
             women
             haue
             libertie
             by
             the
             fauour
             of
             the
             Sultan
             their
             
             brother
             ,
             to
             go
             when
             they
             please
             vnto
             the
             Serrail
             of
             Sultanan's
             ,
             and
             to
             visit
             him
             in
             like
             manner
             .
          
           
             The
             
               Grand
               Seigneurs
            
             Aunts
             and
             his
             other
             Kinswomen
             liue
             also
             in
             the
             old
             Serrail
             ,
             with
             a
             traine
             fit
             for
             their
             conditions
             :
             The
             Princes
             Mother
             is
             in
             like
             manner
             lodged
             there
             ,
             she
             is
             often
             visited
             by
             her
             Sonne
             ,
             hee
             honours
             her
             ,
             and
             supplies
             her
             with
             all
             the
             things
             she
             can
             desire
             :
             she
             hath
             leaue
             to
             goe
             to
             the
             Imperiall
             Serrail
             to
             see
             him
             when
             she
             pleases
             ;
             and
             if
             hee
             fals
             sicke
             ,
             she
             parts
             not
             from
             his
             Beds
             side
             ,
             where
             as
             naturall
             loue
             makes
             her
             imploy
             all
             her
             care
             for
             the
             recouery
             of
             his
             health
             .
             The
             Princesses
             ,
             Daughters
             to
             the
             Sultan
             are
             bred
             vp
             neere
             their
             Mothers
             ,
             vntill
             they
             bee
             married
             to
             such
             great
             Men
             of
             his
             Court
             as
             shall
             please
             him
             ,
             so
             as
             he
             be
             a
             Renegado
             ,
             or
             taken
             out
             of
             the
             Children
             of
             the
             Tribute
             which
             they
             leuy
             vpon
             the
             Christians
             ,
             or
             some
             other
             which
             hath
             abandoned
             the
             Law
             of
             Iesus
             Christ
             to
             follow
             that
             of
             Mahomet
             .
             These
             Marriages
             are
             made
             when
             as
             these
             Royall
             Daughters
             haue
             attained
             the
             age
             of
             eighteene
             yeares
             ,
             with
             a
             magnificence
             and
             pompe
             worthy
             of
             the
             Orthoman
             House
             .
             The
             thirtieth
             of
             Iune
             1612
             ,
             was
             famous
             for
             the
             like
             Solemnitie
             ,
             when
             as
             the
             Emperour
             Achmat
             gaue
             his
             eldest
             Daughter
             to
             
               Mahomet
               Bassa
            
             Captaine
             of
             the
             Sea
             :
             It
             is
             here
             briefly
             described
             according
             vnto
             the
             order
             which
             was
             then
             in
             Constantinople
             .
          
           
             The
             day
             before
             the
             Consummation
             of
             this
             Marriage
             ,
             the
             Moueables
             and
             Iewels
             of
             the
             Spouse
             (
             which
             we
             call
             the
             trusse
             or
             bundle
             )
             were
             carried
             from
             the
             Serrail
             to
             the
             Bridegroomes
             Lodging
             :
             Before
             it
             ,
             marcht
             fiue
             hundred
             Ianizaries
             on
             foot
             ,
             of
             the
             Gallantest
             Men
             in
             all
             their
             Regiment
             .
             The
             high
             Prouost
             of
             Constantinople
             ,
             and
             the
             
               Grand
               Vizir
            
             follow
             on
             horsebace
             ,
             in
             rich
             Robes
             of
             Cloth
             of
             Gold.
             The
             Aga
             or
             Colonell
             of
             the
             Ianizaries
             came
             alone
             after
             them
             vpon
             a
             Turkish
             Horse
             of
             great
             price
             :
             Two
             hundred
             Men
             of
             Qualitie
             mounted
             and
             stately
             attired
             ,
             followed
             with
             a
             gentle
             pace
             ;
             the
             
               Talismans
               ,
               Alfaquis
               ,
               Santons
               ,
               Emirs
               ,
               Seriphes
               ,
            
             and
             other
             men
             of
             Mahomets
             Clergie
             marcht
             after
             with
             the
             puft
             vp
             grauitie
             of
             their
             condition
             .
             About
             fiue
             and
             twentie
             paces
             off
             ,
             came
             
               Ameth
               Bassa
               Taftardar
            
             ,
             or
             high
             Treasurer
             ,
             chosen
             by
             the
             
             Emperour
             to
             be
             Sag●
             ,
             or
             Father
             to
             the
             Bride
             ,
             in
             rich
             Robes
             mounted
             vpon
             a
             Horse
             with
             a
             royall
             Caparison
             ,
             hauing
             about
             him
             twelue
             Foot
             men
             ,
             he
             conducted
             these
             precious
             Moueables
             ,
             or
             this
             Royall
             bundle
             ,
             which
             had
             in
             the
             head
             of
             it
             Musique
             on
             horsebacke
             of
             Hobbies
             and
             Drummes
             after
             the
             Turkish
             manner
             :
             It
             was
             distinguished
             into
             seuen
             and
             twenty
             Presents
             ,
             diuersly
             carried
             by
             seuen
             and
             twenty
             Men.
             
          
           
             The
             first
             was
             a
             little
             Hatte
             of
             Massiue
             Gold
             couered
             with
             rich
             stones
             .
             The
             second
             was
             a
             paire
             of
             Pattins
             after
             the
             Turkish
             manner
             also
             of
             pure
             Gold
             ,
             enricht
             with
             Turquoises
             and
             Rubies
             .
             The
             third
             a
             Booke
             of
             Mahomets
             Law
             ,
             the
             couering
             whereof
             was
             of
             massiue
             Gold
             set
             with
             Diamonds
             .
             The
             fourth
             vnto
             the
             sixt
             was
             three
             paire
             of
             Bracelets
             of
             Gold
             and
             precious
             stones
             .
             The
             seuenth
             and
             eighth
             two
             great
             Bodkins
             of
             Diamonds
             .
             The
             ninth
             a
             little
             Cofer
             of
             Chrystall
             of
             the
             Rocke
             ,
             with
             the
             corners
             of
             Gold
             halfe
             a
             yard
             high
             ,
             and
             halfe
             as
             broad
             ,
             
             in
             the
             which
             were
             seene
             great
             Diamonds
             ,
             and
             huge
             Pearles
             of
             the
             value
             of
             eight
             hundred
             thousand
             Liuers
             .
             The
             tenth
             vnto
             the
             fifteenth
             ,
             were
             six
             Smocks
             imbroydered
             with
             Gold
             and
             stones
             .
             The
             sixteenth
             to
             the
             one
             and
             twentieth
             ,
             were
             six
             head-bands
             for
             her
             forehead
             of
             the
             same
             stuffe
             and
             as
             rich
             The
             two
             and
             twentieth
             vnto
             the
             seuen
             and
             twentieth
             ,
             were
             sixe
             stately
             Robes
             of
             Cloth
             of
             Gold
             ,
             richly
             set
             with
             Pearles
             and
             Diamonds
             .
          
           
             After
             these
             Presents
             followed
             eleuen
             Chariots
             full
             of
             young
             Virgins
             slaues
             to
             serue
             the
             Bride
             ;
             they
             were
             couered
             and
             close
             ,
             and
             either
             of
             them
             accompanied
             or
             rather
             guarded
             by
             two
             blacke
             Eunuches
             :
             Twentie
             other
             Virgins
             slaues
             followed
             on
             horsebacke
             ,
             and
             so
             many
             blacke
             Eunuches
             richly
             attired
             and
             mounted
             in
             like
             manner
             accompanied
             them
             .
             After
             all
             this
             marched
             a
             hundred
             and
             forty
             Moyles
             laden
             with
             Tapestrie
             hangings
             of
             Cloth
             of
             Gold
             ,
             of
             Sattin
             ,
             of
             Veluet
             ,
             with
             the
             ground
             of
             Gold
             ,
             and
             a
             great
             number
             of
             Cushions
             of
             Veluet
             and
             of
             Cloth
             of
             Gold
             ,
             which
             are
             the
             Chaires
             of
             the
             Turkish
             Ladies
             ,
             with
             great
             store
             of
             other
             rich
             and
             sumptuous
             Moueables
             .
             All
             these
             things
             made
             the
             Spouses
             Bundle
             ,
             giuen
             by
             the
             Emperour
             her
             Father
             :
             Not
             comprehending
             
             the
             Presents
             and
             Moueables
             which
             the
             Bridegroome
             gaue
             her
             .
          
           
             The
             next
             day
             which
             was
             the
             day
             of
             the
             marriage
             ,
             this
             Princesse
             was
             conducted
             to
             her
             husbands
             lodging
             ,
             with
             no
             lesse
             pompe
             and
             state
             then
             her
             moueables
             .
             The
             Iannizaries
             made
             the
             front
             of
             this
             royall
             Conuoie
             :
             The
             great
             Preuost
             and
             the
             great
             Surueyor
             followed
             as
             before
             .
             The
             Emirs
             or
             Cerafes
             ,
             which
             are
             the
             cursed
             remainders
             of
             the
             race
             of
             Mahomet
             the
             Impostor
             ,
             and
             only
             carry
             among
             the
             Turkes
             a
             〈◊〉
             Turbant
             (
             the
             marke
             of
             their
             sottishnesse
             ,
             and
             of
             the
             〈◊〉
             of
             their
             predecessor
             )
             came
             after
             with
             a
             graue
             march
             of
             their
             vaine
             holinesse
             ;
             The
             Priests
             ,
             
               Santons
               ,
               Talismans
            
             ,
             and
             about
             two
             hundred
             schollers
             in
             the
             Alcoran
             diuinitie
             ,
             came
             after
             .
             The
             Vizirs
             or
             chiefe
             Iudges
             of
             Turkey
             ,
             shewed
             themselues
             in
             this
             pompe
             ,
             and
             before
             the
             
               Grand
               Vizir
            
             who
             came
             in
             his
             rank
             ,
             hauing
             on
             his
             left
             hand
             (
             which
             is
             the
             most
             honour
             a
             〈◊〉
             Turkey
             )
             the
             Mufti
             ,
             or
             high
             Priests
             of
             the
             Law
             ,
             thirty
             men
             on
             horsebacke
             with
             Drums
             and
             hobois
             made
             the
             musique
             after
             the
             Turkish
             manner
             ;
             seuen
             or
             eight
             Egyptians
             shewing
             of
             a
             pish
             tricks
             following
             them
             ,
             made
             it
             knowne
             that
             foolery
             had
             a
             ranke
             in
             the
             greatnesse
             of
             the
             World
             :
             forty
             Musitians
             marcht
             two
             and
             two
             playing
             on
             Lutes
             ,
             Harpes
             ,
             and
             Gitterns
             ;
             A
             foole
             mufled
             with
             a
             Cap
             and
             a
             Cloake
             couered
             with
             sheepes
             bones
             ,
             and
             held
             for
             a
             Saint
             by
             the
             Turkes
             (
             for
             folly
             is
             esteemed
             in
             the
             Court
             and
             is
             reuerenced
             for
             holy
             )
             danced
             alone
             ,
             and
             shewed
             tricks
             .
             Fiftie
             of
             the
             principall
             Officer
             of
             the
             Arsenall
             well
             attired
             did
             honour
             this
             Solemnitie
             ,
             or
             rather
             were
             honoured
             .
             Thirtie
             men
             followed
             them
             with
             Hammers
             and
             other
             instruments
             to
             breake
             downe
             the
             houses
             which
             aduanced
             too
             farre
             vpon
             the
             streete
             and
             might
             hinder
             the
             passage
             of
             two
             great
             trees
             of
             a
             wonderfull
             height
             ,
             laden
             with
             diuers
             sorts
             of
             fruits
             ,
             wherein
             Art
             did
             imitate
             nature
             ;
             They
             were
             carried
             by
             many
             men
             ,
             and
             supported
             in
             the
             midst
             by
             many
             Ropes
             ;
             vnder
             the
             shaddow
             of
             these
             trees
             marcht
             twenty
             Officers
             of
             the
             Testarder
             or
             Treasurer
             
               A●●●
               Bassa
               Sagon
            
             of
             Father
             to
             the
             Bride
             ;
             Hee
             himselfe
             came
             after
             richly
             attired
             and
             royally
             mourned
             .
             Two
             great
             touches
             light
             carried
             by
             many
             slauen
             followed
             
             him
             A●her
             Torch
             of
             a
             wonderfull
             great
             proportion
             ,
             burning
             likewise
             was
             carried
             a
             part
             ;
             It
             was
             couered
             with
             places
             of
             Gould
             .
             A
             man
             would
             say
             in
             seeing
             it
             ,
             that
             this
             precious
             Metal
             had
             beene
             moulded
             into
             a
             Torch
             ,
             and
             kindled
             by
             a
             new
             stone
             ,
             to
             giue
             light
             in
             this
             Celebritis
             as
             well
             to
             the
             eyes
             of
             the
             body
             ,
             as
             it
             did
             deele
             ,
             yea
             ,
             blind
             those
             of
             the
             minde
             .
             Moreouer
             ,
             this
             Torch
             was
             more
             glistering
             with
             precious
             stones
             ,
             then
             with
             the
             flame
             which
             burne
             it
             .
             The
             
               Raisser
               Ag●
            
             with
             ●●tie
             of
             the
             Princesses
             Officers
             followed
             these
             stately
             Light●
             .
             After
             these
             ,
             there
             was
             carried
             a
             great
             Canopie
             of
             Cri●●●n
             Velvet
             ,
             where
             no
             man
             was
             ,
             couered
             .
             Another
             came
             after
             richer
             than
             the
             first
             ,
             all
             couered
             with
             plates
             of
             pure
             gold
             ,
             with
             great
             Curtaines
             like
             vnto
             a
             bad
             hanging
             downe
             to
             the
             ground
             ,
             and
             close
             of
             all
             sides
             :
             Vnder
             it
             the
             young
             Princesse
             was
             on
             her
             backe
             ,
             being
             the
             only
             subiect
             of
             this
             joy
             :
             Some
             of
             her
             blacke
             Eunuches
             were
             about
             her
             :
             her
             Coach
             couered
             with
             Cloth
             of
             Gold
             ,
             drawne
             by
             foure
             goodly
             white
             horses
             followed
             〈◊〉
             :
             Eight
             other
             Caroaches
             came
             after
             this
             ,
             in
             ●he
             which
             were
             set
             among
             the
             blacke
             Eunuches
             many
             faire
             Virgins
             belonging
             to
             the
             Bride
             ,
             as
             glistering
             starres
             amidst
             darke
             and
             blacke
             Clouds
             :
             In
             the
             number
             of
             these
             Gentlewomen
             slaues
             they
             had
             made
             choist
             of
             fiue
             and
             twenty
             of
             those
             whose
             bountie
             seemed
             most
             accomplished
             :
             They
             were
             on
             horseback
             richly
             at●●●ed
             ,
             their
             haire
             confusedly
             dispersed
             waued
             with
             the
             motion
             of
             the
             Westerne
             winde
             ,
             like
             waues
             of
             Gold
             in
             a
             Sea
             of
             Love
             vpon
             their
             delicate
             shoulders
             :
             They
             made
             the
             pleasing
             end
             o●
             this
             pompous
             shew
             ,
             it
             may
             be
             artificially
             ,
             but
             it
             was
             cunningly
             enough
             for
             Turkes
             ,
             to
             the
             end
             the
             spectorom
             of
             this
             Royal
             〈◊〉
             ,
             should
             for
             the
             last
             obiects
             of
             their
             eyes
             for
             ●he
             〈◊〉
             of
             b●●ut●e
             ,
             which
             might
             〈◊〉
             in
             their
             imagination
             〈…〉
             Marks
             of
             pleasure
             ,
             and
             of
             the
             greatnesse
             of
             this
             po●pe
             .
          
           
             Yet
             it
             doth
             not
             〈◊〉
             the
             Children
             that
             shall
             be
             borne
             of
             this
             Marriage
             ,
             a
             fortune
             equall
             to
             the
             Qualitie
             of
             the
             Emperours
             Grandchildren
             :
             the
             fundamentall
             Lawes
             of
             the
             Turkes
             Estate
             ,
             (
             which
             supports
             it
             by
             all
             the
             meanes
             they
             can
             ,
             and
             sometimes
             〈◊〉
             it
             with
             bloud
             〈◊〉
             them
             euer
             to
             
             haue
             any
             charge
             ,
             or
             gouernment
             which
             may
             make
             them
             eminent
             in
             the
             Court
             :
             The
             highest
             degree
             they
             can
             attain
             vnto
             ,
             is
             to
             be
             a
             Saniac
             ;
             which
             is
             the
             Gouernour
             of
             a
             Borough
             or
             little
             Town
             ;
             or
             to
             haue
             the
             charge
             of
             Capigibassi
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             chief
             of
             the
             Porters
             of
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             as
             in
             France
             the
             Captaine
             of
             the
             Port
             at
             the
             Louver
             .
             Thus
             they
             keep
             them
             vnder
             to
             the
             end
             they
             may
             neuer
             trouble
             the
             Estate
             by
             their
             authority
             ,
             and
             Birth
             ,
             which
             makes
             them
             Kinsmen
             to
             the
             Crowne
             .
             Contrariwise
             ,
             if
             the
             Bassa
             their
             Father
             hath
             children
             borne
             of
             his
             slaues
             before
             the
             Marriage
             ,
             these
             shall
             precede
             them
             ,
             and
             without
             contradiction
             may
             attaine
             ,
             if
             they
             deserue
             it
             ,
             or
             be
             fauoured
             ,
             to
             the
             greatest
             Offices
             of
             the
             Empire
             .
          
           
             The
             Sultans
             Vncles
             by
             his
             Wiues
             and
             his
             other
             Kinsmen
             ,
             haue
             not
             in
             regard
             of
             this
             proximitie
             of
             bloud
             ,
             any
             ●re●t
             accesse
             into
             his
             Pallace
             ,
             and
             neere
             vnto
             his
             person
             ,
             then
             that
             which
             their
             places
             giue
             them
             .
             They
             carry
             themselues
             towards
             him
             with
             the
             same
             basenesse
             and
             submission
             as
             others
             do●
             ,
             with
             the
             which
             they
             are
             equally
             his
             slaues
             .
             The
             reason
             hereof
             is
             ,
             that
             the
             Turkes
             make
             no
             great
             esteeme
             of
             women
             ,
             and
             they
             doe
             not
             beleeue
             that
             they
             giuing
             them
             to
             base
             slaues
             ▪
             or
             to
             great
             Bas●●s
             do
             dishonour
             or
             honour
             their
             Family
             :
             The
             Alliance
             which
             comes
             by
             their
             meanes
             is
             little
             regarded
             :
             Moreover
             the
             preseruation
             of
             Maiestie
             is
             so
             recommended
             vnto
             them
             ,
             as
             fort
             his
             reason
             they
             keepe
             in
             subiection
             all
             the
             men
             of
             their
             Empire
             ,
             and
             in
             like
             manner
             those
             which
             might
             aduance
             themselues
             by
             the
             rights
             of
             their
             birth
             ,
             the
             which
             makes
             them
             allied
             to
             the
             Prince
             ▪
          
        
         
           
             
               CHAP.
               XIII
            
             .
             Of
             the
             
               Grand
               Seigneurs
            
             Male
             Children
             ,
             of
             their
             Education
             ,
             and
             of
             the
             solemne
             Pompe
             at
             their
             Circumcision
             .
          
           
             THe
             Sultans
             Male
             Children
             are
             after
             their
             birth
             ,
             lodged
             and
             bred
             vp
             together
             in
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             if
             they
             be
             borne
             of
             
             one
             woman
             ,
             but
             if
             they
             haue
             diuers
             Mothers
             they
             are
             separated
             hav●
             〈◊〉
             lodgings
             .
             Their
             Mothers
             see
             them
             bred
             vp
             to
             the
             〈…〉
             yeares
             ,
             with
             the
             iealousie
             and
             enuie
             which
             〈◊〉
             proudly
             among
             the
             women
             of
             diuers
             beds
             .
             After
             this
             time
             ●he
             〈◊〉
             causeth
             the
             Nurses
             to
             bee
             recompenced
             ,
             and
             sends
             them
             to
             the
             old
             Serrail
             ,
             if
             they
             be
             not
             married
             nor
             haue
             any
             houses
             in
             Constantinople
             .
             These
             young
             Princes
             from
             the
             age
             of
             fiue
             yeares
             vnto
             eleuen
             or
             thirteene
             which
             they
             are
             with
             the
             wom●n
             ,
             ●e
             their
             Schoolemasters
             called
             Cozas
             ,
             whom
             the
             Father
             giues
             them
             :
             Th●se
             enter
             daily
             into
             the
             Serrail
             of
             wom●n
             ,
             and
             are
             led
             by
             blacke
             Eunuches
             without
             seeing
             any
             of
             the
             Ladies
             ,
             into
             a
             Chamber
             where
             these
             young
             Princes
             remaine
             :
             They
             instruct
             them
             in
             the
             presence
             of
             two
             old
             〈…〉
             as
             it
             i●
             allowed
             them
             to
             continue
             ,
             after
             which
             they
             returne
             with
             the
             same
             guides
             ,
             who
             bring
             them
             to
             the
             Gate
             of
             the
             Serrail
             .
             This
             exercise
             is
             continued
             vntill
             the
             Prince
             comes
             to
             the
             age
             of
             thirteene
             yeares
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             ordinary
             ●earme
             of
             the
             Turkes
             Circumcision
             ,
             after
             the
             imitation
             of
             Ismael
             ,
             from
             whom
             they
             glory
             to
             be
             descended
             ,
             who
             was
             circumcised
             at
             the
             same
             age
             .
             Sometimes
             the
             Father
             seeing
             him
             grow
             great
             and
             neare
             him
             ,
             stayes
             not
             so
             long
             .
             He
             causeth
             him
             to
             be
             out
             at
             eleuen
             yeares
             ,
             to
             send
             him
             out
             of
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             and
             to
             re●
             him
             from
             him
             into
             some
             Gouernment
             of
             Asia
             .
             The
             Ceremony
             of
             the
             Circumcision
             is
             in
             Turkey
             the
             most
             famous
             of
             their
             Pompe
             ,
             they
             call
             it
             Marriage
             ,
             but
             a
             Marriage
             of
             the
             Soule
             :
             And
             for
             that
             the
             Soule
             is
             more
             excellent
             then
             the
             Bodie
             ,
             so
             the
             solemnitie
             of
             these
             Marriages
             doe
             farre
             exceed
             those
             of
             Corporall
             Marriage
             .
             We
             will
             succinctly
             describe
             the
             particularities
             ,
             and
             will
             take
             for
             a
             Table
             of
             this
             royall
             Magnificence
             ,
             the
             Prefines
             ,
             Playes
             ,
             Feasts
             ,
             and
             gallant
             Showes
             ,
             which
             were
             made
             at
             the
             Circumcision
             of
             Maho●
             the
             Third
             .
             Grandfather
             to
             him
             that
             now
             raignes
             :
             Some
             dayes
             before
             〈◊〉
             :
             For
             the
             Circumcision
             followes
             the
             Feast
             ;
             which
             was
             〈◊〉
             vpon
             his
             occasion
             .
          
           
             
             The
             Hippodrome
             is
             a
             great
             place
             in
             Constantinople
             ,
             about
             fourescore
             fanthome
             long
             and
             sortie
             broud
             ,
             artificially
             built
             vpon
             a
             great
             number
             of
             Pillars
             and
             Bashaes
             which
             suppose
             it
             
             strongly
             ,
             and
             keepe
             it
             from
             drowning
             by
             the
             waters
             of
             the
             Sea
             ,
             which
             run
             vnder
             it
             ,
             by
             certaine
             Channels
             which
             giue
             it
             entry
             :
             It
             was
             the
             ancient
             mannage
             and
             course
             for
             Horses
             as
             the
             word
             doth
             signifie
             ,
             where
             the
             Greeke
             Emperours
             caused
             their
             Horses
             to
             be
             ridden
             ,
             and
             gaue
             vnto
             the
             eyes
             of
             the
             people
             which
             beheld
             them
             from
             a
             goodly
             Theater
             built
             at
             the
             end
             ,
             the
             pleasure
             of
             their
             stately
             courses
             .
             The
             Theater
             is
             now
             ruined
             ,
             and
             the
             goodly
             stones
             wherewith
             it
             was
             built
             haue
             serued
             for
             the
             proud
             Pallaces
             of
             Bashaes
             ,
             which
             they
             haue
             raised
             thereabouts
             :
             This
             place
             is
             called
             at
             this
             day
             Atmeiden
             ,
             that
             is
             to
             say
             Mannage
             ;
             There
             the
             Magnificences
             of
             the
             Circumcision
             of
             the
             Turkish
             Princes
             are
             performed
             .
          
           
             The
             day
             being
             come
             when
             they
             are
             to
             begin
             the
             Feast
             ,
             
             the
             Emperour
             goes
             on
             horsebacke
             from
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             to
             come
             to
             the
             Hippodrome
             ;
             the
             young
             Prince
             his
             Sonne
             is
             on
             the
             right
             hand
             ,
             (
             which
             is
             the
             lesse
             honourable
             among
             them
             )
             attired
             in
             a
             rich
             Robe
             of
             Cloth
             of
             Gold
             ,
             couered
             with
             an
             infinite
             number
             of
             Diamonds
             ,
             and
             great
             round
             Pearles
             of
             inestimable
             value
             :
             The
             point
             of
             his
             Turbant
             glistered
             with
             precious
             stones
             :
             He
             was
             mounted
             vpon
             a
             goodly
             Horse
             ,
             with
             the
             richest
             Caparison
             that
             could
             be
             found
             in
             the
             
               Sultans
               Serrail
            
             :
             The
             Bitt
             was
             of
             massiue
             Gold
             set
             with
             many
             Diamonds
             ,
             the
             Stirrops
             of
             the
             same
             mettall
             couered
             with
             Turquoises
             ,
             the
             Buckles
             were
             also
             of
             Gold
             enricht
             with
             Rubies
             ,
             and
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             stately
             Furniture
             accordingly
             :
             The
             
               Grand
               Vizir
            
             ,
             the
             Begtierbeys
             of
             Asia
             ,
             and
             Europe
             ,
             with
             other
             Basha's
             of
             the
             Port
             follow
             their
             Lords
             ,
             the
             
               Ianizaries
               ,
               Solaquis
               ,
               Spahis
               ,
               Capigis
               ,
            
             and
             the
             other
             Guards
             and
             Officers
             of
             the
             Court
             accompany
             them
             ,
             all
             of
             them
             attired
             with
             so
             great
             lustre
             and
             pompe
             ,
             as
             it
             seemed
             that
             all
             the
             wealth
             not
             only
             of
             the
             East
             ,
             but
             of
             the
             whole
             World
             had
             beene
             transported
             to
             Constantinople
             ,
             to
             adorne
             the
             Men
             which
             shewed
             themselues
             in
             this
             Solemnitie
             .
             Being
             come
             to
             the
             Hippodrome
             ,
             they
             were
             receiued
             with
             a
             double
             harmony
             :
             The
             first
             consisted
             of
             Hob●yes
             ,
             Fifes
             ,
             Drums
             ,
             and
             Trumpets
             ,
             with
             such
             a
             noyse
             as
             the
             Ayre
             and
             Earth
             ecchoed
             againe
             :
             The
             second
             ,
             the
             acclamations
             of
             the
             the
             people
             ,
             who
             cried
             with
             a
             loud
             voice
             ,
             Liue
             
               Sultan
               Amurath
            
             ,
             
             and
             liue
             
               Sultan
               Mahomet
            
             his
             Sonne
             .
             Hee
             to
             let
             the
             people
             know
             ,
             how
             much
             he
             did
             cherish
             their
             affection
             ,
             gaue
             them
             a
             Largesse
             ,
             and
             cast
             many
             great
             handfuls
             of
             Gold
             and
             Siluer
             amongst
             them
             .
             Whilst
             the
             Princes
             crosse
             the
             place
             ,
             they
             caused
             to
             march
             before
             them
             fiue
             great
             Tapers
             of
             waxe
             kindled
             and
             enricht
             with
             Chugnant
             ,
             and
             beautified
             with
             all
             sorts
             of
             flowres
             :
             They
             we●●
             for
             their
             proportion
             of
             bignesse
             and
             height
             rather
             like
             vnto
             great
             Oakes
             than
             Torches
             :
             They
             carried
             fortie
             foot
             in
             height
             .
          
           
             
             The
             Sultans
             hauing
             crost
             the
             place
             entred
             the
             Pallace
             of
             
               Hibraim
               Bassa
            
             ,
             where
             the
             pauement
             of
             the
             Court
             was
             all
             couered
             with
             Cloth
             of
             Gold
             ,
             whereon
             they
             marched
             ,
             and
             went
             to
             take
             their
             Places
             ,
             to
             be
             the
             Subiects
             and
             Spectators
             of
             this
             Royall
             Pompe
             .
             The
             Father
             entred
             into
             a
             Pauillion
             which
             was
             prepared
             for
             him
             ,
             hauing
             a
             Portall
             adjoyned
             beautified
             with
             rich
             pictures
             of
             Arabia
             ,
             which
             looked
             towards
             the
             place
             :
             The
             Sonne
             went
             into
             a
             Chamber
             vpon
             the
             left
             hand
             ,
             where
             his
             seate
             was
             prepared
             .
             
             The
             Sultan●es
             place
             was
             ioyning
             to
             the
             Pauillion
             ;
             In
             the
             which
             were
             only
             the
             Mother
             of
             the
             young
             Prince
             and
             Wife
             to
             the
             Emperour
             ,
             his
             Sister
             the
             young
             Princesse
             ,
             and
             the
             woman
             of
             their
             Ta●ine
             :
             Their
             Robes
             and
             glorious
             lustre
             of
             pearles
             and
             precious
             stones
             which
             they
             carried
             were
             worthy
             of
             the
             wife
             &
             Daughter
             of
             the
             most
             powerfull
             and
             rich
             Monarch
             of
             the
             Earth
             .
             All
             the
             Agaes
             and
             Captaines
             of
             the
             Port
             were
             in
             a
             Gallery
             neere
             vnto
             them
             :
             At
             the
             end
             of
             the
             same
             lodging
             were
             other
             Galleries
             erected
             of
             three
             stories
             :
             They
             had
             diuided
             them
             into
             little
             Lodgings
             like
             vnto
             Cabinets
             ;
             
             In
             the
             first
             and
             highest
             was
             the
             
               Grand
               Vizir
            
             ,
             and
             the
             other
             Vizirs
             ,
             with
             the
             Begliar●ey●
             of
             Asia
             and
             Europe
             were
             placed
             next
             ,
             and
             the
             
               Bassa
               Oachiali
            
             Captaine
             of
             the
             Sea
             ,
             or
             Generall
             of
             the
             Galley
             ,
             and
             of
             all
             the
             Fleets
             of
             the
             Empire
             ,
             whom
             Fortune
             had
             d●
             from
             the
             Trade
             of
             a
             base
             Fisherman
             of
             Calabria
             ,
             and
             aduanced
             to
             that
             degree
             .
             In
             the
             second
             story
             were
             many
             Lords
             &
             Courtiers
             of
             the
             Port.
             In
             the
             third
             and
             lowest
             they
             had
             made
             places
             for
             the
             Embassadours
             of
             Kings
             and
             Christian
             Princes
             :
             
             That
             of
             the
             French
             Embassadour
             was
             in
             the
             first
             Ranke
             ,
             the
             Emperours
             had
             the
             second
             ,
             
             the
             Polonians
             the
             third
             ,
             the
             B●iliffe
             of
             Venice
             the
             fourth
             ,
             and
             he
             of
             Raguse
             the
             fi●st
             :
             They
             were
             all
             in
             Cloth
             of
             Gold
             ,
             and
             their
             Gentlemen
             in
             like
             manner
             .
             He
             of
             France
             did
             not
             assist
             ,
             holding
             it
             vnseemely
             for
             the
             Embassadour
             of
             a
             most
             Christian
             King
             and
             eldest
             Sonne
             of
             the
             Church
             to
             be
             spectator
             of
             a
             superstition
             ,
             contrary
             to
             the
             Law
             of
             his
             Religion
             ,
             yet
             his
             lodgings
             were
             kept
             void
             ,
             aboue
             those
             of
             the
             Imperiall
             Embassadour
             ,
             and
             no
             man
             held
             it
             during
             the
             Feast
             .
          
           
             On
             the
             other
             side
             of
             the
             place
             there
             were
             Theaters
             and
             Lodgings
             erected
             for
             the
             Embassadours
             of
             Mahometan
             Princes
             ,
             
             who
             would
             not
             haue
             their
             places
             neere
             vnto
             the
             Christians
             .
             The
             first
             place
             was
             giuen
             to
             him
             of
             Persia
             ;
             who
             was
             stately
             attired
             in
             those
             goodly
             Robes
             of
             Cloth
             of
             Gold
             after
             the
             Persian
             manner
             ,
             buttoned
             about
             him
             band●
             it
             ●wise
             ;
             The
             Gentlemen
             of
             his
             Traine
             did
             equall
             in
             pompe
             and
             gallantnesse
             any
             other
             of
             their
             condition
             whatsoeutoer
             .
             The
             top
             of
             their
             Turbants
             couered
             with
             goodly
             Turquoises
             ,
             whereof
             their
             Country
             abounds
             ,
             made
             a
             goodly
             shew
             :
             They
             had
             brought
             their
             wines
             with
             them
             ,
             who
             were
             wonderful
             faire
             ,
             and
             attired
             with
             great
             aduantage
             to
             〈…〉
             :
             They
             couer
             their
             heads
             with
             many
             〈…〉
             Gold
             wretched
             with
             their
             haire
             which
             they
             suffer
             to
             hang
             downe
             vnto
             their
             girdles
             and
             they
             artificially
             make
             two
             little
             hornes
             of
             ha●re
             enricht
             with
             Pearle
             and
             precious
             stones
             ,
             the
             which
             fall
             vpon
             their
             faire
             fore-heade
             :
             They
             made
             the
             B●itana's
             to
             enuy
             them
             ,
             who
             beheld
             them
             and
             admired
             their
             grace
             thorow
             their
             ●a●tice
             windowes
             .
             Persia
             hath
             alwayes
             had
             the
             glorie
             to
             haue
             had
             the
             fairest
             women
             in
             the
             World.
             The
             Daughters
             of
             Cyrus
             ,
             and
             the
             Wife
             of
             King
             Darius
             ,
             had
             so
             many
             ●r●ment●
             in
             their
             beautifull
             countenances
             as
             Alexander
             durst
             not
             looke
             on
             them
             ,
             fearing
             to
             be
             vanquished
             ,
             and
             Roxan●
             although
             of
             ●ase
             condition
             ,
             was
             found
             so
             beautifull
             ,
             as
             she
             deserued
             the
             honour
             to
             be
             wise
             vnto
             the
             great
             Prince
             .
             The
             Turkish
             women
             enter
             not
             into
             comparison
             with
             the
             Persians
             for
             beautie
             ,
             to
             whom
             they
             yeeld
             it
             ;
             and
             they
             say
             that
             their
             Prophet
             Mahomet
             would
             neuer
             got
             into
             Persia
             ;
             and
             when
             they
             demanded
             the
             reason
             ,
             his
             answers
             was
             that
             the
             women
             〈◊〉
             so
             beautifull
             
             
             
             courtesie
             and
             friendship
             ,
             that
             which
             the
             others
             brought
             for
             tribute
             :
             Hee
             gaue
             hi●
             〈◊〉
             f●ly
             Clocke
             of
             〈◊〉
             which
             strooke
             the
             houres
             melodiously
             in
             Musique
             ,
             by
             length
             and
             twentie
             Bels
             of
             siluer
             ;
             and
             with
             it
             thirtie
             p●ks
             of
             Sca●her
             .
             The
             Bailiffe
             of
             Venice
             prose●d●
             Cupboard
             of
             siluer
             pla●e
             ,
             the
             one
             h●
             fragile
             ,
             and
             the
             other
             white
             ,
             sixe
             great
             Bay●es
             of
             siluer
             to
             draw
             water
             ,
             ten
             peeces
             of
             Cloth
             of
             Gold
             ;
             ten
             of
             Silke
             ,
             Sattin
             ,
             and
             Veluet
             ,
             and
             twentie
             of
             Scarlet
             .
             The
             Polonian
             brought
             〈◊〉
             ●ter
             ,
             whose
             〈◊〉
             and
             scabba●
             was
             all
             couered
             with
             precious
             flower
             .
             He
             of
             Ragusa
             geue
             fifte●ne
             goodly
             Cups
             of
             siluer
             ,
             many
             Tapet●
             of
             white
             Wa●●
             ,
             which
             the
             Turkes
             esteeme
             ,
             and
             some
             peece
             of
             Scarlet
             .
             The
             Persian
             presented
             two
             ●o●an●
             ,
             and
             some
             other
             Bookes
             of
             Muham●a
             Larv●
             ,
             couered
             without
             〈◊〉
             Gold
             ,
             many
             Persian
             〈…〉
             silk●
             ,
             and
             a
             good
             i●●her
             of
             gr●●t
             〈◊〉
             :
             Th●
             Embassadour
             of
             T●rt●
             gaue
             many
             skins
             of
             Sa●es
             and
             other
             exquisite
             P●
             of
             great
             price
             .
             All
             the
             rest
             t●e
             their
             Presents
             according
             to
             the
             order
             and
             rancke
             of
             the
             Princes
             〈◊〉
             M●●●th●●
             .
          
           
             They
             〈◊〉
             that
             〈◊〉
             of
             〈◊〉
             loue
             ,
             
             and
             the
             rigours
             of
             〈…〉
             ●dered
             this
             〈◊〉
             ,
             yet
             they
             did
             celebrate
             the
             First
             ,
             in
             those
             goodly
             places
             〈◊〉
             they
             are
             〈◊〉
             :
             For
             the
             〈…〉
             the
             
               Grand
               ●g●s
            
             C●●bl●c●
             made
             Pi●y
             to
             〈…〉
             Serrail
             ,
             where
             the
             〈…〉
             rich
             Presents
             ,
             and
             ga●
             another
             time
             vnto
             the
             
               S●
               As●●hi
            
             ,
             that
             is
             to
             say
             crowned
             ,
             whom
             we
             haue
             lodged
             〈◊〉
             him
             in
             the
             P●l●
             of
             〈◊〉
             Bassa
             ,
             a
             Crowne
             of
             〈…〉
             of
             the
             〈◊〉
             of
             〈…〉
             brought
             〈…〉
             all
             made
             of
             Sugar
             presented
             to
             the
             life
             ,
             of
             the
             〈…〉
             proportion
             they
             ought
             to
             be
             of
             ,
             as
             Camels
             ,
             Lions
             ,
             Elephants
             ,
             Tygers
             ,
             and
             many
             〈◊〉
             .
             The
             Embassadours
             had
             their
             p●
             〈…〉
             were
             〈…〉
             of
             〈◊〉
             .
             This
             was
             〈…〉
             〈…〉
             .
          
           
           
             
             The
             Mufti
             who
             is
             the
             high
             Priest
             of
             the
             Turkish
             Law
             ,
             opened
             the
             beginning
             ;
             he
             appeared
             first
             in
             the
             place
             ,
             being
             Maiestically
             set
             in
             a
             Tabernacle
             carried
             vpon
             a
             Camels
             backe
             :
             He
             had
             a
             Booke
             in
             his
             hands
             which
             hee
             turned
             alwayes
             ouer
             :
             About
             him
             were
             on
             foot
             a
             great
             number
             of
             Priests
             ,
             and
             religious
             Mahometans
             ,
             who
             held
             Bookes
             in
             like
             manner
             .
             But
             their
             fantasticke
             attire
             did
             shew
             plainely
             the
             humours
             of
             their
             brutish
             spirits
             :
             Some
             had
             their
             heads
             couered
             with
             hoods
             ,
             others
             with
             Mitres
             ,
             some
             with
             Crownes
             ,
             Many
             had
             Robes
             of
             beasts
             skinnes
             .
             They
             were
             no
             sooner
             come
             vnto
             the
             place
             ,
             but
             they
             made
             shew
             of
             their
             Religious
             modestie
             ,
             in
             whistling
             ,
             howling
             ,
             beating
             vpon
             Pans
             and
             Basons
             ,
             ringing
             of
             little
             bels
             which
             they
             carried
             in
             their
             hands
             ,
             as
             a
             man
             would
             say
             that
             these
             testimonies
             of
             their
             zealous
             deuotion
             ,
             were
             an
             insolent
             jangling
             ,
             at
             the
             sound
             whereof
             they
             did
             leape
             &
             friske
             without
             ceasing
             .
             In
             this
             posture
             they
             made
             three
             turnes
             about
             the
             place
             ,
             after
             which
             they
             stayed
             before
             the
             
               Grand
               Seigneurs
            
             window
             ,
             who
             looked
             vpon
             their
             fooleries
             .
             There
             they
             made
             their
             prayers
             ,
             during
             the
             which
             some
             religious
             Men
             of
             the
             troupe
             drew
             out
             great
             Kniues
             ,
             and
             cut
             their
             flesh
             in
             diuers
             parts
             of
             their
             bodies
             ,
             for
             the
             leue
             of
             the
             Prophet
             ,
             and
             of
             their
             Sultan
             .
             The
             Mufti
             descended
             from
             his
             Tabernacle
             ,
             entred
             into
             the
             Pallace
             ,
             and
             made
             his
             Presents
             ,
             which
             consisted
             in
             some
             Bookes
             of
             the
             Law.
             After
             which
             he
             retired
             with
             the
             brutish
             company
             of
             this
             monstrous
             Clergie
             .
          
           
             
             And
             for
             that
             this
             first
             troupe
             was
             ridiculous
             ,
             that
             which
             followed
             was
             lamentable
             :
             They
             were
             the
             two
             Christian
             Patriarches
             ,
             the
             one
             of
             the
             Grecians
             ,
             the
             other
             of
             the
             Armenians
             ,
             attired
             in
             long
             blacke
             Copes
             ,
             which
             are
             their
             Patriarchall
             Robes
             ,
             the
             true
             colours
             of
             their
             seruitude
             and
             heauinesse
             :
             They
             were
             followed
             by
             some
             Christian
             Priests
             :
             Their
             Gate
             was
             pittifull
             ,
             hauing
             their
             heads
             hanging
             downe
             ,
             in
             such
             sort
             ,
             as
             the
             Christians
             that
             were
             come
             thither
             to
             laugh
             ,
             found
             a
             worthy
             subiect
             of
             weeping
             ,
             seeing
             the
             Church
             captivated
             to
             the
             cruelty
             of
             Turkes
             ,
             and
             the
             Reuerend
             Pastors
             thereof
             forced
             to
             goe
             and
             humble
             themselues
             at
             the
             feet
             of
             their
             Tyrant
             ,
             and
             
             Enemy
             of
             their
             Law
             ,
             in
             a
             superstitious
             Ceremony
             ,
             and
             contrary
             to
             their
             Religion
             :
             to
             life
             their
             sacred
             hands
             vpon
             him
             ,
             and
             prostitute
             vpon
             his
             person
             the
             grace
             of
             their
             blessings
             :
             This
             is
             the
             estate
             whereunto
             the
             Diuision
             of
             Christians
             hath
             reduced
             them
             .
             When
             they
             came
             before
             the
             Sultan
             ,
             they
             prayed
             vnto
             God
             with
             a
             loud
             voice
             to
             blesse
             him
             ,
             they
             presented
             him
             with
             a
             great
             Bason
             of
             siluer
             full
             of
             peeces
             of
             Gold
             ,
             and
             so
             returned
             poorer
             than
             they
             came
             .
          
           
             The
             Merchants
             followed
             ,
             
             to
             vent
             without
             profit
             the
             most
             precious
             of
             their
             Merchandize
             :
             They
             were
             a
             thousand
             in
             a
             troupe
             ,
             Turkes
             ,
             Christians
             ,
             or
             Iewes
             ,
             all
             attired
             in
             Robes
             of
             Gold
             ,
             and
             followed
             by
             a
             pleasing
             band
             of
             young
             men
             attired
             like
             maidens
             ,
             hauing
             Bowes
             in
             their
             hands
             ,
             and
             Quiuers
             at
             their
             backes
             full
             of
             golden
             Arrowes
             .
             A
             childish
             troope
             of
             daintie
             young
             Boyes
             like
             so
             many
             Cupids
             crowned
             with
             flowers
             ,
             and
             holding
             Darts
             in
             their
             hands
             ,
             drew
             without
             any
             difficultie
             a
             Chariot
             which
             followed
             them
             ,
             whereon
             was
             set
             and
             opened
             a
             shop
             full
             of
             Cloth
             or
             Gold
             and
             Silke
             ,
             with
             Tapestries
             of
             all
             sorts
             ,
             which
             they
             presented
             to
             the
             Sultan
             ,
             and
             cryed
             ;
             Liue
             
               Sultan
               Amurath
            
             .
          
           
             The
             Goldsmiths
             followed
             after
             ;
             
             their
             decking
             did
             shew
             that
             they
             traded
             in
             precious
             Wares
             :
             They
             were
             all
             couered
             with
             precious
             stones
             :
             Some
             of
             their
             number
             drew
             a
             rich
             shop
             full
             of
             Vessels
             of
             Gold
             and
             Siluer
             which
             they
             gaue
             vnto
             the
             
               Grand
               Seigneur
            
             .
             A
             small
             troupe
             of
             other
             Goldsmiths
             made
             a
             band
             a
             part
             :
             They
             were
             those
             of
             Baiestan
             ,
             whereof
             we
             haue
             spoken
             before
             ,
             stately
             attired
             :
             The
             stones
             and
             pearles
             which
             were
             vpon
             their
             Garments
             ,
             were
             valued
             at
             a
             Million
             of
             gold
             :
             The
             Presents
             which
             they
             made
             were
             great
             and
             rich
             .
          
           
             All
             the
             other
             Tradsmen
             came
             in
             their
             order
             ,
             
             and
             all
             laboured
             in
             their
             profession
             .
             The
             makers
             of
             cloth
             of
             gold
             and
             silke
             ,
             to
             the
             number
             of
             fiue
             hundred
             men
             well
             attired
             ,
             caused
             two
             Loomes
             to
             march
             with
             them
             ,
             whereon
             they
             made
             a
             peece
             of
             cloth
             of
             gold
             ,
             and
             another
             of
             silke
             before
             they
             had
             gone
             thrice
             about
             the
             place
             .
             The
             Lace-makers
             did
             the
             like
             in
             their
             kind
             :
             They
             were
             in
             the
             midst
             of
             many
             sorts
             of
             beasts
             made
             of
             silke
             ,
             
             which
             marched
             with
             them
             by
             Art
             :
             The
             Linnen
             Weauers
             ,
             Tapestric
             men
             ,
             and
             Cotton
             makers
             ,
             laboured
             also
             in
             their
             Vocation
             .
             The
             Feather-makers
             fed
             the
             curiositie
             of
             the
             spectators
             with
             Feathers
             and
             winde
             :
             They
             made
             many
             artificiall
             Birds
             ,
             which
             did
             flie
             in
             the
             Aire
             ,
             as
             if
             they
             had
             beene
             naturall
             .
             Tailors
             made
             Garments
             in
             passing
             vpon
             the
             place
             ;
             Smiths
             did
             worke
             in
             Iron
             ,
             Potters
             made
             Pots
             ,
             Cutlers
             made
             Kniues
             ,
             and
             Sadlers
             Saddles
             ,
             Masons
             did
             build
             ,
             and
             Glasse-makers
             did
             blow
             their
             Glasses
             ,
             Bakers
             did
             bake
             ;
             and
             that
             which
             was
             not
             pleasing
             ,
             the
             sluttish
             Butchers
             did
             kill
             and
             slay
             Beasts
             ,
             and
             gaue
             the
             flesh
             to
             the
             people
             .
             The
             Gardiners
             were
             there
             laden
             with
             Flowres
             ,
             the
             Ploughmen
             with
             their
             Ploughes
             tilled
             the
             Sand
             :
             The
             Shepheards
             with
             their
             fat
             troups
             made
             their
             three
             turnes
             :
             The
             Keepers
             of
             Moiles
             ,
             Asses
             ,
             and
             Carters
             ,
             brought
             their
             Moiles
             ,
             their
             Horses
             ,
             and
             their
             Asses
             :
             Their
             grosse
             speeches
             did
             not
             greatly
             tickle
             the
             Sultans
             cares
             :
             Nor
             their
             Presents
             did
             not
             draw
             his
             eyes
             to
             the
             contemplation
             of
             their
             beautie
             :
             He
             had
             nothing
             but
             Wood
             ,
             Stone
             ,
             and
             Water
             :
             and
             that
             which
             he
             did
             ,
             as
             I
             conceiue
             ,
             suffering
             their
             foolery
             to
             entertaine
             his
             leisure
             ,
             was
             only
             to
             represent
             vnto
             his
             ambition
             the
             fabricke
             of
             the
             World
             ,
             to
             the
             gouernment
             whereof
             he
             aspires
             ,
             in
             receiuing
             such
             homages
             as
             th●se
             men
             could
             yield
             .
             The
             Iewes
             were
             the
             last
             which
             gaue
             Presents
             :
             They
             were
             three
             hundred
             young
             men
             separated
             into
             three
             bands
             ,
             disguised
             in
             diuers
             Nations
             :
             The
             one
             was
             attired
             and
             armed
             like
             French
             ,
             the
             other
             represented
             Spaniards
             ,
             and
             the
             third
             seemed
             to
             bee
             Swissers
             with
             their
             great
             Cod-peeces
             ;
             They
             had
             for
             their
             traine
             an
             infinite
             number
             of
             Dragons
             ,
             Sirens
             ,
             and
             Tortoyses
             of
             the
             Sea
             ,
             which
             marched
             artificially
             :
             And
             with
             this
             ,
             pleasant
             Antiques
             ,
             as
             women
             which
             had
             resigned
             their
             Distasses
             vnto
             their
             husbands
             ,
             and
             made
             them
             to
             spin
             :
             They
             were
             gotten
             vpon
             their
             shoulders
             to
             shew
             their
             Empire
             ,
             and
             to
             let
             them
             see
             the
             miseries
             of
             these
             Coxcombes
             ,
             charged
             with
             such
             importune
             burthens
             .
          
           
             
             These
             Homages
             and
             Presents
             being
             thus
             ended
             ,
             the
             Combats
             of
             warre
             ,
             did
             shew
             the
             force
             of
             their
             art
             ,
             and
             the
             sports
             
             the
             pleasure
             of
             their
             brauerie
             :
             The
             
               Grand
               Vizir
            
             would
             haue
             the
             honour
             to
             expose
             vnto
             his
             Masters
             eyes
             ,
             the
             representation
             of
             his
             victories
             against
             the
             Christians
             .
             He
             caused
             to
             be
             drawne
             into
             the
             place
             two
             great
             Castles
             of
             Wood
             ,
             diuersly
             painted
             ,
             mounted
             vpon
             Wheeles
             ,
             garnished
             with
             Towres
             ,
             fortified
             with
             Rampiers
             ,
             and
             furnished
             with
             Artillerie
             :
             The
             one
             was
             kept
             by
             Turkes
             ,
             who
             had
             planted
             vpon
             their
             Tower
             ,
             many
             Red
             ,
             White
             ,
             and
             Greene
             Ensignes
             :
             The
             other
             was
             defended
             by
             Men
             ,
             attired
             and
             armed
             after
             the
             French
             manner
             ,
             who
             seemed
             Christians
             :
             Their
             Ensignes
             carried
             white
             Crosses
             ;
             without
             doubt
             they
             had
             beene
             taken
             in
             some
             encounter
             ,
             or
             at
             the
             sacke
             of
             some
             Towne
             of
             the
             Christians
             :
             either
             of
             these
             Castles
             had
             thirtie
             Horse
             ,
             which
             made
             diuers
             sollies
             :
             The
             Turkes
             forced
             the
             others
             to
             make
             their
             last
             retreate
             into
             their
             Fort
             ,
             where
             they
             shut
             them
             vp
             ,
             besieged
             them
             ,
             battered
             their
             walls
             ,
             made
             a
             breach
             ,
             sent
             to
             discouer
             it
             ,
             and
             marched
             to
             the
             assault
             with
             their
             vsuall
             cries
             and
             howlings
             :
             The
             little
             resistance
             they
             found
             made
             them
             soone
             Masters
             and
             vanquishe
             is
             ,
             although
             they
             were
             themselues
             vanquished
             ,
             for
             they
             fought
             against
             themselues
             :
             If
             they
             had
             had
             to
             deale
             with
             Christians
             ,
             they
             had
             not
             preuailed
             so
             easily
             .
             As
             soone
             as
             they
             were
             entred
             ,
             they
             abandoned
             the
             place
             to
             their
             cruelty
             ,
             put
             all
             to
             the
             sword
             ,
             cutting
             off
             the
             heads
             of
             the
             principall
             ,
             and
             lifting
             counterfeit
             heads
             aboue
             the
             walls
             .
             The
             contempt
             which
             they
             make
             of
             vs
             ended
             the
             triumh
             ;
             They
             let
             slip
             into
             the
             place
             about
             thirty
             Hogs
             which
             they
             had
             shut
             into
             a
             Fort
             ,
             and
             ranne
             after
             them
             crying
             and
             howling
             in
             mockerie
             :
             Thus
             the
             Turkes
             doe
             not
             sport
             but
             in
             contemning
             the
             Christians
             ,
             nor
             labour
             seriously
             but
             in
             ruining
             them
             :
             And
             they
             by
             a
             fatall
             diuision
             prepare
             their
             victories
             ,
             and
             dispose
             the
             triumphs
             which
             they
             obtaine
             of
             them
             with
             great
             facilitie
             .
          
           
             
               Occhiali
               Bassa
            
             great
             Admirall
             of
             the
             Sea
             ,
             
             exceeded
             by
             his
             industrie
             ,
             the
             Vizirs
             inuention
             .
             Hee
             caused
             to
             come
             rowling
             into
             the
             place
             ,
             a
             great
             Island
             ,
             admirably
             well
             made
             of
             boords
             and
             pastboord
             ,
             which
             represented
             Cypres
             :
             Two
             powerfull
             Armies
             held
             it
             besieged
             ,
             the
             one
             by
             Sea
             and
             the
             other
             by
             .
             
             Land
             :
             There
             was
             artificially
             seene
             their
             descent
             into
             the
             Island
             ,
             the
             siege
             of
             Famagouste
             ,
             the
             sallies
             ,
             skirmishes
             ,
             batteries
             ,
             counter-batteries
             ,
             mines
             ,
             counter-mines
             ,
             breaches
             ,
             assaults
             vpon
             assault
             ,
             fire-workes
             ,
             and
             whatsoeuer
             the
             furie
             of
             Warre
             could
             inuent
             .
             Sometimes
             the
             Turkes
             were
             Masters
             of
             the
             Wals
             ,
             and
             suddainly
             the
             generositie
             of
             the
             Cypriots
             repulsed
             them
             :
             But
             time
             ,
             force
             ,
             and
             the
             want
             of
             succours
             made
             them
             receiue
             the
             composition
             which
             they
             offered
             them
             ;
             yet
             the
             disloyaltie
             of
             the
             Turks
             did
             not
             obserue
             it
             ,
             for
             some
             they
             made
             slaues
             ,
             and
             the
             rest
             they
             put
             to
             the
             Sword
             :
             All
             this
             was
             seene
             in
             the
             place
             :
             When
             as
             the
             sound
             of
             Trumpets
             ,
             the
             noise
             of
             Drums
             ,
             the
             howling
             of
             Turkes
             and
             the
             thundering
             of
             the
             Canons
             seemed
             to
             be
             at
             the
             taking
             of
             another
             Island
             at
             Cypres
             .
             The
             wonder
             of
             this
             artificiall
             representation
             did
             much
             please
             the
             Sultan
             ,
             reioyced
             the
             people
             ,
             and
             reuiued
             in
             the
             Christians
             minds
             the
             griefe
             of
             their
             losse
             :
             Heauen
             would
             haue
             it
             so
             to
             punish
             their
             great
             curiositie
             ,
             for
             assisting
             with
             these
             infamous
             Mathometans
             ,
             and
             to
             be
             spectators
             with
             them
             at
             the
             Pompes
             of
             their
             Superstition
             .
             But
             he
             did
             not
             suffer
             their
             insolencie
             to
             be
             vnpunished
             ;
             Hee
             made
             it
             knowne
             that
             if
             his
             Iustice
             suffers
             them
             to
             bee
             ascourge
             to
             the
             Christians
             ,
             yet
             hee
             doth
             not
             alwayes
             suffer
             them
             ,
             to
             haue
             them
             in
             derision
             :
             The
             Cannonadoes
             ,
             where
             there
             was
             nothing
             but
             Powder
             ,
             slue
             many
             of
             these
             takers
             of
             the
             Island
             in
             Picture
             vpon
             the
             place
             ,
             &
             wounded
             a
             great
             number
             .
          
           
             
             Some
             other
             artificiall
             Castles
             appeared
             after
             ,
             shewing
             the
             like
             thing
             to
             that
             of
             the
             
               Grand
               Vizir
            
             :
             One
             among
             the
             rest
             ,
             the
             least
             of
             all
             ,
             carried
             two
             Towers
             ,
             in
             the
             which
             there
             were
             two
             men
             armed
             ,
             which
             fought
             on
             against
             the
             other
             with
             their
             Semiters
             ,
             they
             did
             mannage
             greene
             Ensignes
             ,
             and
             Battleaxes
             of
             glasse
             without
             breaking
             them
             .
             The
             Romeliens
             and
             Albanois
             ,
             whom
             the
             Turkes
             hold
             for
             the
             best
             men
             at
             Armes
             ,
             came
             after
             with
             their
             Launces
             and
             their
             Targets
             vpon
             the
             left
             arme
             ,
             
             they
             haue
             no
             Rest
             to
             beare
             it
             ,
             like
             vnto
             the
             Franques
             ,
             it
             is
             only
             tied
             to
             their
             Saddles
             by
             a
             leather
             thong
             ,
             for
             they
             carrie
             no
             Cuyrasses
             :
             Many
             of
             their
             Horses
             were
             slaine
             there
             in
             
             combating
             .
             After
             the
             Encounter
             ,
             they
             did
             runne
             at
             the
             Ring
             after
             their
             manner
             ,
             which
             is
             to
             set
             a
             little
             rod
             of
             Iron
             on
             the
             ground
             ,
             on
             the
             end
             whereof
             they
             put
             a
             Ring
             somewhat
             bigger
             than
             those
             which
             they
             vse
             in
             France
             .
             They
             which
             tooke
             it
             ,
             carrying
             the
             Ring
             on
             the
             end
             of
             their
             Launce
             being
             on
             foot
             ,
             went
             to
             present
             it
             vnto
             the
             Sultan
             before
             his
             window
             ,
             who
             threw
             him
             out
             a
             Ring
             of
             Gold
             in
             recompence
             ;
             the
             manner
             of
             receiuing
             it
             was
             not
             without
             a
             Mysterie
             :
             In
             raising
             it
             from
             the
             ground
             ,
             the
             Cauallier
             kist
             it
             ,
             laid
             it
             vpon
             his
             head
             ,
             and
             bending
             downe
             very
             low
             made
             a
             Reuerence
             and
             so
             retired
             .
             When
             these
             men
             had
             voided
             the
             place
             ,
             they
             brought
             in
             thirtie
             Christian
             Souldiers
             ,
             lately
             taken
             in
             the
             Wars
             of
             Hungarie
             :
             They
             followed
             with
             their
             Irons
             the
             triumph
             of
             certaine
             Turkish
             Captaines
             which
             had
             taken
             them
             ;
             some
             Ensignes
             and
             Drums
             of
             their
             Companies
             made
             vp
             the
             Trophie
             of
             these
             Barbarians
             .
          
           
             A
             goodly
             troupe
             of
             Archers
             on
             horsebacke
             arriued
             soone
             after
             with
             a
             more
             generall
             joy
             ;
             
             They
             Actiuities
             which
             they
             shewed
             are
             admirable
             .
             After
             they
             had
             finished
             their
             courses
             ,
             with
             a
             Target
             in
             the
             left
             hand
             ,
             and
             a
             long
             Dart
             or
             halfe
             Pike
             in
             the
             right
             ,
             sometimes
             ranged
             in
             battaile
             ,
             sometimes
             disbanded
             ,
             casting
             them
             one
             at
             another
             ,
             and
             taking
             them
             vp
             from
             the
             ground
             in
             running
             :
             They
             ranne
             their
             Horses
             with
             their
             full
             speed
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             swiftnesse
             of
             their
             course
             ,
             drew
             their
             Semiters
             thrice
             out
             of
             their
             Scabbords
             ,
             and
             put
             them
             vp
             as
             often
             without
             any
             stay
             :
             In
             like
             manner
             they
             shot
             thrice
             with
             their
             Bowes
             ,
             with
             the
             first
             they
             hit
             an
             Iron
             on
             the
             hinder
             part
             of
             the
             horse
             ;
             with
             the
             second
             they
             strooke
             an
             Apple
             of
             Gold
             ,
             which
             was
             vpon
             the
             top
             of
             a
             great
             Mast
             of
             a
             Ship
             set
             vp
             in
             the
             midst
             of
             the
             place
             :
             with
             the
             last
             they
             hit
             the
             Ring
             at
             which
             the
             Albanois
             had
             runne
             :
             Then
             standing
             vpright
             in
             their
             Saddles
             ,
             they
             did
             run
             their
             Horses
             with
             full
             speed
             ,
             and
             did
             mannage
             their
             Armes
             as
             before
             .
             Some
             of
             their
             Troupe
             did
             things
             which
             were
             admirable
             :
             There
             was
             one
             who
             tooke
             the
             Saddle
             from
             his
             horsebacke
             ,
             laid
             it
             vpon
             his
             necke
             ,
             and
             set
             it
             in
             its
             place
             againe
             all
             with
             running
             .
             The
             same
             m●n
             
             set
             an
             Orange
             vpon
             the
             Turbant
             of
             his
             slaue
             ,
             and
             in
             running
             pierced
             it
             diuers
             times
             with
             his
             Arrowes
             ,
             and
             neuer
             hurt
             his
             slaue
             ;
             Hee
             pierced
             a
             great
             brazen
             Morter
             with
             an
             Arrow
             ;
             Moreouer
             ,
             hee
             tied
             two
             Horses
             together
             ,
             set
             a
             foot
             vpon
             either
             of
             them
             ,
             and
             standing
             vpright
             ,
             supported
             a
             young
             Boy
             who
             shot
             with
             his
             Bow
             as
             the
             Horses
             galloped
             .
             Another
             of
             the
             same
             Archers
             ran
             with
             all
             speed
             his
             head
             in
             the
             Saddle
             ,
             and
             his
             feet
             vpwards
             betwixt
             foure
             Semiters
             ,
             which
             had
             their
             points
             set
             against
             him
             :
             Two
             men
             of
             their
             troupe
             put
             themselues
             into
             one
             Saddle
             ,
             and
             vaulted
             before
             and
             behinde
             while
             the
             horse
             did
             run
             ,
             lighting
             and
             remounting
             againe
             without
             stay
             .
             An
             Arabian
             which
             was
             amongst
             them
             added
             the
             force
             of
             his
             jawes
             to
             their
             dexteritie
             :
             He
             did
             set
             a
             packe
             Saddle
             on
             a
             horse
             with
             his
             teeth
             ,
             hauing
             his
             hands
             bound
             ,
             hee
             put
             on
             the
             panniers
             ,
             and
             then
             set
             on
             his
             Boy
             to
             load
             it
             ,
             hee
             did
             also
             saddle
             his
             horse
             after
             the
             same
             manner
             ,
             and
             leapt
             vpon
             him
             ;
             doubtlesse
             the
             biting
             of
             such
             a
             Gallant
             would
             be
             dangerous
             .
          
           
             This
             day
             (
             for
             all
             these
             wonders
             were
             not
             one
             dayes
             worke
             )
             ended
             by
             some
             actions
             of
             piety
             after
             the
             Turkish
             manner
             ,
             which
             the
             Sultan
             caused
             to
             be
             performed
             at
             the
             Gate
             ,
             by
             the
             which
             they
             got
             to
             Andrinopolis
             :
             Thither
             he
             went
             going
             from
             the
             place
             with
             the
             young
             Prince
             Mahomet
             his
             Sonne
             ,
             and
             all
             the
             great
             Men
             of
             his
             Court
             ,
             where
             being
             ariued
             he
             caused
             foure
             thousand
             sheepe
             to
             be
             sacrificed
             ,
             and
             a
             great
             number
             of
             Beeues
             which
             he
             caused
             to
             be
             rosted
             whole
             ,
             in
             either
             of
             which
             they
             put
             a
             whole
             sheepe
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             sheepe
             a
             heu
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             hen
             egges
             ,
             and
             caused
             all
             to
             be
             distributed
             to
             the
             poore
             .
             Hee
             then
             receiued
             newes
             of
             the
             defeat
             of
             his
             Army
             in
             Persia
             ;
             for
             the
             pleasure
             of
             humane
             Pompe
             is
             neuer
             so
             absolute
             ,
             but
             it
             is
             accompanied
             with
             some
             cares
             and
             crosses
             :
             The
             feeling
             of
             this
             Rout
             fell
             vpon
             the
             Embassadour
             of
             Persia
             .
             The
             Turke
             offers
             violence
             to
             his
             person
             ,
             and
             commits
             him
             to
             Prison
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             open
             day
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             view
             of
             the
             people
             ,
             and
             of
             other
             Embassadours
             ,
             caused
             his
             Lodging
             to
             be
             sackt
             and
             spoiled
             .
          
           
             But
             this
             was
             no
             hinderance
             ,
             but
             the
             day
             following
             the
             Feast
             was
             continued
             .
             A
             troupe
             of
             excellent
             Tumblers
             and
             
             Mountebankes
             (
             whereof
             Turkey
             abounds
             aboue
             all
             the
             Regions
             of
             the
             Earth
             )
             did
             to
             the
             common
             amazement
             of
             all
             the
             Spectators
             these
             things
             which
             follow
             .
             The
             first
             which
             shewed
             himselfe
             in
             the
             place
             ,
             shut
             a
             young
             Boy
             naked
             into
             a
             Hogshead
             ,
             with
             fiue
             and
             twenty
             or
             thirty
             great
             Serpents
             ,
             and
             rowled
             it
             about
             the
             place
             ,
             and
             then
             drew
             out
             the
             Boy
             whole
             and
             sound
             :
             The
             same
             Serpents
             stinging
             and
             biting
             others
             which
             came
             neere
             them
             .
             After
             this
             they
             buried
             a
             young
             Boy
             deepe
             in
             a
             Ditch
             ,
             and
             couered
             him
             with
             Earth
             as
             if
             hee
             had
             beene
             dead
             ,
             and
             yet
             he
             answered
             as
             distinctly
             and
             intelligibly
             to
             that
             which
             they
             demanded
             of
             him
             ,
             as
             if
             hee
             had
             beene
             out
             of
             the
             ground
             .
             Another
             presented
             himselfe
             naked
             without
             shame
             ,
             but
             not
             without
             more
             than
             humane
             force
             ,
             hee
             layed
             himselfe
             flat
             on
             his
             backe
             vpon
             the
             edge
             of
             two
             Semiters
             ;
             being
             in
             this
             posture
             ,
             they
             laid
             vpon
             his
             Belly
             a
             great
             Anuile
             of
             Iron
             ,
             whereon
             foure
             men
             did
             beate
             with
             great
             Hammers
             ;
             and
             moreouer
             they
             did
             riue
             many
             great
             pieces
             of
             wood
             without
             any
             offence
             to
             him
             .
             When
             this
             man
             was
             retired
             ,
             a
             troupe
             of
             other
             naked
             men
             exposed
             themselues
             to
             the
             view
             of
             the
             World
             all
             couered
             with
             wounds
             ,
             their
             bodies
             being
             yet
             larded
             with
             the
             same
             armes
             which
             had
             made
             them
             ,
             some
             with
             Arrowes
             ,
             others
             with
             Kniues
             and
             Swords
             ;
             But
             before
             these
             mad
             men
             had
             gone
             thrice
             about
             the
             place
             ,
             two
             of
             the
             troupe
             fell
             downe
             dead
             ,
             which
             shewed
             that
             their
             wounds
             were
             rather
             markes
             of
             their
             folly
             than
             inchantments
             .
             Another
             shewed
             the
             force
             of
             his
             jawes
             ,
             and
             his
             hands
             :
             he
             held
             a
             horse-shooe
             betwixt
             his
             teeth
             ,
             and
             puld
             it
             in
             pieces
             with
             his
             hands
             ;
             He
             brake
             a
             Plough-share
             ,
             with
             three
             blowes
             with
             his
             fist
             ;
             and
             hee
             caused
             a
             piece
             of
             Iron
             to
             be
             made
             red
             hot
             ,
             the
             which
             hee
             tooke
             in
             his
             hand
             licked
             it
             with
             his
             tongue
             ,
             rubbed
             it
             on
             his
             face
             ,
             and
             yet
             was
             not
             burnt
             :
             Afterward
             hee
             caused
             a
             Goat
             to
             dance
             pleasantly
             vpon
             his
             shoulders
             ,
             and
             neuer
             toucht
             it
             ,
             causing
             it
             to
             passe
             from
             one
             shoulder
             to
             the
             other
             without
             mouing
             .
             A
             headie-brain'd
             fellow
             followed
             this
             man
             ,
             vpon
             whose
             head
             they
             did
             breake
             with
             Hammers
             a
             great
             stone
             ,
             which
             a
             man
             could
             hardly
             lift
             from
             the
             ground
             .
             Hee
             caused
             them
             to
             couer
             him
             with
             so
             great
             a
             heape
             of
             stones
             as
             he
             could
             
             not
             beseene
             ,
             and
             yet
             for
             all
             this
             hee
             felt
             no
             discommoditie
             .
             Another
             b●d
             came
             after
             ,
             whose
             ●eet
             were
             so
             hardned
             ,
             as
             they
             went
             bare
             vpon
             a
             Harrow
             full
             of
             sharpe
             Pikes
             and
             cutting
             K●ines
             :
             There
             was
             one
             followed
             them
             ,
             who
             with
             a
             cord
             ,
             tied
             to
             his
             haire
             without
             the
             helpe
             of
             his
             hands
             ,
             did
             lift
             vp
             a
             stone
             of
             a
             hundred
             and
             fifty
             pound
             weight
             .
             Many
             Beasts
             instructed
             in
             this
             Art
             of
             tumbling
             augmented
             the
             pleasure
             of
             the
             Assistants
             :
             little
             Birds
             ,
             went
             to
             fetch
             a
             piece
             of
             siluer
             as
             farre
             as
             they
             diuided
             them
             ,
             and
             brought
             it
             to
             their
             Masters
             ,
             Asses
             danced
             ,
             Dogges
             and
             Apes
             shewed
             a
             thousand
             pleasant
             tricke
             .
             The
             
               Grand
               Seigneurs
            
             Wrestlers
             ,
             came
             to
             shew
             their
             force
             and
             actiuitie
             ,
             〈◊〉
             and
             greased
             to
             auoid
             the
             surprize
             of
             their
             Enemies
             ▪
             These
             are
             the
             most
             continent
             men
             in
             Turkey
             ,
             they
             keepe
             their
             Virginity
             pure
             and
             vntoucht
             ,
             and
             say
             with
             reason
             that
             it
             doth
             e●●it●e
             and
             preserue
             the
             force
             of
             their
             bodies
             .
             The
             Speech●
             ,
             which
             are
             the
             Sultans
             Footmen
             ,
             would
             also
             be
             of
             the
             p●●ti●
             ,
             they
             came
             vnto
             the
             place
             with
             their
             feets●oe
             ,
             running
             and
             leaping
             with
             admirable
             swiftnesse
             and
             disposition
             .
             These
             men
             ha●e
             ●e
             ●kin
             of
             their
             feet
             so
             hard
             as
             a
             Smithton
             hardly
             make
             a
             〈◊〉
             to
             enter
             ;
             they
             doe
             harden
             them
             see
             pleasure
             .
             The
             Dancers
             vpon
             Ropes
             shewed
             strange
             Form
             of
             Actiuity
             ▪
             In
             those
             places
             they
             exceed
             all
             others
             what
             〈◊〉
             for
             their
             A●i●i●y
             .
          
           
             
             Two
             Elephants
             ,
             and
             a
             Giraffe
             ,
             were
             brought
             into
             the
             Hippodrome
             ,
             to
             augment
             the
             Sultan
             delight
             by
             this
             nouelty
             .
             The
             Elephants
             differed
             in
             forme
             :
             One
             was
             grant
             and
             the
             other
             li●e
             .
             The
             great
             one
             was
             thri●
             one
             high
             ,
             and
             bigger
             than
             a
             Buffle
             ,
             or
             small
             Socere
             ,
             heads
             that
             vpon
             his
             〈◊〉
             a
             little
             Castle
             of
             light
             wood
             ,
             in
             the
             which
             might
             〈…〉
             six
             souldiers
             without
             crowling
             :
             The
             〈◊〉
             in
             comparison
             of
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             body
             〈◊〉
             :
             
             Fro●
             the
             end
             of
             the
             vpper
             part
             of
             the
             Muscle
             ,
             then
             did
             〈…〉
             ,
             whereof
             this
             beast
             on
             〈◊〉
             vse
             as
             readily
             as
             a
             〈◊〉
             doth
             his
             〈◊〉
             ,
             takes
             what
             his
             〈◊〉
             〈…〉
             him
             ,
             carries
             his
             entire
             to
             his
             〈◊〉
             ,
             vse
             〈◊〉
             for
             a
             〈◊〉
             with
             incomparable
             force
             ,
             〈◊〉
             are
             small
             〈◊〉
             to
             those
             of
             a
             Bore
             ,
             his
             another
             chap
             is
             〈◊〉
             vnto
             the
             〈…〉
             Her
             hath
             two
             great
             〈◊〉
             ,
             about
             〈…〉
             
             round
             and
             great
             ,
             lying
             vpon
             his
             backe
             ,
             hee
             sometimes
             raises
             them
             vp
             :
             his
             legs
             are
             euen
             like
             vnto
             pillars
             ,
             in
             the
             which
             there
             appeares
             no
             joynts
             ,
             yet
             this
             Beast
             hath
             some
             ;
             he
             doth
             but
             halfe
             bend
             them
             ,
             and
             therefore
             hee
             suffers
             himselfe
             to
             fall
             vpon
             his
             side
             this
             feet
             are
             round
             ,
             and
             haue
             fiue
             nailes
             ▪
             his
             skin
             is
             black
             ;
             and
             hath
             little
             haire
             .
             The
             Naturalists
             obserue
             ,
             and
             experience
             doth
             confirme
             ,
             that
             this
             beast
             hath
             so
             powerfull
             an
             instinct
             ,
             as
             it
             seemes
             ,
             hee
             is
             indowed
             with
             judgement
             :
             Examples
             are
             familiar
             in
             Histories
             :
             This
             beast
             being
             brought
             before
             the
             
               Grand
               Seigneurs
            
             window
             ,
             lifted
             vp
             his
             head
             to
             looke
             on
             him
             ,
             then
             he
             bowed
             it
             downe
             very
             low
             in
             signe
             of
             reuerence
             .
             They
             cast
             vpon
             the
             ground
             a
             handfull
             of
             Aspres
             ,
             which
             is
             a
             little
             Coine
             like
             vnto
             the
             French
             Carolus
             ;
             the
             which
             hee
             gathered
             vp
             with
             his
             heauy
             trumpe●s
             handsomely
             as
             any
             man
             could
             haue
             done
             with
             his
             hands
             ▪
             Eight
             strong
             Turkes
             held
             a
             long
             Pole
             in
             their
             hands
             ,
             and
             gaue
             him
             the
             end
             ;
             as
             soone
             as
             he
             had
             seized
             on
             it
             with
             his
             trumpe
             ,
             hee
             made
             them
             to
             turne
             about
             as
             easily
             as
             if
             they
             had
             beene
             feathers
             :
             Afterwards
             hee
             lifted
             vp
             the
             Pole
             ,
             and
             strooke
             it
             so
             hard
             against
             the
             ground
             ,
             as
             those
             men
             were
             fore
             〈◊〉
             abandon
             it
             :
             ●ing
             Master
             of
             it
             ,
             hee
             did
             flourish
             with
             it
             like
             at
             two
             hand●
             sword
             with
             admirable
             dexteritie
             .
             Wherefore
             the
             Indians
             haue
             reason
             in
             their
             warres
             to
             make
             vse
             of
             the
             force
             and
             addresse
             of
             these
             beasts
             :
             They
             carrie
             many
             men
             ,
             and
             when
             they
             tie
             a
             Semiter
             to
             the
             trumpe
             ,
             one
             of
             them
             kils
             more
             than
             a
             company
             of
             Foot
             could
             doe
             ?
          
           
             
               The
               Giraffe
               .
            
             The
             Giraffe
             ,
             whereof
             the
             portraite
             is
             here
             represent
             to
             was
             at
             the
             same
             time
             brought
             into
             the
             Hippodrome
             .
             This
             beast
             for
             that
             it
             is
             little
             knowne
             in
             Europe
             was
             much
             admired
             .
             It
             is
             not
             only
             beautifull
             of
             it selfe
             ,
             but
             it
             is
             also
             gentle
             and
             very
             tractable
             :
             It
             hath
             a
             head
             like
             a
             Stagge
             ,
             armed
             with
             two
             little
             harmes
             halfe
             a
             foot
             long
             ,
             couered
             with
             〈◊〉
             ;
             the
             eares
             ;
             the
             feet
             and
             the
             talle
             are
             like
             〈◊〉
             a
             Cow
             :
             It
             hath
             a
             neck
             〈◊〉
             into
             a
             Camell
             ,
             it
             hath
             hard
             knees
             vpon
             the
             ha●s
             ,
             and
             brest
             ;
             The
             〈◊〉
             speckled
             like
             vnto
             a
             Leopard
             ,
             and
             some
             beleeue
             that
             it
             
             is
             that
             Ca●par●
             of
             the
             ●●dear
             ;
             his
             〈◊〉
             before
             are
             foure
             or
             fiue
             times
             longer
             then
             those
             behind
             ,
             so
             as
             his
             naturall
             posture
             represents
             a
             Goat
             standing
             vpright
             against
             a
             Tree
             to
             b●ou●e
             the
             buds
             :
             The
             which
             makes
             him
             to
             feed
             with
             discom●●●ic
             :
             for
             in
             this
             action
             but
             is
             forced
             as
             open
             his
             legges
             to
             make
             passage
             for
             his
             hand
             .
             If
             we
             had
             not
             vndoubted
             proofes
             of
             the
             wisdome
             of
             Nature
             in
             the
             wonders
             of
             her
             workes
             ,
             wee
             might
             say
             that
             this
             beast
             alwayes
             standing
             vpright
             is
             one
             of
             her
             fantasticke
             Creatures
             .
             Being
             led
             aboue
             the
             place
             ,
             they
             were
             carried
             backe
             ,
             passing
             thorough
             the
             Citie
             ,
             the
             Giraffe
             had
             such
             aduantage
             in
             the
             foreport
             ,
             as
             his
             head
             looked
             into
             the
             windowes
             of
             their
             houses
             .
          
           
             Such
             were
             the
             pompe
             of
             the
             day
             ,
             the
             night
             wanted
             not
             here
             ,
             if
             there
             were
             any
             eight
             during
             the
             solemnity
             of
             this
             royall
             Circumcision
             :
             For
             at
             such
             time
             as
             the
             Sunne
             did
             not
             shine
             in
             their
             Hemispheare
             ,
             they
             had
             raised
             a
             ship
             Must
             in
             the
             Hippodrome
             ,
             whereon
             there
             was
             a
             great
             Circle
             like
             a
             Crowne
             furnished
             with
             burning
             Lamps
             :
             and
             neere
             vnto
             the
             Obelisque
             which
             is
             the
             ancient
             ornament
             of
             this
             place
             ,
             there
             was
             a
             longe
             wheele
             set
             vp
             ,
             the
             which
             did
             time
             continually
             ,
             and
             made
             twelue
             other
             smaller
             to
             moue
             ,
             all
             which
             were
             inuolued
             with
             lights
             ,
             which
             remayning
             some
             ,
             〈◊〉
             notwithstanding
             to
             follow
             the
             motion
             of
             the
             wheeles
             ,
             not
             without
             a
             wonderfull
             content
             to
             the
             eyes
             of
             those
             which
             beheld
             them
             :
             Besides
             this
             there
             were
             many
             ship
             Masts
             with
             their
             〈◊〉
             and
             ta●lings
             ,
             all
             couered
             with
             lamps
             ,
             which
             gaue
             so
             cleer
             a
             light
             ,
             as
             in
             the
             dark
             night
             they
             made
             an
             artificiall
             day
             ;
             by
             the
             fauour
             of
             which
             light
             ,
             most
             of
             those
             goodly
             things
             which
             had
             appeared
             in
             the
             day
             ,
             come
             after
             Supper
             to
             giue
             〈…〉
             to
             the
             company
             by
             their
             〈◊〉
             .
             After
             this
             ,
             〈…〉
             Fire-workes
             ,
             some
             drowe
             by
             〈◊〉
             ,
             ●hers
             by
             〈…〉
             which
             did
             vo●ie
             for
             all
             ●ames
             ,
             filled
             the
             aire
             〈◊〉
             agreeable
             〈◊〉
             ,
             and
             pleasant
             thunderings
             ,
             and
             the
             〈◊〉
             of
             the
             spectatours
             with
             ●●●●ment
             :
             But
             their
             〈…〉
             ,
             their
             thundering
             〈◊〉
             and
             their
             〈…〉
             to
             those
             which
             did
             behold
             〈◊〉
             those●●
             and
             smoake
             of
             powers
             ,
             〈◊〉
             ●heth
             (
             If
             they
             〈◊〉
             comprehend
             it
             )
             that
             humans
             〈◊〉
             ,
             and
             the
             shewe●
             of
             〈◊〉
             
             greatnesse
             of
             the
             World
             ,
             dissolue
             in
             the
             end
             into
             winde
             and
             smoake
             .
             The
             most
             stately
             of
             these
             nocturnall
             sports
             was
             the
             representation
             of
             a
             nauall
             fight
             so
             artificially
             exprest
             ,
             as
             it
             made
             the
             Christians
             that
             were
             present
             see
             ,
             that
             the
             recompence
             of
             labour
             ,
             and
             the
             reward
             of
             merit
             ,
             hauing
             drawne
             into
             Turkey
             the
             goodliest
             inuentions
             of
             men
             ,
             haue
             made
             them
             to
             lose
             the
             name
             of
             barbarous
             to
             send
             it
             vnto
             vs
             ,
             where
             as
             vertue
             is
             not
             acknowledged
             .
             There
             they
             saw
             many
             Shippes
             and
             Gallies
             vnder
             saile
             ,
             furnished
             with
             Artillerie
             ,
             adorned
             with
             their
             flags
             ,
             the
             Trumpets
             sounding
             ,
             fight
             ,
             inuest
             ,
             leape
             from
             one
             beak-head
             to
             another
             ,
             kill
             ,
             cast
             into
             the
             Sea
             ,
             burne
             ,
             and
             sinke
             the
             Enemies
             Vessels
             ,
             with
             admirable
             dexteritie
             .
             The
             battailes
             at
             Land
             ,
             Sieges
             ,
             and
             taking
             of
             Townes
             ,
             were
             represented
             with
             no
             lesse
             art
             .
          
           
             But
             if
             the
             description
             of
             this
             Royall
             Feast
             hath
             beene
             a
             pleasing
             diuersion
             vnto
             vs
             in
             the
             toile
             of
             this
             Historie
             ,
             let
             vs
             end
             it
             according
             to
             the
             naturall
             course
             of
             pleasure
             ,
             by
             the
             griefe
             which
             followes
             .
             Doubtlesse
             it
             will
             be
             great
             enough
             to
             impart
             it
             to
             those
             which
             shall
             read
             the
             issue
             of
             this
             Chapter
             ,
             where
             we
             obserue
             than
             during
             the
             spectacles
             of
             this
             solemnity
             ,
             the
             wretched
             Grecian
             ●y
             ●roupes
             in
             this
             place
             to
             make
             themselues
             Mahom●tans
             :
             Some
             abandoned
             Christianitie
             to
             auoid
             the
             oppression
             of
             the
             Turkes
             ,
             others
             for
             the
             hope
             of
             priuate
             profit
             :
             The
             youngest
             and
             most
             beautifull
             were
             sent
             into
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             with
             the
             Ichi●glans
             ,
             and
             the
             rest
             among
             the
             Azamoglans
             :
             This
             hope
             of
             better
             fortune
             drew
             the
             Idlenesse
             of
             many
             young
             men
             ,
             so
             as
             they
             could
             hardly
             find
             Masters
             enough
             to
             cut
             them
             :
             This
             detestable
             troupe
             of
             Rascals
             ,
             went
             to
             shew
             themselues
             before
             the
             
               Grand
               Seigneur
            
             ,
             their
             Bonnets
             vnder
             their
             feet
             ,
             in
             signe
             that
             they
             did
             tread
             their
             law
             and
             honour
             vnder
             foot
             :
             There
             a
             Turkish
             Priest
             did
             cause
             them
             to
             lift
             vp
             the
             demonstratiue
             finger
             of
             the
             right
             hand
             ,
             in
             signe
             that
             they
             did
             not
             beleeue
             but
             one
             God
             in
             one
             person
             ,
             &
             to
             say
             with
             a
             loud
             voice
             ,
             
               Laila
               ey
               lala
               alla
            
             Mehemer
             
               ●asoul
               alla
            
             ;
             Then
             they
             led
             them
             into
             c●taine
             Pauillions
             ,
             which
             were
             erected
             expresly
             at
             the
             end
             of
             the
             place
             where
             they
             were
             circumcised
             :
             hee
             
             The
             number
             of
             these
             cast
             awayes
             was
             found
             to
             bee
             aboue
             foure
             thousand
             soul●
             .
          
           
             These
             sports
             and
             triumphs
             being
             thus
             miserably
             ended
             ,
             the
             young
             Prince
             for
             whom
             they
             had
             beene
             made
             ,
             was
             brought
             into
             his
             Fathers
             Chamber
             ,
             where
             hee
             was
             circumcised
             by
             one
             of
             the
             great
             Men
             of
             the
             〈◊〉
             the
             p●s●re
             of
             all
             the
             Basha's
             .
             His
             wound
             being
             cured
             within
             few
             dayes
             ,
             hee
             goes
             to
             take
             his
             lost
             leaue
             of
             the
             Sultans
             his
             Mother
             ,
             whom
             she
             shall
             see
             no
             more
             vntill
             hee
             comes
             to
             take
             possession
             of
             the
             Empire
             ,
             after
             the
             death
             of
             his
             Father
             ,
             if
             hee
             be
             the
             oldest
             ,
             or
             to
             end
             his
             life
             with
             a
             halter
             if
             hee
             be
             a
             younger
             brother
             ,
             when
             his
             ●der
             shall
             Raigne
             .
             She
             giues
             him
             presents
             :
             and
             the
             other
             Sultana's
             doe
             the
             like
             :
             All
             the
             Basha's
             present
             him
             ,
             and
             the
             Emperour
             his
             Father
             appoints
             his
             Family
             ,
             giues
             him
             a
             Pra●r
             ,
             an
             Eunuch
             for
             Gouernour
             ,
             with
             many
             other
             men
             to
             serue
             him
             ,
             and
             sends
             him
             into
             
               As●a
               ,
               Sa●qua
            
             only
             of
             the
             Citie
             of
             the
             Magnesia
             ,
             the
             chiefe
             of
             Alysia
             ,
             as
             Lieutenant
             in
             that
             Region
             vnder
             the
             authoritie
             of
             a
             Basha
             who
             is
             Gouernour
             whilest
             he
             carries
             the
             Title
             ,
             hee
             must
             gouerne
             his
             Actions
             with
             prudence
             and
             modestie
             ;
             for
             if
             he
             should
             haue
             any
             designes
             of
             innouation
             by
             the
             Counsailes
             of
             some
             dis●ed
             seditious
             persons
             ,
             he
             should
             worke
             his
             owne
             mi●
             by
             his
             owne
             hanes
             .
             The
             Eunuch
             which
             is
             the
             most
             ●pp●
             about
             him
             ,
             hee
             is
             bound
             to
             aduertise
             the
             Sultan
             his
             Father
             ,
             and
             the
             principall
             Basha'es
             ,
             of
             all
             his
             carriage
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               CHAP.
               XIV
            
             .
             Of
             the
             Presents
             they
             make
             unto
             the
             
               Grand
               Seigneur
            
             ,
             and
             of
             that
             which
             hee
             himself
             giues
             .
          
           
             THe
             custome
             to
             giue
             Present
             vnto
             the
             Prince
             〈◊〉
             beene
             so
             practiced
             in
             the
             Turkish
             M●thio
             ,
             〈…〉
             Law
             of
             State
             ,
             so
             as
             it
             is
             written
             in
             the
             〈…〉
             
             Empire
             ,
             that
             all
             the
             Basha's
             and
             great
             men
             of
             the
             Port
             shall
             at
             certaine
             seasons
             of
             the
             yeare
             ,
             and
             at
             the
             Circumcision
             of
             the
             Emperours
             Children
             ,
             giue
             him
             Presents
             ,
             and
             likewise
             when
             they
             returne
             from
             the
             Gouernment
             of
             Prouinces
             ,
             where
             they
             haue
             continued
             some
             yeares
             in
             the
             administration
             of
             their
             Charges
             of
             Viceroy
             .
             The
             Generals
             of
             Armies
             at
             the
             returne
             from
             their
             victories
             ,
             are
             bound
             to
             present
             gifts
             to
             the
             Sultan
             :
             They
             doe
             it
             vsually
             in
             a
             great
             quantity
             of
             Vessels
             of
             gold
             and
             siluer
             ,
             Swords
             and
             Daggers
             enricht
             with
             precious
             stones
             ,
             and
             bowes
             of
             the
             like
             manner
             ,
             Plumes
             of
             Feathers
             with
             precious
             Iewels
             ,
             rich
             Girdles
             ,
             exquisite
             Furres
             ,
             and
             sometimes
             pieces
             of
             cloth
             of
             gold
             ,
             with
             Tapestries
             of
             silke
             and
             gold
             :
             whereof
             the
             Princes
             Wardrobe
             is
             commonly
             well
             stored
             ,
             to
             supply
             his
             bounty
             to
             his
             Sultana's
             &
             slaues
             ,
             and
             to
             send
             to
             forreine
             Princes
             :
             All
             these
             men
             being
             slaues
             to
             their
             Master
             ,
             and
             as
             it
             were
             forced
             to
             these
             liberalities
             ,
             cannot
             when
             they
             please
             follow
             their
             good
             aduice
             which
             say
             ,
             
             that
             
               It
               is
               a
               noble
               folly
               to
               giue
               vnto
               great
               Men
               ,
               for
               they
               beleeue
               they
               oblige
               a
               man
               much
               when
               they
               receiue
               that
               which
               he
               presents
               .
            
             The
             Basha's
             which
             returne
             from
             the
             gouernment
             of
             Egypt
             ,
             parting
             from
             Cair●
             ,
             dispose
             the
             value
             of
             the
             Presents
             into
             ready
             money
             ,
             and
             ariuing
             at
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             they
             sometimes
             present
             vnto
             the
             Sultan
             foure
             or
             fiue
             Millions
             of
             Liuers
             ,
             which
             is
             foure
             or
             fiue
             hundred
             thousand
             Pounds
             sterling
             .
             The
             Generals
             of
             Armies
             doe
             many
             times
             practise
             the
             same
             liberality
             ,
             they
             are
             the
             better
             receiued
             by
             their
             Master
             ,
             and
             the
             glory
             of
             their
             magnificence
             flyes
             into
             the
             mouth
             of
             the
             people
             ,
             and
             they
             find
             by
             their
             great
             gifts
             ,
             that
             the
             offering
             of
             Presents
             ,
             pacifie
             both
             Men
             and
             Gods
             ,
             
             (
             as
             they
             said
             in
             old
             time
             )
             These
             notable
             summes
             ouer
             〈◊〉
             the
             inward
             Chasna
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             Princes
             secret
             treasure
             .
             The
             Christian
             Patriarch
             giues
             vnto
             the
             Sultan
             newly
             crowned
             an
             honourable
             present
             ,
             which
             the
             Greekes
             call
             Pesquesian
             ,
             or
             when
             the
             Patriarch
             co●ers
             into
             his
             charge
             ,
             by
             the
             death
             or
             deposition
             of
             another
             .
             Besides
             this
             the
             Turkes
             giue
             vnto
             the
             Eunuches
             which
             are
             familiar
             to
             the
             Prince
             many
             rich
             Presents
             ,
             to
             make
             them
             speake
             from
             them
             vpon
             all
             necessary
             occasions
             :
             for
             the
             ballance
             doth
             alwayes
             decline
             on
             that
             side
             which
             is
             
             heauiest
             ,
             and
             the
             only
             meanes
             to
             gaine
             the
             affection
             of
             these
             gelded
             men
             ,
             is
             to
             glut
             their
             auarice
             ,
             which
             is
             no
             small
             labour
             .
             
               Nassuf
               Bassa
            
             ,
             who
             ended
             his
             fortune
             and
             his
             life
             in
             the
             yeere
             1614
             ,
             did
             often
             say
             that
             the
             Eunuches
             of
             the
             Serrail
             were
             insatiable
             :
             They
             doe
             also
             hold
             ,
             and
             they
             practize
             this
             Maxime
             in
             the
             Turkish
             Court
             ,
             the
             which
             is
             generally
             receiued
             by
             all
             men
             ,
             
             that
             
               The
               sweetest
               action
               of
               men
               is
               ,
               To
               take
               ,
            
             although
             in
             truth
             it
             be
             more
             generous
             to
             giue
             ,
             for
             him
             that
             is
             able
             .
          
           
             As
             pleasure
             and
             griefe
             are
             naturally
             ioyned
             together
             ,
             haue
             one
             Temple
             ,
             and
             their
             Offerings
             are
             vpon
             the
             same
             Altar
             :
             The
             Othoman
             Monarch
             who
             takes
             a
             great
             delight
             to
             see
             himselfe
             glutted
             with
             Presents
             ;
             not
             only
             by
             his
             owne
             subiects
             ,
             but
             also
             by
             strangers
             ,
             yet
             he
             sometimes
             finds
             a
             distaste
             in
             it
             :
             As
             it
             happened
             to
             Sely●n
             the
             First
             ,
             whose
             example
             shall
             suffice
             in
             this
             Chapter
             ,
             that
             by
             its
             breuity
             wee
             may
             ease
             the
             long
             descriptions
             of
             the
             former
             .
             This
             Prince
             hauing
             taken
             the
             Othoman
             Scepter
             ,
             his
             hands
             being
             yet
             bloudy
             by
             the
             death
             of
             his
             Brethren
             and
             Nephewes
             ,
             and
             the
             chiefe
             of
             his
             Basha●s
             ;
             thinking
             to
             be
             honoured
             according
             to
             the
             ordinary
             custome
             of
             his
             Predecessors
             ,
             with
             Presents
             which
             forreine
             Princes
             make
             ,
             hee
             saw
             his
             cruelty
             taxed
             ,
             by
             that
             which
             the
             Persian
             Embassadour
             presented
             vnto
             him
             ,
             who
             gaue
             him
             in
             his
             Masters
             name
             ,
             a
             great
             furious
             Lyon
             ,
             inaccessible
             ,
             alwayes
             fo●ing
             for
             rage
             ,
             and
             neuer
             made
             tame
             by
             any
             Man.
             This
             present
             being
             brought
             ,
             Sely●n
             fell
             into
             a
             rage
             ,
             stamps
             with
             his
             foote
             ,
             complained
             that
             hee
             was
             wronged
             ,
             and
             sware
             that
             hee
             would
             be
             reuenged
             ,
             and
             demanded
             satisfaction
             from
             the
             Embassadour
             ;
             who
             being
             aduised
             and
             cunning
             ,
             couered
             the
             part
             which
             hee
             had
             played
             with
             many
             goodly
             worde
             ▪
             Herald
             ,
             Sely●n
             that
             this
             Lion
             did
             rather
             represent
             the
             〈◊〉
             of
             his
             courage
             ,
             and
             that
             of
             his
             generosity
             rather
             than
             any
             other
             thing
             ;
             but
             this
             did
             not
             pacifie
             him
             ,
             he
             ch●sed
             him
             out
             of
             his
             Territories
             ,
             and
             gaue
             him
             to
             present
             vnto
             his
             Master
             many
             great
             Dogges
             with
             bloudie
             mussels
             ,
             as
             if
             hee
             would
             say
             ,
             they
             had
             〈◊〉
             his
             Lion
             in
             pieces
             ,
             and
             that
             in
             the
             assaults
             of
             Warre
             hee
             would
             intreat
             him
             in
             like
             manner
             .
          
           
             Seeing
             then
             the
             Turkish
             Prince
             doth
             continually
             receiue
             
             Presents
             from
             others
             ,
             it
             is
             string
             he
             should
             likewise
             giue
             :
             For
             it
             is
             more
             seemly
             for
             a
             King
             to
             giue
             then
             to
             take
             ,
             so
             his
             Wardrobe
             is
             vsually
             open
             to
             giue
             .
             The
             Sultana's
             are
             enricht
             by
             his
             Presents
             ;
             The
             Mufti
             and
             his
             Praceptor
             are
             honoured
             ,
             and
             the
             Bashaes
             receiue
             :
             and
             all
             this
             consists
             in
             precious
             stones
             ,
             Purses
             full
             of
             gold
             coyned
             ,
             Robes
             of
             cloth
             of
             Gold
             ,
             Plumes
             of
             Feathers
             ,
             Iewels
             ,
             rich
             Armes
             ,
             and
             other
             things
             of
             value
             .
             The
             
               Chasnadar
               Bassi
            
             ,
             who
             is
             the
             high
             Treasurer
             ,
             hath
             the
             charge
             to
             buy
             what
             is
             needfull
             for
             Presents
             ,
             hee
             imployes
             yearely
             in
             cloth
             of
             gold
             ,
             for
             Robes
             which
             they
             giue
             ,
             
             the
             which
             is
             made
             at
             Bursia
             in
             Asia
             ,
             foure
             Millions
             of
             Liuers
             ,
             besides
             that
             which
             comes
             into
             the
             royall
             Wardrobe
             ,
             by
             the
             Presents
             of
             Basha's
             and
             other
             great
             Men
             :
             but
             as
             all
             Riuers
             come
             from
             the
             Sea
             and
             returne
             vnto
             it
             ,
             so
             all
             the
             
               Grand
               Seigneurs
            
             Presents
             returne
             backe
             in
             the
             end
             to
             his
             owne
             Cosets
             :
             The
             Sultana's
             die
             ,
             and
             their
             goodly
             stuffe
             comes
             to
             him
             ;
             The
             Bashaes
             end
             their
             liues
             ,
             he
             takes
             all
             as
             the
             Master
             doth
             of
             his
             slaues
             :
             Sometimes
             hee
             leaues
             a
             part
             for
             the
             execution
             of
             the
             Will
             which
             he
             hath
             made
             .
             So
             as
             he
             doth
             not
             giue
             but
             lends
             for
             a
             time
             ,
             seeing
             that
             the
             fundamentall
             Law
             of
             his
             Estate
             ,
             which
             makes
             all
             men
             his
             slaues
             ,
             restores
             that
             vnto
             him
             which
             he
             had
             giuen
             ,
             and
             moreouer
             ,
             all
             the
             wealth
             of
             his
             Subjects
             .
          
           
             But
             all
             the
             Presents
             of
             the
             Turkish
             Emperour
             are
             not
             pleasing
             to
             them
             which
             receiue
             them
             ,
             they
             are
             sometimes
             fatall
             fore
             tellings
             of
             death
             to
             him
             to
             whom
             hee
             giues
             them
             ;
             For
             when
             hee
             sends
             for
             any
             great
             Men
             of
             the
             Port
             into
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             to
             feast
             him
             ,
             or
             to
             speake
             with
             him
             ,
             after
             the
             Feast
             or
             at
             the
             end
             of
             his
             discourse
             ,
             meaning
             to
             take
             away
             his
             life
             in
             his
             presence
             ,
             he
             giues
             him
             a
             blacke
             Robe
             wrought
             with
             gold
             and
             silke
             :
             as
             Basa●et
             the
             Second
             did
             to
             
               Bassa
               Achomat
            
             ,
             who
             had
             supt
             in
             the
             Serrail
             with
             the
             other
             Bashaes
             at
             his
             Masters
             Table
             ,
             amidst
             the
             delights
             and
             pleasures
             of
             a
             royall
             Feast
             ,
             whereas
             Wine
             forbidden
             by
             the
             Law
             of
             their
             Religion
             ,
             was
             poured
             forth
             as
             plentifully
             ,
             as
             in
             any
             part
             of
             the
             World
             ,
             Supper
             being
             ended
             and
             the
             Table
             taken
             away
             ,
             the
             Bashaes
             humble
             themselues
             before
             their
             Prince
             ,
             some
             kisse
             the
             ground
             in
             his
             presence
             to
             obtaine
             pardon
             for
             that
             they
             had
             drunke
             Wine
             ,
             
             and
             so
             returned
             to
             their
             houses
             .
             The
             Sultan
             stayed
             Achomat
             ,
             with
             their
             sweete
             Words
             ,
             Milalah
             (
             that
             is
             to
             say
             my
             Protectour
             )
             tarrit
             here
             with
             mee
             .
             When
             the
             others
             were
             gone
             ,
             hee
             caused
             a
             rich
             Robe
             of
             blacke
             silke
             wrought
             with
             Gold
             to
             be
             brought
             vnto
             him
             ,
             ●t
             the
             fight
             hereof
             Acha●at
             entred
             into
             fur●e
             ,
             hee
             knew
             well
             what
             it
             meant
             ,
             and
             assured
             himselfe
             of
             his
             ruine
             ,
             hee
             accuseth
             Baiazeth
             of
             injustice
             and
             crueltie
             ,
             and
             tells
             him
             in
             his
             rage
             .
             Why
             didst
             thou
             Sonne
             of
             a
             Whore
             suffer
             mee
             to
             drinke
             wine
             against
             the
             holy
             constitutions
             of
             any
             Law
             ,
             if
             their
             wilt
             presently
             put
             mee
             to
             death
             ?
             Hee
             ended
             his
             rage
             with
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             discourse
             which
             his
             passion
             had
             dictated
             .
             But
             his
             life
             was
             freed
             from
             the
             present
             danger
             :
             his
             Sonne
             seeing
             him
             not
             returne
             with
             the
             other
             Bash●●s
             ,
             informed
             himselfe
             from
             them
             what
             was
             become
             of
             his
             Father
             .
             They
             tell
             him
             in
             what
             a
             pittifull
             estate
             hee
             was
             ,
             whereupon
             hee
             flyes
             to
             the
             Serail
             ,
             moues
             the
             Ianizaries
             to
             compassion
             ,
             who
             loued
             Achomat
             for
             his
             valour
             ,
             as
             he
             whom
             they
             had
             followed
             in
             the
             Warres
             ,
             in
             Battailes
             ,
             and
             assaults
             of
             Townes
             ,
             they
             filled
             the
             Serrail
             with
             the
             honour
             of
             their
             cryes
             ,
             
               Br'e
               ,
               Br'e
            
             ,
             that
             is
             to
             say
             str●
             〈◊〉
             .
             They
             beate
             at
             the
             Gate
             of
             the
             Emperours
             lodging
             ,
             threaten
             him
             ,
             ra●●e
             on
             him
             ,
             called
             him
             drunkard
             ,
             and
             force
             him
             to
             restore
             Achomat
             who
             was
             pale
             and
             warne
             ha●ling
             the
             ●alter
             about
             his
             necke
             ,
             with
             the
             which
             the
             Princes
             made
             ●sed
             were
             ready
             to
             strangle
             him
             .
             In
             this
             manner
             force
             hindred
             the
             effect
             of
             this
             fatall
             Present
             of
             a
             blacke
             G●ne
             wrought
             with
             Gold.
             But
             besides
             these
             accidents
             hee
             that
             receiue
             it
             must
             aspect
             his
             infallible
             Ruine
             .
             This
             Present
             is
             the
             〈◊〉
             by
             the
             Othoman
             Monarch
             to
             any
             but
             to
             〈…〉
             ,
             but
             hee
             sometimes
             sends
             others
             ,
             which
             show
             the
             contempt
             which
             hee
             makes
             of
             forreigne
             Princes
             ,
             as
             when
             hee
             sends
             a
             Robe
             how
             r●●h
             soeue●
             vnto
             a
             soueraigne
             p●
             ,
             for
             a
             Robe
             is
             the
             Present
             of
             a
             superiour
             to
             his
             inf●
             .
             So
             〈◊〉
             the
             first
             〈…〉
             The●●r
             ,
             or
             T●mberlan
             ,
             Emperour
             of
             the
             〈◊〉
             ,
             when
             hee
             sent
             him
             a
             Robe
             in
             disgrace
             to
             contemne
             him
             .
             Th●
             was
             much
             offended
             ,
             and
             answered
             those
             which
             brought
             the
             Present
             from
             the
             Turke
             ,
             that
             he
             should
             not
             〈◊〉
             those
             of
             his
             s●●t
             〈◊〉
             
             that
             manner
             :
             but
             hee
             soone
             had
             his
             reuenge
             .
             Hee
             entred
             Baiazets
             Countrey
             in
             
               Asia
               ,
               (
               Constantinople
            
             was
             then
             held
             by
             the
             Christians
             )
             and
             with
             eight
             hundred
             thousand
             fighting
             men
             ,
             tooke
             Sebaste
             the
             S●ate
             of
             his
             Empire
             ,
             slue
             his
             Sonne
             Orthogules
             ,
             defeated
             his
             Armie
             in
             Battaile
             ,
             tooke
             himselfe
             Prisoner
             ,
             reuenged
             this
             contempt
             by
             many
             others
             ,
             and
             afflicted
             him
             so
             in
             following
             him
             ,
             as
             hee
             died
             of
             griefe
             ,
             sorrow
             ,
             and
             paine
             :
             to
             be
             an
             example
             to
             Princes
             ,
             not
             to
             contemne
             those
             which
             are
             Soueraignes
             like
             themselues
             ,
             and
             therein
             Images
             of
             the
             Soueraigne
             God.
             But
             thus
             they
             giue
             Presents
             of
             Death
             and
             contempt
             in
             Turkey
             ,
             
             the
             one
             is
             of
             crueltie
             ,
             and
             the
             other
             of
             offences
             and
             not
             Presents
             ,
             for
             the
             Presents
             of
             Enemies
             are
             no
             Presents
             .
          
           
             The
             Sultana
             Queene
             that
             is
             crowned
             ,
             and
             Mother
             to
             the
             young
             Prince
             Successour
             of
             the
             Empire
             ,
             giues
             many
             Presents
             a
             Shee
             receiues
             daily
             from
             the
             Great
             Men
             of
             the
             Port
             which
             send
             vnto
             her
             ,
             and
             therefore
             shee
             is
             bound
             to
             giue
             ;
             to
             this
             end
             the
             Emperour
             doth
             furnish
             her
             with
             much
             goodly
             stuffe
             ,
             and
             peeces
             of
             price
             which
             are
             giuen
             vnto
             him
             ,
             and
             with
             great
             summes
             of
             money
             to
             buy
             others
             .
             The
             
               Grand
               Vizir
            
             doth
             also
             giue
             many
             Presents
             both
             within
             Constantinople
             and
             without
             :
             Hee
             sends
             many
             Roabes
             of
             Cloth
             of
             Gold
             and
             Silke
             ,
             to
             Embassadours
             which
             arriue
             at
             the
             Port
             :
             and
             when
             hee
             is
             in
             the
             Armie
             ,
             performing
             the
             the
             Change
             of
             Lieutenant
             Generall
             to
             the
             Sultan
             ,
             hee
             giues
             to
             draw
             strangers
             vnto
             him
             that
             may
             be
             vsefull
             ,
             or
             to
             recompence
             the
             generositie
             of
             some
             valiant
             Captaine
             .
             And
             for
             that
             all
             these
             Presents
             are
             giuen
             in
             the
             Sultans
             name
             ,
             he
             doth
             furnish
             those
             things
             which
             he
             giues
             .
             And
             to
             this
             end
             the
             Teftardar
             deliuers
             him
             Money
             ,
             pieces
             of
             Cloth
             of
             Gold
             ,
             of
             Silke
             and
             many
             other
             Stuffes
             .
             This
             is
             all
             that
             can
             be
             spoken
             of
             the
             Sultans
             Presents
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             
               CHAP.
               XV.
            
             Of
             the
             Treasures
             of
             the
             Serrail
             .
          
           
             
             THe
             Och●mas
             Monarch
             hath
             his
             Treasures
             :
             what
             Soueraigne
             Prince
             can
             preserue
             and
             ●ine
             his
             power
             and
             estate
             without
             their
             force
             :
             It
             is
             gotten
             by
             Armes
             and
             Money
             ,
             preserued
             and
             underlined
             by
             the
             same
             meanes
             .
             Hee
             doth
             lodge
             it
             in
             his
             Serrail
             ,
             one
             part
             in
             the
             Co●he
             which
             is
             without
             his
             Quarter
             :
             and
             the
             other
             within
             it
             :
             In
             the
             Treasurie
             without
             it
             layed
             the
             money
             for
             the
             ordinary
             and
             extraordinary
             expences
             ,
             which
             is
             buried
             vpon
             all
             the
             Reuenewes
             of
             the
             Empire
             .
             The
             
               Grand
               Vizir
            
             and
             the
             great
             Teftardar
             ,
             or
             Superintendent
             of
             the
             Treasure
             keepe
             the
             Keyes
             ,
             But
             it
             is
             sealed
             only
             by
             the
             
               Grand
               Vizir
            
             .
             The
             other
             place
             for
             the
             Treasure
             is
             more
             important
             :
             it
             is
             within
             the
             Quarter
             of
             the
             Sultans
             lodging
             ,
             or
             most
             commonly
             vnder
             the
             Chamber
             where
             he
             sleepe
             ,
             taking
             his
             rest
             vpon
             the
             subject
             of
             his
             disquiet
             .
             This
             is
             vnder
             the
             cha●ge
             and
             care
             of
             the
             〈…〉
             ,
             who
             is
             a
             white
             Eunuch
             ,
             and
             a
             Fauourite
             as
             the
             Prince
             ;
             hee
             hath
             one
             key
             and
             the
             Emperour
             another
             :
             The
             Treasure
             which
             is
             said
             to
             yearely
             there
             ,
             is
             that
             which
             hee
             sp●
             out
             of
             the
             Reuenewes
             of
             Egypt
             :
             When
             they
             haue
             paid
             the
             〈◊〉
             of
             Ca●re
             ,
             their
             Commanders
             ,
             and
             others
             which
             are
             the
             force
             and
             defence
             of
             that
             rich
             Kingdome
             there
             〈◊〉
             vsually
             〈…〉
             thousand
             Sultanians
             ,
             
             which
             makes
             two
             〈◊〉
             foure
             hundred
             thousand
             Liuers
             of
             French
             money
             .
             Besides
             this
             Treasure
             the
             jealousie
             of
             Turkish
             Emperoure
             〈…〉
             ●other
             in
             the
             Serrail
             of
             the
             Sultana's
             ,
             in
             〈…〉
             where
             as
             the
             Sultanas
             Queene
             doth
             lodge
             ,
             〈…〉
             of
             his
             Serrail
             should
             enter
             into
             it
             :
             The
             doores
             are
             〈◊〉
             Iron
             ,
             and
             they
             will
             is
             vp
             as
             often
             as
             they
             put
             any
             Treasure
             into
             it
             ,
             and
             they
             which
             carry
             it
             are
             Mutes
             ,
             to
             whose
             silence
             the
             
             Sultanas
             ●sides
             the
             ●●cret
             :
             They
             carrie
             it
             in
             great
             s●●he
             of
             Leather
             like
             vnto
             Purses
             ,
             and
             let
             it
             downe
             into
             ●mes
             ,
             which
             are
             made
             of
             purpose
             to
             keepe
             it
             :
             Thus
             the
             Money
             which
             〈◊〉
             with
             gaine
             ,
             is
             kept
             
             with
             feare
             ,
             and
             if
             it
             be
             lost
             it
             is
             with
             griefe
             .
             The
             Prince
             which
             doth
             waste
             it
             by
             his
             prodigalities
             ,
             weakens
             his
             Estate
             ,
             and
             exposeth
             himselfe
             to
             the
             dangers
             of
             many
             violent
             necessities
             .
             That
             Turkish
             Monarch
             which
             first
             made
             the
             place
             for
             the
             secret
             Treasure
             in
             the
             
               Sultanaes
               Serrail
            
             ,
             was
             Selym
             the
             First
             ,
             who
             hauing
             drawne
             together
             all
             the
             coyned
             Gold
             which
             hee
             receiued
             of
             the
             Reuenewes
             of
             Caire
             and
             other
             places
             ,
             hee
             caused
             it
             to
             be
             moulten
             ,
             and
             made
             a
             great
             Ball
             ,
             which
             his
             dumbe
             Men
             did
             roll
             to
             put
             into
             the
             Cisternes
             of
             this
             Treasurie
             .
             Doubtlesse
             ,
             it
             must
             needs
             be
             very
             painfull
             to
             roll
             it
             ,
             seeing
             the
             weight
             of
             this
             precious
             metall
             is
             so
             cumbersome
             ,
             as
             it
             ●●rawes
             all
             the
             World
             after
             it
             .
             Hee
             himselfe
             had
             the
             Key
             of
             this
             secret
             place
             ,
             making
             vse
             of
             his
             dumbe
             Men
             ,
             to
             the
             end
             they
             should
             not
             reueale
             the
             rich
             treasure
             which
             he
             had
             drawn
             together
             .
             Amurath
             the
             Third
             did
             afterwards
             seeke
             a
             more
             secret
             place
             ,
             vnder
             the
             Chamber
             of
             the
             
               Sultana
               Asachi
            
             ,
             (
             that
             is
             to
             say
             the
             crowned
             )
             where
             he
             caused
             Cisternes
             to
             be
             digged
             to
             that
             end
             :
             He
             entred
             into
             it
             foure
             times
             in
             the
             yeere
             ,
             and
             at
             euery
             time
             he
             put
             into
             it
             aboue
             two
             Millions
             of
             Gold
             :
             This
             Prince
             drew
             together
             more
             Treasure
             than
             any
             of
             the
             rest
             ,
             hauing
             in
             few
             yeares
             filled
             those
             Cisternes
             with
             coyned
             Gold.
             Wherefore
             we
             must
             not
             wonder
             if
             the
             Turkes
             Armies
             be
             so
             strong
             ,
             seeing
             they
             furnish
             them
             with
             so
             many
             sinewes
             ;
             if
             they
             vanquish
             and
             triumph
             ,
             seeing
             they
             haue
             both
             Men
             and
             Money
             in
             abundance
             :
             But
             rather
             wee
             haue
             cause
             to
             wonder
             that
             they
             doe
             not
             get
             all
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             World
             :
             
             For
             what
             is
             there
             in
             it
             that
             is
             not
             to
             be
             sold
             for
             Money
             ?
             The
             King
             of
             the
             Numidians
             had
             reason
             to
             say
             in
             beholding
             that
             Citie
             which
             was
             the
             seat
             of
             the
             most
             powerfull
             Monarchie
             of
             the
             Earth
             :
             
               A
               Citie
               that
               is
               to
               be
               sold
               ,
               is
               nere
               its
               ruine
               ,
               if
               it
               find
               a
               buyer
               .
            
             Men
             haue
             giuen
             the
             Turkish
             Emperours
             that
             fearefull
             greatnesse
             which
             they
             enjoy
             ,
             but
             Money
             hath
             bought
             the
             men
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             
               CHAP.
               XVI
            
             .
             Of
             the
             Reuenewes
             of
             the
             Turkish
             Emperour
             in
             generall
             and
             in
             particular
             ,
             and
             of
             the
             extent
             thereof
             ▪
          
           
             THe
             greatnesse
             of
             Monarchies
             consists
             chiefly
             in
             three
             things
             ,
             in
             the
             number
             of
             men
             ,
             in
             the
             extent
             of
             Countries
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             abundance
             of
             his
             annuall
             Reuenewes
             .
             Which
             three
             things
             are
             found
             in
             Eminencie
             ,
             aboue
             all
             other
             Estates
             of
             the
             World
             ,
             in
             the
             Turkes
             Empire
             :
             His
             Armies
             are
             many
             times
             400000.
             fighting
             men
             or
             more
             ;
             the
             Townes
             and
             Champion
             Countrey
             are
             inhabited
             and
             abundantly
             peopled
             ,
             by
             the
             Law
             of
             their
             Religion
             and
             State
             ,
             which
             forceth
             Men
             to
             marrie
             being
             fiue
             and
             twenty
             yeares
             olde
             ,
             and
             they
             haue
             libertie
             to
             keepe
             as
             many
             Concubines
             as
             they
             are
             able
             to
             feed
             .
             The
             yearely
             Reuenew
             is
             proportionable
             in
             this
             abundance
             :
             Wee
             may
             comprehend
             it
             in
             two
             sorts
             ▪
             In
             the
             ordinary
             Reuenew
             which
             is
             alwayes
             equall
             ,
             and
             doth
             not
             alter
             ;
             and
             in
             the
             extraordinary
             and
             casuall
             .
             The
             ordinary
             amounts
             yearely
             to
             twenty
             Millions
             of
             Gold
             ;
             the
             extraordinary
             is
             not
             lesse
             ,
             but
             more
             vncertaine
             ,
             for
             it
             is
             not
             raised
             but
             vpon
             Escheates
             and
             casuall
             things
             ;
             as
             when
             the
             Turkes
             die
             without
             Heires
             ,
             all
             their
             goods
             come
             vnto
             the
             Prince
             ;
             If
             they
             leaue
             any
             Children
             ,
             he
             takes
             only
             ten
             in
             the
             hundred
             ▪
             most
             of
             the
             rich
             Bashaes
             ,
             and
             wealthy
             men
             of
             the
             Court
             ,
             leaue
             the
             best
             of
             their
             Estates
             to
             their
             Prince
             ,
             although
             they
             haue
             Children
             :
             For
             being
             all
             slaues
             by
             the
             fundamentall
             Law
             of
             the
             S●●●e
             ,
             the
             Sultan
             seizes
             vpon
             their
             Pallaces
             of
             their
             most
             precious
             moueables
             ,
             and
             doth
             not
             suffer
             that
             the
             great
             summers
             of
             Money
             which
             they
             leaue
             should
             be
             otherwise
             imployed
             ,
             but
             to
             fill
             the
             Cofers
             of
             his
             Chasna
             ,
             or
             Treasury
             .
             Besides
             all
             this
             hee
             is
             the
             first
             and
             chiefe
             principall
             Steward
             of
             the
             Benefices
             of
             his
             Empire
             :
             For
             if
             any
             pious
             person
             according
             to
             his
             Religion
             ,
             leaues
             any
             great
             Legacies
             to
             the
             Priests
             of
             his
             Law
             ,
             to
             read
             the
             Alc●r●
             ,
             
             or
             to
             performe
             some
             other
             deuotion
             after
             their
             manner
             ,
             hee
             lookes
             what
             is
             necessary
             for
             the
             nourishment
             and
             entertainment
             of
             a
             number
             of
             Priests
             ,
             which
             are
             appointed
             ,
             not
             according
             to
             the
             Lawes
             of
             Excesse
             ,
             but
             in
             termes
             of
             modesty
             and
             Ecclesiasticall
             Sobrietie
             :
             He
             causeth
             it
             be
             deliuered
             vnto
             them
             ,
             and
             puts
             the
             rest
             into
             his
             Cofers
             .
             So
             as
             he
             that
             could
             justly
             calculate
             the
             Revenewes
             of
             the
             Turkish
             Empire
             ,
             without
             doubt
             he
             should
             find
             it
             to
             exceed
             forty
             Millions
             yearely
             ,
             aswell
             the
             Ordinary
             as
             the
             Casuall
             :
             whereunto
             no
             Monarch
             of
             the
             Earth
             doth
             come
             neere
             .
          
           
             They
             which
             haue
             seene
             the
             Turkes
             Court
             ,
             dwelt
             in
             Constantinople
             ,
             and
             conuerst
             with
             the
             naturall
             Citizens
             thereof
             ,
             vnderstand
             the
             greatnesse
             of
             the
             Annuall
             Reuenewes
             of
             this
             spacious
             Empire
             .
             And
             others
             who
             haue
             not
             trauelled
             so
             farre
             ,
             to
             attaine
             vnto
             this
             particular
             knowledge
             ,
             will
             not
             call
             this
             truth
             in
             question
             ,
             if
             they
             consider
             the
             vast
             extent
             of
             the
             Othuman
             Empire
             ;
             for
             the
             Soueraigne
             Princes
             thereof
             are
             Lords
             of
             Africke
             ;
             they
             possesse
             a
             part
             of
             Barbary
             ,
             they
             rule
             beyond
             Thu●●
             and
             Argier
             ;
             they
             draw
             Tributes
             from
             the
             Crownes
             of
             Fesse
             and
             Morocco
             .
             They
             are
             Kings
             of
             high
             and
             low
             Egypt
             :
             they
             force
             obedience
             in
             Asia
             :
             The
             three
             Arabiaes
             ,
             that
             is
             to
             say
             ,
             the
             Stony
             ,
             the
             Desart
             ,
             and
             the
             Happy
             ,
             acknowledge
             no
             other
             Lord
             :
             The
             Holy
             Land
             suffers
             the
             rigour
             of
             their
             command
             ,
             which
             is
             absolute
             in
             
               Syria
               ,
               Mesopotamia
            
             ,
             and
             Chaldaea
             ,
             a
             part
             of
             Persia
             doth
             acknowledge
             them
             :
             Media
             and
             Assiria
             are
             theirs
             :
             Armenia
             the
             lesse
             bowes
             vnder
             their
             Lawes
             ,
             and
             a
             part
             of
             the
             greater
             ,
             with
             the
             Countrey
             of
             Mongrelia
             :
             All
             Asia
             the
             lesser
             obey
             them
             ,
             and
             in
             it
             the
             Prouinces
             of
             
               Caramania
               ,
               Calicia
               ,
               Cappad●cia
               ,
               Pamphylia
               ,
               Paphlagonia
               ,
               Gallacia
               ,
               Phrygia
               ,
               Bichynia
               ,
               Lydia
               ,
               Caria
               ,
            
             and
             Magnesia
             :
             The
             Emperour
             of
             Trebisonde
             acknowledgeth
             them
             for
             Masters
             :
             Their
             power
             is
             not
             lesse
             in
             Europe
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             goodliest
             ,
             the
             most
             flourishing
             and
             the
             ciuillest
             part
             in
             the
             World
             :
             All
             Greece
             ,
             as
             
               Thr●●
               ;
               Macedonia
               ,
               Bulgaria
               ,
               Polopos●
            
             now
             called
             
               Mor●a
               ,
               B●sina
            
             ,
             and
             Ser●ia
             ,
             doe
             what
             they
             command
             :
             Sla●ia
             is
             subject
             vnto
             them
             :
             A
             part
             of
             
               Sa●
               ,
               Dasia
               ,
               Hungaria
            
             ,
             and
             Valachia
             are
             peopled
             by
             
             them
             :
             The
             Prouinces
             which
             lie
             vpon
             the
             blacke
             Sea
             and
             the
             Archipelagus
             ,
             belong
             wholy
             vnto
             the
             Turkes●
             and
             the
             Ilands
             of
             the
             Mediterran●an
             Sea
             ,
             which
             make
             the
             greatest
             number
             yeeld
             vnto
             their
             〈◊〉
             .
             They
             haue
             〈◊〉
             from
             the
             Venetians
             the
             Crowns
             of
             G●
             and
             Ierusalem
             that
             goodly
             Island
             of
             Rhodas
             ,
             leauing
             〈◊〉
             in
             that
             Sea
             vnder
             the
             obedience
             of
             the
             Christians
             ,
             but
             
               Candoe
               ,
               Sicely
               ,
               Corfon
            
             and
             Malta
             .
             Thus
             the
             〈◊〉
             of
             the
             great
             and
             redoubted
             Turkish
             Empire
             ,
             〈…〉
             North
             at
             the
             Riuer
             Tanais
             ,
             the
             most
             famous
             bounds
             〈…〉
             E●rope
             :
             Towards
             the
             South
             it
             joynes
             with
             the
             Countries
             of
             Preste-Iean
             ,
             or
             the
             greater
             Neg●
             of
             ●thi●pia
             Towards
             the
             East
             it
             extends
             its
             limits
             to
             the
             Persian
             Gulfe
             ,
             yea
             ,
             it
             passeth
             beyond
             ●als●t●
             ▪
             and
             in
             the
             wa●
             they
             are
             〈◊〉
             Neighbours
             to
             Ragousa
             a
             〈…〉
             .
             And
             if
             God
             did
             not
             restraine
             the
             course
             of
             their
             great
             prosperities
             ,
             they
             would
             adde
             vnto
             their
             Monarchy
             many
             other
             Prouinces
             of
             Christendome
             ,
             which
             the
             dis●
             of
             Christian
             Prin●ces
             ,
             and
             the
             carelesse
             neglect
             of
             their
             subjects
             seene
             to
             expose
             to
             their
             Ambition
             :
             For
             if
             the
             Sult●
             doe
             what
             they
             can
             to
             inlarge
             their
             Estates
             ,
             these
             furnish
             them
             occasion
             by
             their
             diuisions
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               CHAP.
               XVII
            
             .
             Of
             the
             
               Grand
               Seigneurs
            
             going
             forth
             of
             Constantinople
             by
             Land
             ,
             and
             his
             returne
             i●
             Pompe
             where
             ●e
             displayes
             to
             the
             view
             of
             strangers
             ,
             the
             greatnesse
             of
             his
             〈◊〉
             .
          
           
             THe
             Otheman
             Emperour
             〈…〉
             ,
             moneth
             at
             the
             〈…〉
             vnto
             his
             Subjects
             ,
             〈…〉
             which
             they
             might
             conceiue
             of
             him
             ,
             and
             〈…〉
             dangerous
             effects
             of
             any
             〈…〉
             the
             Friday
             (
             which
             is
             with
             the
             Turkes
             〈…〉
             
             to
             goe
             vnto
             the
             Mosquee
             to
             performe
             his
             deuotion
             ,
             and
             to
             sheare
             himselfe
             in
             publique
             .
             When
             he
             goes
             forth
             in
             this
             manner
             it
             is
             vsually
             by
             the
             great
             Gate
             of
             his
             Serrail
             :
             Hee
             is
             alwayes
             on
             Horsebacke
             ,
             simply
             attired
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             same
             manner
             as
             he
             is
             in
             his
             Pallace
             .
             His
             head
             is
             couered
             with
             a
             little
             Turbant
             ,
             to
             be
             more
             at
             his
             ease
             :
             Few
             Ba●●u's
             accompany
             him
             ,
             the
             most
             part
             of
             his
             traine
             are
             the
             men
             of
             his
             Family
             .
             The
             Sonbasse
             ,
             who
             is
             Captaine
             of
             the
             Iustice
             ,
             or
             as
             the
             Knight
             of
             the
             Wa●ch
             at
             ps
             ,
             goes
             a
             little
             before
             with
             fiftie
             Souldiers
             of
             his
             〈◊〉
             ,
             to
             free
             the
             streets
             from
             all
             incumbrances
             ,
             which
             might
             hinder
             the
             Princes
             passage
             ,
             and
             to
             keepe
             euery
             man
             in
             awe
             while
             hee
             passeth
             .
             His
             most
             familiars
             accompany
             him
             ,
             the
             Eunuches
             of
             his
             Chamber
             ;
             his
             Pages
             and
             therest
             which
             attend
             his
             person
             follow
             him
             :
             The
             Captaine
             of
             the
             Pages
             ,
             hee
             of
             the
             Capigis
             ,
             and
             the
             foure
             Captaines
             of
             the
             〈◊〉
             of
             his
             guard
             goe
             before
             him
             well
             mounted
             ,
             and
             at
             his
             horse
             head
             there
             march
             foure
             Capigis
             on
             foot
             ,
             and
             foure
             Solarbis
             at
             his
             sti●ope
             ;
             These
             men
             most
             commonly
             are
             very
             tall
             ,
             〈◊〉
             being
             on
             foot
             ,
             and
             the
             Prince
             on
             horse
             backe
             ,
             their
             hands
             must
             bee
             equall
             with
             his
             〈◊〉
             ▪
             They
             haue
             〈…〉
             instructious
             and
             petitions
             ,
             which
             are
             preserued
             on
             the
             〈◊〉
             the
             which
             containe
             complaints
             of
             the
             insolencies
             of
             Basha's
             ,
             the
             injustices
             of
             Cadis
             or
             Iudges
             ;
             the
             theft
             of
             T●ftardar●
             or
             Treasurers
             ,
             and
             the
             other
             bad
             behauiour
             of
             his
             Officers
             .
             The
             Sultan
             hath
             in
             speciall
             care
             to
             haue
             these
             papers
             collected
             ,
             which
             many
             times
             poore
             miserable
             men
             ,
             lying
             flat
             on
             their
             bellies
             in
             signe
             of
             humilitie
             ,
             and
             lifting
             vp
             their
             hands
             offer
             vnto
             him
             ,
             the
             which
             they
             present
             vpon
             the
             〈◊〉
             of
             a
             Reede
             :
             Being
             returned
             vnto
             his
             Serrail
             ,
             hee
             〈◊〉
             them
             to
             ●etread
             ,
             and
             finds
             that
             which
             flattery
             had
             concealed
             from
             him
             ,
             and
             learnes
             these
             thinges
             which
             〈◊〉
             of
             the
             most
             sincere
             men
             durst
             not
             〈◊〉
             Presently
             has
             giues
             order
             ,
             and
             loseth
             no
             time
             in
             the
             search
             of
             〈…〉
             the
             wicked
             to
             〈…〉
             and
             slip
             away
             〈…〉
             the
             power
             of
             their
             〈◊〉
             〈…〉
             Presently
             they
             〈◊〉
             〈…〉
             Royall
             〈…〉
             Many
             Officers
             are
             ●wovel
             .
             
             from
             their
             places
             ,
             which
             they
             〈◊〉
             to
             〈…〉
             Mans●d●
             ,
             and
             some
             others
             are
             put
             to
             death
             :
             Such
             is
             the
             vertue
             of
             these
             flying
             Notes
             and
             Peti●ions
             ;
             yet
             they
             vse
             prudence
             and
             discretion
             ,
             and
             cause
             the
             crime
             to
             be
             well
             ●rred
             before
             they
             punish
             :
             For
             this
             cause
             the
             Basha's
             and
             other
             great
             〈◊〉
             of
             the
             Port
             ,
             who
             are
             i●ssed
             in
             th●se
             〈◊〉
             ,
             are
             not
             well
             pleased
             when
             they
             see
             their
             Prince
             goe
             forth
             in
             publique
             ;
             seeming
             that
             the
             newes
             of
             their
             vnjust
             actions
             should
             come
             vnto
             his
             eares
             .
             In
             these
             issues
             the
             people
             blesse
             him
             with
             their
             accla●ai●n●
             ,
             and
             he
             sal●es
             〈◊〉
             by
             nodding
             of
             his
             〈…〉
             ●times
             ,
             to
             binde
             their
             affections
             more
             vnto
             him
             ,
             〈…〉
             forth
             handfuls
             of
             gold
             and
             siluer
             and
             casts
             it
             amongst
             them
             .
             Two
             of
             those
             〈◊〉
             which
             are
             of
             either
             〈◊〉
             of
             him
             ,
             carry
             in
             two
             purses
             of
             V●l●
             ,
             two
             little
             fla●
             of
             gold
             enrich●
             with
             precious
             stones
             ,
             which
             are
             full
             of
             boiled
             water
             ,
             C●diall
             and
             delightfull
             to
             drinke
             .
             The
             Sultan
             makes
             vse
             of
             it
             ,
             when
             he
             is
             dry
             .
             The
             rest
             of
             his
             t●i●e
             come
             after
             :
             The
             Dwarffes
             and
             Iesters
             make
             a
             part
             ,
             as
             the
             Apes
             of
             the
             Court
             ,
             which
             neuer
             goes
             without
             them
             ,
             to
             pre●
             〈…〉
             haue
             alwayes
             something
             ridiculous
             〈◊〉
             all
             〈…〉
             of
             about
             〈◊〉
             hundred
             .
          
           
             
             These
             are
             his
             issues
             when
             he
             goes
             from
             his
             
             Serrail
             ●to
             Constantinople
             .
             But
             when
             he
             goes
             out
             of
             the
             〈◊〉
             the
             fields
             to
             make
             a
             glorious
             returne
             in
             〈…〉
             followed
             ,
             and
             adorned
             in
             〈…〉
             some
             forreigne
             Embassadour
             ,
             and
             〈…〉
             to
             him
             of
             ●●rsia
             the
             magnifi●
             〈…〉
             report
             to
             his
             Master
             〈…〉
             ●ee
             that
             hath
             〈◊〉
             yea
             looked
             vpon
             〈…〉
             Envy
             .
             Hee
             take
             occasion
             to
             〈…〉
             of
             〈◊〉
             ,
             〈…〉
             ●sed
             it
             〈…〉
             built
             two
             〈…〉
             .
             The
             〈…〉
             doth
             aduertise
             hi●
             〈…〉
             to
             the
             Citie
             ,
             and
             to
             〈…〉
             〈◊〉
             for
             the
             way
             and
             〈…〉
             send
             from
             his
             Country
             〈…〉
             his
             great
             men
             of
             the
             Port
             ,
             and
             all
             his
             〈…〉
             
             as
             is
             fitting
             at
             so
             Royall
             an
             entrie
             .
             Achmat
             the
             First
             in
             the
             yeare
             1612.
             giues
             vs
             a
             president
             .
          
           
             A
             troupe
             of
             aboue
             two
             thousand
             men
             at
             armes
             〈…〉
             first
             they
             were
             armed
             and
             mou●d
             as
             was
             fitting
             for
             〈…〉
             .
             A
             sharely
             Regiment
             of
             Turkish
             foot
             ,
             exceeding
             〈…〉
             followed
             them
             :
             After
             these
             came
             the
             Cadis
             or
             Iudges
             of
             Constantinople
             ,
             with
             all
             the
             Body
             of
             Iustice
             ,
             which
             were
             many
             in
             number
             :
             The
             Talismans
             and
             other
             Doctoral
             and
             Priests
             of
             the
             Al●an
             in
             the
             order
             of
             their
             puft-up
             grauity
             ,
             ma●ched
             after
             these
             Iudges
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             only
             way
             of
             the
             Iustice
             which
             they
             hold
             in
             their
             life
             .
             The
             
               Grand
               Vizir
            
             ,
             accompanied
             with
             all
             the
             other
             Vizirs
             ,
             and
             the
             Bashaes
             and
             Beglierbyes
             of
             the
             Empire
             ,
             made
             so
             sta●y
             a
             Body
             ,
             as
             in
             seeing
             them
             ,
             a
             man
             might
             say
             they
             were
             so
             〈◊〉
             things
             ,
             who
             〈◊〉
             by
             an
             extraordinary
             miracle
             drawne
             themselues
             together
             ,
             much
             lesse
             to
             haue
             taken
             them
             for
             the
             slaues
             of
             the
             Othoman
             〈◊〉
             :
             When
             these
             were
             past
             ;
             there
             followed
             the
             ●en
             of
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             or
             the
             officers
             of
             the
             〈…〉
             with
             the
             to●
             of
             their
             〈…〉
             The
             first
             〈◊〉
             then
             on
             foot
             ,
             who
             fed
             ten
             goodly
             〈…〉
             other
             Turkes
             ,
             with
             royall
             〈◊〉
             ,
             whereof
             the
             〈…〉
             the
             Dirt
             and
             ●word
             of
             〈◊〉
             Gold
             ,
             〈◊〉
             with
             precious
             stones
             :
             the
             Saddle
             was
             〈…〉
             and
             glistering
             with
             Diamonds
             :
             The
             S●●s
             〈…〉
             with
             strings
             of
             gold
             ,
             at
             the
             〈…〉
             did
             〈…〉
             ground
             two
             great
             men
             of
             rich
             Orientall
             Persian
             vpon
             the
             Saddle
             they
             had
             cast
             a
             long
             Horse
             cloth
             ,
             of
             rich
             Cloth
             of
             Gold
             ,
             〈◊〉
             ordered
             so
             thicke
             with
             〈◊〉
             ▪
             as
             they
             〈…〉
             〈…〉
             follower
             so
             like
             order
             ,
             〈…〉
             〈…〉
             either
             of
             the●
             〈…〉
             〈…〉
             presented
             by
             the
             French
             〈…〉
             negligent
             care
             of
             th●
             〈…〉
             from
             hunting
             .
             The
             〈…〉
             well
             〈…〉
             
             
             
             goodly
             entry
             ,
             with
             a
             band
             of
             young
             men
             simply
             attired
             ,
             entertained
             for
             their
             Seruices
             ,
             with
             all
             the
             other
             Pages
             of
             the
             Serrail
             .
             The
             Embassadour
             of
             Persia
             ,
             the
             chiefe
             subiect
             of
             this
             magnificence
             ,
             caused
             to
             be
             cast
             before
             his
             Lodging
             when
             the
             Sultan
             past
             ,
             a
             hundred
             clothes
             of
             Silke
             :
             the
             Archers
             of
             his
             Guard
             tooke
             them
             vp
             and
             kept
             them
             for
             themselues
             .
          
           
             This
             Pompe
             is
             made
             when
             as
             the
             Turke
             is
             in
             good
             termes
             with
             the
             Persian
             :
             But
             when
             as
             they
             differ
             ,
             and
             that
             matters
             are
             disposed
             to
             warre
             ,
             the
             estate
             of
             things
             change
             .
             The
             Turke
             〈◊〉
             shew
             in
             his
             entrie
             before
             the
             Embassadour
             of
             Persia
             ,
             of
             such
             Souldiers
             which
             he
             hath
             in
             Constantinople
             and
             thereabouts
             :
             and
             entring
             into
             the
             City
             ,
             from
             his
             Countrey
             Pallace
             of
             
               Da●
               Basha
            
             ,
             hee
             marcheth
             about
             the
             streets
             with
             aboue
             a
             hundred
             and
             fifty
             thousand
             fighting
             men
             well
             armed
             ;
             as
             Amarath
             the
             Third
             did
             a
             li●
             before
             he
             sent
             his
             Army
             into
             Persia
             ,
             where
             hee
             defeared
             his
             Enemies
             ,
             and
             get
             in
             a
             short
             time
             twelue
             rich
             Prouinces
             from
             the
             Persian
             .
             When
             as
             this
             Prince
             had
             made
             shew
             of
             so
             many
             war
             like
             tro●pe
             to
             the
             Embassadour
             of
             Persia
             ,
             who
             was
             to
             〈◊〉
             wi●h
             admirall
             of
             〈◊〉
             some
             tribute
             which
             had
             〈…〉
             hee
             sent
             him
             〈◊〉
             by
             one
             of
             his
             Bashaes
             then
             all
             the
             〈◊〉
             and
             〈◊〉
             which
             hee
             had
             s●ene
             in
             Constantinople
             ,
             were
             but
             the
             〈◊〉
             which
             bee
             kept
             in
             〈◊〉
             ,
             and
             that
             he
             should
             〈◊〉
             of
             the
             great
             ●mber
             which
             he
             had
             in
             field
             ;
             the
             which
             being
             led
             into
             his
             Masters
             Countrey
             ,
             they
             would
             〈…〉
             Commanding
             him
             in
             the
             〈…〉
             of
             Constantinople
             within
             three
             dayes
             ,
             〈…〉
             goe
             into
             Persia
             ,
             there
             to
             attend
             his
             slaues
             which
             would
             〈…〉
             Turkish
             〈…〉
             and
             〈…〉
             place
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             
               CHAP.
               XVIII
            
             .
             The
             
               Grand
               Seigneurs
            
             going
             to
             Sea
             ,
             to
             〈◊〉
             himselfe
             .
          
           
             SEeing
             that
             the
             Othoman
             Monarch
             domin●es
             ouer
             the
             best
             parts
             of
             the
             Earth
             ,
             and
             extends
             the
             power
             of
             his
             Empire
             vpon
             the
             waues
             of
             the
             Sea
             ,
             it
             is
             fit
             and
             reasonable
             hee
             should
             take
             his
             recreation
             and
             pleasure
             vpon
             either
             〈◊〉
             .
             The
             precedent
             Chapter
             hath
             〈…〉
             going
             ●
             by
             land
             :
             This
             shall
             describe
             him
             taking
             his
             pleasure
             at
             Sea
             ,
             where
             wee
             may
             follow
             him
             without
             danger
             ;
             for
             〈◊〉
             neuer
             imbarques
             himselfe
             but
             the
             wind●
             are
             still
             ,
             the
             〈◊〉
             are
             calme
             ,
             and
             the
             superficies
             of
             the
             water
             p●
             and
             〈◊〉
             .
             He
             goes
             out
             of
             his
             Serrail
             by
             one
             of
             the
             Gates
             of
             his
             goodly
             Gardens
             ,
             which
             haue
             a
             prospectes
             the
             Sea
             ,
             whose
             〈…〉
             with
             many
             Pillars
             of
             P●phyry
             :
             Her
             into
             his
             〈◊〉
             called
             in
             the
             Turkish
             Language
             〈◊〉
             ,
             hauing
             aboue
             〈◊〉
             ●anks
             and
             〈…〉
             to
             a
             Banke
             ▪
             He
             〈◊〉
             his
             selfe
             〈◊〉
             the
             Po●pe
             ,
             the
             which
             is
             gorgeously
             〈◊〉
             with
             Vel●t
             and
             such
             like
             stuffe
             ,
             imbroidered
             with
             gold
             .
             Hee
             〈…〉
             Cushions
             of
             Crimson
             Vel●
             ▪
             which
             serue●
             him
             for
             seats
             〈◊〉
             the
             Turkish
             〈◊〉
             His
             〈◊〉
             Familiars
             ,
             Eunuches
             of
             his
             Serrail
             〈…〉
             him
             :
             Only
             the
             B●stangi●assi
             ,
             which
             is
             his
             great
             G●rdin
             ▪
             and
             his
             Pilot
             in
             his
             recreation
             ,
             may
             sst
             in
             his
             〈…〉
             more
             commodiously
             ,
             whereof
             〈…〉
             .
             A
             troupe
             of
             young
             〈…〉
             with
             such
             〈…〉
             th●rough
             〈…〉
             .
             They
             〈…〉
             and
             haue
             Caps
             of
             the
             same
             〈…〉
             Oare
             with
             such
             care
             ,
             as
             they
             imploy
             themselues
             without
             failing
             :
             foure
             other
             Caques
             goe
             some
             little
             space
             before
             ,
             to
             aduertize
             all
             other
             Vessels
             to
             passe
             out
             of
             the
             way
             ,
             or
             to
             stay
             ,
             &
             not
             to
             pester
             by
             their
             encounter
             the
             way
             of
             this
             redoubted
             Sultan
             :
             they
             do
             it
             speedily
             (
             what
             is
             there
             in
             the
             Lou●
             which
             
             doth
             not
             obey
             him
             ?
             )
             &
             seeing
             him
             farre
             off
             salute
             his
             greatnes
             and
             by
             the
             acclamations
             of
             their
             joy
             ,
             wish
             him
             all
             happinesse
             :
             Some
             other
             Caiques
             follow
             his
             ,
             in
             the
             which
             are
             those
             of
             his
             family
             ,
             to
             whom
             he
             would
             giue
             leaue
             ,
             to
             be
             partakers
             of
             these
             pleasures
             .
             During
             this
             ,
             hee
             hath
             a
             wise
             lesson
             of
             the
             vanity
             of
             greatnesse
             ,
             by
             the
             consideration
             of
             the
             inconstancie
             of
             the
             Element
             which
             beares
             him
             ,
             if
             he
             would
             apply
             his
             mind
             vnto
             it
             :
             But
             hee
             passeeh
             that
             time
             in
             the
             ordinary
             trade
             of
             Kings
             ,
             which
             is
             to
             raise
             vp
             ,
             and
             ouerthrow
             the
             fortunes
             of
             men
             by
             the
             effects
             of
             their
             loue
             or
             hatred
             .
             For
             the
             Bostangi●assi
             ,
             who
             is
             at
             his
             backe
             ,
             with
             the
             helme
             in
             his
             hand
             ,
             and
             who
             alone
             hath
             leaue
             to
             speake
             then
             vnto
             him
             ,
             informes
             him
             as
             hee
             pleaseth
             of
             the
             affaires
             of
             his
             estate
             ,
             of
             the
             carriage
             of
             the
             Officers
             of
             his
             Crowne
             ,
             of
             the
             designes
             of
             his
             Basha's
             ,
             and
             of
             the
             insolencie
             of
             such
             as
             he
             fauoure
             aboue
             the
             rest
             .
             Sometimes
             he
             deliuers
             the
             truth
             nakedly
             and
             plaine
             vnto
             him
             ,
             and
             sometimes
             hee
             doth
             disguise
             and
             dissemble
             it
             as
             his
             passion
             doth
             aduise
             him
             ,
             and
             doth
             cunningly
             practise
             the
             ruine
             of
             those
             which
             thinke
             themselues
             assured
             ,
             and
             are
             many
             times
             without
             crime
             .
             A
             president
             to
             ●ch●
             〈◊〉
             ●uch
             it
             doth
             imp●r●
             them
             to
             know
             the
             estate
             of
             by
             themselues
             ▪
             and
             not
             by
             others
             ,
             and
             to
             learne
             in
             seeing
             the
             carriage
             of
             their
             subiects
             ,
             and
             to
             doe
             in
             their
             Monarchy
             ,
             as
             shepheards
             doe
             in
             their
             troups
             ,
             haue
             a
             care
             of
             them
             ,
             for
             the
             eye
             is
             not
             circumuented
             so
             soone
             as
             the
             eare
             ,
             and
             truth
             enters
             seldome
             or
             disguised
             into
             their
             Pallaces
             ,
             if
             they
             themselues
             〈◊〉
             di●t
             by
             the
             hand
             .
             The
             greatest
             lyars
             among
             men
             remaine
             in
             Court
             ,
             and
             there
             doe
             easily
             vent
             out
             their
             fabulous
             inuentions
             :
             Priuate
             interest
             is
             the
             〈◊〉
             Diuinitie
             which
             they
             adore
             to
             the
             which
             they
             referre
             the
             ambition
             of
             their
             thoughts
             ,
             the
             flattery
             of
             their
             disco●rse●
             and
             the
             malice
             of
             their
             actions
             .
             The
             Bostangibassi
             finding
             his
             Mastermind
             be
             〈…〉
             had
             from
             all
             knowledge
             of
             affaires
             〈◊〉
             vnto
             a
             plaine
             Table
             ,
             he
             paints
             thereon
             what
             he
             pleaseth
             ,
             friendship
             for
             〈◊〉
             and
             hatred
             for
             others
             :
             Hee
             makes
             the
             guilty
             innocent
             and
             the
             innocent
             guilty
             :
             He
             raises
             and
             ruines
             according
             to
             his
             humour
             ▪
             Soe
             at
             the
             〈◊〉
             from
             this
             〈◊〉
             walke
             ,
             the
             Bas●a's
             haue
             sometimes
             felt
             the
             stormes
             of
             a
             
             new
             disaster
             in
             the
             change
             of
             their
             fortunes
             :
             Doubtlesse
             the
             fauours
             of
             the
             Court
             are
             very
             fraile
             and
             inconstant
             ,
             seeing
             that
             a
             puffe
             of
             wind
             ,
             a
             word
             may
             ouerthrow
             them
             :
             And
             as
             wind
             disperseth
             smoake
             ,
             so
             the
             great
             Gardiners
             discourse
             doth
             cause
             the
             greatnesse
             of
             the
             Bassa's
             of
             the
             Port
             to
             wither
             and
             fade
             .
             The
             which
             should
             teach
             the
             Fauourites
             of
             Princes
             ,
             seeing
             their
             fortunes
             are
             transitory
             and
             fading
             ,
             to
             imploy
             their
             credit
             in
             vertuous
             actions
             ,
             which
             may
             serue
             them
             for
             a
             solide
             support
             ,
             honour
             their
             liues
             ,
             eternize
             their
             memory
             with
             posterity
             ,
             and
             preserue
             them
             from
             ruine
             .
             But
             to
             speake
             these
             thing
             ▪
             to
             most
             part
             of
             those
             of
             that
             condition
             ,
             were
             to
             sing
             vnto
             the
             deafe
             ,
             and
             to
             shew
             colours
             to
             the
             blind
             :
             for
             the
             great
             prosperities
             of
             the
             Court
             blind
             the
             mind
             ,
             and
             dull
             the
             judgements
             .
          
           
             When
             as
             the
             Sultan
             hath
             glutted
             his
             desires
             ,
             with
             the
             delights
             of
             this
             Marine
             walke
             ,
             and
             filled
             his
             eares
             with
             the
             Bostangibassi's
             tales
             ,
             he
             returnes
             to
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             where
             being
             landed
             ,
             the
             Azamoglans
             draw
             the
             Caiques
             out
             of
             the
             water
             ,
             and
             lodge
             them
             in
             Vaults
             made
             for
             the
             purpose
             ,
             which
             are
             within
             the
             walls
             of
             this
             Pallace
             :
             The
             which
             they
             doe
             ,
             and
             put
             them
             to
             Sea
             againe
             commodiously
             and
             with
             great
             facilitie
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               CHAP.
               XIX
            
             .
             Of
             the
             
               Grand
               SEIGNEVRS
            
             Physicians
             ,
             Chyrurgians
             and
             Apothecaries
             .
          
           
             GReat
             Princes
             in
             the
             midst
             of
             their
             humane
             felicities
             are
             not
             freed
             from
             the
             crosses
             and
             discommodities
             of
             life
             ,
             and
             much
             lesse
             from
             the
             infirmities
             that
             afflict
             them
             ,
             to
             the
             end
             their
             pride
             might
             be
             humbled
             ,
             and
             they
             should
             acknowledge
             themselues
             to
             be
             men
             .
             The
             Sultan
             Emperour
             of
             the
             Turkes
             seekes
             ease
             for
             his
             griefes
             aswell
             as
             other
             Monarches
             :
             He
             entertaines
             vsually
             for
             he
             seruice
             of
             his
             person
             ,
             ten
             Physicians
             of
             the
             most
             skilfull
             of
             the
             East
             :
             Most
             part
             are
             Iewes
             ,
             for
             the
             men
             of
             that
             Nation
             study
             carefully
             in
             Physicke
             ,
             and
             prosper
             
             well
             .
             And
             seeing
             that
             the
             Turkes
             neglecting
             Learning
             doe
             not
             attaine
             to
             those
             Sciences
             which
             are
             necessary
             to
             make
             a
             good
             Physician
             .
             Amidst
             this
             number
             there
             is
             one
             superiour
             to
             the
             rest
             ,
             called
             in
             their
             Language
             
               Lecchin
               Bassi
            
             ,
             or
             the
             first
             Physician
             :
             Their
             entertainments
             are
             great
             ,
             and
             the
             Presents
             they
             receiue
             make
             them
             rich
             :
             The
             first
             of
             them
             is
             reuerenced
             in
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             they
             serue
             him
             with
             the
             same
             bread
             they
             giue
             vnto
             the
             Sultan
             ,
             which
             is
             a
             dainty
             kind
             of
             bread
             made
             of
             the
             Graine
             which
             is
             gathered
             at
             Bursia
             in
             Natolia
             ,
             reserued
             for
             the
             Princes
             mouth
             :
             He
             hath
             what
             fauour
             hee
             can
             desire
             in
             Court
             ,
             and
             his
             Master
             honours
             him
             extraordinarily
             :
             Necessitie
             is
             a
             powerfull
             Daemon
             ,
             and
             his
             vertue
             makes
             him
             also
             to
             be
             honoured
             .
             But
             the
             merit
             of
             Physick
             hath
             made
             it
             so
             commendable
             in
             the
             World
             ,
             and
             in
             Court
             ,
             that
             many
             Kings
             haue
             crowned
             it
             with
             their
             owne
             Diadems
             :
             
             Sabor
             and
             Gyges
             haue
             practised
             it
             in
             their
             estates
             of
             
               Media
               :
               Sabid
            
             married
             it
             to
             his
             Scepter
             of
             
               Arabia
               :
               Methridatus
            
             to
             that
             of
             Pontus
             :
             and
             Hermes
             held
             it
             as
             great
             a
             glory
             to
             bee
             a
             Physician
             in
             Egypt
             as
             to
             be
             a
             Soueraigne
             King.
             
          
           
             When
             the
             Sultan
             is
             sick
             ,
             his
             Physicians
             are
             cald
             to
             visit
             him
             ;
             if
             they
             hold
             his
             infirmity
             to
             be
             of
             continuance
             ,
             they
             are
             presently
             lodged
             in
             the
             secret
             Serrail
             which
             is
             the
             Princes
             quarter
             ,
             in
             Chambers
             neare
             vnto
             him
             :
             They
             giue
             them
             two
             seruants
             to
             attend
             them
             ;
             and
             they
             may
             not
             go
             out
             of
             the
             Pallace
             ,
             what
             necessity
             soeuer
             doth
             presse
             them
             ,
             vntill
             the
             Sultan
             bee
             recouered
             or
             dead
             .
             But
             when
             hee
             is
             in
             health
             ,
             they
             are
             only
             bound
             to
             goe
             three
             of
             them
             euery
             morning
             ,
             into
             the
             Apothecaries
             shop
             in
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             and
             there
             to
             attend
             vntill
             noone
             ,
             if
             there
             be
             any
             need
             of
             their
             helpe
             .
          
           
             The
             Sultans
             Chyrurgions
             and
             Barbers
             haue
             lesse
             libertie
             :
             They
             may
             not
             goe
             out
             of
             the
             Serrail
             where
             they
             lodge
             ,
             but
             on
             the
             day
             of
             Bairam
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             Turkes
             Easter
             ,
             vnlesse
             it
             be
             by
             the
             Princes
             permission
             :
             The
             youngest
             of
             this
             profession
             serue
             him
             as
             Pages
             ,
             some
             others
             are
             Eunuches
             ,
             which
             attend
             the
             seruice
             of
             his
             Chamber
             :
             These
             shaue
             him
             when
             hee
             desires
             ,
             and
             wash
             him
             in
             his
             Bathes
             ,
             when
             hee
             goes
             to
             temper
             
             the
             heate
             which
             troubles
             him
             ,
             or
             to
             satisfie
             the
             commandement
             of
             his
             Law.
             
          
           
             The
             Apothecaries
             are
             also
             lodged
             in
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             their
             number
             exceeds
             both
             the
             others
             :
             So
             their
             Seruice
             is
             more
             ordinary
             .
             There
             are
             eighteene
             Masters
             which
             worke
             ,
             and
             three
             hundred
             Boyes
             which
             serue
             them
             ,
             most
             of
             which
             goe
             once
             a
             yeare
             to
             search
             for
             Simples
             on
             the
             Mountaines
             and
             Valleyes
             for
             the
             composing
             of
             their
             Physicke
             :
             Foure
             Masters
             most
             expert
             in
             their
             Art
             are
             Superiour
             to
             all
             those
             :
             They
             call
             them
             the
             Priors
             .
             The
             shop
             of
             these
             Apothecaries
             deserues
             so
             many
             men
             as
             serues
             this
             great
             Prince
             ,
             it
             is
             aboue
             fifty
             fathome
             long
             ,
             and
             halfe
             in
             breadth
             :
             The
             great
             Vessels
             which
             doe
             beautifie
             it
             ,
             furnish
             it
             abundantly
             with
             all
             sorts
             of
             Oiles
             ,
             Sirrops
             ,
             Ointments
             ,
             Waters
             ,
             and
             other
             liquors
             proper
             for
             Physicke
             :
             On
             the
             side
             of
             it
             are
             foure
             goodly
             Chambers
             full
             of
             diuers
             sorts
             of
             Drugs
             .
             Besides
             these
             there
             are
             two
             others
             scituate
             towards
             the
             Gardens
             ,
             where
             during
             the
             Spring
             which
             doth
             enamile
             the
             Earth
             with
             flowres
             ,
             and
             the
             Summer
             which
             doth
             crowne
             it
             with
             Fruits
             ,
             they
             draw
             the
             essences
             ,
             and
             distill
             the
             Waters
             which
             are
             fit
             for
             Physicke
             .
             But
             in
             all
             these
             Vessels
             ,
             amidst
             these
             Drugs
             and
             diuers
             Quintessences
             ,
             they
             find
             not
             any
             remedy
             which
             can
             mortifie
             the
             amorous
             Passions
             of
             the
             Prince
             ,
             wherewith
             hee
             is
             continually
             afflicted
             :
             They
             deuoure
             his
             leisure
             ,
             
             interrupt
             the
             exercises
             which
             are
             more
             worthy
             of
             his
             person
             ;
             and
             ●eiect
             him
             vnder
             that
             which
             hee
             is
             ,
             and
             make
             him
             a
             slaue
             to
             his
             slaues
             :
             for
             louing
             them
             desperately
             ,
             he
             liues
             more
             in
             them
             then
             in
             himselfe
             .
          
        
         
           The
           end
           of
           the
           first
           Booke
           .
        
      
       
         
         
           THE
           GENERALL
           
             HISTORY
             OF
             THE
             Serrail
          
           ,
           and
           of
           the
           Grand
           SEIGNEVRS
           Court.
           The
           second
           BOOKE
           .
        
         
           
             
               CHAP.
               I.
            
             Of
             the
             publique
             Diuan
             in
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             where
             they
             dispatch
             and
             iudge
             all
             Affaires
             .
          
           
             IN
             the
             second
             Court
             of
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             where
             as
             a
             goodly
             Fountain
             ,
             couered
             with
             the
             shadow
             of
             many
             pleasing
             Cypresse
             trees
             which
             enuiron
             it
             ,
             powres
             forth
             a
             cleere
             streame
             ,
             as
             if
             it
             were
             liquid
             Christ
             all
             ,
             is
             built
             vpon
             the
             left
             hand
             ,
             at
             the
             end
             of
             a
             long
             Gallery
             ,
             a
             great
             Hall
             ,
             where
             as
             the
             Sultan
             causeth
             the
             Diuan
             to
             be
             kept
             foure
             dayes
             in
             the
             Weeke
             ;
             that
             is
             to
             say
             ,
             on
             Saturday
             ,
             Sunday
             ,
             Munday
             and
             Tuesday
             .
             This
             word
             Diuan
             signifies
             a
             Colledge
             ,
             whither
             
             many
             men
             repaire
             :
             whereas
             they
             distribute
             Iustice
             equally
             to
             any
             that
             demand
             it
             ,
             
             for
             what
             cause
             soeuer
             :
             And
             the
             greatest
             benefit
             they
             find
             ,
             is
             that
             the
             parties
             are
             admitted
             to
             deliuer
             their
             owne
             causes
             ,
             hauing
             no
             necessitie
             to
             consume
             their
             goods
             and
             their
             time
             ,
             (
             whereof
             the
             losse
             is
             irreparable
             )
             among
             wrangling
             Pettifoggers
             ,
             who
             enrich
             themselues
             by
             other
             mens
             follies
             .
             The
             Turkes
             policie
             giues
             this
             case
             vnto
             the
             people
             ,
             that
             they
             will
             not
             allow
             of
             any
             :
             Whosoeuer
             hath
             an
             action
             against
             any
             other
             ,
             hee
             brings
             him
             to
             the
             Diuan
             by
             the
             fist
             ,
             and
             the
             other
             dares
             not
             refuse
             :
             there
             by
             the
             Iustification
             of
             their
             Acts
             ,
             if
             they
             leaue
             any
             ,
             or
             by
             a
             summary
             and
             verball
             deposition
             of
             two
             Witnesses
             ,
             the
             cause
             is
             iudged
             with
             great
             facilitie
             ,
             and
             the
             execution
             is
             not
             difficult
             :
             Or
             if
             the
             judgement
             be
             refered
             after
             the
             audience
             ,
             and
             committed
             to
             some
             one
             of
             the
             Iudges
             ,
             the
             importune
             delayes
             ,
             and
             the
             horrour
             of
             wrangling
             which
             is
             practised
             in
             France
             ,
             being
             not
             admitted
             among
             the
             Turkes
             ,
             hinder
             not
             a
             speedy
             dispatch
             .
          
           
             The
             Officers
             which
             assist
             at
             this
             Diuan
             are
             the
             Basha
             or
             
               Grand
               Vizir
            
             ,
             Lieutenant
             Generall
             of
             the
             whole
             Empire
             ,
             who
             precides
             :
             The
             other
             Vizirs
             or
             Basha's
             accompany
             him
             ,
             the
             two
             Beglierbeys
             ,
             the
             one
             of
             Nat●lia
             ,
             and
             the
             other
             of
             Romania
             ,
             two
             of
             the
             prime
             Dignities
             of
             the
             Crowne
             ,
             after
             the
             
               Grand
               Vizir
            
             :
             The
             two
             Cadilesquers
             or
             great
             Iudges
             of
             Armies
             Superiour
             to
             all
             the
             Cadis
             or
             Iudges
             of
             the
             Empire
             :
             The
             three
             Teftardars
             ,
             or
             generall
             Treasurers
             for
             the
             ordinary
             and
             extraordinary
             treasure
             ,
             who
             keepe
             the
             Sultans
             Cofers
             ,
             and
             receiue
             that
             great
             Reuenew
             which
             is
             leuied
             in
             his
             Estates
             :
             The
             
               Nassans
               Bassa
            
             or
             high
             Chancellor
             :
             The
             Netangi
             ,
             who
             is
             as
             the
             Secretary
             of
             Estate
             with
             vs
             ,
             which
             serues
             mo●ethly
             ,
             who
             signes
             the
             Commandements
             ,
             and
             dispatches
             with
             the
             Royall
             Signature
             :
             The
             Bassa's
             Secretary
             with
             a
             great
             number
             of
             Iafitschi
             or
             Notaries
             ,
             which
             are
             as
             Regist●s
             :
             The
             
               Cha●ux
               Bassi
            
             who
             is
             chiefe
             of
             all
             the
             Cha●ux
             of
             the
             〈◊〉
             ,
             which
             carries
             the
             Sultans
             Commandements
             both
             within
             and
             without
             the
             Estate
             ,
             they
             goe
             in
             Embassies
             ,
             although
             they
             be
             but
             vild
             and
             base
             Messengers
             ,
             and
             execute
             the
             Decrees
             of
             the
             Basha's
             ;
             is
             at
             the
             doo●e
             of
             this
             Dauan
             with
             a
             great
             member
             
             of
             his
             company
             ,
             to
             execute
             that
             which
             the
             
               Grand
               Vizir
            
             shall
             command
             :
             Hee
             carries
             a
             Staffe
             of
             siluer
             in
             his
             hand
             for
             the
             marke
             of
             his
             authoritie
             .
             And
             all
             these
             men
             aswell
             Basha's
             as
             others
             of
             inferiour
             qualitie
             ,
             come
             into
             this
             Hall
             of
             the
             Diuan
             by
             foure
             of
             the
             clocke
             in
             the
             morning
             ,
             with
             a
             commendable
             diligence
             ,
             to
             discharge
             their
             duties
             in
             the
             administration
             of
             justice
             ,
             vntill
             twelue
             .
          
           
             The
             places
             and
             rankes
             are
             obserued
             according
             to
             the
             eminencie
             of
             their
             Offices
             :
             The
             
               Grand
               Vizir
            
             sits
             first
             in
             the
             midst
             of
             two
             long
             formes
             fastned
             to
             the
             wals
             ,
             which
             looke
             towards
             the
             doore
             ,
             like
             vnto
             the
             Seats
             of
             Audience
             for
             justice
             in
             France
             :
             On
             his
             right
             hand
             (
             which
             is
             the
             lesse
             honourable
             in
             Turkey
             )
             the
             Bassa's
             seate
             themselues
             :
             The
             two
             Cadilesquers
             are
             on
             the
             left
             ;
             He
             of
             Romania
             or
             Greece
             ,
             as
             the
             most
             noble
             Prouince
             ,
             precedes
             him
             of
             Natolia
             :
             At
             the
             entry
             of
             the
             Diuan
             on
             the
             left
             hand
             ,
             are
             set
             vpon
             a
             forme
             by
             themselues
             the
             three
             Teftardars
             :
             They
             haue
             at
             their
             backes
             all
             the
             Notaries
             or
             Registers
             ,
             sitting
             on
             the
             ground
             with
             paper
             and
             pens
             in
             hand
             ,
             to
             write
             what
             shall
             be
             commanded
             .
             On
             the
             otherside
             of
             the
             Hall
             opposite
             to
             the
             Teftardars
             ,
             is
             another
             forme
             set
             apart
             ,
             where
             the
             Netangi
             hath
             also
             a
             pen
             in
             his
             hand
             ,
             being
             enuironed
             with
             his
             Clerkes
             and
             Deputies
             .
             The
             parties
             which
             demand
             justice
             ,
             being
             many
             in
             number
             ,
             are
             placed
             in
             the
             midst
             of
             the
             Diuan
             ,
             with
             so
             great
             a
             respect
             and
             silence
             as
             they
             dare
             not
             spit
             .
             This
             publique
             Councell
             is
             like
             vnto
             that
             of
             the
             parties
             in
             the
             Louver
             ,
             with
             this
             difference
             ,
             that
             in
             the
             Diuan
             euery
             man
             is
             admitted
             for
             any
             cause
             whatsoeuer
             ,
             All
             these
             Officers
             being
             thus
             placed
             ,
             the
             parties
             plead
             their
             owne
             Causes
             ,
             &
             they
             direct
             their
             speech
             to
             the
             
               Grand
               Vizir
            
             ,
             who
             precides
             in
             this
             Councell
             :
             The
             other
             Bassa's
             neuer
             speake
             :
             If
             he
             doth
             judge
             that
             the
             businesse
             propounded
             ought
             to
             be
             presently
             dispatcht
             ,
             he
             then
             decides
             the
             controuersies
             betwixt
             the
             parties
             :
             If
             it
             require
             a
             longer
             inquisition
             ,
             hee
             referres
             the
             judgement
             to
             one
             of
             the
             Cadilesquers
             ,
             if
             the
             matter
             belong
             to
             the
             Ciuill
             Law
             :
             If
             it
             concerne
             the
             Treasure
             or
             Accompts
             ,
             a
             Teftardar
             is
             committed
             :
             and
             when
             there
             is
             Question
             of
             any
             falshood
             ,
             or
             the
             verification
             of
             a
             hand
             or
             writing
             ,
             he
             deputes
             a
             Netangi
             .
             The
             
             affaires
             of
             greater
             importance
             ,
             or
             differences
             of
             consequence
             ,
             which
             concerne
             strangers
             ,
             hee
             reserues
             them
             to
             his
             owne
             judgement
             .
          
           
             These
             imployments
             detaine
             them
             from
             the
             breake
             of
             day
             vntill
             noone
             :
             When
             that
             comes
             ,
             one
             of
             the
             Stewards
             of
             the
             Serrail
             appointed
             for
             the
             Diuan
             ,
             presents
             himselfe
             in
             the
             midst
             of
             it
             ,
             to
             whom
             the
             
               Grand
               Vizar
            
             makes
             a
             signe
             to
             bring
             Dinner
             :
             Then
             the
             parties
             retire
             ,
             and
             the
             Diuan
             is
             free
             for
             the
             Rasha's
             ;
             the
             seruice
             is
             made
             with
             that
             frugality
             that
             is
             fitting
             for
             Iudges
             :
             For
             a
             Table
             ,
             they
             bring
             before
             the
             
               Grand
               Vizir
            
             a
             plaine
             stoole
             of
             wood
             ,
             where
             on
             they
             set
             a
             siluer
             Bason
             ,
             and
             sometimes
             of
             Copper
             blancht
             ,
             round
             in
             forme
             ,
             and
             as
             big
             as
             the
             bottome
             of
             a
             pipe
             ,
             vpon
             the
             brims
             thereof
             they
             set
             many
             lo●ues
             ,
             in
             the
             midst
             the
             meate
             ,
             which
             they
             serue
             one
             dish
             after
             another
             ;
             One
             or
             two
             of
             the
             Rassa's
             are
             called
             to
             eate
             with
             the
             chiefe
             of
             the
             Councell
             ;
             they
             bring
             to
             euery
             one
             a
             Napkin
             ,
             wherewith
             they
             couer
             their
             knees
             :
             Their
             meats
             are
             Mutton
             ,
             wild
             Fowle
             ,
             Pigeons
             ,
             &
             somtimes
             Pullets
             ;
             the
             drink
             is
             of
             Sorbet
             after
             their
             manner
             ,
             made
             of
             water
             ,
             the
             juice
             of
             Citrons
             ,
             and
             of
             Sugar
             ,
             for
             the
             
               Grand
               Vizir
            
             alone
             ;
             the
             rest
             quench
             their
             thirst
             with
             falle
             water
             :
             Their
             fruit
             is
             a
             Tart
             or
             some
             Cake
             ,
             wherewith
             they
             end
             their
             Dinner
             ,
             which
             doth
             not
             continue
             aboue
             halfe
             an
             houre
             :
             The
             like
             is
             ordained
             for
             the
             
               Cadilosquers
               ,
               ●eftariturs
            
             ,
             and
             all
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             Diuan
             :
             Their
             slaues
             dine
             at
             the
             same
             time
             .
             The
             Bassa
             Captaine
             of
             the
             Sea
             ,
             is
             also
             of
             the
             number
             of
             those
             which
             assist
             in
             the
             Diuan
             ,
             he
             takes
             his
             place
             in
             the
             last
             ranke
             of
             all
             the
             other
             Bassa's
             if
             hee
             be
             not
             a
             
               Bassa
               Vizir
            
             ;
             in
             that
             case
             hee
             mounts
             higher
             towards
             the
             
               Grand
               Vizir
            
             in
             the
             order
             of
             his
             inception
             .
          
           
             Dinner
             being
             thus
             ended
             without
             pompe
             ,
             without
             excesse
             ,
             and
             without
             dissolution
             ,
             the
             
               Grand
               Vizir
            
             disposeth
             of
             the
             most
             notable
             resolutions
             which
             haue
             beene
             taken
             in
             the
             Diuan
             ,
             and
             prepares
             himselfe
             to
             god
             and
             make
             report
             thereof
             to
             the
             
               Grand
               Seigneur
            
             ;
             On
             Sunday
             and
             Tuesday
             ,
             which
             are
             the
             dayes
             of
             Diuan
             for
             publique
             affaires
             ,
             and
             the
             Councell
             of
             Estate
             .
             This
             Prince
             descends
             to
             that
             effect
             into
             a
             Chamber
             which
             is
             neere
             vnto
             it
             :
             being
             arriued
             ,
             he
             cals
             his
             Officers
             vnto
             
             to
             him
             one
             after
             another
             .
             The
             
               Capigilar
               Agassi
            
             carries
             this
             command
             .
             He
             holds
             in
             his
             hand
             a
             long
             staffe
             of
             siluer
             ,
             like
             vnto
             a
             Beadles
             Mace
             :
             First
             of
             all
             they
             call
             the
             Cadilesques
             ,
             they
             rise
             vp
             ,
             make
             a
             low
             reuerence
             to
             the
             
               Grand
               Vizir
            
             ,
             and
             follow
             this
             Mace-bearer
             and
             the
             
               Chaoux
               Bassi
            
             ,
             who
             is
             ioyned
             vnto
             him
             with
             his
             other
             staffe
             of
             siluer
             :
             Vnder
             their
             conduct
             they
             goe
             before
             the
             
               Grand
               Seigneur
            
             into
             his
             Chamber
             ,
             they
             reuerence
             him
             and
             in
             a
             manner
             adore
             him
             :
             For
             there
             is
             not
             any
             Soueraigne
             Prince
             vpon
             the
             earth
             ,
             whose
             subiects
             stand
             in
             more
             feare
             ,
             nor
             yeeld
             him
             so
             much
             reuerence
             .
             After
             this
             they
             yeeld
             him
             an
             account
             of
             their
             places
             ,
             then
             they
             retire
             backwards
             like
             men
             that
             had
             consulted
             with
             some
             great
             Diuinity
             ,
             and
             so
             goe
             to
             their
             houses
             .
             The
             Mace-bearers
             goe
             to
             fetch
             the
             Teftardars
             ,
             these
             yeeld
             the
             like
             salutation
             to
             the
             
               Grand
               Vizir
            
             that
             the
             others
             had
             done
             ;
             they
             goe
             before
             the
             
               Grand
               Seigneur
            
             ,
             they
             speake
             vnto
             him
             of
             his
             treasure
             and
             of
             the
             affaires
             of
             their
             charge
             ;
             and
             hauing
             satisfied
             him
             ,
             they
             retire
             like
             the
             rest
             ,
             with
             their
             heeles
             first
             .
             This
             custome
             alwayes
             to
             turne
             their
             face
             in
             retiring
             is
             not
             only
             practised
             with
             the
             Prince
             ,
             but
             also
             obserued
             with
             the
             Bassa's
             ,
             who
             according
             to
             the
             Lawes
             of
             Turkish
             Ciuility
             ,
             would
             hold
             it
             a
             contempt
             ,
             if
             in
             parting
             from
             them
             they
             should
             turne
             the
             backe
             .
             After
             the
             Teftardars
             ,
             the
             Captain
             of
             the
             Sea
             if
             he
             had
             been
             in
             the
             Diuan
             ,
             goes
             to
             relate
             vnto
             the
             
               Grand
               Seigneur
            
             ,
             the
             estate
             of
             his
             Vessels
             of
             Warre
             ,
             with
             that
             of
             Armes
             and
             Munition
             which
             are
             in
             his
             Arsenall
             .
             The
             Aga
             or
             Colonell
             Generall
             of
             the
             Ianizaries
             ,
             which
             are
             the
             Turkish
             foot
             ▪
             enters
             not
             into
             the
             Diuan
             ,
             hee
             remaines
             in
             the
             second
             gate
             of
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             being
             set
             vnder
             a
             Gallery
             assisted
             by
             the
             Souldiers
             :
             He
             goes
             first
             of
             all
             to
             audience
             to
             his
             Master
             ;
             and
             returnes
             to
             his
             seate
             ,
             vntill
             all
             the
             rest
             be
             retired
             ;
             for
             hee
             goes
             last
             out
             of
             the
             Serrail
             :
             The
             Vizirs
             goe
             one
             after
             one
             vnto
             the
             Sultan
             ,
             and
             being
             come
             into
             his
             presence
             they
             frame
             themselues
             to
             an
             incomparable
             respect
             :
             They
             ioyne
             their
             hands
             ,
             and
             bend
             downe
             their
             heads
             and
             eyes
             to
             the
             ground
             ,
             and
             stand
             silent
             :
             For
             amongst
             them
             only
             the
             
               Grand
               Vizar
            
             may
             speake
             vnto
             the
             Prince
             ;
             He
             comes
             last
             with
             a
             graue
             pace
             ,
             as
             the
             party
             that
             beares
             the
             burthen
             of
             all
             the
             affaires
             which
             
             haue
             beene
             treated
             in
             the
             Diuan
             ;
             hee
             yeelds
             an
             accompt
             vnto
             his
             Master
             ,
             who
             confirmes
             the
             judgements
             ,
             or
             disanuls
             them
             ,
             as
             he
             thinkes
             good
             .
             Moreouer
             ,
             he
             leaues
             him
             instructions
             in
             writing
             ,
             in
             a
             Purse
             of
             Crimson
             rais'd
             Veluet
             ,
             the
             which
             hee
             laye●
             before
             him
             with
             vnspeakable
             reuerence
             and
             humilitie
             ;
             then
             he
             retires
             like
             the
             rest
             ,
             vnlesse
             the
             Emperour
             stayes
             him
             longer
             to
             informe
             himselfe
             of
             the
             estate
             of
             his
             most
             important
             affaires
             .
          
           
             Thus
             the
             Turkes
             doe
             justice
             to
             men
             ,
             whereof
             the
             quicke
             expedition
             might
             repaire
             the
             defects
             which
             they
             meete
             with
             ,
             and
             yet
             in
             that
             place
             particularly
             they
             are
             reasonably
             exact
             to
             yeeld
             vnto
             euery
             man
             that
             which
             is
             due
             vnto
             him
             :
             The
             feare
             of
             their
             owne
             ruine
             if
             they
             had
             no
             vertue
             ,
             were
             sufficient
             to
             make
             the
             ballance
             eeuen
             and
             straight
             .
             For
             the
             Turkish
             Princes
             are
             accustomed
             to
             goe
             by
             one
             of
             their
             Chambers
             vnto
             a
             Window
             ,
             only
             shut
             vp
             with
             a
             Lattice
             ,
             the
             which
             lookes
             into
             the
             Diuan
             directly
             ouer
             the
             head
             of
             the
             
               Grand
               Vizir
            
             :
             From
             thence
             he
             heares
             what
             is
             spoken
             ,
             and
             treated
             ;
             with
             the
             complaints
             of
             parties
             ,
             and
             the
             Decrees
             of
             Iudges
             ;
             if
             iniquitie
             doe
             sway
             the
             minds
             and
             mouths
             of
             those
             ,
             to
             deny
             vnto
             the
             weakest
             the
             reliefe
             which
             justice
             doth
             owe
             them
             ,
             against
             the
             violent
             oppressions
             of
             the
             Mighty
             ,
             the
             punishment
             which
             hee
             takes
             is
             very
             exemplary
             .
             Doubtlesse
             ,
             as
             the
             foundations
             vphold
             a
             house
             ,
             so
             justice
             is
             a
             strong
             support
             vnto
             an
             Empire
             ,
             without
             the
             which
             it
             cannot
             long
             subsist
             .
             Kings
             ,
             whose
             principall
             office
             is
             to
             yeeld
             it
             vnto
             men
             ,
             ought
             to
             cherish
             it
             aboue
             all
             things
             ;
             It
             doth
             aduance
             them
             aboue
             other
             men
             ,
             and
             makes
             them
             to
             raigne
             happily
             ;
             and
             without
             it
             violence
             drawes
             all
             disorders
             in
             their
             Estates
             ,
             troubles
             them
             ,
             and
             ruines
             them
             in
             the
             end
             :
             They
             themselues
             without
             justice
             ,
             are
             like
             vnto
             those
             bodies
             which
             are
             troubled
             with
             the
             falling
             sicknesse
             ,
             whom
             weaknesse
             and
             paine
             afflicts
             :
             This
             diuine
             vertue
             should
             not
             only
             be
             the
             soule
             of
             their
             Decree
             ,
             but
             the
             soule
             of
             their
             soule
             :
             In
             justice
             they
             shall
             possesse
             all
             the
             other
             vertues
             ,
             for
             it
             containes
             them
             all
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             
               CHAP.
               II.
            
             Of
             the
             Azamoglans
             ,
             or
             Children
             of
             the
             Tribute
             of
             base
             condition
             which
             serue
             in
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             and
             elsewhere
             .
          
           
             THe
             Christians
             labour
             so
             profitably
             to
             inlarge
             the
             Turkes
             Empire
             ,
             as
             they
             not
             only
             furnish
             them
             with
             occasions
             ,
             by
             their
             wretched
             diuision
             ,
             but
             they
             also
             breed
             them
             vp
             men
             ,
             which
             in
             time
             are
             the
             most
             generous
             of
             their
             troupes
             ,
             the
             greatest
             in
             their
             Court
             ,
             and
             the
             most
             triumphant
             in
             Townes
             &
             Christian
             Prouinces
             :
             But
             in
             this
             last
             ,
             force
             and
             the
             constraint
             which
             these
             Barbarians
             vse
             towards
             them
             ,
             makes
             them
             more
             excusable
             ,
             than
             when
             they
             abandon
             the
             reason
             and
             the
             interests
             of
             Christianity
             ,
             to
             the
             blind
             passions
             of
             a
             fatall
             discord
             :
             For
             they
             see
             come
             into
             their
             houses
             ,
             thoroughout
             all
             Greece
             or
             Morea
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             Countrey
             of
             Albania
             ,
             a
             troupe
             of
             the
             
               Grand
               Seigneurs
               Capigis
            
             ,
             deputed
             to
             make
             the
             exaction
             of
             the
             richest
             ,
             and
             the
             most
             exquisite
             Tribute
             ,
             that
             can
             be
             leuied
             in
             a
             Country
             ,
             the
             which
             is
             of
             men
             ,
             the
             best
             proportioned
             ,
             and
             enricht
             with
             the
             gifts
             of
             Nature
             .
             There
             they
             choose
             the
             soundest
             ,
             the
             goodliest
             ,
             and
             the
             most
             actiue
             of
             all
             their
             Children
             ,
             out
             of
             euery
             three
             one
             ,
             the
             which
             they
             doe
             euery
             third
             yeere
             ;
             and
             hauing
             drawne
             together
             aboue
             two
             thousand
             ,
             they
             lead
             them
             to
             Constantinople
             .
             At
             their
             arriuall
             ,
             they
             attire
             them
             all
             in
             Robes
             of
             Cloth
             of
             diuers
             colours
             ;
             they
             giue
             vnto
             euery
             one
             a
             yellow
             Cap
             of
             Felt
             ,
             like
             vnto
             a
             Sugar-loafe
             .
             In
             this
             Equipage
             they
             are
             led
             before
             the
             
               Grand
               Vizir
            
             ,
             who
             being
             accompanied
             with
             al
             the
             other
             Bassa's
             and
             Ministers
             of
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             he
             makes
             choice
             of
             those
             that
             are
             most
             actiue
             for
             the
             war
             :
             These
             young
             men
             are
             set
             apart
             ,
             and
             conducted
             into
             the
             Serrail
             by
             the
             Bostangibassi
             ,
             or
             chiefe
             of
             the
             Gardiners
             ,
             and
             a
             part
             of
             them
             distributed
             where
             they
             wanted
             .
             Then
             they
             circumcise
             them
             :
             being
             children
             of
             Christians
             they
             become
             yong
             Turks
             ,
             and
             for
             an
             inconstant
             fortune
             of
             the
             World
             and
             of
             the
             Court
             ,
             they
             lose
             the
             eternall
             happinesse
             of
             Heauen
             ,
             in
             the
             way
             whereof
             
             their
             first
             beliefe
             had
             directed
             them
             .
             They
             cause
             them
             to
             learne
             the
             Turkish
             Tongue
             ,
             and
             if
             their
             spirits
             be
             capable
             of
             more
             ,
             to
             read
             and
             write
             .
             But
             all
             indifferently
             are
             instructed
             to
             wrestle
             ,
             runne
             ,
             leape
             ,
             shoot
             ,
             dart
             an
             Azegaye
             ,
             and
             in
             all
             other
             Exercises
             ,
             which
             are
             fit
             for
             them
             which
             will
             make
             profession
             of
             Armes
             .
          
           
             The
             rest
             of
             this
             goodly
             choice
             of
             the
             young
             Children
             of
             the
             Tribute
             is
             in
             the
             power
             of
             the
             
               Grand
               Vizir
            
             ;
             Hee
             doth
             lodge
             them
             ,
             and
             distribute
             them
             diuersly
             ;
             some
             are
             sent
             into
             the
             Sultans
             Gardens
             and
             Houses
             of
             Pleasure
             ;
             others
             are
             put
             into
             the
             Gallions
             and
             Vessels
             at
             Sea
             ,
             which
             make
             Voyages
             for
             the
             Sultana's
             ;
             The
             Patrons
             charge
             themselues
             ,
             and
             are
             bound
             to
             restore
             them
             when
             they
             are
             demanded
             .
             They
             place
             a
             good
             number
             in
             Artificers
             shops
             to
             learne
             diuers
             trades
             ,
             whereof
             they
             may
             serue
             for
             a
             Squadron
             when
             they
             shall
             be
             Ianizaries
             and
             especially
             in
             the
             time
             of
             Warre
             .
             The
             Basha's
             and
             all
             the
             great
             Men
             of
             the
             Court
             haue
             their
             part
             ;
             They
             are
             deliuered
             vnto
             them
             by
             their
             Names
             ,
             Countries
             ,
             Markes
             of
             their
             face
             or
             elsewhere
             ,
             and
             by
             the
             colour
             of
             their
             haire
             ;
             they
             binde
             themselues
             in
             writing
             ,
             which
             is
             contained
             in
             a
             Booke
             for
             that
             purpose
             ,
             to
             the
             end
             that
             if
             the
             necessitie
             of
             the
             Warre
             should
             force
             the
             Captaines
             to
             fill
             vp
             their
             companies
             ,
             in
             the
             place
             of
             those
             that
             are
             dead
             ,
             they
             may
             take
             these
             to
             that
             effect
             .
             But
             most
             commonly
             they
             giue
             the
             rudest
             and
             grossest
             to
             these
             Basha's
             ;
             and
             they
             imploy
             them
             in
             their
             Stables
             ,
             Kitchins
             ,
             and
             other
             base
             Offices
             of
             their
             Houses
             .
             They
             which
             remaine
             of
             these
             Azamoglans
             ,
             are
             sent
             into
             diuers
             Seminaries
             ,
             vnder
             the
             conduct
             of
             diuers
             Eunuches
             which
             haue
             the
             charge
             ,
             and
             take
             the
             care
             to
             breed
             them
             vp
             ,
             to
             bee
             one
             day
             capable
             to
             beare
             Armes
             ,
             and
             to
             serue
             in
             the
             Warre
             in
             qualitie
             of
             Ianizaries
             .
             These
             Children
             thus
             placed
             the
             
               Grand
               Vizir
            
             represents
             them
             in
             a
             Booke
             to
             the
             
               Grand
               Seigneur
            
             .
             This
             Prince
             assignes
             them
             an
             entertainment
             according
             to
             his
             pleasure
             ,
             and
             augments
             the
             pay
             which
             the
             great
             custome
             doth
             allow
             them
             ,
             which
             is
             of
             foure
             or
             fiue
             A●pres
             by
             the
             day
             besides
             their
             nourishment
             and
             apparell
             :
             Hee
             assignes
             the
             assignation
             with
             his
             owne
             hand
             ,
             and
             sends
             it
             by
             the
             Vizar
             to
             the
             Testardar
             ,
             to
             the
             end
             he
             may
             
             be
             carefull
             to
             pay
             it
             according
             to
             the
             order
             :
             Hee
             sees
             them
             euery
             three
             Moneths
             ,
             and
             visits
             them
             one
             after
             another
             ,
             calling
             them
             by
             their
             names
             ,
             to
             know
             the
             number
             of
             those
             which
             are
             dead
             ,
             and
             to
             see
             how
             they
             be
             fed
             and
             gouerned
             .
          
           
             But
             the
             Azamoglans
             appointed
             for
             the
             seruice
             of
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             are
             imployed
             about
             base
             and
             vile
             things
             as
             the
             meanest
             of
             all
             those
             which
             are
             of
             the
             Royall
             Family
             :
             They
             serue
             for
             Labourers
             in
             their
             buildings
             ,
             they
             imploy
             them
             in
             their
             Stables
             ,
             Kitchins
             ,
             Gardens
             ,
             to
             cut
             wood
             ,
             and
             to
             carry
             it
             ,
             to
             lead
             Dogges
             to
             the
             field
             as
             their
             Seruants
             ,
             and
             to
             doe
             whatsoeuer
             their
             Superiours
             command
             them
             ,
             whereof
             some
             haue
             charge
             of
             tens
             ,
             others
             of
             hundreds
             ,
             and
             these
             are
             also
             vnder
             the
             authoritie
             of
             the
             Chicaia
             ,
             or
             Steward
             of
             the
             Bostangibassi
             ;
             the
             toyle
             they
             vndergoe
             ,
             the
             paines
             they
             take
             ,
             and
             the
             miseries
             which
             they
             indure
             make
             them
             the
             most
             patient
             men
             in
             the
             World
             ,
             and
             their
             Masters
             instruct
             them
             to
             mortification
             by
             most
             rigorous
             courses
             :
             the
             least
             fault
             is
             rewarded
             with
             fiftie
             blowes
             with
             a
             Cudgell
             ,
             the
             which
             are
             soundly
             set
             on
             .
             But
             their
             basenesse
             is
             not
             without
             honour
             nor
             recompence
             :
             There
             are
             charges
             and
             eminent
             Offices
             among
             them
             to
             the
             which
             they
             succeed
             by
             the
             order
             of
             their
             antiquity
             ,
             and
             their
             patience
             may
             make
             them
             hope
             and
             aspire
             to
             the
             place
             of
             a
             steward
             ,
             yea
             of
             Bostangibassi
             ,
             to
             shew
             that
             there
             is
             nothing
             so
             base
             but
             long
             labour
             and
             inuincible
             sufferance
             ,
             may
             aduance
             in
             time
             .
             For
             to
             come
             vnto
             the
             dignity
             of
             Bostangibassi
             ,
             is
             to
             be
             familiar
             with
             the
             Prince
             ,
             to
             be
             great
             in
             Court
             ,
             to
             speake
             vnto
             him
             when
             hee
             walkes
             ,
             to
             conduct
             him
             at
             Sea
             ,
             and
             to
             gouerne
             his
             Brigandine
             ,
             and
             to
             haue
             an
             honourable
             priuiledge
             to
             weare
             a
             Turbant
             in
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             which
             is
             no
             lesse
             than
             among
             the
             great
             Men
             of
             Spaine
             to
             speake
             vnto
             the
             King
             with
             their
             heads
             couered
             .
          
           
             The
             Gates
             of
             the
             Serrail
             are
             the
             limits
             of
             their
             courses
             ,
             they
             neuer
             goe
             forth
             vpon
             any
             occasion
             vnlesse
             the
             Bostangibassi
             leads
             them
             with
             him
             when
             hee
             goes
             out
             of
             the
             Pallace
             to
             execute
             the
             Princes
             commandments
             ,
             and
             to
             ruine
             the
             fortune
             of
             some
             great
             Man
             of
             the
             Court
             ,
             as
             hee
             did
             in
             the
             yeare
             1614.
             
             That
             of
             
               Bassa
               Nassuf
            
             ,
             whom
             hee
             caused
             to
             be
             strangled
             in
             his
             
             
             
             
             
             Bed
             ,
             for
             these
             secret
             Commissions
             are
             most
             commonly
             put
             into
             his
             hands
             :
             When
             hee
             takes
             what
             number
             of
             Azamoglans
             shall
             be
             needfull
             ,
             hee
             slips
             in
             amongst
             these
             ,
             the
             children
             of
             naturall
             Turkes
             at
             the
             entreaty
             of
             his
             friends
             ,
             yet
             with
             the
             consent
             of
             the
             Sultan
             ,
             and
             placeth
             them
             where
             they
             may
             be
             aduanced
             ,
             their
             Lodgings
             &
             abode
             are
             about
             the
             wals
             of
             the
             Serrail
             towards
             the
             Sea
             ,
             where
             they
             dwell
             in
             Chambers
             ,
             they
             haue
             their
             Bathes
             ,
             their
             Stoues
             ,
             and
             their
             Kitchins
             ,
             and
             liue
             at
             their
             owne
             will
             ;
             for
             they
             haue
             their
             allowance
             apart
             :
             when
             they
             haue
             leisure
             ,
             they
             imploy
             it
             in
             fishing
             ,
             they
             sell
             what
             they
             take
             ,
             and
             reserue
             the
             gaines
             to
             themselues
             :
             They
             neuer
             see
             the
             Sultan
             but
             when
             he
             comes
             to
             walke
             in
             his
             Gardens
             ,
             or
             goes
             a
             hunting
             ,
             then
             they
             follow
             him
             ,
             and
             Quest
             in
             the
             fields
             like
             Spaniels
             .
             They
             doe
             not
             supply
             the
             companies
             of
             foote
             ,
             when
             there
             is
             any
             want
             of
             Ianizaries
             ,
             out
             of
             this
             number
             :
             If
             they
             goe
             out
             of
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             it
             is
             to
             be
             better
             bred
             in
             other
             Seminaries
             ,
             whilest
             they
             are
             yong
             :
             or
             when
             they
             are
             of
             riper
             age
             ,
             the
             
               Grand
               Seigneur
            
             giues
             some
             of
             them
             to
             his
             Fauourites
             ,
             whom
             he
             sends
             out
             of
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             as
             Bassa's
             of
             
               Caire
               ,
               Damas
            
             ,
             or
             some
             other
             Gouernments
             of
             his
             Empire
             ;
             they
             make
             vse
             of
             these
             Azamoglans
             for
             their
             Stewards
             ,
             Quirries
             ,
             Treasurers
             ;
             and
             such
             like
             Offices
             in
             their
             Family
             :
             Moreouer
             ,
             when
             the
             Prince
             goes
             a
             Voyage
             ,
             or
             to
             the
             Wars
             ,
             hee
             leads
             a
             great
             number
             with
             him
             to
             pitch
             his
             Tents
             ,
             vnlade
             his
             stuffe
             ,
             and
             to
             doe
             other
             manuall
             workes
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               CHAP.
               III.
            
             Of
             the
             Azamoglans
             ,
             of
             better
             breeding
             and
             condition
             ,
             who
             in
             time
             attaine
             vnto
             the
             Lignities
             of
             the
             Turkish
             Empire
             .
          
           
             VErtue
             hath
             this
             proper
             to
             her
             naturall
             beauty
             ,
             to
             make
             her selfe
             to
             be
             generally
             esteemed
             ,
             and
             acknowledged
             euen
             by
             most
             barbarous
             Nations
             :
             she
             doth
             not
             only
             make
             those
             
             admirable
             which
             doe
             possesse
             it
             ,
             but
             doth
             also
             giue
             the
             Title
             of
             their
             Nobility
             to
             their
             Posterity
             ,
             and
             makes
             them
             commendable
             .
             The
             children
             that
             are
             well
             borne
             taken
             for
             Tribute
             from
             the
             Christians
             ,
             make
             triall
             thereof
             in
             Turkey
             ,
             whereas
             the
             Turkes
             honour
             their
             Birth
             ,
             and
             separate
             them
             from
             the
             rest
             ,
             to
             bee
             better
             bred
             and
             instructed
             in
             Exercises
             which
             make
             them
             worthy
             of
             the
             greatest
             Officers
             of
             the
             Empire
             :
             They
             teach
             them
             the
             Texts
             of
             Mahomets
             Law
             ,
             the
             ornament
             of
             the
             Turkish
             Learning
             ,
             they
             instruct
             them
             in
             armes
             ,
             and
             in
             all
             things
             which
             may
             adde
             perfection
             to
             men
             ,
             which
             are
             to
             attend
             continually
             neere
             vnto
             a
             great
             Monarch
             .
             They
             are
             all
             Christian
             slaues
             ;
             but
             we
             shall
             see
             in
             the
             course
             of
             their
             fortune
             ,
             that
             their
             slauery
             is
             a
             way
             ,
             by
             the
             which
             patience
             doth
             lead
             them
             to
             the
             liberty
             to
             command
             Prouinces
             ,
             or
             whole
             Realmes
             :
             and
             their
             condition
             doth
             teach
             vs
             ,
             that
             it
             is
             a
             happy
             infelicitie
             ,
             and
             an
             vnfortunate
             happinesse
             .
          
           
             The
             Capinga
             or
             great
             Chamberlaine
             of
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             brings
             some
             into
             their
             number
             ,
             borne
             of
             naturall
             Turkes
             ,
             commendable
             for
             their
             good
             dispositions
             ,
             yet
             seldome
             and
             with
             the
             Princes
             leaue
             .
             For
             the
             custome
             of
             the
             Empire
             in
             its
             most
             ancient
             Constitutions
             requires
             that
             such
             Children
             should
             be
             Christians
             Renegadoes
             ,
             the
             noblest
             and
             most
             ciuill
             that
             can
             be
             found
             .
             So
             when
             the
             aduantages
             of
             the
             Warre
             ,
             giue
             vnto
             the
             Turkish
             Armies
             victories
             against
             Christians
             ,
             or
             the
             taking
             of
             their
             Townes
             ,
             and
             they
             find
             therein
             young
             children
             to
             the
             age
             of
             twelue
             or
             thirteene
             yeares
             ,
             the
             Bassa's
             reserue
             them
             for
             the
             seruice
             of
             the
             
               Grand
               Seigneur
            
             .
             For
             the
             Turkes
             hold
             an
             opinion
             ,
             that
             the
             Nobility
             of
             bloud
             makes
             spirits
             generous
             and
             inclinable
             to
             vertue
             ;
             especially
             when
             the
             care
             of
             a
             good
             education
             doth
             polish
             and
             make
             perfect
             the
             gifts
             of
             Birth
             ,
             as
             they
             doe
             in
             the
             Serrail
             with
             these
             young
             men
             .
             The
             Discipline
             ,
             which
             they
             cause
             to
             obserue
             is
             ,
             so
             rigorous
             ,
             as
             whosoeuer
             performes
             it
             in
             all
             points
             ,
             becomes
             the
             most
             modest
             ,
             the
             most
             patient
             ,
             and
             the
             most
             mortified
             man
             liuing
             .
             The
             Masters
             which
             haue
             charge
             of
             their
             persons
             ,
             are
             white
             Eunuches
             ,
             seuere
             ,
             froward
             ,
             fantastique
             ,
             and
             suspicious
             ,
             as
             most
             of
             your
             gelded
             men
             be
             .
             They
             neuer
             speake
             vnto
             them
             but
             in
             choller
             ,
             and
             spare
             not
             
             their
             Bastinadoes
             ,
             whereof
             they
             are
             very
             charitable
             ;
             they
             make
             them
             watch
             and
             indure
             all
             paines
             ;
             so
             as
             many
             of
             these
             young
             men
             ,
             when
             they
             come
             to
             the
             age
             of
             twenty
             yeeres
             ,
             they
             seeke
             all
             meanes
             to
             flie
             this
             seuerity
             :
             And
             although
             they
             know
             that
             they
             are
             in
             the
             course
             of
             a
             great
             fortune
             ;
             yet
             they
             had
             rather
             get
             out
             of
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             with
             the
             simple
             qualitie
             of
             Spain
             or
             Mutaferaga
             ,
             which
             is
             like
             vnto
             our
             Men
             at
             Armes
             or
             light
             house
             ,
             than
             to
             suffer
             any
             longer
             the
             rigours
             of
             this
             Discipline
             .
             Their
             number
             is
             not
             certaine
             ,
             the
             Serrail
             receiues
             as
             many
             as
             they
             send
             ;
             but
             vsually
             they
             are
             about
             three
             hundred
             .
             The
             order
             and
             method
             wherewith
             they
             breed
             them
             vp
             ,
             doth
             testifie
             that
             the
             Turkes
             haue
             retained
             nothing
             of
             barbarous
             but
             the
             name
             ,
             and
             haue
             sent
             vs
             the
             effect
             .
          
           
             
             They
             call
             the
             formes
             where
             they
             instruct
             them
             Oda
             ;
             this
             word
             signifies
             a
             Chamber
             :
             They
             ordaine
             foure
             ,
             by
             the
             which
             these
             young
             men
             must
             passe
             ,
             before
             they
             attaine
             to
             Offices
             ,
             whereunto
             the
             capacity
             which
             they
             learne
             doth
             aduance
             them
             .
             In
             the
             first
             are
             placed
             all
             those
             of
             this
             condition
             ,
             which
             enter
             into
             the
             Serrail
             at
             a
             childish
             age
             :
             There
             they
             circumcise
             them
             if
             they
             were
             not
             before
             ;
             being
             made
             Turkes
             ,
             they
             teach
             for
             their
             first
             Lesson
             Silence
             ,
             and
             the
             Countenance
             they
             must
             carry
             for
             a
             marke
             of
             their
             Seruitude
             ,
             and
             withall
             a
             singular
             Reuerence
             towards
             the
             Sultan
             ,
             which
             is
             when
             they
             are
             neere
             him
             to
             hold
             downe
             their
             Head
             and
             Eyes
             ,
             and
             to
             haue
             their
             Hands
             joyned
             ,
             or
             their
             Armes
             crost
             .
             For
             most
             of
             those
             which
             s●rue
             the
             person
             of
             the
             Oth●man
             Prince
             ,
             neuer
             speake
             vnto
             him
             ,
             nor
             looke
             him
             in
             the
             face
             .
             At
             their
             comming
             into
             the
             Serrail
             the
             Prince
             sees
             them
             ,
             causeth
             them
             to
             be
             enrolled
             in
             a
             Register
             ,
             by
             their
             names
             and
             Countries
             ,
             and
             commands
             the
             ●●●●ardar
             to
             be
             exact
             in
             the
             present
             payment
             of
             the
             Money
             which
             is
             appointed
             for
             their
             entertainment
             .
             A
             white
             Eunuch
             ouer-seer
             of
             all
             the
             other
             Eunuches
             which
             teach
             them
             ,
             as
             it
             were
             the
             Principall
             of
             a
             Colledge
             ,
             takes
             also
             care
             to
             see
             them
             well
             instructed
             .
             After
             the
             first
             Precepts
             they
             teach
             them
             to
             read
             and
             write
             ,
             and
             aboue
             all
             to
             pray
             after
             the
             Turkish
             manner
             ,
             and
             the
             worship
             of
             their
             Religion
             ,
             with
             an
             incredible
             care
             ,
             〈◊〉
             the
             space
             of
             six
             or
             seuen
             yeeres
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             time
             they
             remaine
             in
             this
             Oda
             .
          
           
           
             After
             this
             long
             terme
             they
             passe
             vnto
             the
             second
             Oda
             ,
             
             where
             more
             vnderstanding
             Masters
             than
             the
             first
             ,
             teach
             them
             the
             
               Persian
               ,
               Arabian
            
             ,
             and
             Tartar
             Languages
             ,
             and
             practise
             them
             in
             reading
             all
             sorts
             of
             written
             Bookes
             (
             for
             the
             Turkes
             vse
             no
             other
             .
             )
             Moreouer
             to
             speake
             Turkish
             elegantly
             ,
             the
             which
             they
             may
             doe
             by
             the
             knowledge
             of
             those
             three
             Tongues
             ,
             whereof
             the
             Turkish
             Language
             seemes
             to
             be
             composed
             .
             For
             to
             heare
             them
             speake
             they
             do
             easily
             discerne
             the
             difference
             there
             is
             betwixt
             them
             and
             those
             which
             are
             not
             bred
             vp
             in
             like
             manner
             .
             They
             adde
             to
             these
             exercises
             of
             the
             mind
             ,
             those
             of
             the
             Body
             :
             In
             this
             Oda
             they
             teach
             them
             to
             handle
             the
             Sword
             or
             Semiter
             ,
             to
             shoot
             ,
             to
             cast
             a
             Battle-axe
             ,
             to
             dart
             a
             Ia●ehn
             or
             Azagaye
             ,
             and
             to
             runne
             lightly
             ;
             all
             this
             is
             done
             in
             places
             separated
             from
             the
             Oda
             ,
             at
             certaine
             houres
             appointed
             with
             great
             attention
             ,
             where
             the
             Eunuches
             spare
             not
             their
             Cudgels
             ,
             but
             beat
             them
             soundly
             for
             the
             least
             fault
             .
             They
             continue
             six
             yeares
             in
             these
             Exercises
             ,
             after
             which
             they
             are
             Men
             and
             sit
             for
             all
             paine
             and
             labour
             .
          
           
             Then
             they
             come
             vnto
             the
             third
             Oda
             ,
             
             where
             they
             doe
             not
             forget
             what
             they
             had
             learned
             before
             ,
             but
             practise
             it
             still
             ;
             and
             moreouer
             they
             learne
             to
             be
             good
             Horsemen
             ,
             and
             to
             vault
             with
             disposition
             ,
             to
             be
             the
             morefit
             and
             actiue
             for
             the
             Warre
             :
             Euery
             one
             according
             to
             his
             inclination
             doth
             likewise
             learne
             an
             occupation
             ,
             to
             serue
             the
             Princes
             person
             ;
             one
             to
             make
             Turbants
             ,
             another
             to
             shaue
             Haire
             ,
             to
             cut
             his
             Nailes
             ,
             to
             wash
             him
             in
             the
             Bath
             ,
             to
             make
             cleane
             and
             fold
             his
             Clothes
             handsomely
             ;
             some
             to
             lead
             Dogs
             to
             the
             Wood
             ,
             others
             to
             be
             skilfull
             in
             Hawks
             and
             Hawking
             ,
             to
             serue
             for
             Stewards
             or
             Queries
             ,
             to
             be
             imployed
             in
             the
             Chamber
             ,
             and
             to
             other
             Offices
             necessary
             for
             the
             seruice
             of
             great
             Princes
             ,
             wherein
             they
             grow
             to
             that
             perfection
             in
             the
             space
             of
             fiue
             yeeres
             as
             they
             are
             able
             to
             instruct
             others
             :
             Whilest
             they
             are
             in
             this
             third
             Oda
             ,
             they
             may
             not
             see
             any
             one
             abroad
             but
             with
             great
             difficulty
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             presence
             of
             an
             Eunuch
             ;
             all
             conuersation
             with
             others
             is
             prohibited
             ,
             but
             with
             those
             of
             their
             Oda
             :
             But
             they
             must
             doe
             it
             with
             all
             modesty
             and
             honesty
             :
             For
             if
             the
             Eunuch
             who
             is
             their
             Superiour
             ,
             shall
             enter
             into
             the
             least
             suspition
             of
             the
             contrary
             ,
             they
             shall
             be
             assured
             
             to
             be
             soundly
             beaten
             ,
             either
             vpon
             the
             soles
             of
             their
             feet
             or
             vpon
             the
             backe
             after
             the
             Turkish
             manner
             ,
             so
             as
             many
             times
             they
             leaue
             them
             for
             dead
             .
             They
             sleepe
             in
             long
             Roomes
             which
             may
             containe
             fifty
             little
             Beds
             made
             only
             of
             Matteresse
             :
             They
             lie
             in
             their
             clothes
             ,
             in
             the
             night
             time
             they
             haue
             many
             lights
             burning
             ,
             their
             Eunuches
             sleepe
             among
             them
             ,
             betwixt
             euery
             ten
             Beds
             lies
             an
             Eunuch
             ,
             to
             keep
             them
             in
             awe
             :
             Day
             and
             night
             their
             Masters
             examine
             them
             ,
             to
             see
             if
             they
             be
             firme
             and
             constant
             in
             the
             beliefe
             of
             the
             Alcoran
             :
             For
             being
             ready
             to
             passe
             to
             the
             fourth
             Oda
             ,
             and
             from
             thence
             to
             the
             greatest
             Offices
             of
             the
             Empire
             ;
             if
             they
             had
             in
             their
             soules
             any
             loue
             of
             their
             first
             beliefe
             ,
             they
             might
             procure
             some
             great
             prejudice
             to
             the
             Turkes
             estate
             .
             Hauing
             imployed
             all
             care
             ,
             and
             finding
             them
             truly
             Mahometans
             ,
             they
             conduct
             them
             to
             the
             fourth
             Oda
             .
          
           
             
             At
             their
             entry
             into
             it
             ,
             they
             enter
             their
             names
             and
             Countries
             again
             into
             another
             Booke
             ,
             for
             all
             passe
             not
             into
             this
             last
             place
             of
             their
             continuall
             trauels
             :
             But
             those
             only
             which
             haue
             finished
             their
             time
             in
             the
             other
             forme
             ,
             and
             by
             their
             diligence
             haue
             made
             themselues
             capable
             to
             serue
             the
             Prince
             and
             State
             profitably
             :
             As
             labour
             and
             rest
             touch
             one
             another
             ,
             so
             the
             end
             of
             one
             is
             the
             sweet
             beginning
             of
             the
             other
             ;
             These
             men
             finde
             it
             in
             this
             Oda
             ,
             their
             Pension
             is
             augmented
             ;
             insteed
             of
             cloth
             wherewith
             they
             were
             formerly
             attired
             ,
             the
             Sultan
             giues
             them
             Robes
             of
             Silke
             and
             Cloth
             of
             Gold
             :
             They
             haue
             liberty
             to
             conuerse
             ,
             with
             the
             greatest
             men
             of
             the
             Serrail
             and
             with
             the
             Bassa's
             ,
             who
             seeing
             them
             entring
             into
             great
             places
             ,
             adore
             the
             Sun
             rising
             of
             their
             Fortunes
             ,
             make
             them
             great
             Presents
             ,
             and
             seeke
             to
             winne
             their
             friendship
             by
             rich
             gifts
             .
             Besides
             these
             pleasing
             signes
             of
             a
             new
             happinesse
             ,
             whereas
             they
             were
             before
             all
             shauen
             ,
             they
             suffer
             their
             haire
             to
             grow
             vpon
             their
             Temples
             ,
             to
             couer
             their
             Eares
             ,
             an
             assured
             signe
             ,
             that
             they
             shall
             be
             speedily
             of
             the
             Royall
             Chamber
             ,
             they
             follow
             the
             
               Grand
               Seigneur
            
             in
             all
             his
             walkes
             (
             where
             hee
             is
             without
             women
             )
             and
             out
             of
             their
             number
             he
             takes
             the
             most
             familiar
             Officers
             of
             his
             person
             ,
             and
             of
             his
             Fauourites
             .
          
           
             As
             the
             
               Sechletar
               Aga
            
             ,
             who
             carries
             his
             Sword.
             
          
           
             The
             
               Chioda
               Aga
            
             ,
             which
             is
             he
             that
             carries
             the
             Roiall
             Robe
             ,
             called
             C●am●e●
             .
          
           
           
             The
             Rechioptar
             ,
             or
             Rakduntar
             ,
             hee
             which
             goes
             at
             his
             Stirrop
             ,
             when
             he
             is
             on
             horsebacke
             ,
             or
             his
             chiefe
             Footman
             .
          
           
             The
             
               Materagi
               Aga
            
             ,
             hee
             which
             carries
             a
             Vessell
             of
             Gold
             full
             of
             water
             when
             the
             Sultan
             marches
             .
          
           
             The
             
               Tubenter
               Aga
            
             ,
             hee
             which
             doth
             garnish
             and
             carry
             his
             Turbant
             .
          
           
             The
             
               Chiamaci
               Aga
            
             ,
             hee
             that
             doth
             wash
             his
             Linnen
             ,
             or
             his
             chiefe
             Landrer
             .
          
           
             The
             
               Camedir
               Bassi
            
             ,
             or
             great
             Master
             .
          
           
             The
             
               Chilargi
               Bassi
            
             ,
             or
             chiefe
             Butler
             .
          
           
             The
             
               Dagangi
               Bassi
            
             ,
             or
             Master
             Faulconer
             .
          
           
             The
             
               Sarrigi
               Bassi
            
             ,
             or
             chiefe
             Cutler
             .
          
           
             The
             
               Nunasinugi
               Bassi
            
             ,
             or
             chiefe
             Comptroller
             of
             the
             Treasure
             .
          
           
             The
             
               Turmachi
               Bassi
            
             ,
             or
             
               Firnaagi
               Aga
            
             ,
             he
             that
             pares
             his
             Nailes
             .
          
           
             The
             
               Berber
               Bassi
            
             ,
             or
             chiefe
             Barber
             .
          
           
             The
             
               Amangi
               Bassi
            
             ,
             he
             that
             washes
             him
             in
             the
             Bath
             .
          
           
             The
             
               Teskelegi
               Bassi
            
             ,
             the
             great
             Secretary
             ,
             or
             first
             Secretary
             of
             State.
             
          
           
             All
             which
             are
             the
             most
             ancient
             of
             the
             fourth
             Oda
             ,
             and
             stand
             before
             the
             Prince
             when
             hee
             comes
             out
             of
             his
             Chamber
             ,
             with
             that
             respect
             and
             reuerence
             which
             they
             learned
             in
             their
             youth
             in
             the
             first
             Oda
             ;
             which
             is
             to
             bee
             silent
             ,
             to
             hold
             their
             heads
             downe
             ,
             and
             with
             their
             eyes
             fixed
             vpon
             the
             ground
             ,
             for
             they
             neuer
             speake
             ,
             nor
             looke
             their
             Master
             in
             the
             face
             ;
             If
             he
             commands
             them
             any
             thing
             ,
             it
             is
             by
             signes
             after
             the
             manner
             of
             dumbe
             men
             ,
             and
             they
             doe
             execute
             it
             speedily
             ,
             they
             carry
             his
             meat
             ,
             which
             they
             receiue
             at
             the
             Court
             gate
             from
             the
             Stewards
             hands
             who
             is
             without
             ,
             and
             they
             deliuer
             it
             from
             one
             to
             another
             ,
             vntill
             it
             comes
             to
             the
             Grand
             Master
             ,
             who
             sets
             it
             before
             the
             
               Grand
               Seigneur
            
             .
             This
             Prince
             is
             much
             pleased
             with
             the
             mute
             conuersation
             of
             such
             men
             ,
             who
             dare
             not
             entertaine
             him
             but
             by
             signes
             :
             hee
             causeth
             them
             to
             ride
             ,
             and
             to
             practize
             running
             and
             leaping
             ,
             hee
             causeth
             them
             many
             times
             to
             cast
             a
             barre
             of
             Iron
             ,
             and
             to
             make
             such
             like
             proofes
             of
             their
             force
             and
             actiuity
             .
             Hee
             fauours
             them
             with
             many
             Presents
             ,
             as
             Robes
             of
             
             Cloth
             of
             Gold
             ,
             Swords
             enricht
             with
             precious
             stones
             ,
             Purses
             full
             of
             Sultanins
             ,
             and
             many
             other
             things
             of
             value
             .
             Moreouer
             to
             the
             end
             that
             his
             Agalaris
             may
             gather
             the
             more
             money
             ,
             to
             supply
             the
             expences
             of
             their
             Equipage
             ,
             when
             they
             shall
             goe
             out
             of
             the
             Serrail
             with
             the
             Titles
             of
             Gouernours
             of
             Prouinces
             ,
             hee
             giues
             them
             dispatches
             for
             Embassies
             :
             These
             men
             sell
             them
             to
             the
             Chaoux
             ,
             or
             bargaine
             with
             them
             for
             a
             Moietie
             or
             more
             ,
             of
             the
             present
             which
             they
             shall
             receiue
             from
             the
             Prince
             ,
             to
             whom
             they
             are
             sent
             ,
             the
             which
             is
             of
             no
             small
             importance
             :
             For
             the
             Princes
             which
             hold
             and
             depend
             of
             the
             Othoman
             ,
             when
             he
             confirmes
             them
             in
             their
             Dignities
             ,
             and
             sends
             them
             the
             markes
             thereof
             ,
             by
             a
             gilt
             Staffe
             ,
             a
             Throne
             ,
             or
             a
             Crowne
             ,
             they
             are
             bound
             to
             giue
             to
             him
             that
             is
             sent
             a
             Present
             of
             that
             value
             which
             is
             set
             downe
             in
             the
             great
             custome
             of
             the
             Empire
             ,
             the
             which
             doth
             taxe
             euery
             one
             to
             a
             certaine
             summe
             :
             And
             of
             this
             number
             is
             the
             Vallachian
             ,
             the
             Moldanian
             ,
             the
             Transiluanian
             ,
             the
             Tartar
             ,
             and
             many
             other
             Vassalls
             ,
             and
             Tributaries
             of
             the
             Othoman
             Crowne
             .
             This
             Present
             is
             diuided
             betwixt
             the
             Chaoux
             ,
             who
             receiues
             it
             ,
             and
             the
             Agalari
             who
             gaue
             him
             ,
             or
             rather
             sold
             him
             the
             Commission
             :
             Thus
             they
             enrich
             themselues
             ,
             and
             make
             a
             stocke
             to
             furnish
             themselues
             vpon
             the
             first
             occasion
             ,
             the
             which
             presenting
             it selfe
             by
             the
             death
             of
             some
             Bassa
             ,
             they
             are
             made
             either
             Captaine
             of
             the
             Sea
             ,
             or
             Bassa
             of
             Caire
             or
             Damas
             ,
             or
             elsewhere
             .
             Besides
             these
             great
             and
             glorious
             Dignities
             ,
             the
             
               Grand
               Seigneur
            
             doth
             honour
             them
             sometimes
             with
             the
             quality
             of
             Musaip
             ,
             that
             is
             to
             say
             ,
             hee
             that
             may
             speake
             vnto
             the
             Prince
             ,
             and
             goe
             to
             him
             in
             priuate
             :
             The
             which
             the
             Turkes
             esteeme
             aboue
             any
             thing
             in
             the
             Empire
             ,
             the
             which
             the
             Othoman
             Monarches
             doe
             for
             a
             double
             intent
             ,
             both
             to
             gratifie
             those
             whom
             they
             loue
             ,
             and
             to
             haue
             men
             among
             the
             greatest
             of
             the
             Court
             ,
             to
             enforme
             him
             of
             the
             Bassa's
             actions
             ,
             and
             to
             discouer
             their
             Enterprizes
             against
             the
             good
             of
             the
             Estate
             and
             the
             Princes
             person
             .
             But
             all
             the
             Agalaris
             are
             not
             so
             bountifully
             aduanced
             .
             Those
             whom
             the
             Sultan
             will
             send
             out
             of
             his
             Serrail
             ,
             with
             meaner
             dignities
             ,
             he
             makes
             them
             Aga
             of
             the
             Ianizaries
             ,
             
               Spacular
               Agassi
            
             who
             is
             Captaine
             of
             the
             Spahis
             ,
             or
             at
             the
             least
             
               Cap●igi
               Bassi
            
             who
             is
             chiefe
             of
             the
             Porters
             .
          
           
           
             When
             they
             goe
             out
             of
             the
             Royall
             Pallace
             ,
             by
             any
             great
             or
             meane
             dignity
             ,
             they
             carry
             with
             them
             all
             the
             wealth
             they
             haue
             gathered
             together
             .
             Many
             young
             men
             whom
             a
             desire
             of
             libertie
             ,
             and
             a
             curiositie
             to
             see
             the
             World
             ,
             rather
             than
             any
             care
             to
             aduance
             themselues
             ,
             hath
             made
             them
             abandon
             the
             exercises
             of
             the
             Oda
             ,
             and
             their
             importunities
             haue
             forced
             the
             Prince
             to
             dismisse
             them
             ,
             goe
             forth
             with
             the
             rest
             without
             any
             qualitie
             or
             office
             ,
             and
             with
             little
             entertainment
             by
             the
             day
             :
             But
             when
             as
             he
             that
             is
             aduanced
             to
             the
             quality
             of
             a
             Bassa
             ,
             and
             Gouernour
             of
             some
             remote
             Prouince
             ,
             is
             ready
             to
             goe
             out
             of
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             the
             
               Grand
               Vizir
            
             sends
             to
             receiue
             him
             at
             the
             Gate
             ,
             by
             his
             Chicaia
             ,
             who
             is
             a
             Steward
             or
             Ouer-seer
             of
             his
             house
             ,
             with
             a
             troup
             of
             Horse
             to
             doe
             him
             honour
             ,
             and
             causeth
             him
             to
             be
             conducted
             to
             his
             Pallace
             ,
             receiues
             him
             with
             all
             curtesie
             ,
             giues
             him
             many
             Presents
             ,
             and
             doth
             accommodate
             him
             with
             lodgings
             for
             three
             or
             foure
             dayes
             ,
             vntill
             his
             owne
             be
             prouided
             in
             the
             Citie
             :
             After
             that
             he
             hath
             giuen
             order
             ,
             he
             settles
             his
             Family
             ,
             and
             giues
             the
             chiefe
             places
             ,
             to
             such
             as
             came
             out
             of
             the
             Serrail
             with
             him
             ,
             he
             stayes
             sometime
             in
             Constantinople
             ,
             vntill
             his
             haire
             be
             growne
             ,
             for
             he
             was
             shauen
             at
             his
             comming
             forth
             ,
             and
             likewise
             to
             receiue
             the
             Presents
             which
             the
             Sultana's
             send
             him
             ,
             as
             goodly
             Linnen
             and
             rich
             Workes
             :
             And
             those
             which
             the
             Bassa's
             present
             him
             ,
             as
             Tapestries
             ,
             Horses
             ,
             Robes
             of
             Cloth
             of
             Gold
             ,
             and
             all
             sorts
             of
             moueables
             necessary
             for
             a
             man
             of
             his
             condition
             :
             He
             may
             be
             at
             that
             time
             about
             forty
             yeares
             old
             ,
             hauing
             consumed
             the
             best
             of
             his
             dayes
             ,
             in
             the
             expectance
             of
             this
             fortune
             .
             They
             of
             the
             other
             Oda's
             succeed
             him
             by
             the
             order
             of
             their
             reception
             ,
             the
             which
             is
             exactly
             obserued
             in
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             and
             fauour
             cannot
             depriue
             any
             man
             ,
             if
             he
             hath
             not
             cōmitted
             some
             notable
             fault
             in
             the
             royall
             Pallace
             :
             so
             as
             they
             of
             the
             third
             Oda
             do
             partly
             know
             by
             the
             succession
             what
             shall
             become
             of
             them
             ,
             and
             wish
             daily
             ,
             that
             it
             would
             please
             the
             Sultan
             ,
             to
             send
             some
             of
             his
             Agalaris
             to
             Offices
             abroad
             ,
             to
             the
             end
             they
             may
             make
             place
             for
             them
             .
          
           
             This
             new
             Gouernour
             parts
             not
             from
             the
             Court
             to
             goe
             vnto
             his
             charge
             ,
             before
             hee
             hath
             giuen
             thankes
             to
             the
             Capiaga
             for
             the
             care
             which
             hee
             hath
             contributed
             to
             his
             aduancement
             ,
             
             terming
             himselfe
             obligeth
             vnto
             him
             ,
             and
             that
             he
             would
             depend
             of
             him
             for
             a
             perpetuall
             acknowledgement
             of
             his
             fauours
             ,
             intreating
             him
             to
             hold
             him
             in
             his
             protection
             ,
             neere
             vnto
             the
             Princes
             person
             ,
             vpon
             all
             accidents
             that
             might
             happen
             .
             He
             makes
             this
             Complement
             in
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             without
             the
             Gate
             of
             the
             Sultan's
             Quarter
             ;
             for
             being
             once
             forth
             hee
             enters
             no
             more
             ,
             vnlesse
             the
             Prince
             calls
             for
             him
             ,
             to
             treate
             with
             him
             ,
             concerning
             the
             affaires
             of
             his
             charge
             .
             Such
             is
             their
             fortune
             ,
             which
             haue
             suffered
             their
             actions
             to
             be
             gouerned
             by
             patience
             ,
             and
             haue
             laboured
             to
             make
             themselues
             capable
             to
             serue
             .
             But
             such
             in
             the
             choice
             which
             the
             Othoman
             Monarch
             makes
             of
             men
             ,
             bred
             and
             seuerely
             instructed
             in
             their
             profession
             about
             their
             persons
             ,
             to
             be
             in
             time
             the
             greatest
             Officers
             of
             their
             Empire
             ,
             where
             they
             neuer
             aduance
             to
             such
             Dignities
             vncapable
             men
             ,
             who
             in
             the
             whole
             course
             of
             their
             liues
             ,
             haue
             not
             learned
             any
             thing
             but
             to
             play
             as
             Tennice
             ,
             to
             cast
             the
             Dice
             ,
             to
             speake
             brutishly
             ,
             and
             to
             practice
             all
             sorts
             of
             vices
             .
             Wherefore
             we
             must
             not
             wonder
             if
             the
             Turkes
             Estate
             prospers
             ,
             seeing
             that
             amidsts
             great
             number
             of
             young
             men
             ,
             they
             〈◊〉
             the
             choice
             of
             the
             best
             Wits
             ,
             to
             be
             〈◊〉
             vp
             with
             care
             vnder
             good
             Discipline
             ,
             which
             makes
             them
             honest
             men
             ,
             and
             〈◊〉
             to
             the
             gifts
             of
             a
             happy
             birth
             the
             perfections
             of
             〈…〉
             must
             of
             necessitie
             serue
             for
             the
             〈…〉
             great
             Man
             ,
             Hee
             that
             is
             borne
             a
             〈◊〉
             will
             〈…〉
             them
             make
             choice
             of
             the
             best
             Wits
             to
             supply
             their
             Religious
             House
             〈◊〉
             they
             haue
             alwayes
             amongst
             them
             most
             Learned
             and
             most
             rare
             Men
             ,
             and
             as
             long
             as
             they
             shall
             follow
             this
             course
             ,
             they
             shall
             make
             themselues
             〈…〉
             ,
             and
             admirable
             :
             Without
             a
             naturall
             disposition
             ,
             they
             may
             well
             sowe
             ,
             but
             they
             shall
             neuer
             reape
             ,
             and
             no
             man
             euer
             made
             a
             good
             Sparrow-hawke
             of
             a
             Buzzard
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             
               CHAP.
               IV.
            
             Of
             the
             foure
             White
             Eunuches
             ,
             the
             chiefe
             Men
             of
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             and
             of
             some
             other
             Eunuches
             .
          
           
             WE
             haue
             said
             elsewhere
             that
             the
             womens
             Serrail
             hath
             no
             other
             Guard
             but
             blacke
             Eunuches
             ,
             which
             are
             sent
             young
             to
             the
             Court
             by
             the
             Basha's
             of
             Caire
             ,
             to
             be
             bred
             vp
             to
             that
             place
             .
             The
             
               Sultans
               Serrail
            
             receiues
             none
             but
             white
             ,
             the
             which
             are
             chosen
             in
             their
             infancie
             ,
             out
             of
             that
             pleasing
             troupe
             of
             children
             well
             borne
             ,
             which
             are
             taken
             for
             Tribute
             from
             the
             Christians
             ,
             whose
             fortune
             the
             precedent
             Chapter
             doth
             describe
             .
             They
             are
             cut
             or
             mutilated
             with
             their
             owne
             consent
             ,
             and
             not
             by
             force
             ,
             the
             which
             would
             in
             danger
             their
             liues
             :
             The
             promises
             of
             the
             greatest
             Offices
             in
             Court
             ,
             and
             the
             hope
             one
             day
             to
             enjoy
             Dignities
             whereunto
             they
             see
             such
             men
             aduanced
             ,
             ouer-swayes
             their
             will
             ,
             to
             suffer
             themselues
             to
             bee
             cut
             ,
             the
             promise
             are
             true
             ,
             for
             in
             time
             they
             attaine
             to
             the
             greatnesse
             of
             Turkey
             ,
             But
             the
             principall
             of
             these
             Eunuches
             ,
             and
             the
             most
             ancient
             among
             them
             ,
             which
             are
             about
             the
             Princes
             person
             ,
             the
             first
             and
             most
             powerfull
             Heads
             of
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             are
             the
             foure
             which
             follow
             .
          
           
             The
             first
             is
             the
             Capiaga
             great
             Chamberlaine
             of
             the
             Empire
             ,
             in
             most
             authority
             in
             the
             Serrail
             ;
             as
             he
             who
             may
             speake
             vnto
             the
             
               Grand
               Seigneur
            
             ,
             when
             he
             thinkes
             good
             ;
             he
             doth
             alwayes
             assist
             neere
             vnto
             his
             person
             ,
             wheresoeuer
             he
             goes
             ,
             whether
             he
             goe
             out
             of
             his
             Royall
             Pallace
             ,
             or
             enters
             into
             that
             of
             his
             women
             ,
             he
             followes
             him
             vnto
             the
             doore
             ,
             where
             he
             leaues
             men
             to
             aduertise
             him
             in
             his
             Chamber
             ,
             when
             the
             Sultan
             retires
             .
             Embassies
             ,
             Packets
             of
             Importance
             ,
             Instructions
             of
             Estate
             ,
             and
             all
             great
             Affaires
             passe
             thorough
             his
             hands
             ▪
             to
             come
             vnto
             the
             〈◊〉
             which
             make
             him
             necessary
             to
             all
             others
             ,
             and
             gets
             him
             as
             many
             rich
             Presents
             ,
             and
             as
             much
             money
             as
             he
             can
             well
             desire
             .
             This
             without
             comparison
             is
             more
             beneficiall
             vnto
             him
             ,
             than
             the
             entertainment
             he
             hath
             in
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             the
             which
             is
             regulated
             
             at
             ten
             Sultanins
             by
             the
             day
             ,
             which
             make
             foure
             pounds
             of
             our
             sterling
             Money
             ,
             many
             Robes
             of
             Silke
             and
             Cloth
             of
             Gold
             ,
             with
             such
             moueables
             as
             he
             desires
             .
             Moreouer
             ,
             his
             Table
             is
             furnished
             at
             his
             Masters
             charge
             ,
             and
             at
             the
             same
             time
             that
             his
             is
             .
             Hee
             carries
             a
             Turbant
             in
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             and
             goes
             on
             horsebacke
             where
             he
             pleaseth
             .
          
           
             The
             second
             is
             the
             
               Chasuadar
               Bassi
            
             ,
             or
             the
             Treasurer
             of
             the
             Princes
             secret
             treasure
             ;
             hee
             hath
             one
             key
             and
             the
             
               Grand
               Seigneur
            
             another
             ,
             who
             doth
             also
             set
             his
             Scale
             vnto
             it
             .
             He
             hath
             care
             to
             lay
             vp
             the
             gold
             and
             siluer
             which
             comes
             from
             Egypt
             ,
             keepes
             an
             accompt
             of
             it
             ,
             and
             enters
             alone
             into
             this
             Treasure
             with
             the
             Sultan
             ,
             hee
             aduiseth
             him
             for
             the
             gathering
             together
             of
             money
             ,
             and
             entertaines
             him
             with
             a
             subject
             which
             was
             neuer
             displeasing
             to
             Prince
             :
             The
             importance
             and
             necessity
             of
             his
             charge
             ,
             make
             him
             to
             be
             much
             esteemed
             :
             For
             gold
             being
             the
             delights
             of
             men
             ,
             whosoeuer
             hath
             the
             ouer-sight
             ,
             makes
             himselfe
             both
             powerfull
             and
             necessary
             among
             them
             :
             Moreouer
             ,
             he
             hath
             the
             keeping
             of
             all
             the
             Iewels
             of
             the
             Crowne
             ,
             and
             likewise
             of
             those
             which
             they
             present
             daily
             vnto
             the
             Sultan
             ;
             hee
             gluts
             his
             eyes
             with
             the
             lustre
             of
             the
             goodliest
             Pearles
             ,
             and
             the
             richest
             Diamonds
             that
             the
             East
             doth
             produce
             :
             Those
             which
             his
             Master
             giues
             ,
             and
             wherewith
             hee
             doth
             adorne
             himselfe
             on
             a
             day
             of
             pompe
             ,
             passe
             thorough
             his
             hands
             .
             Hee
             liues
             in
             the
             midst
             of
             the
             Treasures
             of
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             with
             hope
             to
             succeed
             to
             the
             place
             of
             Capiaga
             ,
             if
             death
             forceth
             the
             other
             to
             abandon
             it
             .
          
           
             The
             third
             hath
             the
             charge
             of
             
               Chilergi
               Bassi
            
             ,
             that
             is
             to
             say
             ,
             great
             Dispencer
             .
             He
             is
             ,
             as
             with
             vs
             ,
             the
             Master
             of
             the
             Kings
             Wardrobe
             ;
             by
             his
             place
             he
             hath
             a
             care
             of
             the
             Sultans
             Apparell
             ,
             and
             of
             other
             things
             which
             belong
             vnto
             his
             person
             .
             Moreouer
             ,
             the
             pieces
             of
             Cloth
             of
             Gold
             ,
             which
             they
             send
             for
             Presents
             ,
             the
             exquisite
             Furres
             ,
             the
             rich
             Swords
             ,
             the
             Plumes
             of
             Feathers
             ,
             and
             such
             like
             which
             they
             giue
             vnto
             the
             Prince
             ,
             and
             those
             which
             hee
             himselfe
             giues
             ,
             are
             vnder
             his
             custody
             .
             Hee
             keepes
             a
             particular
             〈◊〉
             ,
             to
             the
             end
             they
             may
             see
             the
             price
             of
             that
             ,
             which
             enters
             into
             this
             sturdy
             Wardrobe
             for
             Princes
             ,
             and
             the
             value
             of
             that
             which
             goes
             forth
             in
             the
             same
             qualities
             :
             This
             exercise
             keepes
             him
             alwayes
             in
             breath
             ;
             for
             the
             custome
             
             of
             Turkey
             ,
             (
             well
             practised
             in
             the
             Serrail
             )
             being
             to
             giue
             and
             to
             receiue
             ,
             doth
             furnish
             him
             with
             imployment
             enough
             to
             passe
             the
             houres
             of
             the
             day
             farre
             from
             idlenesse
             .
             He
             hath
             vnder
             him
             to
             assist
             him
             in
             this
             painfull
             labour
             a
             great
             number
             of
             Eunuches
             .
             The
             diligence
             which
             he
             must
             shew
             herein
             ,
             bindes
             him
             to
             remayne
             in
             a
             manner
             continually
             within
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             his
             entertainments
             are
             his
             Table
             ,
             many
             Robes
             of
             Cloth
             of
             Gold
             ,
             a
             thousand
             Aspres
             by
             the
             day
             ,
             or
             eight
             Sultanins
             ,
             with
             many
             rich
             Presents
             .
             But
             the
             fauour
             wherewith
             his
             Master
             doth
             honour
             him
             ,
             makes
             the
             greatest
             article
             of
             his
             Reuenew
             :
             he
             hopes
             by
             the
             meanes
             hereof
             to
             enter
             into
             the
             place
             of
             
               Chas●adar
               Bassi
            
             ,
             when
             it
             shall
             be
             void
             .
             He
             carries
             (
             for
             a
             marke
             of
             the
             honour
             which
             he
             enjoyes
             )
             a
             Turbant
             in
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             and
             rides
             within
             it
             ,
             aswell
             as
             the
             two
             former
             ,
             and
             he
             that
             followes
             ;
             for
             these
             foure
             Eunuches
             haue
             this
             prerogatiue
             aboue
             the
             other
             Officers
             of
             the
             Othoman
             Monarch
             ,
             residing
             in
             the
             Serrail
             .
          
           
             The
             fourth
             is
             also
             an
             old
             pale
             withered
             Eunuch
             ,
             aswell
             by
             the
             course
             of
             his
             yeares
             ,
             as
             the
             want
             of
             that
             which
             they
             haue
             cut
             away
             ,
             who
             enjoyes
             the
             Office
             of
             
               Sarai
               Agassi
            
             ,
             which
             in
             Turkey
             is
             like
             vnto
             the
             Captaine
             of
             the
             Castle
             of
             the
             Louver
             in
             France
             ,
             but
             with
             more
             lustre
             and
             authority
             ,
             and
             so
             he
             hath
             more
             labour
             and
             care
             :
             For
             being
             to
             look
             vnto
             the
             whole
             Serrail
             ,
             the
             ordinary
             Mansion
             of
             the
             Othoman
             Monarches
             ,
             hee
             must
             performe
             his
             charge
             so
             exactly
             ,
             as
             such
             Princes
             will
             be
             serued
             ;
             he
             doth
             often
             visit
             all
             the
             Quarters
             and
             Chambers
             of
             this
             stately
             Pallace
             ,
             to
             see
             in
             what
             estate
             they
             are
             ,
             and
             hath
             a
             care
             to
             see
             the
             meanest
             Officers
             doe
             their
             duties
             ,
             (
             which
             is
             more
             then
             with
             vs
             ,
             to
             adde
             vnto
             the
             charge
             of
             the
             Royall
             Pallace
             the
             Office
             of
             a
             Master
             of
             the
             Houshold
             )
             that
             the
             Serrail
             be
             furnished
             with
             all
             things
             that
             are
             vsually
             needfull
             ,
             hee
             remaines
             within
             it
             in
             the
             Sultans
             absence
             ,
             to
             maintaine
             order
             ,
             and
             to
             see
             that
             this
             royall
             Lodging
             be
             alwayes
             in
             good
             estate
             .
             He
             hath
             the
             same
             entertainment
             with
             the
             
               Chil●rgi
               Bassi
            
             ,
             and
             hope
             if
             his
             yeares
             de●●iue
             him
             not
             ,
             to
             succeed
             in
             his
             place
             :
             For
             the
             order
             of
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             doth
             not
             suffer
             suffer
             them
             to
             flie
             vnto
             great
             Officer
             ,
             but
             it
             will
             haue
             them
             mount
             by
             degrees
             .
             
             You
             shall
             not
             see
             men
             there
             ,
             grow
             vp
             in
             one
             night
             like
             vnto
             Mushrums
             or
             Toad-stooles
             ;
             long
             attendance
             ,
             and
             long
             seruices
             aduance
             them
             to
             the
             places
             which
             they
             deserue
             .
             Thus
             the
             
               Shasnadar
               Bassi
            
             aspires
             to
             that
             of
             Capiaga
             ,
             the
             
               Ch●lergi
               Bassi
            
             to
             that
             of
             
               Shasnadar
               Bassi
            
             ,
             and
             this
             last
             to
             his
             .
             These
             foure
             Eunuches
             attend
             vsually
             in
             the
             Princes
             presence
             ,
             only
             the
             Capiaga
             may
             speake
             vnto
             him
             ,
             and
             not
             the
             rest
             ,
             vnlesse
             the
             Prince
             doth
             question
             them
             about
             their
             Offices
             .
             Besides
             these
             Honours
             and
             Offices
             of
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             the
             Prince
             doth
             sometimes
             honour
             them
             with
             the
             quality
             of
             Bassa
             ,
             and
             Gouernour
             of
             a
             Realme
             ,
             as
             of
             
               Egypt
               ,
               Damas
            
             ,
             or
             else-where
             :
             They
             also
             attaine
             vnto
             the
             place
             of
             
               Grand
               Vizir
            
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             first
             of
             the
             Empire
             ,
             and
             by
             the
             authority
             thereof
             lead
             Armies
             into
             Prouinces
             ,
             where
             they
             goe
             to
             make
             warre
             .
             The
             which
             gaue
             occasion
             to
             a
             generous
             Gouernour
             of
             a
             place
             belonging
             to
             the
             Christian
             in
             Hungarie
             ,
             to
             answere
             an
             Eunuch
             ,
             Generall
             of
             an
             Army
             ,
             who
             had
             summond
             him
             to
             yeeld
             ,
             that
             the
             practice
             of
             women
             was
             to
             sewe
             and
             spinne
             ,
             and
             not
             to
             take
             Townes
             .
             The
             
               Grand
               Seigneur
            
             aduanceth
             them
             in
             this
             manner
             to
             great
             places
             without
             the
             Serrail
             to
             a
             double
             end
             ;
             the
             one
             to
             acknowledge
             their
             long
             seruices
             ,
             the
             other
             to
             haue
             their
             places
             ,
             wherwith
             to
             aduance
             other
             Eunuches
             ,
             who
             during
             their
             long
             seruices
             haue
             attended
             ,
             that
             they
             should
             either
             die
             or
             be
             sent
             Basha's
             into
             some
             remote
             Prouinces
             .
             For
             the
             Serrail
             doth
             nourish
             many
             Eunuches
             vnder
             the
             sweetnesse
             of
             these
             hopes
             :
             They
             may
             be
             about
             two
             hundred
             of
             all
             Ages
             .
          
           
             Such
             as
             cannot
             be
             aduanced
             by
             order
             of
             antiquity
             to
             these
             eminent
             places
             in
             the
             Royall
             Pallace
             ,
             are
             notwithstanding
             imployed
             in
             things
             of
             lesse
             quality
             ;
             some
             keepe
             in
             distinct
             places
             ,
             as
             Closets
             or
             Cabinets
             ,
             those
             exquisite
             things
             that
             are
             giuen
             as
             Presents
             to
             the
             Prince
             ,
             as
             great
             places
             of
             Ambergreece
             which
             the
             Bas●a
             of
             〈…〉
             in
             his
             Gouernment
             ,
             and
             sends
             to
             the
             〈…〉
             God
             's
             of
             Masque
             ,
             giues
             Vessels
             full
             of
             excellent
             〈◊〉
             of
             〈…〉
             thridate
             ,
             Balme
             of
             
               Cairo
               ,
               Terra
               Sigilat●
            
             ,
             〈…〉
             Bezar-stones
             ,
             Vessels
             of
             Agath
             ,
             Turquoises
             ,
             〈◊〉
             Chrystall
             ,
             and
             other
             things
             of
             price
             ,
             which
             they
             〈…〉
             
             and
             neatly
             for
             the
             Princes
             person
             ,
             others
             haue
             a
             care
             of
             rare
             Furres
             ,
             the
             vse
             whereof
             serues
             for
             his
             health
             ,
             with
             a
             thousand
             other
             Rarities
             which
             they
             bring
             from
             the
             Indies
             .
             Besides
             all
             this
             there
             is
             employment
             in
             the
             Serrail
             for
             many
             other
             Eunuches
             ,
             which
             keepe
             one
             place
             ,
             whither
             they
             carry
             all
             the
             rich
             moueables
             confiseated
             ,
             of
             the
             great
             men
             of
             the
             Court
             ,
             who
             haue
             beene
             executed
             for
             the
             enormity
             of
             their
             crimes
             ,
             or
             by
             the
             sinister
             inuentions
             of
             Enuie
             ;
             and
             likewise
             of
             other
             persons
             which
             die
             rich
             ,
             for
             being
             all
             slaues
             their
             goods
             belong
             vnto
             the
             Prince
             .
             Those
             Eunuches
             receiue
             these
             goodly
             moueables
             ,
             and
             giue
             aduice
             vnto
             the
             Sultan
             who
             goes
             to
             see
             them
             ;
             and
             makes
             choice
             of
             what
             doth
             like
             him
             :
             the
             rest
             is
             set
             to
             sale
             in
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             only
             to
             the
             Officers
             thereof
             ,
             and
             if
             there
             remaine
             any
             thing
             vnbought
             ,
             it
             is
             sent
             to
             the
             publique
             Market
             of
             the
             City
             ,
             and
             sold
             to
             them
             that
             will
             :
             The
             Money
             that
             is
             raised
             is
             deliuered
             into
             the
             hands
             of
             the
             
               Chasnadar
               Bassi
            
             ,
             who
             puts
             it
             into
             the
             secret
             Treasure
             .
             Some
             other
             Eunuches
             haue
             for
             their
             imployment
             the
             charge
             of
             other
             Serrails
             and
             Seminaries
             ,
             where
             the
             Prince
             doth
             cause
             the
             youth
             to
             be
             instructed
             at
             his
             Charge
             ,
             as
             in
             royall
             Colledges
             ,
             both
             at
             
               Constantinople
               ,
               Andrinopolis
               ,
               Bursia
            
             and
             elsewhere
             .
             Thus
             by
             the
             wise
             Policy
             of
             the
             Serrail
             they
             which
             serue
             are
             aduanced
             ,
             for
             an
             example
             to
             the
             younger
             sort
             to
             flie
             idlenesse
             ,
             and
             assurance
             that
             their
             continuall
             labour
             ,
             shall
             be
             one
             day
             crowned
             with
             an
             honourable
             and
             profitable
             recompence
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               CHAP.
               V.
            
             Of
             many
             other
             Officers
             seruing
             in
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             and
             the
             Sultans
             Person
             ,
             and
             of
             the
             number
             of
             Men
             which
             serue
             in
             this
             Palace
             .
          
           
             BEsides
             these
             Eunuches
             aduanced
             to
             great
             Offices
             ,
             and
             those
             which
             are
             vnder
             them
             ,
             there
             is
             a
             certaine
             number
             of
             other
             men
             ,
             which
             do
             vsually
             serue
             the
             Sultans
             person
             :
             Some
             are
             Groomes
             of
             his
             Chamber
             ,
             others
             in
             a
             more
             eminent
             Dignitie
             :
             
             all
             ordred
             by
             thirties
             ,
             as
             thirty
             for
             his
             Shirt
             ,
             thirty
             for
             his
             Wastcoat
             ,
             thirty
             for
             his
             little
             Cassocke
             ,
             which
             the
             Turkes
             weare
             vnder
             their
             Robes
             ,
             thirty
             for
             his
             Furres
             ,
             thirty
             for
             his
             Turbant
             ,
             thirty
             for
             his
             Girdle
             ,
             thirty
             for
             his
             Breeches
             ,
             thirty
             for
             his
             Stockings
             ,
             thirty
             for
             his
             Shooes
             ,
             thirty
             to
             make
             his
             Bed
             ,
             thirty
             to
             dresse
             vp
             his
             Chamber
             ,
             and
             thirty
             to
             order
             and
             dispose
             of
             the
             Moueables
             ,
             thirty
             for
             his
             Armes
             ,
             as
             his
             Bow
             ,
             Arrowes
             ,
             and
             Semiter
             ,
             thirty
             for
             his
             Scepter
             ,
             thirty
             for
             his
             Imperiall
             Crowne
             ,
             thirty
             for
             his
             rich
             Hangings
             ,
             and
             as
             many
             for
             his
             Cushions
             ;
             not
             that
             they
             serue
             all
             at
             one
             instant
             ,
             but
             by
             order
             from
             time
             to
             time
             .
          
           
             They
             which
             serue
             for
             his
             Mouth
             ,
             are
             many
             in
             number
             ,
             gouerned
             by
             foure
             principall
             Officers
             subordinate
             one
             vnto
             another
             :
             The
             first
             is
             the
             Argihassi
             ,
             who
             hath
             a
             care
             that
             euery
             man
             doe
             his
             dutie
             .
             The
             second
             is
             the
             
               Mimmute
               Pag●
            
             ,
             who
             doth
             furnish
             the
             money
             daily
             ,
             that
             is
             necessary
             for
             the
             expences
             .
             His
             place
             doth
             giue
             him
             a
             priuiledge
             to
             speake
             often
             vnto
             the
             Prince
             ,
             to
             learne
             from
             him
             what
             he
             desires
             to
             eat
             .
             He
             hath
             like
             vnto
             the
             former
             foure
             Sultanins
             by
             the
             day
             ,
             his
             Table
             and
             two
             Robes
             yearely
             ,
             the
             one
             of
             Silke
             ,
             the
             other
             of
             Cloth
             of
             Gold.
             The
             third
             is
             the
             Checaya
             ,
             an
             Office
             like
             vnto
             the
             Comptroller
             Generall
             of
             the
             Kings
             House
             in
             France
             ,
             he
             is
             in
             a
             manner
             equall
             in
             authority
             to
             the
             Master
             of
             the
             Houshold
             ,
             he
             reconciles
             the
             Quarrels
             ,
             which
             Enuy
             or
             Pride
             do
             breed
             among
             the
             Officers
             .
             He
             hath
             foure
             Sultanins
             a
             day
             ,
             and
             yearely
             two
             Robes
             of
             Silke
             and
             Cloth
             of
             Gold.
             The
             fourth
             is
             the
             Mutpariazigi
             ,
             which
             is
             as
             a
             Clarke
             of
             the
             Office
             ;
             All
             these
             men
             imploy
             their
             cares
             ,
             and
             the
             authoritie
             of
             their
             places
             in
             the
             Princes
             Kitchin.
             Without
             there
             serue
             many
             Sahangylers
             ,
             as
             Stewards
             ,
             or
             rather
             Gentlemen
             seruants
             ,
             which
             carrie
             the
             meate
             ;
             They
             are
             neere
             fifteene
             hundred
             men
             ,
             which
             serue
             at
             diuers
             times
             in
             diuers
             troupes
             .
          
           
             The
             number
             of
             other
             inferiour
             Officers
             in
             the
             Serrail
             shewes
             that
             this
             stately
             Pallace
             is
             of
             great
             expences
             ,
             and
             that
             the
             Prince
             which
             liues
             there
             is
             powerfull
             and
             magnificent
             .
             The
             Baltagis
             which
             fetch
             wood
             for
             the
             Bake-house
             and
             for
             other
             fiting
             ,
             are
             aboue
             two
             hundred
             ;
             The
             Bostangies
             or
             Gardiners
             ,
             
             are
             eight
             or
             nine
             hundred
             ,
             so
             vast
             and
             of
             great
             entertainment
             ,
             are
             the
             Gardens
             where
             this
             great
             Monarch
             doth
             walke
             .
             The
             Purueyours
             only
             for
             wilde
             Fowle
             or
             Poulterie
             ,
             are
             fiue
             hundred
             ,
             the
             Groomes
             of
             the
             Stable
             eight
             hundred
             ,
             and
             the
             other
             men
             of
             the
             like
             condition
             increase
             the
             number
             of
             the
             inferiour
             Officers
             of
             the
             Turkish
             Emperours
             house
             :
             So
             as
             they
             doe
             number
             within
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             thirteene
             or
             fourteene
             thousand
             Mouthes
             ,
             which
             are
             daily
             fed
             at
             the
             Sultans
             charge
             ,
             comprehending
             the
             Quarter
             of
             the
             Women
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               CHAP.
               VI.
            
             Of
             the
             ordinary
             Victualls
             of
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             and
             of
             the
             Prouisions
             thereof
             for
             the
             nourishment
             of
             the
             Prince
             ,
             and
             of
             those
             which
             serue
             there
             .
          
           
             AN
             order
             being
             so
             judiciously
             established
             in
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             and
             so
             exactly
             obserued
             ,
             it
             hath
             not
             forgotten
             the
             necessarie
             prouision
             of
             victuals
             :
             They
             are
             brought
             and
             preserued
             with
             admirable
             husbandrie
             ,
             contrarie
             to
             the
             ordinarie
             confusion
             of
             Princes
             Houses
             .
             First
             ,
             the
             Corne
             is
             gathered
             for
             the
             Sultans
             mouth
             ,
             for
             the
             Sultana's
             ,
             the
             great
             Bassa's
             and
             the
             Mufti
             ,
             (
             for
             all
             of
             them
             haue
             their
             part
             )
             in
             the
             Territory
             of
             Bursia
             ,
             a
             Towne
             in
             Bithynia
             ,
             where
             retaine
             for
             the
             purest
             and
             best
             of
             all
             the
             Easterne
             parts
             :
             They
             retaine
             for
             the
             Serrail
             eight
             or
             nine
             thousand
             Quilots
             ,
             euery
             Quilot
             is
             two
             Bushels
             of
             Paris
             measure
             :
             The
             Mils
             erected
             to
             that
             end
             in
             Constantinople
             grind
             it
             ,
             the
             great
             Ouens
             of
             the
             Serrail
             bake
             it
             into
             bread
             ,
             and
             this
             goodly
             order
             distributes
             it
             by
             rule
             ,
             as
             to
             the
             Sultana's
             twentie
             Loaues
             a
             day
             ,
             to
             the
             Bassa's
             ten
             ,
             to
             the
             Mufti
             eight
             ,
             and
             to
             other
             inferiour
             persons
             much
             lesse
             ,
             and
             to
             some
             but
             one
             .
             This
             distribution
             is
             contained
             in
             a
             Book
             ,
             which
             the
             chiefe
             Baker
             keepes
             ,
             to
             cause
             it
             to
             be
             obserued
             .
             The
             Corne
             which
             is
             appointed
             for
             the
             great
             number
             of
             men
             ,
             which
             serue
             in
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             is
             gathered
             in
             Gracia
             ,
             and
             brought
             to
             Constantinople
             ,
             to
             the
             quantitie
             of
             fortie
             thousand
             Quilots
             ,
             and
             
             distributed
             with
             the
             like
             order
             to
             those
             for
             whom
             it
             is
             ordained
             .
             For
             there
             they
             feed
             men
             with
             necessarie
             sobrietie
             ,
             to
             make
             them
             labour
             seriously
             in
             any
             businesse
             whatsoeuer
             .
          
           
             The
             Victuals
             ,
             be
             it
             for
             the
             Annuall
             prouisions
             ,
             or
             for
             the
             ordinarie
             of
             the
             day
             ,
             are
             brought
             and
             distributed
             with
             the
             like
             order
             :
             About
             the
             end
             of
             Autumne
             ,
             the
             
               Grand
               Vizir
            
             appoints
             certaine
             dayes
             to
             see
             the
             Pastromanis
             made
             ,
             for
             the
             Kitchins
             of
             the
             Sultan
             ,
             and
             of
             the
             Sultana's
             ;
             They
             are
             made
             with
             the
             flesh
             of
             Cowes
             that
             are
             with
             Calfe
             ,
             that
             they
             may
             be
             the
             more
             tender
             ,
             they
             salt
             them
             as
             they
             doe
             Stags
             or
             Hogs
             in
             Christendome
             ;
             about
             that
             time
             they
             kill
             to
             the
             number
             of
             foure
             thousand
             .
             The
             Serrail
             esteemes
             this
             kind
             of
             meat
             ,
             among
             the
             delicacies
             of
             their
             Feasts
             ,
             and
             the
             Turkish
             Families
             if
             they
             haue
             any
             conuenient
             meanes
             make
             likewise
             their
             prouision
             ;
             this
             great
             store
             of
             flesh
             is
             for
             the
             whole
             yeere
             .
             But
             the
             Purueyours
             doe
             furnish
             the
             Serrail
             daily
             with
             two
             hundred
             Sheepe
             ,
             a
             hundred
             Lambes
             ,
             or
             a
             hundred
             Kids
             ,
             in
             their
             season
             ,
             fortie
             Calues
             ,
             fortie
             Geese
             ,
             or
             Goslings
             ,
             a
             hundred
             couple
             of
             Wild-fowle
             ,
             a
             hundred
             couple
             of
             Hennes
             ,
             a
             hundred
             paire
             of
             Pigeons
             ,
             with
             some
             other
             small
             Birds
             which
             the
             Poulterers
             bring
             .
             There
             comes
             no
             fish
             into
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             but
             to
             please
             the
             appetite
             of
             some
             of
             the
             Agalaris
             who
             desire
             to
             eate
             it
             ;
             then
             they
             cause
             it
             to
             bee
             taken
             on
             that
             side
             of
             the
             Pallace
             which
             lookes
             towards
             the
             Sea
             ,
             the
             which
             doth
             abundantly
             furnish
             all
             sorts
             of
             fish
             .
          
           
             The
             excellent
             Oiles
             which
             the
             Sultans
             Kitchin
             doth
             vse
             ,
             comes
             most
             commonly
             from
             Coron
             and
             Modon
             ,
             in
             Grecia
             ,
             a
             plentifull
             soile
             for
             Oliue-trees
             .
             Candi●
             only
             doth
             furnish
             that
             which
             is
             imployed
             for
             the
             Princes
             seruice
             :
             for
             besides
             the
             delicate
             bountie
             of
             this
             liquour
             ,
             it
             is
             without
             any
             ill
             sent
             ,
             the
             which
             growing
             old
             in
             others
             makes
             them
             vnpleasing
             .
             They
             haue
             great
             prouision
             of
             Butter
             in
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             the
             which
             is
             brought
             from
             M●ldouia
             ,
             and
             other
             places
             thereabouts
             ;
             It
             comes
             downe
             by
             the
             blacke
             Sea
             in
             great
             quantitie
             but
             salted
             ,
             the
             Turkes
             doe
             not
             seeke
             after
             fresh
             Butter
             ;
             either
             for
             that
             they
             know
             not
             the
             quality
             ,
             or
             neglect
             it
             :
             Milke
             is
             little
             in
             vse
             among
             them
             ;
             that
             which
             is
             brought
             to
             Constantinople
             ,
             is
             only
             
             bought
             by
             the
             Christians
             or
             Iewes
             ;
             If
             the
             Turkes
             make
             vse
             of
             it
             ,
             it
             is
             after
             it
             is
             sowre
             ,
             for
             then
             they
             say
             it
             doth
             quench
             their
             thirst
             .
          
           
             Other
             prouisions
             of
             Victuals
             are
             drawne
             from
             those
             Prouinces
             where
             they
             most
             abound
             ,
             and
             are
             best
             .
             The
             Gallions
             make
             two
             Voyages
             yearely
             to
             Alexandria
             ,
             to
             fraught
             themselues
             with
             Pulses
             ,
             Sugars
             ,
             and
             Spices
             ,
             as
             much
             as
             shall
             bee
             needfull
             for
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             and
             the
             chiefe
             Bassa's
             of
             the
             Port
             ;
             yet
             the
             Turkes
             vse
             not
             much
             Spices
             ,
             lest
             it
             should
             prouoke
             them
             to
             drinke
             wine
             ,
             so
             expresly
             defended
             by
             their
             Law.
             Egypt
             doth
             furnish
             Dates
             ,
             and
             the
             best
             Prunes
             that
             come
             into
             the
             Serrail
             .
             Apples
             which
             are
             the
             chiefe
             delights
             in
             their
             Turkish
             Feasts
             ,
             and
             whereof
             they
             make
             a
             plentifull
             prouision
             ,
             are
             gathered
             in
             
               Vallachia
               ,
               Transiluania
            
             ,
             and
             M●ldauia
             ,
             and
             brought
             vnto
             the
             Serrail
             in
             great
             abundance
             :
             those
             which
             they
             serue
             vnto
             the
             Sultan
             ,
             are
             for
             their
             delicate
             sweetnesse
             bought
             in
             
               Candy
               .
               Italy
            
             doth
             also
             contribute
             to
             the
             Prouisions
             of
             this
             great
             Serrail
             ;
             the
             Bailiffe
             of
             Venice
             ,
             residing
             at
             the
             Port
             ,
             causeth
             a
             great
             quantity
             of
             Parmasant
             Cheese
             to
             bee
             brought
             for
             the
             
               Grand
               Seigneur
            
             ,
             his
             Sultana's
             and
             Basha's
             :
             they
             are
             pleased
             in
             the
             taste
             ,
             and
             the
             Feast
             would
             not
             be
             acceptable
             if
             this
             meate
             were
             wanting
             .
          
           
             All
             these
             things
             concerne
             the
             food
             ,
             for
             their
             drinke
             they
             make
             a
             liquour
             in
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             called
             Sorbet
             ,
             composed
             of
             the
             juice
             of
             Citrons
             ,
             Sugar
             ,
             and
             Water
             ,
             and
             sometimes
             they
             adde
             Ambergreece
             ,
             most
             excellent
             to
             drinke
             ;
             so
             it
             is
             only
             reserued
             for
             the
             Sultan
             and
             his
             women
             :
             The
             greatest
             men
             of
             this
             Imperiall
             Pallace
             make
             for
             themselues
             ,
             as
             the
             foure
             principall
             Eunuches
             ,
             of
             whom
             wee
             haue
             spoken
             ,
             and
             some
             few
             others
             :
             The
             Ice
             refreshing
             it
             in
             Summer
             makes
             it
             more
             delightfull
             ;
             They
             make
             their
             prouision
             of
             Ice
             from
             the
             Mountaines
             about
             Constantinople
             ,
             they
             bring
             such
             great
             store
             ,
             as
             the
             charges
             (
             before
             it
             be
             put
             into
             those
             places
             where
             they
             keepe
             it
             )
             comes
             to
             twenty
             thousand
             Sultanins
             ,
             or
             eight
             thousand
             pounds
             sterling
             .
             The
             rest
             of
             the
             Royall
             Family
             quench
             their
             thirst
             at
             those
             goodly
             Fountaines
             ,
             which
             powre
             forth
             delicate
             water
             abundantly
             for
             the
             whole
             Serrail
             :
             Wine
             enters
             not
             into
             it
             without
             
             violating
             the
             Law
             of
             the
             Alcoran
             ,
             which
             hath
             so
             seuerely
             forbidden
             it
             ;
             and
             whereof
             the
             wisest
             of
             the
             Turkes
             detest
             the
             vse
             ;
             they
             call
             it
             the
             Spurre
             of
             Sensualitie
             ,
             and
             the
             Tombe
             of
             Reason
             .
          
           
             The
             Wood
             which
             serues
             for
             their
             Kitchin
             ,
             is
             supplied
             with
             the
             like
             abundance
             ;
             they
             measure
             the
             quantity
             by
             the
             weight
             ,
             for
             so
             they
             sell
             it
             in
             Constantinople
             ,
             aswell
             as
             in
             some
             Prouinces
             of
             France
             ,
             and
             particularly
             in
             Landguedoc
             :
             They
             cut
             it
             in
             the
             
               Grand
               Seigneurs
            
             Forrests
             ,
             and
             this
             prouision
             costs
             him
             least
             of
             all
             those
             that
             enter
             into
             his
             Pallace
             .
             Thirty
             great
             Caramonsailes
             ,
             chosen
             among
             an
             infinite
             number
             of
             his
             Shins
             take
             it
             in
             ,
             and
             sayling
             by
             the
             channell
             of
             the
             blacke
             Sea
             ,
             deliuer
             it
             into
             the
             Serrail
             ;
             his
             slaues
             haue
             cut
             it
             downe
             ,
             sparing
             good
             summer
             of
             money
             to
             the
             Chasus
             or
             Treasure
             without
             ,
             whereunto
             the
             charges
             would
             amount
             ,
             both
             for
             the
             cutting
             and
             carriage
             .
          
           
             But
             if
             the
             victuals
             of
             the
             Serrail
             be
             furnished
             in
             abundance
             and
             excellencie
             ,
             the
             Kitchins
             which
             imploy
             them
             are
             supplyed
             with
             the
             goodliest
             Implements
             ,
             which
             can
             be
             seene
             in
             a
             Soueraigne
             Princes
             house
             .
             Most
             part
             of
             the
             greater
             Vessels
             are
             of
             Brasse
             ,
             kept
             so
             neat
             and
             clean
             ,
             as
             the
             very
             sight
             of
             them
             will
             giue
             content
             and
             amazement
             〈◊〉
             other
             Implements
             which
             are
             of
             Copper
             blanche
             ,
             are
             so
             great
             in
             〈◊〉
             they
             cannot
             well
             be
             numbred
             .
             The
             losse
             which
             happens
             many
             times
             is
             not
             small
             ;
             the
             foure
             dayes
             of
             Diuan
             ,
             many
             strangers
             eate
             in
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             and
             they
             which
             haue
             learned
             to
             ●●nish
             themselues
             at
             anothers
             cost
             ,
             take
             occasion
             to
             practize
             their
             Trade
             ,
             and
             to
             take
             it
             where
             they
             can
             find
             it
             ,
             and
             〈…〉
             a
             quantity
             of
             Vessels
             ,
             as
             the
             great
             〈◊〉
             hath
             sometimes
             beene
             of
             opinion
             (
             to
             auoid
             this
             great
             losse
             )
             〈…〉
             of
             Siluer
             ;
             and
             to
             commit
             the
             〈…〉
             who
             might
             answere
             for
             them
             ▪
             〈…〉
             the
             great
             charge
             and
             the
             feare
             of
             an
             〈…〉
             might
             befall
             〈◊〉
             hath
             alwayes
             diu●r●ed
             him
             .
          
           
             Such
             are
             the
             victuals
             and
             other
             punishment
             〈…〉
             ●●nish
             the
             Pallace
             of
             the
             〈…〉
             ●●der
             finde
             the
             relation
             of
             the
             〈…〉
             
             the
             subject
             of
             these
             lines
             ,
             let
             him
             consider
             that
             without
             this
             Chapter
             ,
             the
             others
             which
             compose
             this
             History
             could
             not
             be
             :
             For
             this
             wanting
             victuals
             to
             supply
             the
             Othoman
             Cou●t
             ,
             the
             glory
             and
             lusts
             of
             his
             great
             Serrail
             could
             not
             be
             without
             them
             ,
             nor
             be
             able
             to
             furnish
             matter
             for
             this
             worke
             .
             The
             members
             of
             mans
             Body
             (
             saith
             the
             Fable
             )
             did
             one
             day
             mutine
             against
             the
             Belly
             ,
             who
             they
             thought
             slept
             in
             perpetuall
             idlenesse
             :
             The
             rougue
             speaking
             for
             all
             the
             rest
             shewed
             ,
             that
             whilst
             the
             eye
             see
             ,
             the
             eares
             heard
             ,
             the
             hands
             laboured
             ,
             and
             the
             feet
             walked
             ,
             only
             the
             belly
             was
             idle
             and
             at
             rest
             ,
             that
             it
             was
             fitting
             ,
             that
             in
             his
             turne
             hee
             should
             discharge
             some
             one
             of
             their
             Officer
             :
             They
             so
             resolued
             ,
             they
             employed
             it
             ,
             but
             nourishment
             failing
             them
             ,
             for
             the
             want
             of
             the
             naturall
             exercise
             of
             the
             belly
             ,
             they
             gr●w
             cold
             ;
             pale
             ,
             and
             without
             motion
             .
             The
             truth
             of
             this
             take
             reacheth
             vs
             ,
             that
             by
             labour
             we
             must
             liue
             ,
             food
             maintaines
             life
             in
             its
             naturall
             functions
             ,
             and
             this
             Chapter
             furnishing
             this
             stately
             Court
             wherewith
             to
             subsist
             ,
             giues
             this
             History
             the
             subject
             of
             his
             imployment
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               CHAP.
               VII
            
             .
             Of
             the
             sicke
             Men
             ,
             and
             of
             such
             as
             die
             in
             the
             Serrail
             .
          
           
             THe
             infirmities
             of
             the
             bodie
             ,
             doe
             most
             commonly
             follow
             the
             dispositions
             of
             the
             mind
             ,
             and
             dissolution
             doth
             sooner
             cause
             them
             than
             any
             other
             thing
             ;
             Courtiers
             feele
             the
             inconueniences
             of
             their
             〈◊〉
             .
             Where
             they
             of
             the
             Serrail
             fall
             〈◊〉
             ,
             they
             put
             them
             into
             a
             clost
             Waggon
             ,
             in
             the
             which
             they
             are
             drawne
             by
             men
             ,
             and
             con●●cted
             to
             the
             Hospitall
             ,
             whereas
             the
             order
             of
             this
             〈◊〉
             house
             ,
             and
             the
             Turkish
             Charitie
             ,
             doe
             what
             they
             〈…〉
             them
             ,
             the
             one
             giues
             care
             to
             the
             ordinary
             Physicians
             ,
             〈◊〉
             the
             other
             (
             which
             as
             we
             haue
             said
             is
             very
             great
             )
             forgets
             〈◊〉
             to
             assist
             them
             :
             They
             are
             so
             exactly
             guarded
             ,
             as
             no
             stranger
             may
             speak
             vnto
             them
             ,
             vntill
             they
             haue
             recouered
             their
             health
             ,
             after
             which
             they
             are
             restored
             to
             their
             
             first
             Lodgings
             ,
             and
             the
             exercise
             of
             their
             places
             .
             But
             if
             they
             die
             ,
             the
             Law
             of
             the
             Court
             enjoynes
             ,
             that
             they
             of
             the
             Chamber
             or
             Oda
             ,
             whereof
             the
             dead
             man
             was
             ,
             shall
             be
             his
             heires
             ,
             and
             share
             the
             goods
             which
             he
             hath
             left
             ,
             except
             it
             be
             some
             one
             of
             the
             foure
             chiefe
             Eunuches
             ,
             before
             mentioned
             ,
             or
             the
             
               Chistar
               Aga
            
             of
             the
             Sultana's
             ,
             who
             is
             blacke
             ;
             for
             then
             the
             Prince
             is
             sole
             heire
             of
             his
             precious
             moueables
             ,
             and
             of
             the
             abundance
             of
             money
             which
             this
             wretched
             man
             had
             so
             greedily
             gathered
             together
             ,
             by
             the
             sinister
             meanes
             ,
             which
             followes
             the
             ambitions
             of
             the
             Court
             ;
             hauing
             liued
             poore
             in
             his
             seruitude
             ,
             to
             die
             rich
             in
             the
             same
             ,
             and
             to
             restore
             to
             the
             Sultans
             Cofers
             ,
             that
             which
             his
             auarice
             had
             drawne
             away
             .
             Such
             Eunuches
             doe
             vsually
             leaue
             great
             wealth
             in
             Moueables
             (
             for
             the
             Turkes
             haue
             no
             Lands
             )
             and
             particularly
             when
             their
             long
             seruices
             haue
             aduanced
             them
             to
             the
             Dignities
             of
             Gouernours
             of
             Prouinces
             ,
             then
             they
             haue
             liberty
             to
             dispose
             of
             a
             third
             part
             of
             their
             estates
             ,
             to
             make
             a
             Will
             ,
             in
             the
             which
             the
             Sultan
             is
             alwayes
             Executor
             ,
             hee
             giues
             shares
             to
             the
             Legataries
             ,
             and
             many
             times
             takes
             all
             for
             himselfe
             ,
             by
             the
             right
             of
             his
             Prerogatiue
             ,
             and
             that
             of
             Master
             ,
             not
             only
             of
             the
             goods
             ,
             but
             also
             of
             the
             persons
             of
             his
             Empire
             :
             for
             all
             men
             being
             his
             slaues
             ,
             hee
             is
             their
             first
             and
             lawfull
             heire
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Chap.
               VIII
            
             .
             Of
             the
             
               Grand
               SEIGNEVRS
            
             hunting
             .
          
           
             MOst
             of
             the
             Turkish
             Emperours
             ,
             in
             the
             effeminacie
             of
             their
             Idlenesse
             ,
             where
             they
             wallow
             wretchedly
             in
             the
             bosomes
             of
             their
             Concubines
             ,
             haue
             taken
             hunting
             for
             a
             pleasing
             diuersion
             :
             But
             some
             finding
             it
             more
             pleasing
             than
             others
             ,
             haue
             loued
             it
             with
             more
             passion
             .
             Baiazet
             the
             first
             of
             that
             name
             ,
             (
             who
             raigned
             in
             Turkey
             when
             as
             the
             weaknesse
             of
             Charles
             the
             sixth
             ,
             suffered
             the
             disorders
             in
             France
             ,
             which
             had
             like
             to
             haue
             ruined
             it
             )
             was
             so
             transported
             with
             this
             exercise
             ,
             as
             he
             therein
             spent
             the
             best
             of
             his
             dayes
             :
             his
             Court
             was
             fuller
             of
             
             Huntsmen
             than
             any
             other
             ;
             whosoeuer
             went
             to
             aduance
             his
             fortune
             ,
             must
             goe
             with
             a
             Hawke
             on
             his
             fist
             or
             a
             lease
             of
             Greyhounds
             in
             his
             hand
             ;
             for
             the
             best
             course
             to
             rise
             in
             Court
             ,
             is
             to
             follow
             the
             inclinations
             of
             the
             Prince
             ,
             how
             brutish
             soeuer
             they
             be
             :
             Then
             a
             Faulconer
             grew
             great
             ,
             and
             a
             Rider
             got
             an
             Office
             ,
             but
             a
             vertuous
             man
             was
             rejected
             and
             grew
             poore
             .
             What
             priuate
             men
             did
             ,
             to
             merit
             this
             Monarches
             fauour
             ,
             forreine
             Princes
             did
             imitate
             to
             winne
             his
             loue
             .
             Iohn
             Earle
             of
             Neuers
             sonne
             to
             Philip
             the
             Hardy
             ,
             Duke
             of
             Burgundie
             ,
             accompanied
             by
             the
             Lords
             of
             
               Tremoulle
               ,
               La
               Marche
               ,
               Couey
               ,
               Philip
            
             of
             Artois
             ,
             Earle
             of
             Eu
             ,
             Constable
             of
             
               France
               ,
               Vienna
            
             ,
             Admirall
             of
             
               France
               ,
               Boucicault
            
             ,
             Marshall
             of
             France
             ,
             the
             Lords
             of
             
               Breze
               '
               ,
               Montrell
               ,
               Helly
               ,
            
             and
             many
             others
             ,
             led
             to
             succour
             Sigismond
             King
             of
             Hungary
             ,
             a
             generous
             army
             of
             French
             ,
             against
             the
             Turkes
             which
             were
             in
             N●copolie
             :
             Bad
             intelligence
             and
             rashnesse
             ruined
             them
             ,
             their
             troupes
             were
             defeated
             by
             the
             succours
             of
             Baiazet
             ,
             the
             men
             were
             put
             to
             the
             sword
             ,
             the
             Earle
             of
             Neuers
             taken
             Prisoner
             ,
             with
             the
             chiefe
             of
             the
             French
             Nobility
             :
             The
             Turkes
             Prison
             is
             rough
             ,
             and
             a
             Prince
             how
             great
             soeuer
             must
             suffer
             .
             Philip
             the
             Hardy
             to
             mollifie
             the
             sauage
             humour
             of
             the
             Turke
             ,
             and
             to
             bind
             him
             to
             better
             vsage
             of
             his
             Sonne
             ,
             sent
             him
             Presents
             ,
             and
             particularly
             many
             white
             Ger-faulcons
             ,
             whereof
             he
             made
             great
             accompt
             :
             and
             to
             testifie
             the
             pleasure
             which
             hee
             receiued
             ,
             he
             inlarged
             the
             Prison
             of
             this
             young
             Prince
             ,
             and
             led
             him
             often
             a
             hunting
             .
             Therein
             the
             French
             obserued
             the
             brutish
             passion
             of
             Baiazet
             :
             His
             Faulconers
             had
             cast
             off
             a
             Ger-faulcon
             after
             a
             fowle
             vnsetsonably
             ,
             he
             grew
             into
             a
             fury
             ,
             and
             would
             presently
             haue
             put
             two
             thousand
             of
             those
             men
             which
             followed
             him
             to
             death
             with
             their
             Hawkes
             vpon
             their
             fists
             ,
             if
             the
             earnest
             iutreaty
             of
             the
             Earle
             of
             Neuers
             had
             not
             diuerted
             him
             :
             Then
             hee
             vented
             out
             his
             choller
             in
             words
             ,
             and
             told
             the
             Busgonian
             ,
             that
             hee
             did
             more
             esteeme
             a
             good
             Hawke
             or
             a
             good
             Dogge
             than
             any
             of
             his
             men
             and
             (
             adding
             this
             brutish
             speech
             )
             he
             said
             he
             could
             haue
             as
             many
             men
             as
             hee
             pleased
             ,
             but
             for
             good
             Hawkes
             ,
             or
             good
             Dogges
             he
             could
             hardly
             find
             them
             .
          
           
             In
             his
             hunting
             whosoeuer
             did
             hurt
             a
             Dogge
             vnaduisedly
             ,
             he
             
             was
             guilty
             of
             Treason
             ,
             and
             was
             punished
             in
             like
             manner
             :
             But
             Hee
             ,
             who
             with
             his
             powerfull
             Hand
             controules
             the
             pride
             of
             Princes
             ,
             measured
             him
             in
             the
             like
             manner
             .
             Tamberlaine
             King
             of
             the
             Tartars
             defeated
             him
             soone
             after
             in
             battaile
             ,
             tooke
             him
             with
             his
             Wife
             ,
             and
             made
             lesse
             account
             of
             his
             person
             than
             of
             a
             Dogge
             or
             a
             Hawke
             :
             When
             hee
             dined
             hee
             caused
             him
             to
             be
             set
             vnder
             his
             Table
             in
             a
             Cage
             of
             Iron
             ,
             and
             cast
             him
             bones
             to
             gnaw
             :
             Ministring
             matter
             to
             History
             ,
             to
             write
             this
             example
             to
             Posteritie
             ,
             to
             the
             end
             that
             Princes
             that
             loue
             hunting
             ,
             may
             not
             suffer
             their
             reason
             to
             be
             surmounted
             with
             the
             fury
             and
             brutish
             impatiencies
             of
             this
             exercise
             .
             The
             hunting
             traine
             of
             this
             Prince
             was
             so
             great
             ,
             as
             for
             hawking
             only
             hee
             had
             seuen
             thousand
             Faulconers
             ,
             which
             were
             entertained
             vntill
             the
             raigne
             of
             Mahomet
             the
             Second
             ,
             who
             comming
             to
             the
             Empire
             ,
             looked
             vpon
             this
             fearfull
             troupe
             of
             Faulconers
             with
             amazement
             ;
             and
             as
             he
             had
             no
             inclination
             to
             hunting
             he
             casheer'd
             them
             all
             ,
             and
             answered
             the
             intreaties
             of
             great
             Men
             ,
             who
             spake
             to
             haue
             them
             restored
             ,
             with
             these
             words
             :
             
               God
               forbid
               ,
               that
               I
               should
               giue
               my
               bread
               to
               such
               vnprofitable
               persons
               ,
               ordained
               for
               so
               vaine
               a
               pleasure
               .
            
             Hunting
             is
             an
             honest
             recreation
             ,
             easeth
             the
             minde
             ,
             exerciseth
             the
             body
             ,
             and
             he
             that
             loues
             it
             ,
             shewes
             the
             quicknesse
             of
             his
             spirit
             ,
             and
             the
             agilitie
             and
             disposition
             of
             his
             person
             :
             But
             the
             time
             which
             hee
             imployes
             must
             be
             measured
             ,
             free
             ,
             and
             not
             stolne
             by
             violence
             from
             more
             serious
             imployments
             ,
             the
             which
             ought
             alwayes
             to
             be
             preferred
             before
             this
             commendable
             pleasure
             .
             Hunting
             must
             be
             generous
             ,
             and
             they
             must
             take
             that
             by
             force
             which
             they
             pursue
             ,
             and
             not
             by
             cunning
             and
             policie
             ,
             
             as
             to
             set
             Nets
             and
             Toiles
             for
             beasts
             ,
             then
             it
             is
             base
             ,
             idle
             ,
             and
             forbidden
             by
             the
             wise
             ,
             who
             haue
             laboured
             to
             settle
             flourishing
             Common-weales
             vnder
             the
             gouernment
             of
             good
             Lawes
             .
          
           
             Solyman
             the
             Second
             ,
             he
             which
             tooke
             Rhodes
             ,
             and
             erected
             the
             Turkish
             Crescent
             in
             the
             best
             Townes
             of
             Hungarie
             ,
             did
             often
             spend
             his
             time
             in
             hunting
             ;
             during
             his
             Raigne
             ,
             hee
             imployed
             a
             whole
             yeare
             ,
             which
             was
             in
             the
             yeare
             1531
             ,
             when
             as
             Italy
             apprehended
             that
             the
             great
             preparation
             of
             a
             fearefull
             Nauall
             Army
             ,
             had
             beene
             made
             for
             their
             ruine
             ,
             and
             the
             Venetians
             
             prest
             with
             jelousie
             ,
             that
             it
             should
             cause
             some
             dangerous
             tempest
             in
             their
             Gulfe
             ,
             vnder
             pretext
             of
             seeking
             the
             Pyrats
             of
             Malta
             ,
             which
             did
             annoy
             the
             Turkish
             Merchants
             .
             they
             sent
             vnto
             the
             Kings
             of
             Hungarie
             and
             Polonia
             ,
             to
             the
             end
             they
             would
             intreate
             Solyman
             not
             to
             trouble
             himselfe
             to
             send
             his
             Army
             into
             their
             Seas
             ,
             and
             that
             they
             would
             promise
             and
             vndertake
             ,
             to
             keepe
             the
             Leuant
             Seas
             free
             from
             all
             Pyrats
             :
             It
             succeeded
             according
             to
             their
             desire
             ,
             Solyman
             being
             retired
             to
             Andrinopolis
             ,
             spent
             the
             whole
             yeare
             (
             as
             we
             haue
             said
             )
             in
             the
             pleasure
             of
             hunting
             .
          
           
             The
             Turkish
             Emperours
             which
             haue
             succeeded
             him
             loued
             this
             exercise
             .
             Osman
             the
             last
             dead
             ,
             entertained
             a
             great
             number
             of
             Huntsmen
             and
             Faulconers
             .
             These
             Princes
             hold
             it
             a
             glory
             to
             make
             a
             shew
             of
             them
             in
             their
             stately
             entries
             into
             Constantinople
             ,
             as
             wee
             haue
             formerly
             obserued
             ,
             where
             among
             the
             troupes
             of
             Huntsmen
             ,
             wee
             see
             Faulconers
             with
             their
             Hawkes
             on
             their
             fist
             ,
             haue
             a
             Leopard
             at
             their
             Saddle
             pomell
             couered
             with
             Cloth
             of
             Gold
             ;
             they
             hunt
             the
             Hare
             or
             the
             Stag
             many
             times
             with
             some
             content
             ;
             they
             pursue
             the
             Boare
             ,
             although
             the
             vse
             of
             it
             be
             forbidden
             by
             their
             Law
             :
             If
             they
             take
             any
             ,
             they
             giue
             the
             flesh
             to
             Christians
             ,
             or
             cast
             it
             away
             ,
             and
             reserue
             the
             skinne
             to
             couer
             Bookes
             for
             the
             which
             it
             is
             very
             good
             ,
             and
             preserues
             their
             Volumes
             long
             :
             Those
             which
             haue
             come
             into
             my
             hands
             bound
             at
             Constantinople
             ,
             are
             excellently
             well
             couered
             with
             Boares
             skins
             ,
             although
             they
             be
             not
             artificially
             done
             as
             with
             vs
             at
             Paris
             .
          
           
             But
             Superstition
             the
             Soueraigne
             Mistris
             of
             Turkish
             Spirits
             ,
             hath
             a
             share
             in
             this
             pleasing
             exercise
             ,
             when
             they
             hunt
             vpon
             the
             day
             of
             their
             Coronation
             ,
             or
             when
             as
             they
             conceiue
             the
             designes
             of
             an
             important
             warre
             ,
             they
             hold
             it
             for
             a
             good
             presage
             if
             they
             take
             the
             first
             beast
             that
             is
             put
             vp
             ;
             but
             this
             pleasure
             of
             hunting
             doth
             not
             so
             possesse
             them
             ,
             as
             it
             makes
             them
             forget
             the
             care
             of
             serious
             affaires
             .
             The
             Turkish
             Emperours
             haue
             been
             accustomed
             in
             these
             sports
             to
             take
             the
             aduice
             of
             their
             Bassa's
             ,
             of
             the
             occurrents
             which
             concern
             the
             estate
             ;
             they
             cal
             them
             vnto
             them
             in
             the
             field
             ,
             they
             speake
             vnto
             them
             ,
             and
             command
             them
             to
             deliuer
             their
             opinions
             :
             In
             Court
             they
             call
             this
             manner
             of
             
             consulting
             ,
             
               The
               Councell
               on
               horsebacke
            
             :
             whereby
             wee
             may
             learne
             that
             this
             Nation
             is
             not
             so
             barbarous
             as
             men
             conceiue
             ,
             and
             that
             if
             they
             raigne
             so
             powerfully
             ouer
             so
             many
             Prouinces
             and
             Realmes
             ,
             it
             is
             not
             accidentally
             and
             by
             chance
             ;
             their
             care
             and
             judicious
             Councell
             giue
             vnto
             their
             Empire
             a
             wise
             Gouerment
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               CHAP.
               IX
            
             .
             Of
             the
             traine
             which
             followes
             the
             
               Grand
               Seigneurs
            
             Court.
             
          
           
             THe
             number
             of
             men
             lodged
             and
             fed
             in
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             which
             amounts
             to
             fourteen
             thousand
             mouths
             ,
             would
             make
             those
             imagine
             ,
             which
             know
             not
             the
             power
             of
             the
             Turkish
             Emperours
             ,
             that
             many
             Soueraigne
             Monarchs
             ,
             lodged
             together
             ,
             had
             drawne
             all
             the
             Officers
             of
             their
             houses
             into
             one
             Pallace
             .
             And
             truly
             he
             whom
             they
             serue
             hauing
             vanquished
             and
             ruined
             many
             Kings
             hath
             made
             an
             vnion
             of
             their
             Crownes
             :
             His
             Serrail
             ,
             when
             he
             lodgeth
             there
             ,
             containes
             in
             him
             alone
             the
             Emperour
             of
             Constantinople
             ,
             him
             of
             Trebisonde
             ,
             the
             Kings
             of
             
               Ierusalem
               ,
               Babylon
               ,
               Damas
               ,
               Egypt
               ,
               Cypresse
               ,
               Thunis
               ,
               Algier
               ,
               Fez
               ,
            
             and
             Morocco
             ,
             with
             an
             infinite
             number
             of
             other
             smaller
             Soueraignes
             ,
             whose
             Empires
             ,
             Realmes
             and
             Principalities
             hee
             doth
             possesse
             :
             So
             as
             so
             many
             Officers
             as
             are
             in
             his
             Pallace
             ,
             seruing
             his
             greatnesse
             ,
             serue
             many
             Crownes
             .
             But
             when
             he
             goes
             out
             of
             his
             Serrail
             ,
             to
             vndertake
             a
             Voyage
             into
             some
             remote
             Prouince
             ,
             the
             traine
             and
             followers
             which
             increase
             his
             Court
             is
             wonderfull
             .
             Thirty
             sixe
             thousand
             Iamzaries
             ,
             make
             the
             number
             of
             his
             ordinary
             Guard
             on
             foot
             ,
             fortie
             foure
             thousand
             Spabi
             ,
             which
             areas
             light
             Horsemen
             ,
             make
             the
             Cauallery
             ;
             two
             thousand
             Capigas
             or
             Archers
             of
             the
             Port
             follow
             him
             :
             These
             beside
             their
             ordinary
             Guard
             ,
             execute
             the
             Office
             of
             the
             Ministers
             of
             Iustice
             ,
             with
             men
             of
             meaner
             condition
             that
             are
             vnder
             them
             :
             Two
             thousand
             Solachis
             ,
             which
             are
             Guards
             on
             foot
             about
             the
             Sultans
             person
             ,
             are
             of
             his
             traine
             :
             Foure
             thousand
             
             Chaoux
             ,
             Men
             imployed
             in
             Embassies
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             executions
             of
             Iustice
             march
             after
             him
             .
             There
             are
             also
             fifteen
             hundred
             Sahangylers
             ,
             or
             Gentlemen
             Seruants
             ,
             which
             carry
             his
             meate
             vnto
             the
             chamber
             doore
             ,
             where
             the
             Pages
             receiue
             it
             and
             deliuer
             it
             to
             the
             Capiaga
             ,
             who
             sets
             it
             vpon
             his
             Table
             .
             The
             number
             of
             men
             for
             baser
             vses
             is
             not
             lesse
             ,
             if
             we
             consider
             wherein
             they
             are
             imployed
             ,
             there
             are
             three
             thousand
             Groomes
             of
             the
             Stable
             ,
             and
             a
             thousand
             Riders
             for
             hunting
             ;
             the
             Balthagis
             which
             cut
             the
             wood
             ,
             and
             bring
             it
             to
             the
             Kitchin
             are
             eight
             thousand
             :
             There
             are
             a
             thousand
             Thauegys
             ,
             which
             are
             Purueyours
             ,
             or
             Victualers
             :
             two
             thousand
             fiue
             hundred
             Therezi
             ,
             or
             Tailors
             to
             the
             Court
             ,
             sixe
             hundred
             Bakers
             .
             And
             if
             the
             Voyage
             be
             made
             for
             the
             warre
             ,
             the
             Officers
             of
             the
             Arsenall
             ,
             which
             are
             Commissaries
             of
             the
             Artillery
             and
             others
             ,
             make
             fortie
             six
             thousand
             men
             :
             The
             Gebegys
             which
             make
             Armes
             ,
             and
             repaire
             and
             keepe
             cleane
             those
             which
             are
             already
             made
             ,
             are
             fourteene
             thousand
             :
             seuen
             thousand
             Tufechgys
             or
             Gun-makers
             ,
             follow
             with
             their
             Tooles
             and
             ambulatory
             shops
             :
             eight
             thousand
             Topeys
             ,
             which
             are
             the
             Cannoneers
             ,
             increase
             the
             traine
             of
             this
             monstrous
             Court.
             I
             omit
             a
             number
             of
             pettie
             Officers
             ,
             for
             that
             I
             haue
             not
             their
             names
             .
          
           
             The
             beasts
             of
             burthen
             are
             vsually
             twentie
             thousand
             ,
             that
             is
             to
             say
             ,
             ten
             thousand
             Camels
             ,
             and
             ten
             thousand
             Moiles
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             ordinary
             for
             the
             Sultans
             house
             ,
             not
             reckoning
             the
             troine
             of
             the
             Bassa's
             which
             follow
             ,
             the
             which
             is
             not
             so
             small
             but
             in
             seeing
             them
             march
             apart
             ,
             you
             would
             take
             it
             for
             the
             traine
             of
             a
             Soueraigne
             Prince
             ;
             for
             the
             Turkes
             carrie
             in
             their
             Voyages
             all
             sorts
             of
             Commodities
             ,
             to
             the
             end
             they
             may
             be
             accommodated
             aswell
             in
             Field
             ,
             as
             in
             the
             Townes
             of
             their
             abode
             .
             The
             supputation
             of
             the
             number
             of
             men
             that
             follow
             this
             Court
             ,
             amounts
             to
             a
             hundred
             fiue
             thousand
             ,
             sixe
             hundred
             ,
             when
             the
             Sultan
             trauels
             in
             a
             time
             of
             peace
             ;
             but
             if
             hee
             goe
             to
             the
             warre
             ,
             his
             Court
             is
             composed
             of
             a
             hundred
             and
             fourescore
             thousand
             men
             ,
             beside
             the
             Souldiers
             .
             So
             as
             who
             is
             hee
             ,
             that
             seeing
             this
             fearefull
             Court
             to
             march
             ,
             would
             not
             beleeue
             that
             it
             is
             a
             whole
             Nation
             ,
             who
             hauing
             abandoned
             their
             owne
             houses
             ,
             goe
             to
             conquer
             new
             habitations
             .
             Certainly
             ,
             that
             which
             History
             relates
             
             of
             the
             Descent
             of
             the
             Northerne
             Nations
             ,
             as
             
               Cimbrians
               ,
               Sicambrians
               ,
               Gothes
               ,
               Vandals
               ,
               Burgonians
               ,
               Normans
            
             and
             others
             ,
             is
             plainly
             seene
             there
             by
             the
             number
             of
             men
             ;
             but
             with
             this
             difference
             ,
             that
             those
             did
             but
             passe
             ,
             and
             these
             remaine
             still
             ,
             and
             adde
             to
             the
             continuance
             of
             their
             tedious
             Raigne
             ,
             the
             Rule
             and
             power
             ouer
             many
             other
             Nations
             ,
             neere
             and
             afarre
             off
             ,
             from
             the
             principall
             seat
             of
             their
             Empire
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               CHAP.
               X.
            
             Of
             the
             greatnesse
             of
             the
             Turkish
             Bassa's
             .
          
           
             THe
             brightnesse
             of
             the
             Sun
             doth
             not
             only
             shew
             it selfe
             in
             the
             body
             of
             its
             Spheare
             ,
             but
             it
             doth
             also
             shine
             in
             the
             greatest
             Starre●
             .
             And
             Kings
             who
             are
             in
             their
             Estates
             what
             the
             Sun
             is
             in
             Heauen
             ,
             do
             not
             only
             shew
             in
             themselues
             the
             lustre
             of
             their
             magnificence
             ,
             but
             it
             doth
             also
             shine
             in
             the
             wealth
             of
             the
             great
             Men
             of
             their
             Court.
             This
             is
             seene
             more
             visibly
             in
             Turkey
             than
             in
             any
             other
             place
             of
             the
             World
             ,
             where
             the
             Turkish
             Bassa's
             display
             in
             the
             pompe
             of
             their
             great
             riches
             ,
             the
             proud
             power
             of
             the
             Emperour
             ,
             from
             whom
             they
             haue
             receiued
             it
             .
             
               Machmut
               Bassa
               ,
               Beglierbey
            
             of
             Europe
             enjoyed
             so
             great
             treasures
             during
             the
             Raigne
             of
             Mahomet
             the
             Second
             ,
             as
             the
             annuall
             Reuenewes
             thereof
             ,
             would
             haue
             defraied
             a
             powerfull
             Turkish
             Army
             .
             This
             example
             would
             put
             them
             to
             silence
             ,
             which
             bragge
             so
             much
             of
             the
             treasure
             of
             old
             Crass●as
             ,
             the
             yearely
             rent
             whereof
             ,
             they
             say
             was
             able
             ,
             to
             entertaine
             a
             Roman
             Army
             .
             The
             least
             of
             the
             Turkes
             Armies
             would
             containe
             many
             of
             theirs
             .
             As
             this
             Bassa
             had
             beene
             the
             most
             powerfull
             ,
             and
             the
             most
             sumptuous
             ,
             that
             euer
             the
             Othoman
             Court
             had
             aduanced
             to
             the
             height
             of
             an
             extraordinary
             fortune
             ,
             it
             shall
             not
             be
             vnfitting
             to
             deliuer
             briefly
             by
             what
             meanes
             hee
             came
             vnto
             that
             greatnesse
             .
             He
             was
             by
             Nation
             a
             Graecian
             ,
             and
             in
             his
             infancy
             his
             Mother
             who
             was
             a
             Bulgarian
             ,
             led
             him
             one
             day
             with
             her
             ,
             from
             the
             Towne
             of
             Nebopride
             ,
             to
             that
             of
             Sendero●●a
             ▪
             she
             met
             casually
             with
             the
             Turkish
             horse
             ,
             some
             of
             them
             
             seeing
             this
             young
             childe
             wonderfull
             beautifull
             ,
             tooke
             him
             away
             by
             force
             ,
             and
             carried
             him
             as
             a
             Present
             to
             the
             Sultan
             their
             Master
             :
             The
             Prince
             loued
             him
             ,
             and
             in
             a
             short
             time
             made
             the
             greatest
             of
             his
             Court
             know
             ,
             that
             beauty
             is
             many
             times
             a
             powerfull
             motiue
             to
             a
             great
             fortune
             ,
             hee
             was
             placed
             among
             the
             best
             respected
             Pages
             of
             his
             Chamber
             ,
             where
             hee
             spent
             his
             younger
             yeeres
             in
             the
             midst
             of
             the
             delights
             of
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             after
             which
             he
             had
             the
             charge
             of
             Aga
             ,
             or
             Colonell
             Generall
             of
             the
             Ianizaries
             ;
             afterwards
             he
             was
             honoured
             with
             the
             qualitie
             of
             Bassa
             ,
             then
             he
             became
             Vizir
             ,
             &
             mounting
             daily
             higher
             ,
             Romelia
             or
             Europe
             had
             him
             for
             their
             Beglierbey
             :
             The
             magnificences
             which
             he
             shewed
             ,
             during
             the
             possession
             of
             so
             much
             wealth
             ,
             would
             be
             tedious
             to
             relate
             .
             One
             only
             example
             shall
             suffice
             for
             all
             .
             Mahomet
             the
             Second
             ,
             caused
             the
             eldest
             of
             his
             children
             to
             be
             Circumcised
             ;
             the
             custome
             of
             the
             Court
             will
             haue
             great
             Men
             to
             giue
             him
             Presents
             ,
             as
             wee
             haue
             formerly
             spoken
             :
             all
             performed
             it
             ;
             but
             that
             of
             Machmut
             ,
             mounted
             neere
             to
             a
             hundred
             thousand
             Sequins
             ,
             which
             would
             make
             fortie
             thousand
             pounds
             sterling
             .
             The
             Ocean
             must
             bee
             vast
             and
             great
             ,
             which
             doth
             breed
             such
             great
             Whales
             ,
             liuing
             and
             walking
             Mountaines
             :
             And
             the
             Othoman
             Court
             must
             be
             stately
             ,
             seeing
             the
             Bassa's
             encounter
             with
             such
             fortunes
             .
          
           
             But
             it
             may
             be
             that
             of
             Machmut
             will
             seeme
             stale
             ,
             for
             that
             it
             happened
             an
             age
             before
             ours
             :
             to
             satisfie
             those
             which
             loue
             new
             things
             ,
             and
             to
             augment
             the
             proofes
             of
             this
             verity
             ,
             that
             the
             Turkish
             Bassa's
             are
             great
             ,
             we
             will
             adde
             an
             example
             which
             many
             haue
             seene
             of
             late
             yeeres
             .
             It
             appeared
             in
             the
             Leuant
             in
             the
             yeere
             1614
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             person
             of
             
               Nassuf
               Bassa
               Grand
               Vizir
            
             of
             the
             Empire
             ,
             whose
             treasures
             were
             so
             great
             ,
             as
             they
             found
             in
             his
             Cofers
             at
             the
             time
             of
             his
             death
             a
             Million
             of
             Gold
             in
             Sequins
             ,
             and
             in
             siluer
             Coine
             eight
             hundred
             thousand
             Crownes
             ,
             three
             bushels
             of
             precious
             Stones
             not
             wrought
             ,
             a
             bushell
             of
             Diamonds
             not
             set
             in
             gold
             ,
             and
             two
             bushels
             of
             great
             round
             Pearles
             of
             inestimable
             value
             :
             His
             other
             furniture
             was
             equall
             to
             his
             treasure
             ;
             he
             had
             a
             thousand
             goodly
             Horses
             in
             his
             stable
             ,
             whereof
             the
             least
             was
             valued
             at
             a
             thousand
             Crownes
             :
             Moreouer
             ,
             he
             had
             foure
             hundred
             Mares
             of
             
               Arabian
               ,
               Egypt
            
             ,
             
             the
             goodliest
             that
             could
             be
             found
             in
             those
             Countries
             ,
             with
             many
             thousand
             of
             Camels
             and
             Moyles
             .
             His
             Armory
             was
             full
             of
             the
             richest
             Swords
             that
             could
             be
             found
             in
             the
             Leuant
             ,
             and
             elsewhere
             :
             The
             least
             had
             the
             hilts
             of
             siluer
             :
             One
             was
             so
             enricht
             with
             Diamonds
             vpon
             the
             hilt
             ,
             as
             it
             was
             valued
             at
             fiue
             thousand
             pounds
             sterling
             .
             The
             rest
             of
             his
             moueables
             were
             no
             lesse
             precious
             ,
             his
             Persian
             Carpets
             wrought
             of
             Gold
             and
             Silke
             .
             The
             great
             quantity
             of
             Cloth
             of
             Gold
             &
             of
             Silk
             of
             most
             excellent
             workes
             ;
             the
             rich
             beds
             ,
             and
             all
             ,
             that
             excesse
             of
             a
             monstrous
             fortune
             can
             draw
             into
             the
             Pallace
             of
             a
             Fauourite
             ,
             exceeds
             the
             imagination
             of
             men
             ,
             and
             giues
             occasion
             to
             say
             ,
             that
             with
             the
             spoile
             of
             such
             men
             ,
             they
             might
             not
             only
             enrich
             many
             houses
             ,
             but
             many
             Cities
             .
          
           
             Such
             rich
             and
             sumptuous
             Courtiers
             go
             with
             no
             smal
             trains
             :
             when
             they
             march
             in
             field
             ,
             and
             vndertake
             a
             Voyage
             ,
             be
             it
             for
             their
             owne
             particulars
             ,
             or
             to
             receiue
             the
             possession
             of
             the
             Gouernment
             of
             Prouinces
             ,
             wherewith
             the
             Sultan
             doth
             honour
             them
             ,
             the
             baggage
             which
             goes
             before
             ,
             and
             the
             great
             number
             of
             men
             which
             follow
             them
             ,
             doth
             equall
             ,
             yea
             ,
             exceed
             the
             attendants
             of
             the
             Soueraigne
             Princes
             of
             Europe
             :
             Such
             a
             traine
             may
             busie
             the
             eyes
             of
             those
             that
             see
             them
             passe
             ,
             for
             a
             whole
             day
             ,
             for
             so
             much
             time
             is
             necessary
             for
             the
             least
             entry
             into
             a
             Towne
             ,
             and
             yet
             many
             times
             they
             supply
             the
             want
             of
             day
             by
             Torch-light
             :
             It
             is
             the
             care
             of
             such
             Bassa's
             to
             shew
             themselue
             ,
             great
             to
             the
             eyes
             of
             the
             World
             :
             which
             makes
             them
             prodigall
             in
             their
             expences
             ,
             to
             be
             attended
             by
             many
             thousands
             of
             houshould
             seruants
             ,
             (
             if
             they
             bee
             not
             ill
             serued
             being
             a
             difficult
             thing
             ,
             but
             such
             a
             number
             and
             troupe
             should
             be
             importune
             and
             troublesome
             )
             to
             whom
             they
             giue
             many
             Enunches
             to
             command
             them
             .
             They
             take
             a
             delight
             to
             bee
             well
             mounted
             ,
             and
             withall
             to
             haue
             as
             many
             horses
             ,
             as
             would
             serue
             for
             diuers
             Regiments
             .
             They
             will
             haue
             their
             Baggage
             ,
             to
             seeme
             the
             more
             stately
             ,
             to
             be
             carried
             by
             twelue
             or
             fifteene
             hundred
             Moiles
             ,
             and
             as
             many
             Can●elis
             .
             The
             number
             of
             the
             Concubins
             which
             they
             entertaine
             in
             imitation
             of
             the
             Prince
             their
             Maister
             ,
             imployes
             the
             care
             and
             watchfull
             diligence
             of
             many
             black
             Eunuches
             ,
             which
             they
             appoint
             to
             keepe
             them
             ,
             and
             consume
             their
             great
             wealth
             .
             
             Their
             Lodgings
             are
             stately
             Serrails
             ,
             which
             they
             haue
             built
             with
             incredible
             expences
             ;
             as
             wee
             may
             see
             in
             the
             Hippodrome
             of
             Constantinople
             ,
             by
             the
             Serrail
             of
             
               Hibraime
               Bassa
            
             ,
             whereof
             the
             Turkish
             Emperours
             haue
             beene
             heires
             ,
             the
             which
             is
             capable
             to
             lodge
             a
             great
             King.
             Their
             Moueables
             and
             Ornaments
             of
             their
             Hals
             ,
             are
             equall
             to
             their
             greatnesse
             ,
             wherein
             they
             spare
             no
             cost
             ,
             as
             the
             only
             acquisitions
             which
             the
             Law
             of
             their
             seruitude
             doth
             allow
             them
             :
             for
             being
             all
             slaues
             ,
             they
             can
             purchase
             no
             lands
             nor
             possessions
             ,
             the
             which
             doth
             generally
             belong
             to
             the
             Sultan
             their
             Soueraigne
             .
             But
             if
             of
             Caitiue
             slaues
             they
             be
             so
             great
             and
             so
             proud
             in
             their
             wealth
             ,
             what
             must
             the
             Master
             be
             who
             hath
             made
             them
             such
             ?
          
        
         
           
             
               CHAP.
               XI
            
             .
             Of
             the
             affronts
             which
             the
             Turkish
             Bassa's
             are
             forced
             to
             pocket
             vp
             in
             Court
             ,
             and
             the
             disgracefull
             Chastisements
             which
             they
             suffer
             .
          
           
             THe
             honours
             and
             greatnesse
             of
             the
             World
             haue
             their
             counterpoise
             ;
             shame
             and
             contempt
             followes
             them
             at
             the
             heeles
             :
             All
             that
             clime
             vp
             may
             descend
             ,
             yea
             fall
             .
             Thus
             the
             diuine
             Prouidence
             hath
             wisely
             ordained
             ,
             to
             teach
             man
             not
             to
             build
             his
             assurances
             thereon
             ;
             and
             to
             binde
             him
             to
             seeke
             them
             in
             that
             which
             is
             constant
             &
             eternall
             .
             The
             Court
             is
             the
             Theater
             ,
             wherein
             the
             Tragicall
             Scene
             of
             change
             ,
             shewes
             it selfe
             ;
             griefe
             goes
             hand
             in
             hand
             with
             pleasure
             ,
             and
             is
             an
             inseperable
             Companion
             ;
             he
             cannot
             belong
             a
             Courtier
             that
             hath
             not
             tried
             it
             .
             That
             of
             the
             Turkes
             doth
             many
             times
             make
             it
             sensible
             to
             the
             greatest
             Bassa's
             ;
             in
             the
             midst
             of
             the
             glorious
             dignities
             of
             the
             Empire
             ,
             they
             feele
             the
             displeasure
             ,
             to
             see
             themselues
             shamefully
             intreated
             by
             the
             commandement
             of
             their
             Soueraigne
             .
             For
             when
             he
             hath
             an
             intent
             to
             blemish
             their
             Names
             with
             eternall
             infamy
             ,
             hee
             causeth
             the
             crouper
             of
             their
             Horses
             to
             be
             cut
             ,
             whilest
             they
             are
             vpon
             them
             ;
             an
             affront
             held
             in
             Turkey
             ,
             the
             greatest
             that
             a
             man
             of
             their
             condition
             can
             receiue
             .
             So
             was
             
             Mu●
             〈…〉
             in
             the
             〈◊〉
             of
             Sely
             the
             first
             ,
             Father
             to
             great
             S●ly●
             .
             This
             Prince
             hauing
             vanquished
             the
             Sophy
             of
             〈◊〉
             ,
             at
             triumphed
             in
             Tuaris
             ,
             the
             chiefe
             Citye
             of
             that
             Repl●
             ,
             was
             forced
             to
             leade
             it
             ,
             when
             as
             he
             saw
             his
             souldiers
             into
             〈…〉
             ,
             saying
             plainly
             that
             they
             had
             rather
             lose
             all
             ,
             when
             to
             spend
             the
             W●ter
             in
             Persia
             .
             This
             〈◊〉
             was
             very
             sensible
             ,
             the
             thought
             to
             be
             reuenged
             on
             those
             whom
             hee
             should
             find
             to
             be
             the
             Motiues
             :
             they
             perswade
             him
             that
             
               Mu●ap●a
               Bassa
            
             ,
             who
             had
             credit
             among
             the
             ●ootmen
             ,
             had
             induced
             them
             to
             〈…〉
             hangeth
             his
             〈◊〉
             vpon
             him
             ,
             and
             seeing
             him
             on
             〈…〉
             by
             a
             Iester
             which
             followed
             him
             :
             The
             Bassa
             perceiued
             it
             ,
             and
             the
             disgrace
             which
             he
             receiued
             ,
             made
             him
             to
             end
             his
             dayes
             in
             the
             midst
             of
             the
             cares
             and
             griefe
             ,
             which
             a
             man
             of
             his
             qualitie
             doth
             feele
             ,
             when
             he
             thinkes
             he
             hath
             〈◊〉
             the
             reputation
             ,
             which
             made
             him
             to
             liue
             gloriously
             in
             the
             World
             and
             Court.
             
          
           
             The
             infamy
             of
             this
             affront
             comes
             not
             alone
             ;
             it
             hath
             for
             a
             companion
             ,
             the
             〈◊〉
             of
             a
             shamefull
             punishment
             ,
             which
             the
             great
             men
             of
             the
             〈…〉
             ●ue
             ,
             when
             hee
             holds
             him
             guilty
             of
             some
             small
             crime
             :
             When
             he
             hath
             caused
             the
             Crouper
             of
             some
             of
             their
             〈◊〉
             be
             cut
             ,
             he
             doth
             likewise
             ●au●
             others
             to
             be
             〈◊〉
             by
             his
             〈◊〉
             ▪
             as
             it
             happened
             in
             the
             〈…〉
             the
             〈…〉
             Co●ell
             of
             the
             〈…〉
             who
             〈…〉
             co●ed
             to
             haue
             〈…〉
             the
             〈◊〉
             the
             Emperour
             caused
             him
             to
             be
             taken
             and
             〈◊〉
             .
             But
             〈…〉
             is
             not
             so
             〈…〉
             ●ble
             vnto
             the●
             ,
             is
             the
             〈…〉
             the
             Crouper
             ,
             
             as
             if
             the
             Leather
             of
             the
             〈…〉
             of
             〈◊〉
             horse
             were
             mor●
             〈…〉
             them
             〈…〉
             ▪
             so
             much
             〈…〉
             which
             〈…〉
             things
             which
             〈…〉
             〈…〉
             ●d
             Croupers
             to
             be
             cut
             ,
             tha●
             〈…〉
             whip
             vpon
             the
             body
             .
             But
             〈…〉
             which
             follow
             the
             greatnes
             of
             the
             〈…〉
             of
             their
             Basha's
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             
               CHAP.
               XII
            
             .
             In
             what
             ●i●e
             the
             
               Grand
               SEIGNEVE
            
             〈◊〉
             vnto
             his
             Bassa's
             .
          
           
             The
             greatest
             dignities
             of
             the
             World
             are
             not
             the
             most
             happy
             ,
             (
             said
             an
             Ancient
             )
             and
             the
             condition
             of
             〈◊〉
             Monarches
             hath
             secured
             miserable
             to
             some
             〈…〉
             had
             ,
             little
             to
             desire
             and
             much
             〈◊〉
             feare
             ▪
             for
             being
             〈…〉
             height
             of
             humane
             greatnesse
             they
             cannot
             desire
             〈◊〉
             ,
             but
             continuing
             in
             the
             languishing
             of
             their
             spirit
             ,
             they
             sometimes
             conceiue
             jealousies
             and
             imaginary
             ,
             terrours
             ,
             and
             many
             times
             such
             as
             are
             true
             the
             which
             troubles
             ,
             their
             〈…〉
             their
             liues
             ,
             and
             fils
             them
             with
             tedious
             conceit
             .
             So
             saith
             the
             Master
             of
             Princes
             in
             the
             holy
             Writ
             in
             these
             true
             words
             deliuered
             by
             a
             Prince
             ,
             
               The
               heart
               of
               Kings
               is
               inscrutable
               .
            
             
             Certainly
             truth
             doth
             teach
             vs
             ,
             that
             if
             Crownes
             and
             Scep●
             be
             weighty
             ,
             as
             charge
             of
             ●re
             and
             trouble
             ,
             the
             Office
             of
             Kings
             is
             painfull
             ;
             for
             there
             is
             nothing
             so
             difficult
             to
             man
             ,
             〈…〉
             well
             ,
             whereon
             depend●
             the
             knowledge
             of
             〈…〉
             .
             The
             Prince
             which
             commands
             must
             obserue
             three
             things
             ,
             
             that
             what
             he
             desires
             may
             be
             just
             ,
             for
             the
             publique
             good
             ,
             and
             concerne
             his
             owne
             glory
             .
             The
             which
             is
             done
             by
             word
             or
             ●ing
             .
             The
             Othoman
             Monarches
             ,
             as
             Princes
             ,
             retired
             within
             their
             Serrail
             ,
             and
             not
             much
             communicable
             ;
             command
             in
             〈◊〉
             not
             daily
             by
             writing
             ,
             and
             the
             stile
             which
             they
             vse
             in
             writing
             that
             which
             they
             command
             ,
             is
             particular
             vnto
             them
             ▪
             We
             shall
             hardly
             find
             in
             Histories
             any
             one
             example
             of
             a
             Monarchi
             〈…〉
             wealth
             ,
             in
             the
             which
             the
             Superiour●
             haue
             〈…〉
             so
             imperiously
             ,
             and
             hath
             beene
             obeyed
             secondly
             ;
             as
             with
             the
             Turkes
             ;
             their
             letters
             breathe
             nothing
             but
             threats
             ;
             and
             they
             speake
             no
             other
             language
             but
             that
             of
             cruelties
             .
             Behold
             some
             examples
             of
             those
             ,
             which
             the
             Sultan●
             haue
             〈◊〉
             their
             〈◊〉
             In
             the
             〈…〉
             third
             ●ring
             of
             the
             〈…〉
             in
             H●ria
             ,
             which
             the
             Ch●st●
             had
             recouered
             ,
             and
             holding
             this
             〈…〉
             very
             great
             
             
             
             must
             make
             this
             Bridge
             or
             die
             ,
             hee
             labours
             ,
             hazards
             all
             ,
             and
             loseth
             many
             thousand
             men
             ,
             yet
             notwithstanding
             this
             ouerflowing
             of
             the
             water
             ,
             hee
             finished
             a
             Bridge
             in
             sixteene
             dayes
             ouer
             the
             Riuer
             of
             Draue
             ,
             being
             fiue
             thousand
             fiue
             hundred
             fathome
             long
             ,
             and
             fourteene
             broad
             ,
             supported
             by
             Boats
             tyed
             one
             to
             another
             with
             chaines
             of
             Iron
             .
             Solyman
             past
             his
             Army
             ouer
             it
             ,
             and
             went
             to
             lay
             his
             siege
             to
             Segher
             ,
             where
             he
             died
             .
             Assa●b●g
             had
             good
             &
             strong
             excuses
             ,
             not
             to
             attempt
             the
             making
             of
             this
             Bridge
             ,
             any
             other
             Prince
             but
             a
             Turke
             would
             haue
             allowed
             of
             them
             :
             But
             hee
             who
             was
             (
             as
             the
             Turkes
             be
             )
             a
             bad
             husband
             of
             mens
             liues
             ,
             would
             haue
             it
             done
             at
             what
             rate
             soeuer
             .
             The
             threat
             of
             those
             Letters
             which
             wee
             haue
             related
             are
             with
             some
             condition
             .
             But
             the
             Turkish
             Princes
             many
             times
             write
             absolutely
             ;
             as
             it
             happened
             in
             the
             yeare
             1614
             ,
             in
             the
             person
             of
             
               Nassuf
               ,
               Bassa
               ,
               Grand
               Vizir
            
             of
             the
             Turkish
             Empire
             .
             The
             Emperour
             Achmat
             the
             first
             would
             haue
             his
             life
             and
             his
             treasure
             :
             He
             sends
             vnto
             him
             being
             in
             Constantinople
             ,
             the
             Bostangibassi
             ,
             with
             two
             Letters
             written
             by
             his
             own
             hand
             ,
             whereof
             this
             was
             the
             tenour
             of
             the
             first
             :
             
               Faile
               not
               presently
               vpon
               the
               receipt
               hereof
               ,
               in
               s●nd
               〈◊〉
               by
               the
            
             Bostangibassi
             
               the
               Seales
               of
               my
               Empire
               .
               Nass●f
            
             obeyed
             ,
             and
             deliuered
             them
             into
             the
             great
             Gardiners
             hands
             ;
             hauing
             receiued
             them
             ,
             he
             drew
             another
             of
             the
             Sul●ans
             Letters
             out
             of
             his
             pocket
             to
             Nassuf
             ,
             wherof
             these
             were
             the
             words
             :
             
               After
               that
               thou
               hast
               sent
               me
               my
               Seales
               ,
               send
               mee
               thy
               Hand
               by
               him
               that
               shall
               giue
               thee
               this
               Note
               .
            
             This
             command
             was
             rough
             ,
             and
             the
             stile
             of
             his
             Letter
             troublesome
             ,
             yet
             hee
             must
             obey
             ,
             not
             of
             force
             ,
             for
             Nassuf
             was
             in
             his
             house
             with
             a
             Family
             of
             aboue
             two
             thousand
             men
             ,
             and
             the
             Gardiner
             had
             〈…〉
             staffe
             ,
             and
             was
             only
             assisted
             〈…〉
             Rascals
             v●med
             ,
             which
             were
             Capigis
             ,
             or
             〈◊〉
             of
             the
             
               Serrail
               .
               Nassuf
            
             suffered
             himselfe
             to
             bestrangled
             ,
             and
             the
             Bostangibassi
             carried
             away
             his
             hand
             in
             the
             view
             of
             all
             his
             g●as
             Family
             ,
             whereof
             the
             least
             Scullions
             might
             haue
             〈◊〉
             him
             with
             their
             〈◊〉
             ,
             with
             his
             goodly
             traine
             .
             Y●
             〈…〉
             〈◊〉
             the
             people
             of
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             and
             knowing
             that
             it
             was
             the
             Princes
             pleasure
             ,
             their
             Armes
             were
             their
             teares
             and
             sorrowes
             .
             Thus
             this
             rough
             meanes
             of
             writing
             prooues
             very
             beneficiall
             
             to
             the
             Turkish
             Princes
             ,
             and
             they
             reape
             many
             co●
             〈◊〉
             thereby
             .
             First
             ,
             they
             are
             not
             forced
             to
             〈◊〉
             money
             to
             the
             Gouernour
             of
             a
             strong
             place
             ,
             who
             is
             not
             faithfull
             or
             profitable
             to
             draw
             him
             out
             of
             it
             ,
             and
             to
             buy
             with
             great
             summes
             of
             money
             (
             as
             they
             doe
             in
             other
             places
             )
             ,
             the
             Townes
             and
             Forts
             of
             their
             Estates
             ;
             the
             least
             of
             their
             Letters
             drawes
             forth
             a
             Gouernour
             ,
             where
             they
             place
             whom
             they
             please
             they
             compasse
             great
             enterprizes
             ,
             causing
             that
             to
             be
             done
             by
             feare
             which
             loue
             cannot
             doe
             ;
             they
             are
             lesse
             betrayed
             in
             affaires
             of
             importance
             ,
             and
             are
             generally
             exactly
             obeyed
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               CHAP.
               XIII
            
             .
             Of
             the
             malicious
             in●ent
             〈◊〉
             and
             poys●nings
             which
             the
             Turkes
             vse
             the
             against
             another
             ,
             and
             ●sse●
             tally
             great
             Men.
             
          
           
             AMbition
             hath
             brought
             other
             Vices
             into
             the
             Cour●
             ,
             where
             s●e
             imployes
             there
             ,
             in
             her
             designes
             :
             Slander
             and
             Treason
             are
             the
             〈◊〉
             of
             her
             ●●estable
             inuention
             ,
             and
             poysoning
             y●rs
             them
             in
             execution
             .
             But
             this
             last
             finds
             more
             imployment
             in
             the
             Court
             of
             Mabo●an
             Princes
             than
             in
             any
             other
             part
             of
             the
             World●
             They
             resec●
             in
             al●●mi●able
             meane
             to
             reuenge
             〈◊〉
             ,
             and
             to
             content
             their
             passions
             .
             And
             after
             ●heir
             ●xample
             the
             great
             Men
             and
             Bassa●
             imploy
             it
             :
             Former
             ages
             ,
             and
             the
             disorder
             of
             that
             wherein
             we
             liue
             ,
             turnish
             exampl●
             .
             In
             the
             yeare
             137●
             ,
             〈◊〉
             told
             King
             of
             
               Gram●e
               ,
               a
               Ma●
            
             Poi●t●
             ,
             〈◊〉
             where
             〈◊〉
             that
             〈…〉
             King
             thereof
             ,
             〈…〉
             rich
             〈◊〉
             〈…〉
             things
             ,
             〈…〉
             .
             Hee
             〈◊〉
             〈…〉
             〈…〉
             〈◊〉
             ,
             and
             〈…〉
             with
             an
             infinite
             number
             of
             〈…〉
             to
             
               Castite
               ;
               Don
               Henry
            
             〈…〉
             
             pleased
             with
             so
             rates
             Present
             ,
             hee
             doth
             publiquely
             commend
             the
             magnificence
             of
             the
             Turkish
             Prince
             .
             But
             hee
             doth
             soone
             learne
             to
             his
             cost
             ,
             that
             poyson
             is
             rather
             among
             gold
             and
             precious
             stones
             than
             among
             pouerty
             .
             Hee
             puts
             them
             on
             the
             next
             day
             ,
             but
             presently
             the
             poyson
             where
             with
             they
             were
             infected
             ,
             layes
             him
             in
             the
             bed
             of
             death
             ,
             and
             depriues
             him
             of
             life
             :
             Spaine
             hath
             beene
             alwayes
             subject
             to
             such
             accidents
             whilest
             the
             Mahometans
             commanded
             there
             ,
             and
             the
             Kings
             thereof
             had
             cause
             to
             feare
             a
             double
             poyson
             :
             For
             whilest
             the
             Turkish
             Princes
             did
             attempt
             their
             persons
             by
             poyson
             ,
             the
             Alphaquis
             ,
             and
             Priests
             of
             the
             Alcoran
             ,
             poysoned
             the
             soules
             of
             their
             subjects
             by
             the
             contagious
             impurities
             of
             a
             false
             and
             brutish
             Doctrine
             .
             A
             little
             before
             the
             death
             of
             the
             King
             of
             Castile
             ,
             he
             of
             Leon
             called
             
               Don
               Sancho
            
             ,
             was
             poysoned
             by
             the
             inuention
             of
             a
             Turke
             ,
             who
             taught
             Gonzales
             ,
             his
             Lieutenant
             at
             Leon
             ,
             the
             detestable
             meanes
             to
             kill
             his
             Master
             in
             giuing
             him
             an
             Apple
             ,
             
             the
             which
             this
             wretched
             Lieutenant
             performed
             :
             This
             was
             at
             the
             same
             time
             when
             as
             a
             Deluge
             of
             fire
             come
             out
             of
             the
             Ocean
             ,
             the
             which
             carried
             its
             flame
             farre
             into
             Spaine
             ,
             burne
             a
             great
             Countrey
             ,
             and
             of
             many
             Burro●gh●
             and
             Villages
             ,
             made
             heaps
             of
             ashes
             as
             farre
             as
             Z●ora
             .
          
           
             These
             examples
             shew
             the
             malice
             of
             the
             Turkes
             against
             the
             the
             Christians
             ;
             but
             they
             doe
             no
             lesse
             among
             themselues
             .
             A
             Turkish
             King
             of
             Fe●
             ,
             not
             able
             to
             indure
             the
             prosperities
             of
             him
             of
             G●anad●
             ,
             called
             Ioseph
             ,
             a
             Mahometan
             like
             himselfe
             ,
             he
             resolued
             to
             take
             away
             his
             life
             :
             Hee
             sends
             to
             visit
             him
             oftnes
             than
             he
             had
             accustomed
             ,
             he
             makes
             a
             greater
             shew
             of
             friendship
             ,
             and
             after
             he
             hath
             receiued
             many
             effects
             of
             his
             ,
             hee
             sent
             him
             for
             a
             〈◊〉
             Cassocke
             of
             Cloth
             of
             Gold
             of
             great
             〈◊〉
             ,
             King
             Ioseph
             receiues
             it
             ,
             and
             puts
             it
             on
             ,
             not
             hee
             had
             not
             worne
             it
             a
             day
             ,
             but
             the
             poyson
             wherewith
             the
             Prince
             of
             Fe●
             had
             infected
             i●
             ,
             〈◊〉
             vpon
             him
             ,
             and
             gaue
             him
             such
             cruell
             convulsions
             and
             〈◊〉
             ,
             as
             his
             flesh
             fell
             away
             in
             piece
             ,
             and
             the
             Physician●
             〈…〉
             the
             true
             cause
             of
             his
             disease
             ,
             nor
             could
             apply
             ●hy
             re●
             that
             hee
             of
             Granado
             and
             by
             the
             damnable
             〈◊〉
             ,
             Moorish
             King.
             The
             like
             villanies
             which
             were
             practiced
             among
             the
             ancient
             Turkes
             ,
             are
             vsed
             at
             this
             day
             
             in
             the
             Louant
             ,
             at
             the
             Court
             of
             Constantinople
             ,
             and
             in
             other
             places
             ,
             whither
             they
             send
             great
             Men
             to
             〈◊〉
             charges
             .
             In
             our
             dayes
             a
             Turkish
             Courtier
             affected
             by
             all
             meanes
             possible
             the
             dignitie
             of
             Bassa
             of
             Al●ppo
             ;
             the
             beauty
             of
             the
             place
             ,
             the
             lustre
             of
             this
             dignitie
             ,
             but
             rather
             the
             great
             gaine
             which
             the
             Vice-royes
             make
             ,
             inflamed
             his
             desire
             to
             the
             possession
             of
             this
             Gouernment
             ;
             to
             attain
             vnto
             it
             he
             purchased
             by
             great
             gifts
             the
             affections
             of
             the
             Agala●is
             ,
             or
             Fo●i●s
             of
             the
             S●rrail
             ,
             which
             are
             the
             Eunuches
             attending
             the
             Princes
             person
             :
             These
             men
             content
             his
             ambition
             ,
             and
             obtained
             the
             gouernment
             which
             he
             desired
             from
             the
             Sultan
             ;
             hee
             receiues
             the
             Letters
             ,
             takes
             his
             leaue
             to
             goe
             vnto
             his
             charge
             ,
             hee
             arriues
             and
             is
             receiued
             with
             the
             applause
             of
             the
             people
             ;
             but
             he
             had
             scarce
             begun
             to
             enjoy
             the
             first
             honours
             of
             this
             new
             dignity
             ,
             but
             another
             doth
             dispossesse
             him
             by
             the
             same
             meanes
             which
             he
             had
             vsed
             ;
             hee
             gets
             the
             friendship
             of
             the
             Eunuches
             ,
             and
             gl●ts
             their
             a●arke
             with
             greater
             gifts
             obtaining
             Letters
             for
             this
             place
             .
             He
             was
             aduertized
             hereof
             ;
             the
             displeasure
             which
             he
             conceiued
             to
             see
             himselfe
             deceiued
             by
             the
             Courtiers
             of
             the
             S●rrail
             ,
             to
             whom
             hee
             had
             giuen
             much
             more
             money
             than
             hee
             had
             gotten
             in
             so
             short
             a
             time
             ,
             that
             he
             had
             〈◊〉
             Bassa
             of
             Al●pp●
             ,
             made
             him
             to
             draw
             his
             dearest
             friends
             about
             him
             ,
             to
             resolue
             with
             them
             how
             hee
             should
             gouerne
             himselfe
             in
             this
             important
             businesse
             .
             Many
             were
             of
             opinion
             that
             he
             should
             〈◊〉
             the
             entry
             i●
             the
             Town
             to
             this
             new
             Bassa
             who
             was
             vpon
             the
             way
             ,
             vntill
             he
             informed
             the
             Sultan
             ,
             the
             M●f●
             ,
             and
             the
             
               Grand
               Vizir
            
             of
             the
             couetous
             disloyaltie
             of
             the
             Agala●ie
             ;
             and
             this
             Counsell
             was
             conformable
             to
             his
             apprehension
             .
             But
             one
             of
             〈…〉
             him
             aside
             ,
             told
             him
             ,
             Th●
             〈…〉
             him
             ,
             brought
             a
             〈…〉
             ,
             wherein
             i●
             was
             dangerous
             to
             vse
             〈…〉
             was
             the
             safest
             way
             in
             such
             〈…〉
             him
             a
             〈…〉
             make
             the
             〈…〉
             than
             his
             had
             beene
             ,
             that
             〈…〉
             the
             Bassa
             which
             came
             ,
             and
             〈…〉
             him
             a
             〈…〉
             ,
             and
             all
             loue
             and
             friendship
             to
             him
             ,
             and
             〈…〉
             him
             out
             of
             the
             World
             by
             the
             〈◊〉
             of
             〈◊〉
             Persons
             .
             They
             
             resolued
             it
             ,
             and
             laboured
             in
             their
             designe
             .
             In
             the
             meane
             time
             the
             new
             Bassa
             arriues
             ,
             the
             other
             receiues
             him
             ,
             and
             yeelds
             him
             the
             place
             .
             It
             is
             the
             custome
             of
             the
             great
             men
             in
             Turkey
             ,
             to
             giue
             Presents
             to
             the
             new
             Gouernor
             when
             they
             enter
             in
             charge
             ,
             some
             to
             testifie
             that
             they
             are
             welcome
             ,
             and
             others
             to
             gain
             their
             affections
             .
             This
             discontented
             Bassa
             ,
             who
             left
             his
             charge
             before
             the
             ordinary
             time
             ,
             would
             not
             be
             the
             last
             to
             present
             this
             new
             commer
             .
             He
             giues
             him
             a
             poysoned
             Handkercher
             ,
             imbroydered
             with
             Gold
             and
             great
             round
             Pearles
             ,
             the
             price
             thereof
             could
             not
             be
             easily
             valued
             :
             The
             new
             Gouernour
             receiues
             it
             with
             vnspeakable
             joy
             ;
             for
             great
             men
             hold
             nothing
             so
             sweet
             in
             their
             places
             ,
             as
             to
             take
             whencesoeuer
             it
             comes
             ;
             but
             God
             doth
             many
             times
             suffer
             that
             such
             greedy
             Takers
             ,
             are
             taken
             in
             taking
             ,
             as
             it
             happened
             to
             this
             Bassa
             of
             Aleppo
             :
             The
             Handkercher
             of
             price
             ,
             which
             was
             the
             price
             of
             his
             life
             ,
             contents
             him
             :
             Hee
             admires
             the
             worke
             ,
             lookes
             vpon
             the
             great
             Pearles
             ,
             and
             his
             hands
             doe
             not
             abandon
             it
             ,
             vntill
             the
             poyson
             forced
             him
             ,
             the
             which
             exhaling
             and
             infecting
             the
             Bassa
             ,
             they
             grew
             weake
             and
             make
             him
             to
             leaue
             it
             ;
             whereupon
             hee
             died
             and
             left
             the
             gouernment
             which
             he
             had
             not
             enjoyed
             :
             The
             other
             Bassa
             flies
             speedily
             to
             Constantinople
             ,
             redemands
             the
             gouernment
             ,
             whereof
             he
             had
             beene
             dispossest
             ,
             and
             grounds
             his
             reason
             vpon
             his
             speedie
             obedience
             ,
             and
             forceth
             the
             iniquity
             of
             the
             Fauourites
             to
             consent
             that
             hee
             should
             enjoy
             it
             .
             Thus
             couetousnesse
             had
             depriued
             him
             of
             a
             Dignity
             where
             it
             had
             first
             placed
             him
             ,
             and
             poysoning
             restores
             him
             :
             Whereby
             wee
             may
             Iudge
             what
             these
             Gouernours
             can
             be
             that
             are
             setled
             by
             such
             meanes
             .
             It
             is
             certaine
             that
             the
             like
             offences
             are
             committed
             daily
             in
             the
             Turkes
             Court
             by
             the
             Bassa's
             thereof
             ,
             who
             imploy
             their
             greatest
             care
             ,
             to
             find
             out
             the
             most
             subtillest
             poysons
             ,
             and
             how
             to
             employ
             them
             cunningly
             one
             against
             another
             .
             The
             most
             ordinary
             which
             they
             vse
             is
             drawne
             from
             Toads
             :
             They
             cause
             a
             Toade
             to
             sucke
             the
             Milke
             of
             a
             woman
             that
             hath
             an
             extraordinary
             red
             haire
             .
             When
             it
             is
             full
             they
             beate
             it
             gently
             with
             a
             little
             wand
             ,
             they
             put
             it
             into
             choler
             ,
             its
             poyson
             mingles
             with
             this
             Milke
             ,
             and
             it
             bursts
             in
             its
             rage
             ;
             this
             poyson
             is
             so
             violent
             and
             strong
             ,
             that
             in
             rubbing
             only
             the
             stirrop
             of
             his
             horse
             
             whom
             they
             meane
             to
             poyson
             ,
             it
             is
             an
             assured
             death
             .
             Thus
             corruption
             is
             absolute
             in
             Turkey
             ;
             for
             if
             their
             Prophet
             hath
             poysoned
             their
             soules
             with
             filthy
             Doctrine
             ,
             they
             poyson
             their
             bodies
             with
             all
             sorts
             of
             venome
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               CHAP.
               XIV
            
             .
             Of
             the
             filthy
             and
             vnnaturall
             lust
             of
             the
             Bassa's
             and
             of
             the
             great
             Men
             of
             the
             Court.
             
          
           
             THe
             great
             fortunes
             which
             are
             found
             in
             the
             Courts
             of
             great
             Monarches
             ,
             produce
             great
             riches
             :
             and
             these
             furnish
             Courtiers
             with
             delights
             ,
             in
             the
             which
             they
             glut
             their
             sensuall
             and
             brutish
             appetites
             .
             The
             Bassa's
             of
             the
             Court
             ,
             great
             in
             dignities
             and
             abounding
             in
             riches
             ,
             plunge
             themselues
             in
             all
             sorts
             of
             voluptuousnesse
             ,
             and
             their
             spirits
             mollified
             in
             the
             myre
             of
             filthy
             pleasures
             ,
             they
             seeke
             them
             by
             a
             contrary
             course
             ,
             and
             demand
             that
             of
             nature
             which
             she
             hath
             not
             :
             Being
             many
             times
             tired
             with
             the
             loue
             of
             women
             ,
             they
             abandon
             their
             affections
             to
             young
             Boyes
             ,
             and
             desperatly
             follow
             the
             allurements
             of
             their
             beauties
             :
             They
             imbrace
             them
             ,
             and
             vse
             them
             in
             the
             place
             of
             women
             .
             This
             abhominable
             vice
             is
             so
             ordinary
             in
             the
             Turks
             Court
             ,
             as
             yee
             shall
             hardly
             find
             one
             Bassa
             that
             is
             not
             miserably
             inclined
             vnto
             it
             :
             It
             serues
             for
             an
             ordinary
             subject
             of
             entertainment
             among
             the
             greatest
             when
             they
             are
             together
             ;
             they
             speake
             not
             but
             of
             the
             perfections
             of
             their
             Ganimodes
             :
             One
             sayes
             ,
             they
             haue
             brought
             mee
             from
             Hangarie
             the
             most
             beautifull
             and
             accomplished
             Mi●i●a
             ,
             that
             ouer
             was
             borne
             among
             men
             :
             he
             is
             the
             height
             of
             my
             felicitie
             ,
             and
             the
             only
             object
             that
             my
             thoughts
             adore
             .
             Another
             saith
             ,
             I
             haue
             lately
             bought
             a
             young
             Infant
             of
             Bassa
             ,
             who
             hath
             not
             his
             like
             in
             all
             the
             East
             ,
             and
             I
             dare
             assure
             you
             his
             〈◊〉
             is
             not
             humane
             ,
             but
             that
             of
             an
             Angell
             :
             Some
             So●
             of
             the
             company
             intreats
             him
             earnestly
             to
             haue
             a
             fight
             ,
             and
             that
             hee
             may
             bee
             satisfied
             by
             his
             eyes
             .
             These
             are
             the
             discourses
             of
             those
             lustfull
             ●ts
             .
             The
             care
             they
             haue
             to
             keepe
             neatly
             ,
             and
             to
             attire
             richly
             those
             poore
             ●tures
             ,
             
             destinated
             to
             so
             damnable
             an
             vse
             is
             not
             small
             :
             the
             Eunuches
             which
             haue
             them
             in
             guard
             are
             alwayes
             neere
             them
             ,
             to
             beautifie
             them
             outwardly
             ,
             they
             plaite
             their
             haire
             with
             Gold
             ,
             and
             sometimes
             with
             Pearles
             ,
             they
             perfume
             them
             ,
             they
             attire
             them
             in
             Robes
             of
             Cloth
             of
             Gold
             ,
             and
             adde
             to
             their
             naturall
             beauty
             whatsoeuer
             Arte
             can
             inuent
             :
             what
             vertue
             ,
             what
             wisdome
             ,
             what
             pietie
             can
             be
             found
             in
             a
             Court
             composed
             of
             such
             men
             ?
             He
             that
             is
             the
             Head
             and
             commands
             them
             ,
             doth
             furnish
             this
             pernicious
             example
             ;
             for
             the
             
               Sultans
               Serrail
            
             is
             full
             of
             such
             Boyes
             ,
             chosen
             out
             of
             the
             most
             beautifull
             of
             the
             East
             ,
             and
             vowed
             to
             his
             vnnaturall
             pleasures
             :
             This
             doth
             countenance
             this
             disorder
             and
             corruption
             in
             the
             Othoman
             Court
             :
             Such
             as
             the
             Prince
             is
             ,
             such
             are
             most
             commonly
             the
             Courtiers
             which
             follow
             him
             :
             the
             principall
             Maxime
             which
             they
             giue
             for
             a
             precept
             to
             their
             fortune
             ,
             is
             to
             follow
             the
             humours
             and
             manners
             of
             the
             Prince
             ,
             whatsoeuer
             they
             be
             ,
             yea
             ,
             many
             times
             they
             incite
             the
             Prince
             to
             these
             disorders
             .
             The
             miseries
             and
             diasters
             which
             happen
             daily
             in
             Turkey
             ,
             are
             too
             many
             to
             be
             coucht
             in
             this
             Historie
             .
             The
             great
             Men
             kill
             or
             poyson
             one
             another
             for
             such
             subjects
             ,
             Families
             are
             in
             combustion
             ,
             Wiues
             make
             away
             their
             Husbands
             ,
             and
             Husbands
             their
             Wiues
             .
             Mabemet
             the
             second
             Emperour
             of
             the
             Turkes
             ,
             was
             ●abde
             in
             the
             thigh
             ,
             and
             if
             any
             misfortune
             seeme
             monstrous
             among
             them
             ,
             this
             vice
             which
             is
             so
             monstrous
             doth
             produce
             it
             :
             Men
             well
             bred
             abhorre
             it
             ,
             Heauen
             detests
             it
             :
             
             When
             it
             was
             borne
             vpon
             the
             Earth
             ,
             Idolatry
             was
             her
             sister
             Twinne
             .
             So
             being
             the
             auersion
             of
             Nature
             and
             the
             contempt
             of
             the
             Author
             thereof
             ,
             Heauen
             doth
             punish
             it
             ,
             and
             casts
             forth
             the
             fire
             of
             his
             wrath
             vpon
             those
             which
             are
             polluted
             therewith
             ;
             whole
             Townes
             haue
             been
             consumed
             ,
             men
             eternally
             lost
             ,
             and
             the
             memory
             of
             the
             one
             and
             the
             other
             in
             execration
             vpon
             the
             Earth
             .
             The
             Turkes
             doe
             not
             punish
             it
             ;
             they
             alleage
             ,
             as
             wee
             haue
             obserued
             in
             the
             History
             of
             their
             Religion
             ,
             that
             God
             hath
             reserued
             the
             chastisement
             to
             himselfe
             ,
             and
             they
             bring
             an
             example
             of
             a
             miserable
             wretch
             who
             had
             abused
             a
             young
             Boy
             which
             stab'd
             him
             .
             This
             Sodomite
             being
             thus
             slaine
             ,
             Mahomet
             their
             Prophet
             sent
             his
             Kinsmen
             to
             open
             his
             Tombe
             ,
             and
             see
             how
             many
             wounds
             he
             had
             ;
             
             they
             came
             and
             saw
             no
             body
             ,
             but
             found
             in
             the
             place
             a
             blacke
             and
             smoakie
             stocke
             .
             Hence
             they
             say
             ,
             that
             seeing
             the
             diuine
             Iustice
             doth
             punish
             those
             that
             are
             culpable
             of
             this
             offence
             ,
             they
             must
             leaue
             the
             execu●
             him
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             meane
             time
             suffer
             this
             vnnaturall
             ex●
             .
             The
             Turkish
             Ladies
             detesting
             these
             damnable
             affections
             of
             their
             husbands
             ,
             haue
             also
             abandoned
             themselues
             by
             their
             example
             or
             for
             reuenge
             ,
             to
             another
             disorder
             :
             the
             following
             Chapter
             will
             shew
             it
             .
             For
             the
             husbands
             are
             many
             times
             the
             cause
             of
             the
             losse
             of
             their
             wiues
             ;
             and
             the
             contagious
             example
             of
             their
             vices
             ,
             giues
             them
             occasion
             to
             ill
             ,
             and
             to
             faile
             in
             their
             faith
             to
             him
             ,
             who
             had
             first
             broken
             it
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               CHAP.
               XV.
            
             Of
             the
             Loues
             of
             the
             great
             Ladies
             of
             the
             Turkes
             Court
             ,
             and
             of
             their
             violent
             affections
             among
             themselues
             .
          
           
             THe
             prouocations
             of
             a
             hot
             Climate
             ,
             the
             seruitude
             of
             women
             restrained
             ,
             and
             the
             bad
             example
             of
             loose
             and
             luxurious
             husbands
             ,
             are
             the
             principall
             Motions
             of
             the
             loues
             ,
             wherunto
             the
             Turkish
             Ladies
             abandon
             themselues
             .
             Some
             to
             haue
             free
             exercise
             ,
             take
             occasion
             to
             see
             their
             Louers
             ,
             when
             as
             they
             are
             allowed
             to
             goe
             to
             the
             Bath
             ,
             to
             receiue
             the
             Purifications
             which
             their
             Law
             doth
             enjoyne
             them
             :
             others
             better
             qualified
             ,
             from
             whom
             the
             commoditie
             of
             Waters
             and
             Scoues
             which
             are
             in
             their
             houses
             ,
             hath
             taken
             away
             this
             pretext
             ,
             make
             vse
             of
             other
             man.
             Sometimes
             they
             borrow
             the
             habit
             of
             their
             slaues
             ,
             and
             thus
             disguised
             goe
             to
             find
             them
             they
             loue
             :
             When
             this
             course
             is
             difficult
             ,
             by
             the
             encounter
             of
             some
             great
             obstacle
             ,
             they
             imploy
             man
             and
             woman
             (
             whom
             they
             reward
             )
             to
             find
             them
             subjects
             which
             may
             please
             their
             eyes
             ,
             and
             content
             their
             passions
             ;
             but
             this
             last
             meanes
             is
             more
             apparent
             and
             better
             knowne
             in
             Constantinople
             :
             for
             such
             Messengers
             of
             〈◊〉
             discouering
             themselues
             to
             some
             that
             refuse
             them
             ,
             they
             di●
             
             their
             secret
             .
             They
             addresse
             themselues
             vsually
             to
             Christian
             strangers
             of
             the
             West
             ,
             and
             if
             they
             can
             finde
             Frenchmen
             ,
             the
             seruice
             they
             doe
             vnto
             their
             Mistresses
             is
             the
             more
             pleasing
             :
             The
             disposition
             of
             their
             humours
             ,
             the
             grace
             of
             their
             bodies
             (
             say
             they
             )
             and
             the
             ordinary
             courtesie
             of
             their
             Nation
             ,
             makes
             them
             more
             desired
             .
             But
             it
             is
             dangerous
             to
             serue
             the
             passions
             of
             such
             Louers
             ,
             where
             the
             recompence
             and
             the
             reward
             or
             a
             painfull
             loue
             ,
             is
             a
             Dagger
             or
             a
             Glasse
             of
             poyson
             :
             For
             these
             cruell
             women
             ,
             when
             they
             haue
             kept
             some
             young
             stranger
             three
             or
             foure
             dayes
             hidden
             in
             their
             Chambers
             ,
             and
             haue
             made
             vse
             of
             him
             vntill
             he
             be
             so
             tired
             and
             weary
             with
             their
             lasciuiousnesse
             ,
             as
             hee
             is
             no
             longer
             profitable
             ,
             they
             stab
             him
             or
             poyson
             him
             ,
             and
             cast
             his
             bodie
             into
             some
             Priuie
             :
             Whether
             it
             be
             that
             they
             feare
             their
             affections
             should
             be
             discouered
             ,
             or
             that
             their
             light
             and
             inconstant
             humours
             ,
             doth
             alwayes
             demand
             new
             subjects
             ,
             or
             that
             it
             is
             the
             nature
             of
             their
             lasciuious
             loue
             ,
             to
             change
             into
             Rage
             and
             Fury
             tragically
             cruell
             .
             They
             which
             are
             aduertised
             at
             Constantinople
             ,
             auoid
             this
             danger
             ,
             and
             reward
             their
             pains
             which
             speake
             vnto
             them
             with
             a
             flat
             deniall
             ,
             but
             not
             without
             danger
             :
             For
             such
             Messengers
             aswell
             as
             the
             great
             ones
             that
             imploy
             them
             are
             Witches
             ,
             and
             reuenge
             a
             deniall
             vpon
             the
             person
             of
             him
             that
             made
             it
             ,
             as
             it
             happened
             of
             late
             yeares
             to
             a
             French
             Gentleman
             ,
             which
             was
             at
             Constantinople
             ,
             when
             as
             the
             Baron
             Sausy
             did
             serue
             the
             King
             there
             as
             his
             Embassadour
             :
             This
             Gentleman
             going
             to
             the
             Diuan
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             publique
             Audience
             of
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             was
             encountred
             by
             a
             woman
             ,
             whose
             age
             ,
             habit
             and
             discourse
             did
             shew
             plainly
             that
             shee
             did
             pleasures
             for
             the
             Turkish
             Ladies
             :
             Shee
             came
             vnto
             him
             and
             vsed
             these
             words
             :
             Hast
             thou
             the
             courage
             to
             see
             a
             faire
             Lady
             ,
             which
             is
             in
             loue
             with
             thee
             ?
             He
             who
             knew
             well
             with
             what
             Mertils
             such
             Ladies
             are
             accustomed
             to
             crowne
             their
             Louers
             which
             haue
             serued
             them
             ,
             excuseth
             himselfe
             for
             that
             time
             ,
             pretending
             some
             important
             businesse
             which
             drew
             him
             to
             the
             Serrail
             :
             But
             he
             promiseth
             at
             his
             returne
             to
             content
             her
             desires
             ,
             imtearing
             her
             to
             attend
             at
             the
             passage
             .
             In
             the
             meane
             time
             he
             goes
             to
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             followes
             his
             businesse
             ,
             and
             hauing
             dispatched
             in
             ,
             ro●es
             to
             his
             Lodging
             another
             way
             ,
             and
             leauing
             the
             woman
             
             in
             the
             impatiencie
             of
             a
             deceitfull
             attendance
             ,
             she
             saw
             herselfe
             in
             the
             end
             deceiued
             by
             this
             Frenchman
             :
             who
             to
             reuenge
             this
             affront
             ,
             had
             recourse
             to
             her
             Witchcrafts
             ,
             and
             imployes
             them
             against
             him
             :
             They
             worke
             their
             effect
             ,
             and
             this
             Frenchman
             found
             himselfe
             suddainly
             seized
             with
             a
             kind
             of
             Palsey
             :
             The
             sicke
             man
             tooke
             his
             bed
             ,
             and
             was
             continually
             afflicted
             with
             sensible
             paines
             and
             convulsions
             .
             The
             Physicians
             were
             called
             to
             his
             help
             ,
             but
             all
             their
             lerning
             could
             not
             find
             out
             the
             cause
             of
             his
             infirmitie
             ,
             nor
             prescribe
             a
             remedie
             :
             Some
             dayes
             past
             in
             these
             extremities
             ,
             after
             which
             an
             old
             Turkish
             woman
             offers
             to
             cure
             him
             ;
             she
             visits
             him
             ,
             and
             hauing
             looked
             vpon
             him
             she
             told
             him
             in
             her
             gibbridge
             :
             I
             will
             soon
             cure
             you
             :
             But
             tell
             the
             truth
             ,
             haue
             you
             not
             refused
             some
             Lady
             that
             sought
             your
             loue
             ?
             By
             her
             Charmes
             she
             expelled
             those
             which
             tormented
             him
             ,
             and
             restored
             him
             to
             health
             :
             After
             which
             ,
             this
             man
             going
             in
             Constantinople
             ,
             hee
             encountred
             a
             woman
             which
             told
             him
             in
             his
             eare
             ;
             Remember
             another
             time
             not
             to
             abuse
             the
             courtesie
             of
             Women
             which
             affect
             you
             ,
             and
             deceiue
             them
             no
             more
             by
             your
             vaine
             promises
             .
          
           
             All
             the
             women
             of
             Turkey
             ,
             and
             especially
             those
             of
             Constantinople
             ,
             doe
             not
             tie
             their
             affections
             to
             men
             only
             ,
             they
             grow
             passionately
             in
             loue
             one
             with
             another
             ,
             and
             giue
             themselues
             to
             false
             and
             vnlawfull
             loue
             ,
             especially
             the
             wiues
             of
             men
             of
             quality
             ,
             who
             liue
             coopt
             vp
             in
             Serrails
             ,
             vnder
             the
             guard
             of
             Eunuches
             .
             This
             vitious
             appetite
             doth
             domincere
             ouer
             them
             so
             tyrannously
             ,
             as
             it
             smothers
             in
             them
             the
             desires
             of
             a
             naturall
             and
             lawfull
             loue
             ,
             and
             many
             times
             causeth
             them
             to
             loathe
             their
             husbands
             .
             This
             disorder
             may
             grow
             for
             that
             their
             affection
             wanting
             a
             lawfull
             prize
             ,
             they
             tie
             it
             to
             a
             strange
             object
             :
             Moreouer
             ,
             the
             reuenge
             of
             the
             vnnaturall
             loue
             to
             their
             husbands
             ,
             carries
             them
             vnto
             it
             ;
             for
             most
             men
             of
             those
             Easterne
             parts
             ,
             and
             the
             greatest
             are
             giuen
             to
             that
             beastly
             and
             brutish
             lasciuiousnesse
             .
             These
             Ladies
             loue
             one
             another
             most
             ardently
             ,
             and
             come
             to
             the
             effects
             of
             their
             foolish
             loues
             ,
             they
             imbrace
             one
             another
             ,
             and
             doe
             other
             actions
             which
             loue
             seekes
             ,
             and
             modestie
             forbids
             to
             write
             .
             They
             whom
             this
             strange
             loue
             makes
             slaues
             to
             others
             ,
             goe
             to
             finde
             them
             in
             the
             B●th
             to
             see
             them
             naked
             ,
             
             and
             entertayning
             them
             vpon
             the
             subject
             whereof
             they
             languish
             ,
             make
             such
             like
             discourses
             in
             their
             Language
             :
             
               They
               had
               reason
               to
               say
               that
               the
               Sun
               did
               plunge
               it selfe
               in
               the
               waues
               ,
               seeing
               that
               you
               are
               in
               this
               water
               ,
               the
               which
               by
               Nature
               should
               quench
               the
               fire
               ,
               but
               it
               kindles
               my
               flames
               when
               you
               are
               in
               it
               .
               Is
               it
               possible
               that
               you
               should
               receiue
               to
               the
               enioying
               of
               so
               rare
               a
               beauty
               ,
               other
               persons
               than
               those
               of
               your
               owne
               sexe
               ,
               which
               are
               like
               your selfe
               ?
               Fly
               the
               imbracings
               of
               Men
               ,
               which
               contemne
               vs
               ;
               and
               haue
               no
               loue
               but
               for
               their
               like
               ,
               and
               enioy
               with
               vs
               the
               Contentments
               which
               they
               deserue
               not
               .
            
             When
             as
             a
             foolish
             womanish
             Louer
             ,
             hath
             made
             such
             like
             discourses
             ,
             shee
             goes
             into
             the
             Bath
             ,
             and
             burnes
             with
             a
             flame
             which
             it
             is
             not
             able
             to
             quench
             ,
             she
             imbraces
             her
             Louer
             ,
             kisseth
             her
             ,
             and
             attempts
             to
             doe
             that
             (
             although
             in
             vaine
             )
             which
             I
             must
             heere
             conceale
             :
             And
             these
             loues
             of
             woman
             to
             woman
             are
             so
             frequent
             in
             the
             Leuant
             ,
             as
             when
             any
             Turks
             are
             resolued
             to
             marrie
             ,
             the
             chiefe
             thing
             which
             they
             inquire
             of
             ,
             is
             whether
             the
             party
             whom
             they
             affect
             be
             not
             subject
             to
             some
             woman
             whom
             they
             loue
             ,
             or
             is
             beloued
             .
             Thus
             these
             people
             liue
             farre
             from
             the
             light
             of
             true
             Faith
             ,
             in
             the
             darknesse
             of
             Mahometan
             ignorance
             ,
             which
             haue
             carried
             them
             to
             the
             excesse
             of
             all
             sorts
             of
             vices
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               CHAP.
               XVI
            
             .
             Of
             the
             foure
             principall
             Bassa's
             of
             the
             Port.
             
          
           
             THe
             foure
             chiefe
             Bassa's
             of
             the
             Port
             ,
             and
             the
             foure
             prime
             Wheeles
             ,
             which
             mooue
             this
             vast
             and
             powerfull
             Turkish
             Empire
             are
             the
             
               Vizir
               Azem
            
             or
             the
             
               Grand
               Vizir
            
             ,
             the
             Captaine
             of
             the
             Sea
             ,
             the
             Aga
             of
             the
             Ianizaries
             ,
             and
             the
             Captaine
             of
             Constantinople
             ,
             called
             the
             Captaine
             Bassa
             :
             Their
             places
             are
             the
             chiefe
             of
             the
             Empire
             ,
             and
             the
             glory
             there
             of
             giues
             them
             respect
             with
             the
             Prince
             ,
             to
             be
             honoured
             by
             great
             Men
             ,
             and
             feared
             by
             the
             people
             .
             The
             
               Vizir
               Azem
            
             ,
             or
             
               Grand
               Vizir
            
             holds
             the
             first
             place
             next
             vnto
             his
             Master
             ,
             he
             is
             Lieutenant
             Generall
             of
             the
             Empire
             ,
             and
             Armies
             ,
             high
             Chancellor
             and
             chiefe
             of
             
             the
             Diuan
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             Councell
             where
             Iustice
             is
             administred
             ;
             the
             Captaine
             of
             the
             Sea
             is
             high
             Admirall
             ,
             and
             Generall
             of
             Nauall
             Armies
             .
             The
             Aga
             of
             the
             Ianizaries
             commands
             all
             the
             Turkish
             foot
             ,
             as
             sole
             Colonell
             thereof
             .
             And
             the
             Captaine
             of
             Constantinople
             gouernes
             the
             Citie
             ,
             and
             takes
             knowledge
             of
             the
             chiefe
             affaires
             which
             passe
             .
             These
             foure
             Bassa's
             differing
             in
             Offices
             and
             Honours
             are
             notwithstanding
             powerfull
             in
             authoritie
             ,
             the
             which
             is
             of
             such
             weight
             ,
             as
             they
             giue
             and
             take
             the
             Crown
             from
             their
             Soueraigne
             Prince
             when
             they
             thinke
             good
             .
             We
             haue
             seene
             the
             experience
             of
             late
             yeares
             ,
             in
             the
             persons
             of
             
               Sultan
               Mustapha
            
             ,
             and
             
               Osman
               :
               Achmat
            
             ended
             his
             life
             and
             Raigne
             in
             the
             yeare
             1617
             ,
             hee
             left
             two
             young
             sonnes
             ;
             Osman
             and
             Amurath
             :
             He
             knew
             by
             experience
             that
             the
             weight
             of
             such
             a
             Crowne
             could
             not
             be
             borne
             by
             a
             Childe
             ,
             and
             that
             the
             absolute
             gouernment
             of
             the
             Turkish
             Monarchie
             required
             a
             man
             :
             He
             called
             to
             the
             succession
             of
             his
             Scepter
             ,
             his
             brother
             Mustapha
             who
             had
             beene
             fourteene
             yeares
             a
             Prisoner
             in
             his
             Serrail
             ,
             and
             made
             him
             to
             taste
             this
             sweet
             change
             ,
             to
             come
             from
             a
             Dungeon
             to
             a
             Throne
             ,
             and
             from
             the
             fetters
             of
             a
             tedious
             captiuitie
             ,
             to
             that
             power
             to
             command
             the
             greatest
             I
             state
             vpon
             the
             Earth
             .
             But
             the
             great
             rigour
             of
             his
             command
             ,
             and
             the
             extrauagances
             of
             his
             inconstant
             humour
             ,
             made
             him
             odious
             to
             the
             Captaine
             Bassa
             ;
             he
             gained
             the
             other
             three
             ,
             who
             drew
             the
             Souldiers
             and
             some
             great
             men
             vnto
             their
             party
             ,
             they
             vnthroned
             him
             ,
             put
             him
             into
             his
             Prison
             ,
             and
             set
             vp
             Osman
             sonne
             to
             his
             brother
             Achmat.
             This
             example
             was
             in
             our
             daye●
             :
             but
             that
             which
             followeth
             is
             so
             fresh
             ,
             as
             the
             newes
             hereof
             came
             when
             I
             was
             labouring
             about
             this
             worke
             .
             Osman
             not
             well
             satisfied
             with
             the
             affection
             of
             the
             Ianizaries
             ,
             (
             who
             are
             the
             sinewes
             of
             his
             Estate
             )
             and
             disliking
             some
             of
             the
             foure
             Bassa's
             ,
             had
             an
             intent
             to
             change
             the
             Seat
             of
             his
             Empire
             to
             Caire
             ,
             and
             to
             abandon
             Constantinople
             ;
             he
             prepares
             himselfe
             ,
             gathers
             together
             as
             much
             Treasure
             as
             hee
             could
             ,
             and
             couers
             his
             designe
             ,
             with
             the
             pretext
             of
             a
             Pilgrimage
             to
             Meque
             ,
             where
             he
             said
             his
             intent
             was
             to
             accomplish
             a
             vow
             ,
             and
             to
             make
             as
             great
             a
             gift
             as
             euer
             Prince
             made
             vnto
             a
             Temple
             of
             what
             Religion
             soeuer
             .
             When
             as
             he
             had
             mannaged
             his
             enterprize
             vnto
             the
             day
             of
             his
             
             departure
             ,
             when
             as
             his
             Galleyes
             were
             readie
             ,
             and
             the
             Bassa
             of
             Caire
             come
             with
             an
             Armie
             to
             receiue
             him
             ;
             the
             Ianizaries
             were
             aduertised
             ,
             they
             runne
             to
             the
             Serrail
             with
             the
             consent
             of
             the
             Aga
             ,
             the
             people
             are
             moued
             ,
             the
             Captaine
             Bassa
             stirres
             them
             vp
             ,
             they
             take
             the
             Sultan
             in
             his
             Chamber
             ,
             kill
             some
             great
             Men
             in
             his
             presence
             ,
             dragge
             him
             into
             a
             prison
             ,
             and
             there
             make
             him
             to
             suffer
             a
             shamefull
             death
             by
             the
             hands
             of
             an
             Executioner
             ,
             hauing
             drawne
             Mustapha
             his
             Vncle
             out
             of
             Prison
             again
             ,
             and
             crowned
             him
             the
             second
             time
             Soueraigne
             Sultan
             of
             the
             Turkish
             Empire
             .
             That
             which
             is
             here
             set
             downe
             for
             true
             proofs
             of
             the
             authoritie
             and
             power
             of
             these
             foure
             great
             Bassa's
             .
             They
             are
             not
             alone
             in
             greatnesse
             ,
             although
             that
             no
             man
             doth
             equall
             them
             in
             all
             the
             Othoman
             Court
             ;
             There
             are
             two
             Beglierbeys
             (
             that
             is
             to
             say
             Lord
             of
             Lords
             )
             the
             one
             of
             Romania
             or
             Greece
             ,
             the
             other
             of
             Natolia
             or
             Asia
             the
             lesse
             .
             The
             
               Nissanzi
               Bassa
            
             or
             ordinary
             Chancellour
             ,
             who
             signes
             all
             the
             Dispatches
             of
             the
             Court
             ;
             three
             Teftardars
             which
             are
             the
             high
             Treasurers
             ,
             thorough
             whose
             hands
             the
             Reuenewes
             of
             the
             Empire
             doth
             passe
             .
             The
             
               Rais
               Kintap
            
             ,
             whose
             charge
             is
             to
             keepe
             the
             Books
             ,
             Papers
             and
             Records
             of
             the
             Empire
             .
             Besides
             these
             there
             are
             many
             others
             of
             lesse
             consideration
             .
             Doubtlesse
             ,
             as
             Whales
             are
             in
             the
             vast
             and
             deepe
             Seas
             ;
             so
             great
             and
             eminent
             Dignities
             are
             in
             great
             Empires
             ,
             and
             those
             of
             Turkey
             make
             those
             which
             enjoy
             them
             to
             seeme
             like
             so
             many
             pettie
             Kings
             about
             the
             person
             of
             a
             great
             Monarch
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               CHAP.
               XVII
            
             .
             Of
             the
             
               Tymar
               ,
               Tymarriots
            
             and
             Pensioners
             of
             the
             Port.
             
          
           
             THe
             Turkes
             giue
             two
             sorts
             of
             pay
             to
             their
             Souldiers
             ,
             the
             one
             is
             called
             in
             their
             Language
             Vlefe
             '
             ,
             which
             is
             payed
             daily
             by
             the
             Treasurers
             of
             the
             warre
             and
             is
             the
             entertainment
             of
             ordinary
             Souldiers
             :
             The
             other
             is
             called
             Tymar
             ,
             or
             pension
             assigned
             vpon
             Houses
             ,
             Lands
             ,
             or
             whole
             Burroughes
             ;
             this
             is
             
             not
             giuen
             but
             to
             men
             ,
             who
             by
             their
             valour
             haue
             done
             some
             notable
             seruice
             to
             the
             Prince
             ,
             and
             deserued
             well
             of
             the
             publique
             :
             These
             Pensions
             are
             honourable
             ,
             the
             recompence
             of
             their
             vertue
             ,
             and
             the
             marke
             of
             their
             merit
             .
             It
             seemes
             that
             the
             Turkes
             haue
             borrowed
             the
             name
             of
             this
             recompence
             from
             the
             Gracians
             ,
             who
             called
             it
             Tymarion
             ,
             and
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             which
             signifies
             Honour
             .
             Such
             Pensioners
             are
             called
             Tymariots
             ,
             they
             are
             most
             commonly
             Spahis
             and
             Horsemen
             ,
             who
             enjoy
             the
             honour
             and
             profit
             of
             such
             Pensions
             taken
             out
             of
             the
             Lands
             in
             Turkey
             which
             belonging
             all
             vnto
             the
             Prince
             ,
             by
             the
             right
             of
             Soueraigne
             Master
             of
             the
             persons
             of
             all
             his
             Subjects
             ,
             who
             are
             his
             slaues
             ,
             he
             giues
             them
             to
             such
             as
             haue
             made
             themselues
             worthy
             by
             their
             good
             Seruice
             ;
             as
             they
             doe
             with
             vs
             the
             Commanders
             of
             Military
             Order
             ,
             or
             the
             Fees
             or
             Lands
             which
             the
             Princes
             haue
             instituted
             in
             our
             Countries
             to
             honour
             Gentlemen
             of
             merit
             ,
             and
             to
             binde
             them
             to
             serue
             them
             vpon
             all
             occasions
             .
             It
             is
             true
             that
             the
             continuance
             of
             such
             fees
             ,
             doth
             farre
             exceed
             that
             of
             the
             Tymar
             ,
             for
             they
             passe
             vnto
             their
             Successors
             ,
             and
             this
             is
             temporall
             ,
             and
             no
             man
             is
             suffered
             to
             enioy
             it
             any
             longer
             than
             it
             shall
             please
             the
             giuer
             .
             If
             the
             Spahi
             be
             not
             in
             his
             Equipage
             fit
             for
             a
             Souldier
             ,
             if
             hee
             doth
             not
             serue
             with
             that
             care
             and
             diligence
             as
             hee
             ought
             ,
             the
             Iudges
             which
             the
             Sultan
             appoints
             to
             visit
             the
             Tymar
             ,
             depriue
             him
             ,
             and
             recompence
             another
             that
             may
             serue
             better
             ,
             so
             that
             Tymariots
             ,
             or
             Pensioners
             of
             the
             Turks
             Court
             ,
             are
             not
             vnprofitable
             mouthes
             ,
             as
             in
             other
             places
             ;
             there
             the
             credit
             of
             an
             insolent
             Fauourite
             ,
             cannot
             take
             them
             from
             vertue
             ,
             to
             giue
             them
             to
             the
             idlenesse
             of
             some
             one
             of
             those
             which
             follow
             him
             ,
             and
             idolatrize
             the
             greatnesse
             of
             his
             fortune
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               CHAP.
               XVIII
            
             .
             Of
             the
             
               Grand
               SEIGNEVRS
            
             Favourites
             aduanced
             to
             the
             greatnesse
             of
             the
             Empire
             ,
             and
             of
             their
             fall
             .
          
           
             FEw
             Kings
             haue
             beene
             without
             Fauourites
             ;
             and
             what
             reason
             were
             it
             to
             〈◊〉
             the
             most
             eminent
             among
             men
             from
             
             that
             which
             is
             allowed
             to
             the
             most
             object
             ,
             that
             is
             to
             loue
             one
             man
             aboue
             all
             others
             ,
             and
             to
             honour
             him
             with
             the
             effects
             of
             their
             friendship
             ,
             by
             honours
             and
             greatnesse
             ,
             whereof
             they
             are
             the
             Masters
             and
             absolute
             Disposers
             ?
             
             Doubtlesse
             the
             Soueraigne
             of
             Kings
             ,
             who
             came
             into
             the
             World
             to
             teach
             both
             Men
             and
             Kings
             perfection
             ,
             hath
             not
             denied
             them
             this
             libertie
             ,
             when
             as
             he
             himselfe
             gaue
             them
             an
             example
             ,
             louing
             and
             fauouring
             aboue
             the
             small
             number
             of
             men
             which
             were
             in
             his
             Ordinary
             Court
             ,
             him
             whom
             hee
             thought
             most
             worthy
             of
             his
             fauours
             .
             But
             few
             Fauourites
             haue
             beene
             without
             insolencie
             ,
             whether
             it
             be
             that
             most
             Princes
             are
             not
             much
             carefull
             to
             make
             choice
             of
             men
             ,
             whose
             vertues
             haue
             made
             them
             worthy
             of
             their
             friendship
             ;
             or
             that
             the
             nature
             of
             fauour
             and
             honour
             which
             follow
             them
             ,
             be
             such
             ,
             as
             it
             blinds
             their
             vnderstanding
             ,
             and
             puffes
             vp
             their
             spirits
             with
             pride
             .
             This
             History
             hauing
             taken
             for
             its
             principall
             Subject
             ,
             the
             Court
             of
             the
             Othoman
             Monarches
             ,
             it
             shall
             seeke
             no
             farther
             for
             examples
             of
             this
             truth
             .
          
           
             
               Hibraim
               Bassa
            
             Fauourite
             to
             Solyman
             the
             Second
             ,
             
             had
             attained
             to
             the
             height
             of
             greatnesse
             which
             hee
             enjoyed
             by
             such
             degrees
             .
             He
             was
             a
             Christian
             ,
             borne
             of
             a
             very
             base
             extraction
             ;
             at
             the
             age
             of
             seuen
             or
             eight
             yeeres
             ,
             they
             which
             exact
             the
             tribute
             of
             Christians
             Children
             ,
             tooke
             him
             from
             his
             Fathers
             house
             ,
             and
             conducted
             him
             with
             a
             troupe
             of
             other
             young
             slaues
             to
             Constantinople
             :
             At
             his
             arriuall
             he
             was
             giuen
             vnto
             a
             Bassa
             ,
             who
             caused
             him
             to
             be
             bred
             vp
             carefully
             ,
             and
             soone
             after
             presented
             him
             to
             Solyman
             ;
             This
             Prince
             to
             whom
             Hibraim
             was
             equall
             in
             age
             ,
             tooke
             him
             into
             his
             affection
             ,
             his
             seruice
             was
             alwayes
             more
             pleasing
             vnto
             him
             ,
             than
             that
             of
             the
             other
             slaues
             :
             He
             honoured
             him
             with
             the
             charge
             of
             Capiaga
             ,
             who
             is
             Captaine
             of
             the
             Gate
             of
             the
             inner
             Serrail
             :
             From
             this
             place
             hee
             came
             to
             that
             of
             Aga
             or
             Colonell
             of
             the
             Ianizaries
             :
             Then
             the
             example
             of
             some
             great
             Men
             of
             the
             Othoman
             Court
             ,
             ruined
             by
             the
             inconstancie
             of
             Fortune
             ,
             gaue
             vnto
             his
             spirit
             the
             first
             apprehensions
             which
             the
             great
             Dignities
             of
             the
             Court
             giues
             vnto
             Fauourites
             which
             enjoy
             them
             ,
             and
             serued
             as
             a
             bridle
             to
             restraint
             his
             passion
             :
             hee
             besought
             Solyman
             not
             to
             aduance
             his
             fortune
             so
             high
             as
             he
             might
             full
             with
             the
             greater
             ruine
             :
             Hee
             
             shewed
             him
             that
             a
             meane
             prosperitie
             ,
             was
             more
             safe
             than
             all
             the
             greatnesse
             ,
             wherewith
             he
             would
             honour
             him
             :
             That
             his
             seruices
             should
             be
             sufficiently
             rewarded
             ,
             if
             hee
             gaue
             him
             wherewith
             to
             spend
             his
             dayes
             in
             rest
             ,
             farre
             from
             the
             necessities
             of
             life
             .
             Solyman
             commended
             his
             modestie
             ,
             and
             meaning
             to
             aduance
             him
             to
             the
             chiefe
             Dignities
             of
             his
             Empire
             ,
             he
             sware
             vnto
             him
             neuer
             to
             put
             him
             to
             death
             whilst
             he
             liued
             ,
             what
             change
             soeuer
             should
             happen
             in
             his
             Court.
             But
             the
             condition
             of
             King
             ,
             which
             is
             humane
             ,
             and
             subject
             to
             change
             ,
             and
             that
             of
             Fauourites
             which
             is
             proud
             ,
             and
             vnthankfull
             ,
             shall
             cause
             Solyman
             to
             faile
             of
             his
             promise
             ,
             and
             Hibraim
             of
             his
             faith
             and
             loyaltie
             ,
             as
             wee
             shall
             see
             .
             In
             the
             meane
             time
             this
             Fauourite
             becomes
             a
             Bassa
             ,
             and
             soone
             after
             
               Grand
               Vizir
            
             ,
             and
             Lieuetenant
             Generall
             of
             his
             Masters
             Empire
             ;
             his
             credit
             ,
             his
             traine
             ,
             his
             wealth
             ,
             and
             the
             pompe
             of
             his
             greatnesse
             ,
             teach
             euery
             man
             that
             hee
             is
             the
             Arbitrator
             of
             Turkey
             .
             But
             his
             fortune
             is
             too
             great
             to
             be
             without
             Enuie
             ;
             
             and
             it
             seemes
             vnreasonable
             ,
             that
             the
             highest
             trees
             which
             are
             on
             the
             tops
             of
             the
             highest
             Mountaines
             ,
             should
             be
             free
             from
             the
             violence
             of
             the
             windes
             .
             The
             Princesse
             Mother
             to
             Solyman
             ,
             and
             Roxillana
             his
             wife
             ,
             the
             best
             beloued
             of
             his
             Sultana's
             ,
             enuie
             the
             credit
             of
             Hibraim
             ,
             and
             his
             vnlimited
             authoritie
             is
             insupportable
             vnto
             them
             :
             They
             practize
             his
             ruine
             ,
             and
             imploy
             all
             their
             power
             both
             within
             and
             without
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             to
             dispossesse
             him
             :
             he
             finds
             it
             ,
             and
             judging
             that
             the
             affections
             of
             a
             Mother
             and
             a
             Sonne
             are
             so
             naturall
             ,
             and
             the
             loue
             of
             a
             Wife
             and
             a
             Husband
             so
             strong
             ,
             as
             there
             is
             not
             any
             fortune
             nor
             fauour
             in
             Court
             ,
             which
             should
             not
             feare
             the
             encounter
             ,
             he
             resolues
             to
             draw
             his
             Master
             out
             of
             Constantinople
             ,
             and
             to
             remooue
             him
             from
             the
             imbracings
             of
             the
             one
             and
             the
             conuersation
             of
             the
             other
             ,
             and
             from
             the
             perswasions
             of
             them
             both
             .
             To
             effect
             is
             with
             the
             more
             pretext
             ,
             he
             propounds
             the
             designe
             of
             the
             Warre
             of
             Persia
             ,
             and
             being
             in
             Counsell
             with
             three
             or
             foure
             Bassa's
             ,
             he
             perswades
             Solyman
             in
             this
             manner
             .
             Sir
             ,
             Great
             Kings
             must
             haue
             great
             〈◊〉
             Their
             principall
             office
             is
             not
             only
             to
             preserue
             the
             〈…〉
             their
             Ancestors
             haue
             left
             them
             ,
             but
             also
             to
             inlarge
             is
             〈◊〉
             ●tand
             the
             limits
             ;
             the
             Sword
             wherewith
             the
             M●s●
             〈◊〉
             
             your
             Greatnesse
             ,
             on
             the
             day
             of
             your
             Coronation
             ,
             is
             not
             so
             much
             a
             signe
             of
             your
             Soueraigne
             power
             ,
             as
             that
             you
             are
             bound
             to
             maintain
             and
             defend
             the
             truth
             of
             our
             Alcoran
             ,
             and
             to
             publish
             its
             beliefe
             farre
             :
             The
             Persian
             hath
             alwayes
             beene
             an
             Enemy
             to
             your
             Estate
             and
             Religion
             ,
             and
             their
             Kings
             haue
             not
             had
             any
             stronger
             passion
             ,
             then
             to
             see
             the
             ruines
             of
             the
             one
             and
             the
             other
             :
             The
             Historie
             of
             the
             Warres
             which
             our
             Predecessors
             haue
             had
             against
             them
             doth
             furnish
             many
             examples
             ;
             now
             you
             may
             be
             reuenged
             of
             their
             insolencie
             ,
             and
             lay
             at
             your
             feet
             these
             ancient
             Enemies
             of
             Turkey
             .
             Tachmas
             who
             is
             their
             King
             ,
             is
             a
             man
             without
             valour
             and
             experience
             ,
             his
             people
             are
             yet
             in
             necessitie
             ,
             being
             the
             remainders
             of
             the
             warres
             past
             :
             Your
             Empire
             is
             flourishing
             you
             are
             borne
             to
             great
             matters
             ,
             and
             to
             you
             alone
             the
             destinies
             haue
             reserued
             the
             glory
             of
             an
             absolute
             triumph
             ouer
             the
             Persians●
             Heauen
             doth
             promise
             it
             ,
             Honour
             binds
             you
             ,
             the
             weaknesse
             of
             your
             Enemy
             inuites
             you
             ,
             your
             Treasures
             and
             a
             great
             number
             of
             fighting
             men
             ,
             which
             attend
             your
             Commandements
             in
             Armes
             ,
             furnish
             you
             with
             meanes
             .
             Goe
             ,
             goe
             ,
             then
             great
             Prince
             ,
             adde
             vnto
             your
             Crownes
             that
             of
             the
             Realme
             of
             Persia
             ,
             and
             to
             the
             Bayes
             which
             your
             valour
             hath
             gathered
             in
             Hungarie
             and
             at
             Rhode●
             ,
             the
             Palme
             to
             haue
             subdued
             Persia
             ,
             and
             to
             haue
             tamed
             the
             most
             troublesome
             of
             all
             your
             Enemies
             .
             To
             these
             perswasions
             hee
             added
             a
             tricke
             of
             his
             Trade
             .
             In
             Damus
             the
             chiefe
             C●tie
             of
             the
             East
             ,
             there
             liued
             an
             excellent
             Magician
             ,
             called
             
               Mule
               Aral
            
             ,
             he
             drawes
             him
             to
             Constantinople
             ,
             and
             makes
             vse
             of
             his
             Predictions
             to
             further
             his
             designes
             ;
             he
             speakes
             with
             him
             ,
             and
             hauing
             caught
             him
             what
             to
             say
             ,
             hee
             brings
             him
             to
             Solyman
             .
             This
             Sorcerer
             foretold
             the
             Sultan
             ,
             that
             hee
             should
             take
             the
             principall
             Places
             of
             Persia
             ,
             and
             should
             be
             crowned
             King
             of
             that
             Realme
             :
             All
             this
             makes
             him
             resolue
             to
             goe
             to
             horsebacke
             ,
             and
             the
             warre
             was
             concluded
             :
             The
             teares
             of
             the
             Mother
             ,
             nor
             the
             sweet
             kisses
             of
             the
             Wife
             ,
             could
             not
             frustrate
             this
             designe
             :
             These
             poore
             Sultan's
             see
             the
             order
             of
             the
             Estate
             ouerthrowne
             by
             a
             Fauourite
             ,
             and
             their
             persons
             contemned
             by
             Hibraim
             ,
             who
             carried
             him
             from
             them
             ,
             and
             drew
             him
             farre
             from
             their
             just
             jealousies
             ;
             but
             the
             mine
             ,
             into
             the
             which
             insolencie
             dragges
             it selfe
             ,
             is
             in●itable
             
             Hibraim
             by
             this
             retiring
             ,
             deferrs
             his
             losse
             ,
             but
             doth
             not
             auoid
             it
             ;
             hee
             shall
             returne
             from
             the
             warre
             of
             Persia
             to
             dye
             in
             Constantinople
             strangled
             with
             a
             Haker
             :
             The
             sequell
             of
             the
             historie
             will
             tell
             vs.
             In
             the
             meane
             time
             Solyman
             departs
             ,
             with
             aboue
             six
             hundred
             thousand
             men
             ,
             most
             Souldiers
             :
             Hibraim
             goes
             before
             to
             make
             the
             way
             with
             a
             powerfull
             Armie
             ,
             he
             passeth
             at
             Aleppe
             ,
             and
             fortifies
             it
             :
             From
             thence
             he
             goes
             to
             Carahomide
             a
             Towne
             vpon
             the
             Frontiers
             of
             Mesopotamia
             or
             Dierbetch
             ,
             built
             vpon
             a
             strong
             situation
             :
             Vlama
             a
             great
             Noble-man
             of
             Persia
             commanded
             therein
             :
             his
             qualitie
             and
             valour
             had
             bound
             Solyman
             to
             make
             him
             gouernour
             ;
             hee
             had
             formerly
             married
             the
             Sister
             of
             
               Scach
               Tach●as
            
             ,
             sonne
             to
             
               Ismaell
               Sophi
            
             ,
             and
             then
             King
             of
             Persia
             ,
             who
             discontented
             for
             some
             disgrace
             in
             Court
             left
             Persia
             ,
             and
             came
             to
             serue
             the
             Turke
             .
             Hibraim
             gaue
             him
             thirtie
             thousand
             men
             ,
             and
             sent
             him
             before
             to
             discouer
             the
             Enemies
             countrie
             .
             Vlama
             who
             know
             the
             language
             and
             the
             countrie
             ,
             approached
             neere
             vnto
             Tauris
             ,
             whereas
             
               Sultan
               Musa
            
             a
             neere
             kinsman
             to
             the
             King
             commanded
             :
             Being
             aduertised
             of
             the
             approach
             of
             the
             Turkish
             Troupes
             ,
             and
             finding
             himselfe
             too
             weake
             to
             attend
             them
             ,
             abandons
             the
             Citie
             :
             Vlama
             enters
             and
             takes
             it
             :
             Hibraim
             who
             followed
             him
             neere
             came
             speedily
             ,
             fortifies
             it
             ,
             and
             in
             a
             new
             citadell
             which
             he
             caused
             to
             be
             made
             ,
             hee
             placed
             three
             hundred
             and
             fiftie
             pecces
             of
             Ordinance
             ,
             and
             sent
             to
             aduertise
             Solyman
             of
             this
             good
             successe
             .
             Neuer
             fauorite
             held
             himselfe
             so
             happie
             ,
             nor
             so
             powerfull
             ouer
             the
             enuie
             of
             his
             Enemies
             :
             But
             he
             shall
             finde
             his
             misreckoning
             .
             Solyman
             aduanceth
             ,
             comes
             to
             Tauris
             ,
             and
             stayes
             three
             weekes
             ,
             to
             see
             if
             Tachmas
             had
             any
             will
             to
             come
             and
             encounter
             him
             .
             But
             hee
             had
             neither
             power
             nor
             will.
             Hee
             was
             retired
             into
             the
             Mountaines
             ,
             expecting
             greater
             forces
             than
             his
             owne
             ,
             that
             〈◊〉
             say
             ,
             that
             〈◊〉
             and
             the
             necessitie
             of
             all
             things
             ,
             with
             the
             〈◊〉
             of
             〈◊〉
             ,
             might
             force
             his
             Enemie
             to
             retire
             :
             They
             followed
             〈◊〉
             after
             the
             Northern
             winds
             ,
             the
             Snow
             ,
             Frost
             ,
             and
             went
             of
             victualls
             forced
             Solyman
             to
             take
             his
             way
             to
             Curd●stan
             ,
             which
             is
             Assyria
             ,
             hauing
             left
             thirtie
             two
             thousand
             men
             in
             Garrison
             within
             Tauris
             ,
             vnder
             the
             command
             of
             Vlama
             ,
             of
             I●digiarberg
             and
             
               Serum
               Ogly
               .
               Fa●
            
             〈◊〉
             
             was
             watchfull
             seeing
             the
             Turkish
             Army
             farre
             from
             Tauris
             ,
             approcheth
             with
             ten
             thousand
             men
             :
             The
             Garrison
             go
             forth
             to
             encounter
             him
             and
             charge
             him
             ;
             but
             Iadigiarberg
             a
             notable
             Coward
             ,
             growing
             amazed
             fled
             ,
             and
             put
             all
             the
             rest
             in
             disorder
             ,
             and
             gaue
             the
             aduantage
             to
             Tachmas
             ,
             who
             recouered
             Tauris
             ,
             and
             brought
             a
             notable
             change
             ,
             causing
             the
             three
             hundred
             and
             fifty
             Cannons
             which
             were
             in
             the
             Citadell
             to
             be
             moulten
             ,
             whereof
             he
             made
             Manguris
             ,
             which
             is
             a
             Coine
             of
             Persia
             ,
             and
             so
             that
             which
             was
             the
             terrour
             of
             his
             people
             ,
             became
             the
             delights
             of
             their
             affections
             :
             Solyman
             in
             the
             meane
             time
             conquered
             Curdistan
             ,
             and
             Baggadet
             ;
             he
             tooke
             Babylon
             ,
             where
             he
             was
             crowned
             King
             of
             Assyria
             by
             the
             Caliphe
             ,
             but
             not
             of
             Persia
             ,
             as
             the
             Magitian
             had
             promised
             him
             .
             Winter
             was
             now
             spent
             ,
             and
             the
             Spring
             approached
             :
             Vlama
             and
             Hibraim
             perswaded
             Solyman
             to
             returne
             to
             Tauris
             ,
             to
             punish
             the
             rashnesse
             of
             Tachinas
             :
             He
             returnes
             with
             his
             Army
             ,
             and
             being
             within
             few
             dayes
             march
             ,
             Tachmas
             abandons
             the
             City
             and
             retires
             ,
             burning
             and
             razing
             whatsoeuer
             he
             found
             in
             the
             way
             ,
             to
             stay
             his
             Enemy
             from
             following
             :
             The
             Turkes
             re-enter
             Tauris
             and
             their
             rage
             puts
             all
             they
             find
             to
             fire
             and
             sword
             ,
             not
             sparing
             sencelesse
             things
             ;
             the
             stately
             Pallaces
             became
             the
             subject
             of
             their
             furie
             ,
             and
             the
             Citie
             was
             the
             pittifull
             remainder
             of
             a
             sacke
             and
             a
             cruell
             spoyle
             .
             Solyman
             retires
             ,
             giuing
             order
             that
             his
             chiefe
             forces
             should
             be
             in
             the
             Reare
             ,
             lest
             the
             enemy
             should
             follow
             and
             charge
             them
             behinde
             .
             Tachmas
             was
             wonderfully
             discontented
             ,
             to
             see
             this
             fearefull
             spoile
             in
             his
             Country
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             Capitall
             Citie
             of
             his
             Realme
             ,
             and
             could
             haue
             no
             reuenge
             ;
             when
             as
             one
             of
             his
             Satrapes
             ,
             or
             Gouernours
             ,
             a
             Caramanian
             by
             Nation
             and
             the
             most
             resolute
             man
             in
             his
             Court
             ,
             sirnamed
             Delimeus
             ,
             for
             his
             courage
             ,
             (
             that
             is
             to
             say
             Foole
             )
             offered
             himselfe
             ,
             and
             promiseth
             (
             so
             as
             hee
             would
             giue
             him
             troupes
             )
             to
             follow
             the
             Enemie
             and
             to
             ouertake
             him
             ,
             and
             when
             hee
             should
             thinke
             least
             of
             it
             ,
             to
             make
             him
             pay
             for
             the
             spoile
             which
             he
             had
             made
             in
             
               Persia
               .
               Tachmas
            
             grants
             whiche
             demands
             ;
             Delimeus
             goes
             his
             way
             ,
             he
             runs
             or
             rather
             flies
             towards
             the
             place
             where
             the
             Enemie
             was
             :
             His
             Spies
             being
             him
             word
             ,
             that
             the
             Turkes
             were
             camped
             neere
             vnto
             Bathlis
             ,
             ●yrod
             
             with
             long
             marches
             ,
             and
             with
             the
             toile
             of
             a
             troublesome
             way
             ;
             that
             they
             slept
             without
             Guards
             ,
             without
             watch
             ,
             and
             without
             any
             Sentinels
             ,
             so
             as
             it
             would
             be
             easie
             for
             him
             to
             surprize
             them
             ,
             if
             he
             would
             make
             his
             troupes
             to
             double
             their
             pace
             :
             Deliment
             makes
             more
             speed
             than
             they
             requi●ed
             ,
             hee
             drawes
             neere
             vnto
             the
             Turkes
             at
             the
             shutting
             vp
             of
             the
             day
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             night
             goes
             to
             surprize
             them
             ,
             inuirons
             them
             ,
             chargeth
             them
             ,
             beats
             them
             ,
             kils
             the
             greatest
             part
             ,
             and
             takes
             the
             rest
             prisoners
             ,
             few
             escaping
             by
             flight
             .
             Solyman
             vnderstood
             the
             next
             day
             of
             the
             losse
             of
             his
             men
             ,
             and
             seeing
             the
             small
             troupes
             he
             had
             remayning
             ,
             findes
             foure
             hundred
             thousand
             men
             wanting
             ,
             of
             those
             which
             followed
             him
             from
             Constantinople
             ,
             the
             which
             were
             dead
             in
             Persia
             ,
             either
             slaine
             by
             the
             Sword
             ,
             or
             famished
             with
             hunger
             ,
             or
             frozen
             with
             colde
             ,
             the
             which
             made
             him
             returne
             towardes
             his
             Serrail
             .
             He
             comes
             to
             Aleppo
             ,
             and
             soone
             after
             to
             Constantinople
             ,
             and
             detests
             in
             his
             soule
             ,
             the
             Counsellour
             of
             this
             Voyage
             and
             the
             Warre
             of
             Persia
             .
             The
             Sultana's
             finde
             at
             his
             returne
             ,
             a
             ample
             subject
             to
             ruine
             Hebraims
             fortune
             ,
             and
             to
             be
             reuenged
             of
             the
             presumption
             hee
             had
             vsed
             against
             them
             .
             They
             obserue
             the
             murmuring
             of
             the
             people
             against
             this
             Fauourite
             ,
             and
             what
             the
             great
             mens●e
             of
             him
             ,
             and
             make
             it
             knowne
             to
             Solyman
             .
             Moreouer
             ,
             as
             they
             were
             busie
             to
             ruine
             his
             greatnesse
             ,
             they
             discouer
             that
             this
             Bassa
             fauoured
             the
             House
             of
             Austria
             ,
             and
             that
             he
             had
             secret
             intelligence
             with
             the
             Emperor
             Charies
             the
             Fift
             ,
             an
             Enemy
             to
             his
             Master
             :
             This
             treachery
             being
             auerred
             ,
             it
             did
             wholy
             ouerthrow
             that
             which
             the
             Sultana's
             had
             already
             shaken
             .
             Solyman
             to
             whom
             they
             had
             made
             knowne
             the
             truth
             of
             all
             this
             ,
             concludes
             his
             death
             ;
             but
             the
             promise
             and
             oath
             which
             he
             had
             made
             vnto
             him
             not
             to
             put
             him
             to
             death
             whilest
             hee
             were
             aliue
             ,
             suspends
             the
             execution
             vntill
             hee
             might
             find
             a
             Dispensation
             by
             the
             aduice
             and
             ●ritie
             of
             the
             chiefe
             Preists
             of
             his
             Law
             ;
             〈…〉
             of
             the
             most
             Learned
             ;
             one
             of
             the
             number
             giues
             him
             a
             pleasant
             〈◊〉
             ,
             to
             free
             himselfe
             of
             the
             Bassa
             ,
             and
             yet
             to
             keepe
             his
             Word
             .
             You
             haue
             sworde
             ,
             Sir
             ,
             saith
             he
             ,
             not
             to
             put
             him
             to
             death
             ,
             whilest
             you
             are
             liuing
             ;
             〈◊〉
             him
             up
             be
             strangled
             when
             you
             are
             asleepe
             :
             Life
             consist
             〈◊〉
             ●gilam
             action
             ,
             and
             he
             th●
             sleepes
             doth
             not
             truly
             〈◊〉
             to
             you
             
             may
             punish
             his
             disloyaltie
             ,
             and
             not
             violate
             your
             oath
             .
             Doubtlesse
             if
             Solyman
             were
             dead
             when
             hee
             slept
             ,
             according
             to
             the
             saying
             of
             this
             Talisman
             ,
             hee
             hath
             reuiued
             many
             times
             whilest
             he
             liued
             .
             This
             Prince
             seekes
             noe
             more
             ,
             he
             contents
             himselfe
             ,
             to
             haue
             found
             a
             Clergie
             man
             which
             absolues
             him
             for
             this
             deed
             :
             He
             sends
             for
             
               Hibraim
               Bassa
            
             to
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             hee
             causeth
             him
             to
             supp
             with
             him
             ,
             and
             supper
             being
             ended
             hee
             letts
             him
             see
             his
             crymes
             by
             his
             owne
             letters
             written
             to
             Charles
             the
             fift
             ,
             and
             Ferdinand
             his
             brother
             ;
             hee
             reproaches
             his
             ingratitude
             and
             commands
             his
             dumbe
             men
             to
             strangle
             him
             whilest
             he
             slept
             ,
             and
             thereupon
             went
             to
             Bed.
             Thus
             ended
             the
             life
             and
             greatnes
             of
             
               Hibraim
               Bassa
            
             fauorite
             to
             Solyman
             :
             For
             an
             example
             ,
             that
             if
             the
             fortunes
             of
             the
             Court
             shine
             like
             gold
             ,
             they
             breake
             like
             glasse
             .
             His
             Maistes
             had
             aduanced
             him
             more
             then
             hee
             desired
             ,
             fearing
             a
             fall
             in
             the
             beginning
             of
             his
             fortune
             ,
             into
             the
             which
             he
             did
             precipitate
             himselfe
             by
             his
             disloyaltie
             :
             he
             supported
             the
             continuance
             of
             his
             greatnesse
             vpon
             his
             Princes
             Oath
             :
             
             But
             they
             were
             humane
             ,
             and
             their
             nature
             is
             to
             haue
             no
             other
             stay
             ,
             but
             the
             declining
             where
             they
             slide
             .
             A
             Courtiers
             fauour
             is
             neuer
             durable
             ,
             if
             it
             hath
             not
             Iustice
             and
             Pittie
             for
             Companions
             ,
             which
             makes
             them
             zealous
             towards
             God
             ,
             and
             well
             deseruing
             of
             men
             :
             If
             these
             parts
             be
             found
             in
             a
             Fauourite
             ,
             they
             make
             enuie
             to
             yeeld
             ,
             and
             impose
             silence
             to
             the
             bitterest
             slanders
             
               Hibraim
               Bassa
            
             had
             not
             these
             good
             qualities
             :
             his
             formes
             seruices
             had
             deserued
             some
             share
             in
             his
             Masters
             affection
             ;
             but
             his
             pride
             against
             the
             Sultana's
             ,
             and
             his
             treachery
             against
             Solyman
             made
             him
             vnworthy
             of
             that
             which
             he
             enjoyed
             .
             So
             the
             Lion
             of
             Lybia
             wipes
             out
             with
             her
             long
             taile
             the
             steps
             of
             her
             feet
             :
             the
             insolencie
             which
             followed
             ,
             defaced
             all
             the
             good
             which
             went
             before
             .
             To
             enjoy
             the
             fauour
             of
             the
             Court
             ,
             they
             must
             haue
             so
             strong
             and
             generous
             a
             spirit
             ,
             as
             they
             must
             neuer
             suffer
             themselues
             to
             be
             transported
             with
             pride
             ,
             nor
             dejected
             with
             amazement
             but
             remayning
             in
             a
             commendable
             equality
             ,
             continue
             couragiously
             in
             doing
             well
             .
          
           
             The
             example
             of
             the
             fortune
             and
             disaster
             of
             
               Hibraim
               Bassa
            
             shall
             be
             followed
             in
             this
             History
             with
             that
             of
             the
             great
             credit
             ,
             
             prosperities
             and
             disgraces
             of
             
               Bassa
               Derueir
            
             ,
             a
             Fauourite
             to
             
             Achmat
             the
             first
             ,
             Brother
             to
             
               Sultan
               Mustapha
            
             ,
             who
             raigned
             of
             late
             yeares
             .
             This
             man
             of
             a
             base
             condition
             laboured
             in
             the
             Gardens
             of
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             when
             as
             hee
             began
             to
             enter
             into
             fauour
             :
             Achmat
             in
             his
             Garden-walkes
             ,
             seeing
             his
             jouiall
             humour
             ,
             tooke
             many
             times
             delight
             in
             his
             tales
             ,
             stayed
             to
             see
             him
             worke
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             end
             so
             affected
             him
             ,
             as
             without
             knowledge
             of
             any
             other
             merit
             ,
             he
             made
             him
             Bostangibassi
             ,
             or
             great
             Gardiner
             ;
             This
             charge
             (
             as
             we
             haue
             said
             )
             is
             one
             of
             the
             goodliest
             of
             the
             Turkish
             Empire
             ,
             being
             then
             void
             by
             his
             death
             who
             had
             enioyed
             it
             :
             Therein
             Deruier
             serued
             with
             so
             great
             care
             ,
             and
             made
             himselfe
             so
             pleasing
             to
             his
             Master
             ,
             as
             he
             bound
             him
             to
             make
             him
             greater
             .
             The
             Generall
             of
             the
             Sea
             dies
             ,
             and
             Achmat
             giues
             him
             the
             place
             :
             he
             doth
             it
             with
             that
             lustre
             and
             pompe
             which
             followes
             this
             dignitie
             ;
             he
             causeth
             the
             Galleyes
             to
             be
             armed
             ,
             goes
             to
             Sea
             ,
             takes
             all
             he
             meces
             with
             ,
             and
             sailes
             so
             happily
             as
             the
             inconstant
             windes
             seemed
             to
             fauour
             him
             ,
             and
             the
             most
             inconstant
             Elements
             seeme
             to
             joy
             in
             the
             happinesse
             of
             this
             new
             Fauourite
             ;
             his
             courses
             are
             fortunate
             ,
             and
             his
             returne
             glorious
             :
             But
             the
             Sea
             of
             the
             Court
             more
             stormie
             than
             the
             Sea
             it selfe
             will
             one
             day
             teach
             him
             that
             it
             doth
             amaze
             the
             best
             Pilots
             ,
             and
             will
             make
             him
             feele
             to
             his
             disgrace
             ,
             a
             more
             troublesome
             shipwracke
             ,
             than
             he
             could
             haue
             found
             vpon
             the
             waues
             of
             the
             Louant
             Seas
             .
             The
             reception
             which
             hee
             found
             at
             his
             returne
             ,
             and
             the
             triumph
             wherewith
             hee
             is
             honoured
             after
             the
             taking
             of
             many
             Christian
             Vessels
             ,
             are
             felicities
             which
             flatter
             ,
             
             and
             deceiuing
             him
             ,
             make
             him
             imagine
             that
             happinesse
             it selfe
             did
             him
             homage
             .
             Achmat
             cherished
             him
             more
             than
             himselfe
             ,
             and
             had
             no
             rest
             ,
             vntill
             hee
             had
             aduanced
             him
             to
             the
             height
             of
             the
             prosperities
             of
             the
             Court
             :
             That
             is
             to
             say
             ,
             to
             the
             Dignitie
             of
             
               Grand
               Vizir
            
             ,
             Lieutenant
             Generall
             of
             his
             Empire
             :
             Soone
             after
             it
             fell
             void
             ,
             and
             hee
             bestowed
             it
             on
             him
             ,
             with
             these
             words
             of
             affection
             :
             There
             is
             not
             any
             thing
             in
             my
             Estate
             ,
             how
             great
             soeuer
             it
             be
             ,
             which
             thy
             vertues
             ,
             and
             the
             affection
             thou
             bearest
             to
             my
             seruice
             ,
             hath
             not
             well
             deserued
             .
             Thus
             De●r
             became
             the
             first
             man
             of
             the
             Turks
             Court
             ,
             and
             his
             Master
             was
             sorry
             ,
             that
             hee
             could
             not
             make
             him
             the
             prime
             Man
             of
             the
             World.
             In
             this
             charge
             hee
             restored
             many
             
             good
             Lawes
             ,
             which
             disorder
             had
             ouerthrowne
             ;
             hee
             reduced
             euery
             man
             to
             his
             duty
             ,
             strooke
             terrour
             into
             the
             Magistrates
             :
             and
             let
             the
             Souldiers
             know
             that
             they
             were
             vnworthy
             to
             make
             their
             Musters
             ,
             and
             to
             receiue
             the
             pay
             ,
             if
             they
             be
             not
             in
             case
             to
             serue
             .
             These
             things
             doubtlesse
             had
             crowned
             his
             name
             with
             new
             glory
             ,
             if
             violence
             and
             crueltie
             had
             not
             blemisht
             him
             :
             He
             caused
             more
             men
             to
             be
             executed
             in
             one
             day
             ,
             than
             his
             Predecessours
             had
             done
             in
             a
             whole
             yeare
             :
             The
             least
             suspition
             of
             a
             Crime
             was
             culpable
             of
             punishment
             ,
             and
             this
             Fauourite
             made
             lesse
             account
             of
             the
             life
             of
             men
             ,
             than
             of
             the
             Coleworts
             which
             hee
             had
             sometimes
             planted
             in
             the
             Gardens
             of
             the
             Serrail
             .
             But
             violence
             is
             neuer
             durable
             ,
             and
             that
             Fauourite
             which
             followes
             it
             suffers
             himselfe
             to
             bee
             led
             to
             his
             owne
             ruine
             .
             
               Hee
               that
               kils
               ,
               shall
               be
               killed
            
             (
             sai●
             God
             )
             
               hee
               that
               loues
               bloud
               shall
               perish
               in
               bloud
               .
            
             Doubtlesse
             ,
             it
             is
             a
             miserable
             thing
             in
             Princes
             Courts
             ,
             and
             prejudiciall
             to
             a
             whole
             Estate
             ,
             that
             a
             base
             fellow
             ,
             and
             a
             man
             of
             nothing
             ,
             without
             vertue
             or
             merit
             should
             be
             aduanced
             to
             the
             qualitie
             of
             a
             Fauourite
             ;
             master
             the
             affections
             of
             his
             Soueraigne
             ,
             and
             enjoy
             the
             prime
             Dignities
             of
             an
             Empire
             :
             For
             such
             persons
             are
             most
             commonly
             cruell
             ;
             contemne
             the
             Nobilitie
             ,
             and
             make
             no
             account
             of
             vertue
             ,
             as
             being
             ignorant
             of
             the
             one
             and
             the
             other
             .
             Derueir
             in
             all
             these
             Offices
             had
             gathered
             together
             great
             treasures
             ,
             the
             which
             with
             his
             extraordinary
             seueritie
             ,
             furnish
             matter
             of
             Enuy
             to
             the
             other
             Bassa's
             ,
             who
             all
             joyntly
             vndertake
             his
             ruine
             ,
             and
             labour
             so
             carefully
             therein
             ,
             as
             they
             find
             meanes
             to
             entertaine
             
               Sultan
               Achmat
            
             ,
             with
             the
             insolencies
             of
             his
             carriage
             :
             he
             heares
             them
             ,
             belieues
             part
             of
             that
             which
             they
             tell
             him
             ,
             and
             growes
             so
             violently
             jealous
             of
             the
             credit
             and
             authoritie
             of
             Deruier
             ,
             that
             he
             resolues
             to
             free
             himselfe
             of
             him
             ;
             he
             concludes
             his
             death
             ,
             and
             commands
             the
             execution
             to
             a
             troupe
             of
             the
             Capigis
             of
             his
             Serrail
             ,
             who
             receiued
             commandement
             to
             strangle
             him
             ,
             as
             soone
             as
             he
             should
             come
             :
             But
             hee
             will
             trouble
             them
             to
             performe
             it
             ,
             they
             shall
             not
             finde
             in
             him
             a
             delicate
             fauorite
             ,
             bred
             vp
             from
             his
             youth
             in
             the
             softnesse
             of
             the
             Court
             ,
             he
             will
             defend
             his
             life
             couragiously
             ,
             and
             let
             them
             see
             that
             a
             man
             ,
             which
             hath
             long
             time
             handled
             a
             Spade
             and
             a
             Mattocke
             ,
             is
             not
             soe
             easily
             mastered
             .
             Achmat
             sends
             for
             
             Deruier
             to
             the
             Serrail
             ;
             he
             comes
             and
             is
             scarce
             entred
             when
             he
             suspects
             the
             partie
             which
             was
             made
             against
             him
             ;
             he
             goes
             into
             the
             
               Grand
               Sigueurs
            
             quarter
             ,
             being
             there
             ,
             this
             troupe
             of
             Capigis
             fall
             vpon
             him
             to
             seaze
             on
             him
             ,
             and
             to
             put
             the
             Halter
             about
             his
             necke
             ;
             he
             frees
             himselfe
             from
             them
             ,
             and
             stands
             vpon
             his
             defence
             although
             he
             had
             nothing
             in
             his
             hands
             ,
             and
             with
             his
             fists
             scatters
             them
             brauely
             ;
             hee
             beates
             one
             of
             their
             Noses
             flat
             ,
             puts
             out
             the
             eye
             of
             another
             ,
             and
             strikes
             out
             his
             teeth
             that
             held
             the
             Halter
             ,
             and
             puts
             him
             out
             of
             breath
             which
             had
             taken
             hold
             of
             his
             Arme
             ,
             and
             remaines
             free
             in
             the
             midst
             of
             al
             them
             which
             did
             i●biron
             him
             ,
             and
             durst
             not
             take
             him
             :
             The
             feare
             of
             punishment
             which
             doth
             attend
             those
             which
             doe
             not
             speecily
             execute
             the
             will
             of
             the
             Sultan
             in
             such
             affaires
             ,
             and
             the
             shame
             that
             one
             man
             alone
             disarmed
             should
             slay
             them
             all
             ,
             ●uised
             one
             of
             the
             troupe
             to
             fetch
             a
             Leauer
             ,
             wherewith
             approaching
             to
             Deruier
             ,
             he
             gaue
             him
             so
             great
             a
             blow
             as
             hee
             brake
             his
             thigh
             ,
             and
             ouerthrew
             him
             ;
             then
             they
             put
             the
             cord
             about
             his
             necke
             and
             strangled
             him
             .
             Thus
             hee
             ended
             his
             life
             ,
             which
             gouerned
             the
             whole
             Turkish
             Empire
             ,
             and
             strooke
             a
             terrour
             into
             the
             greatest
             :
             The
             iouiall
             humours
             and
             the
             humble
             discourses
             of
             the
             Gardiner
             ,
             had
             raised
             him
             to
             the
             greatest
             fortune
             that
             a
             Courtier
             could
             find
             in
             all
             the
             world
             ;
             and
             the
             insolencie
             and
             pride
             of
             the
             
               Grand
               Vizir
            
             had
             humbled
             him
             ,
             and
             deliuered
             him
             to
             the
             mercie
             of
             a
             dozen
             Rascals
             which
             strangle
             him
             :
             For
             a
             new
             example
             ,
             that
             fauour
             is
             not
             durable
             ,
             if
             it
             hath
             not
             moderation
             for
             its
             companion
             ,
             and
             Iustice
             and
             Piety
             to
             support
             it
             .
             His
             bodie
             is
             buried
             without
             pompe
             or
             honour
             ,
             his
             treasure
             came
             vnto
             the
             Sultan
             ,
             and
             his
             name
             was
             so
             forgotten
             ,
             as
             in
             three
             dayes
             they
             did
             not
             know
             in
             Court
             if
             there
             had
             beene
             any
             such
             man.
             The
             which
             may
             serue
             for
             a
             lesson
             to
             great
             Men
             ,
             which
             possesse
             their
             Princes
             ,
             that
             the
             course
             of
             a
             boundlesse
             and
             proud
             fauour
             in
             Court
             is
             like
             the
             flight
             of
             a
             Bird
             in
             the
             Aire
             ,
             the
             passage
             of
             a
             Ship
             at
             Sea
             ,
             or
             the
             gliding
             of
             a
             Serpent
             vpon
             the
             stones
             ,
             where
             there
             remaines
             no
             shew
             .
          
           
             
             This
             thing
             happened
             at
             Constantinople
             in
             the
             yeare
             1606.
             
             But
             of
             a
             later
             date
             in
             the
             yeare
             1614.
             
             
               Nassaf
               Bassa
            
             ,
             of
             whom
             we
             haue
             formerly
             shade
             mention
             ,
             
               Grand
               Vezir
            
             of
             the
             Turkish
             
             Empire
             and
             fauorite
             to
             the
             same
             
               Sultan
               Achmat
            
             ,
             gaue
             (
             by
             the
             fall
             of
             his
             fortune
             )
             as
             much
             amazement
             to
             the
             East
             ,
             as
             his
             prosperities
             had
             given
             admiration
             his
             riches
             were
             greater
             and
             his
             credite
             more
             absolute
             then
             the
             two
             former
             fauourites
             ;
             but
             his
             extraction
             and
             Birth
             as
             base
             as
             theirs
             ,
             and
             his
             pride
             equall
             .
             Hee
             was
             Sonne
             to
             a
             Greeke
             Priest
             ,
             borne
             in
             a
             little
             Hamblet
             neere
             to
             Salonica
             .
             The
             Collectors
             of
             the
             tribute
             tooke
             him
             from
             his
             Fathers
             house
             in
             his
             infancie
             ,
             and
             led
             him
             to
             Constantinople
             ,
             where
             hee
             was
             sold
             for
             three
             Sultanins
             ,
             (
             which
             is
             foure
             and
             twentie
             shillings
             of
             our
             sterling
             money
             )
             to
             an
             Eunuch
             of
             the
             Serraeil
             ,
             who
             bred
             him
             vp
             vnto
             the
             age
             of
             twentie
             yeeres
             .
             Then
             hee
             sold
             him
             to
             a
             steward
             of
             the
             Sultana
             Mother
             to
             Achmat
             ,
             to
             serue
             him
             in
             his
             charge
             .
             This
             Man
             soone
             found
             in
             his
             slaue
             the
             eminent
             gifts
             of
             a
             free
             spirit
             ,
             which
             is
             inlightned
             with
             dexteritie
             :
             and
             holding
             him
             fit
             for
             greater
             affaires
             then
             those
             of
             the
             houshold
             ,
             wherein
             hee
             imployed
             him
             ,
             hee
             gaue
             him
             the
             ouer-sight
             of
             the
             building
             of
             a
             rich
             and
             stately
             Mosquee
             ,
             which
             the
             Sultana
             Mother
             caused
             to
             bee
             built
             at
             her
             charge
             ,
             to
             bee
             an
             immortall
             marke
             of
             her
             pictio
             and
             magnificence
             .
             Hee
             prospered
             so
             well
             in
             this
             charge
             ,
             and
             gaue
             so
             good
             proefes
             of
             his
             Iudgement
             ,
             as
             hee
             gaue
             good
             content
             vnto
             the
             Sultana
             ,
             and
             hard
             such
             part
             in
             her
             liking
             and
             affection
             ,
             as
             shee
             made
             him
             Superintendant
             of
             her
             house
             .
             In
             thi●
             Dignitie
             hee
             let
             the
             whole
             Serrail
             See
             ,
             what
             an
             able
             and
             sufficient
             Man
             may
             doe
             when
             hee
             is
             imployed
             in
             affaires
             ;
             his
             merite
             came
             vnto
             the
             knowledge
             of
             
               Sultan
               Achmat
            
             ,
             who
             would
             haue
             him
             to
             his
             seruice
             .
             Thus
             hee
             changed
             Master
             ,
             and
             mounted
             to
             a
             new
             Dignitie
             .
             Achmat
             gaue
             him
             the
             place
             of
             Capigibassi
             ,
             soone
             after
             he
             made
             him
             Bassa
             of
             Alepp●
             ,
             where
             hauing
             finished
             the
             time
             ,
             which
             they
             giue
             to
             such
             Gouernors
             ,
             they
             honoured
             him
             with
             the
             Dignitie
             of
             Gouernor
             Generall
             of
             Messopotamia
             :
             hee
             parted
             from
             Constantinople
             ,
             hauing
             the
             traine
             ,
             attendance
             and
             pompe
             ,
             of
             a
             Turkish
             Vice-roy
             .
             The
             commoditie
             of
             this
             Prouince
             ,
             Frontier
             to
             Persia
             ,
             filled
             his
             Cofers
             with
             treasure
             ,
             and
             his
             Spirit
             with
             ambition
             .
             Hee
             knew
             that
             hee
             was
             very
             necessarie
             for
             his
             Master
             ,
             he
             saw
             that
             the
             Neighbour-hood
             of
             the
             Persian
             ,
             might
             by
             secret
             intelligences
             
             with
             him
             bring
             him
             great
             wealth
             .
             This
             imagination
             flatters
             him
             ,
             and
             his
             auarice
             followes
             him
             :
             hee
             abandons
             his
             fidelitie
             to
             the
             offers
             which
             the
             Persian
             King
             made
             him
             ,
             and
             practiseth
             in
             secret
             with
             his
             Ministers
             ,
             and
             fauoureth
             what
             hee
             can
             ,
             the
             Enemy
             of
             his
             Soueraigne
             Prince
             .
             Achmat
             is
             aduertised
             ,
             and
             louing
             him
             still
             with
             passion
             ,
             dissembles
             his
             cryme
             and
             resolues
             to
             gaine
             him
             to
             himselfe
             ,
             to
             dis-ingage
             him
             from
             the
             Persian
             ,
             and
             to
             content
             his
             ambition
             with
             any
             thing
             hee
             could
             desire
             in
             his
             Empire
             .
             To
             this
             end
             hee
             sends
             for
             him
             to
             Constantinople
             ,
             and
             at
             his
             ariuall
             gaue
             him
             the
             place
             of
             
               Grand
               Vizir
            
             ,
             which
             Serdar
             had
             newly
             left
             ,
             and
             with
             it
             the
             best
             and
             richest
             of
             this
             Bassa's
             spoyles
             .
             Moreouer
             he
             promised
             to
             giue
             him
             the
             Sultana
             his
             Daughter
             in
             Marriage
             .
             All
             these
             things
             are
             signes
             of
             the
             great
             bountie
             of
             Achmat
             ,
             thus
             to
             honour
             a
             Traitor
             ,
             who
             deserued
             rather
             a
             shamefull
             death
             ,
             then
             the
             first
             dignitie
             of
             the
             Turkish
             Empire
             ;
             they
             will
             in
             like
             sort
             be
             a
             testimonie
             of
             the
             ingratitude
             of
             the
             fauourite
             ,
             who
             will
             abuse
             them
             .
             For
             an
             example
             that
             too
             indulgent
             a
             Prince
             to
             a
             notable
             Traitor
             ,
             doth
             furnish
             him
             with
             meanes
             to
             do
             worse
             .
             Nassuf
             being
             now
             
               Grand
               Vizir
            
             &
             with
             assurance
             to
             be
             Sonne
             in
             law
             to
             his
             Master
             ,
             goes
             to
             horse-backe
             ,
             and
             in
             qualitie
             of
             Generall
             of
             an
             Armie
             ,
             leads
             the
             forces
             of
             Turkey
             against
             the
             Persian
             ,
             enters
             with
             them
             into
             his
             Countrie
             ,
             makes
             a
             generall
             spoyle
             ,
             and
             forceth
             
               Ka
               Abbas
            
             ,
             who
             is
             King
             at
             this
             Day
             ,
             to
             demaund
             a
             peace
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             meane
             time
             grants
             him
             a
             truce
             for
             six
             Moneths
             .
             Hee
             parts
             from
             Persia
             ,
             leading
             with
             him
             the
             Embassadour
             of
             
               Ka
               Abbas
            
             ,
             hee
             comes
             to
             Constantinople
             ,
             enters
             in
             pompe
             ,
             hee
             is
             receiued
             not
             onely
             as
             the
             vanquisher
             of
             Persia
             ,
             but
             as
             the
             restorer
             of
             the
             Othoman
             esta●e
             .
             The
             custome
             of
             Turkey
             binds
             the
             Bassa's
             when
             they
             returne
             from
             their
             gouernments
             ,
             and
             the
             Generals
             of
             Armies
             from
             the
             Warre
             ,
             to
             make
             a
             present
             vnto
             the
             
               Sultan
               .
               Nassuf
            
             at
             his
             comming
             exceedes
             the
             magnificence
             of
             all
             the
             Presents
             that
             euer
             entred
             into
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             since
             the
             Turkes
             estate
             was
             setled
             ,
             for
             besides
             a
             thousand
             rarities
             which
             hee
             brought
             from
             Persia
             ,
             to
             the
             Sultan
             his
             Master
             ;
             he
             presented
             him
             with
             a
             Million
             of
             Gold
             coyned
             ,
             and
             within
             few
             dayes
             
             after
             married
             his
             Daughter
             .
             This
             is
             the
             ascent
             and
             height
             of
             his
             fortune
             :
             Behold
             the
             descent
             .
             Achmat
             saw
             that
             Nassuf
             exceeded
             the
             ordinary
             of
             all
             the
             other
             Vizirs
             which
             had
             serued
             him
             ,
             that
             his
             treasure
             did
             equall
             his
             ,
             if
             not
             exceed
             it
             :
             
             He
             conceiued
             a
             jealousie
             (
             abundance
             of
             riches
             is
             many
             times
             criminall
             and
             offensiue
             to
             Princes
             )
             and
             growes
             into
             distrust
             of
             his
             actions
             .
             The
             Bassa's
             hauing
             some
             vent
             thereof
             by
             some
             of
             the
             Agalarie
             ,
             Eunuches
             of
             the
             Chamber
             ,
             labour
             to
             informe
             him
             of
             the
             carriage
             of
             Nassuf
             .
             The
             Bassa
             of
             Babylon
             knew
             more
             than
             any
             Man
             ,
             they
             cause
             him
             to
             come
             to
             Constantinople
             ,
             and
             obtained
             secret
             audience
             for
             him
             :
             This
             Man
             did
             plainly
             discouer
             vnto
             the
             Sultan
             ,
             that
             the
             
               Bassa
               Nassuf
            
             betrayed
             him
             ,
             for
             the
             which
             hee
             drew
             great
             Pensions
             from
             the
             Persian
             ,
             to
             whom
             hee
             wrote
             the
             secrets
             of
             his
             most
             important
             affaires
             .
             Achmat
             well
             informed
             of
             the
             disloyalties
             of
             his
             Fauourite
             ,
             resolues
             not
             to
             leaue
             them
             vnpunished
             ,
             and
             presently
             concludes
             his
             death
             :
             He
             giues
             the
             charge
             to
             the
             Bostangibassi
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             great
             Gardiner
             :
             Nassuf
             is
             aduertized
             by
             the
             Sultana
             ,
             which
             was
             most
             fauoured
             ,
             being
             his
             Pensioner
             ,
             that
             Achmat
             was
             much
             discontented
             with
             him
             :
             This
             amazeth
             him
             ,
             hee
             faines
             himself
             sicke
             ,
             and
             keepes
             his
             bed
             ;
             the
             Bostangibassi
             comes
             to
             his
             Lodging
             ,
             and
             demands
             to
             speake
             with
             him
             in
             the
             Sultans
             name
             ,
             hee
             excused
             himselfe
             vpon
             the
             discommoditie
             of
             a
             violent
             purgation
             which
             troubled
             him
             :
             The
             Bostangibassi
             presses
             it
             ,
             and
             tels
             him
             that
             hee
             would
             not
             returne
             vntill
             hee
             had
             spoken
             with
             him
             ;
             that
             the
             Sultan
             had
             commanded
             him
             to
             see
             him
             ,
             in
             what
             estate
             he
             was
             ,
             &
             to
             learn
             from
             himself
             the
             newes
             of
             his
             health
             .
             Then
             Nassuf
             commanded
             they
             should
             suffer
             him
             to
             come
             :
             There
             the
             Bostangibassi
             complements
             with
             him
             concerning
             his
             indispostion
             ,
             and
             assured
             him
             that
             he
             should
             be
             soone
             cured
             :
             he
             might
             boldly
             speake
             it
             ,
             seeing
             hee
             carried
             the
             remedie
             in
             his
             pocket
             .
             After
             such
             like
             discourses
             of
             courtesie
             ,
             he
             drew
             out
             of
             his
             pocket
             a
             commandement
             from
             the
             Sultan
             written
             to
             Nassuf
             ,
             to
             send
             him
             the
             Seales
             of
             his
             Empire
             .
             Nassuf
             obeyeth
             ,
             causeth
             them
             to
             be
             brought
             vnto
             his
             bed
             ,
             wraps
             them
             in
             his
             Handkercher
             ,
             seales
             them
             with
             his
             owne
             Seale
             ,
             and
             giuing
             them
             to
             
             the
             Bostangibassi
             kisses
             them
             ,
             and
             intreats
             him
             to
             assure
             his
             Master
             ,
             that
             he
             had
             kept
             them
             faithfully
             ,
             and
             had
             neuer
             sealed
             any
             thing
             which
             was
             against
             his
             seruice
             :
             Then
             hee
             thought
             that
             the
             discontentment
             whereof
             the
             Sultana
             aduertized
             him
             ,
             would
             haue
             no
             other
             sequell
             but
             to
             depriue
             him
             of
             his
             charge
             ,
             which
             they
             call
             in
             this
             Court
             to
             be
             made
             Mansul
             ,
             and
             that
             by
             the
             helpe
             of
             his
             friends
             and
             the
             force
             of
             money
             ,
             hee
             might
             be
             restored
             in
             a
             short
             time
             .
             His
             misreckoning
             was
             not
             farre
             off
             ;
             the
             Bostangibassi
             ,
             being
             now
             in
             possession
             of
             the
             Seales
             of
             the
             Empire
             ,
             drew
             forth
             another
             Commandement
             to
             Nassuf
             from
             the
             same
             Sultan
             ,
             to
             send
             him
             his
             head
             :
             Then
             Nassuf
             cried
             out
             ,
             calling
             Heauen
             and
             Earth
             to
             witnesse
             of
             his
             innocencie
             ;
             he
             desired
             to
             speake
             with
             the
             Sultan
             ,
             and
             intreats
             the
             Bostangibassi
             to
             conduct
             him
             ;
             he
             excuses
             himselfe
             ,
             that
             he
             had
             no
             other
             charge
             but
             to
             see
             him
             strangled
             by
             ten
             or
             twelue
             Capigis
             which
             attended
             him
             :
             Vpon
             this
             refusall
             he
             contested
             long
             ;
             but
             seeing
             to
             deferre
             his
             end
             ,
             was
             but
             to
             prolong
             his
             distemperature
             and
             griefe
             ,
             he
             resolues
             to
             die
             ,
             only
             hee
             demands
             of
             the
             great
             Gardiner
             to
             suffer
             him
             to
             goe
             and
             wash
             himselfe
             in
             a
             Chamber
             neere
             by
             ,
             to
             depart
             this
             World
             in
             the
             estate
             of
             puritie
             ,
             according
             to
             the
             Turks
             beliefe
             ,
             which
             hold
             the
             washing
             of
             the
             body
             for
             the
             purification
             of
             the
             soules
             :
             This
             grace
             also
             was
             denied
             him
             .
             Then
             he
             abandons
             his
             life
             to
             the
             Capigis
             who
             were
             about
             his
             bed
             :
             they
             put
             a
             cord
             about
             his
             necke
             ,
             and
             not
             able
             to
             strangle
             him
             so
             speedily
             as
             they
             desired
             by
             reason
             of
             his
             extraordinary
             fatnesse
             ,
             one
             of
             them
             drew
             a
             Knife
             out
             of
             his
             pocket
             ,
             
             and
             cut
             his
             throat
             .
             Achmat
             would
             see
             him
             dead
             ,
             to
             be
             the
             better
             assured
             ;
             and
             then
             appointed
             his
             buriall
             among
             the
             common
             people
             without
             any
             honour
             .
             Such
             was
             the
             fortune
             of
             
               Bassa
               Nassuf
            
             and
             such
             his
             fall
             :
             His
             good
             wit
             had
             raised
             him
             to
             these
             great
             Dignities
             of
             his
             Empire
             ,
             and
             his
             pride
             cast
             him
             downe
             ,
             hauing
             long
             enjoyed
             the
             fauour
             of
             his
             Master
             ,
             and
             made
             no
             good
             vse
             of
             it
             :
             His
             riches
             equall
             to
             his
             fortune
             were
             extraordinary
             ;
             the
             Officers
             of
             the
             treasure
             ,
             which
             were
             imployed
             to
             take
             an
             Inuentory
             of
             his
             goods
             ,
             found
             in
             his
             Cosers
             in
             Sultanin●
             ,
             (
             which
             is
             a
             Coyne
             of
             Gold
             )
             fiue
             hundred
             thousand
             pounds
             sterling
             ,
             in
             Siluer
             coyned
             three
             hundred
             
             and
             eight
             thousand
             pounds
             sterling
             ,
             the
             quantitie
             of
             three
             bushels
             of
             precious
             Stones
             not
             yet
             wrought
             ,
             a
             bushell
             of
             Diamonds
             not
             set
             ,
             and
             two
             bushels
             of
             goodly
             round
             Pearles
             .
             His
             Armory
             was
             furnished
             with
             aboue
             a
             thousand
             rich
             Swords
             ,
             whereof
             the
             least
             had
             the
             Hilt
             and
             Pomell
             of
             siluer
             ,
             and
             amidst
             this
             number
             there
             was
             one
             all
             set
             with
             Diamonds
             ,
             valued
             at
             twentie
             thousand
             pounds
             sterling
             money
             :
             The
             Chambers
             of
             his
             Lodging
             and
             his
             Wardrobe
             ,
             were
             richly
             hanged
             with
             Tapestry
             of
             Persia
             and
             Caire
             :
             Many
             rich
             stuffes
             of
             silke
             and
             gold
             excellently
             wrought
             ,
             did
             augment
             the
             quantity
             of
             his
             precious
             Moueables
             :
             In
             his
             Stables
             were
             found
             aboue
             a
             thousand
             great
             Horses
             of
             price
             ,
             foure
             hundred
             and
             fortie
             Mares
             of
             Arabia
             and
             Egypt
             ,
             as
             beautiful
             as
             any
             Painter
             could
             represent
             ,
             with
             this
             there
             were
             many
             thousand
             Camels
             and
             Moiles
             for
             his
             Baggage
             when
             hee
             trauelled
             :
             In
             his
             base
             Courts
             they
             numbred
             a
             hundred
             thousand
             Oxen
             ,
             Kine
             and
             Sheepe
             :
             the
             number
             of
             his
             slaues
             exceeded
             foure
             thousand
             .
             With
             this
             great
             wealth
             he
             might
             haue
             done
             great
             good
             ,
             if
             he
             had
             had
             a
             friend
             to
             giue
             him
             good
             counsel
             (
             but
             great
             prosperities
             haue
             not
             any
             )
             who
             might
             haue
             contained
             him
             by
             wise
             aduice
             ,
             within
             the
             limits
             of
             his
             dutie
             .
             Thus
             the
             fauours
             and
             pomps
             of
             the
             Court
             passe
             away
             .
             Those
             of
             Turkey
             ,
             culpable
             of
             the
             least
             crymes
             ,
             yea
             those
             which
             are
             innocent
             are
             of
             no
             longer
             continuance
             .
             For
             if
             the
             Court
             in
             what
             place
             soeuer
             ,
             bee
             a
             Sea
             full
             of
             waues
             ,
             that
             of
             the
             Othoman
             is
             alwayes
             beaten
             with
             stormes
             ,
             and
             tost
             with
             Tempests
             :
             The
             winds
             of
             the
             Sultana's
             passions
             ,
             which
             are
             most
             cherished
             by
             the
             Prince
             ,
             the
             couetous
             desires
             of
             the
             Enuches
             which
             serue
             him
             ,
             and
             are
             his
             familiars
             ,
             banish
             the
             calme
             ,
             and
             are
             the
             cause
             of
             such
             like
             shipwrackes
             ,
             if
             they
             doe
             not
             pacifie
             the
             greedinesse
             of
             the
             one
             ,
             in
             glutting
             them
             with
             presents
             ,
             and
             the
             auarice
             of
             the
             other
             by
             great
             pensions
             .
             And
             although
             they
             take
             this
             course
             most
             commonly
             ,
             yet
             notwithstanding
             they
             are
             oftentimes
             allarmed
             ,
             suffer
             troublesome
             apprehensions
             ,
             and
             liue
             alwayes
             in
             feare
             and
             disquietnesse
             .
             To
             teach
             men
             ,
             which
             admire
             and
             adore
             the
             lustre
             of
             such
             fortunes
             that
             their
             perfectest
             ioyes
             are
             fruitfull
             in
             sorrowes
             :
             And
             when
             they
             thinke
             to
             make
             their
             Paradice
             in
             this
             World
             ,
             then
             they
             carry
             their
             Hell
             with
             them
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             
               CHAP.
               XIX
            
             .
             Of
             the
             
               Grand
               Seigneurs
            
             Armes
             and
             Seales
             .
          
           
             THe
             Turkes
             who
             esteeme
             vertue
             by
             its
             price
             haue
             no
             Armes
             ,
             nor
             Sirnames
             :
             The
             Lawes
             established
             and
             seuerely
             obserued
             among
             them
             ,
             which
             haue
             made
             them
             so
             powerfull
             vpon
             earth
             ,
             would
             thus
             banish
             out
             of
             Turkey
             (
             although
             somewhat
             preposterously
             )
             this
             subject
             of
             vanity
             in
             Families
             ,
             and
             force
             men
             rather
             to
             support
             their
             glory
             vpon
             their
             owne
             merit
             ,
             than
             in
             the
             vertue
             of
             their
             Ancestors
             which
             is
             not
             theirs
             :
             For
             this
             cause
             in
             their
             Monarchy
             ,
             the
             sonne
             of
             a
             great
             Bassa
             ,
             is
             lesse
             esteemed
             than
             he
             of
             a
             Waterman
             ,
             if
             he
             hath
             lesse
             vertue
             :
             All
             the
             aduantage
             hee
             can
             challenge
             ,
             to
             be
             borne
             of
             vertuous
             Parents
             ,
             is
             to
             tearme
             himselfe
             their
             sonne
             .
             As
             for
             example
             ,
             Mustapha
             the
             sonne
             of
             Siruan
             shall
             be
             called
             Siruanogli
             ,
             that
             is
             to
             say
             ,
             the
             sonne
             of
             Siruan
             :
             The
             rest
             of
             his
             glory
             must
             be
             supplyed
             by
             himselfe
             ,
             and
             not
             borrowed
             from
             his
             Father
             .
             Their
             Emperours
             haue
             no
             Armes
             ,
             and
             the
             Family
             of
             the
             Othomans
             neuer
             beare
             any
             .
             They
             defaced
             in
             the
             siege
             of
             the
             Gracian
             Empire
             ,
             those
             of
             the
             most
             Illustrious
             Family
             of
             the
             Paliologus
             ,
             who
             were
             the
             Soueraigne
             Monarches
             ,
             who
             carried
             gloriously
             the
             Titles
             of
             their
             triumphant
             prosperities
             ,
             by
             foure
             Letters
             separated
             distinctly
             ,
             which
             the
             Greekes
             call
             Vita
             ,
             and
             not
             Fusils
             ,
             as
             some
             haue
             dream't
             ,
             these
             Letters
             signified
             in
             the
             same
             Language
             ,
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             that
             is
             to
             say
             ,
             
               King
               of
               Kings
               ,
               raigning
               ouer
               them
               that
               raigne
               .
            
             It
             is
             true
             the
             Turkish
             Princes
             ,
             haue
             some
             kinde
             of
             Marke
             or
             Ensigne
             ,
             rather
             of
             their
             Empire
             than
             of
             their
             Family
             :
             for
             when
             as
             they
             represent
             it
             ,
             they
             paint
             the
             Globe
             of
             the
             World
             ,
             with
             a
             Crescent
             or
             halfe
             Moone
             on
             the
             top
             ;
             and
             in
             their
             Armies
             ,
             their
             Ensignes
             haue
             no
             other
             deuice
             but
             the
             same
             Crescent
             :
             their
             Towers
             and
             Steeples
             carry
             it
             ,
             yea
             the
             Pilgrimes
             which
             goe
             to
             Mequa
             ,
             carry
             it
             on
             the
             top
             of
             their
             slaues
             :
             the
             which
             shewes
             that
             this
             Crescent
             is
             rather
             a
             marke
             of
             their
             Religion
             ,
             then
             of
             the
             Imperiall
             Race
             .
             Wee
             
             haue
             obserued
             in
             our
             History
             of
             their
             Religion
             ,
             the
             Miracle
             which
             Mahomet
             their
             Prophet
             brags
             hee
             had
             done
             ,
             when
             as
             he
             repaired
             the
             Moone
             which
             was
             torne
             ,
             and
             all
             in
             pieces
             ,
             after
             he
             had
             drawne
             it
             from
             Heauen
             and
             put
             it
             into
             his
             sleeue
             :
             The
             Turkes
             which
             count
             their
             Moneths
             by
             Moones
             ,
             shew
             the
             veritie
             hereof
             ,
             when
             as
             they
             prostrate
             themselues
             in
             the
             beginning
             thereof
             ,
             before
             the
             Moone
             ,
             and
             lifting
             vp
             their
             eyes
             to
             his
             brightnesse
             ,
             they
             pray
             unto
             God
             that
             hee
             will
             grant
             them
             the
             grace
             to
             begin
             happily
             ,
             to
             continue
             in
             like
             manner
             ,
             and
             to
             end
             with
             good
             successe
             the
             course
             of
             this
             Starre
             .
          
           
             The
             Imperiall
             Seale
             of
             the
             
               Grand
               Seigneurs
            
             of
             Turkey
             ,
             hath
             no
             other
             figure
             ,
             but
             certaine
             Arabian
             Characters
             ,
             which
             expresse
             their
             name
             ,
             that
             of
             their
             Father
             ,
             and
             note
             the
             pride
             of
             the
             felicity
             whereof
             they
             brag
             .
             Achmat
             the
             Emperour
             ,
             who
             died
             in
             the
             yeare
             1617
             ,
             had
             caused
             these
             words
             to
             be
             grauen
             in
             the
             Seale
             ,
             wherewith
             his
             Patents
             were
             sealed
             :
             
               Achmet
               ibni
               Mehemet
               Cham
               Sadet
            
             :
             that
             is
             to
             say
             ;
             
               Achmet
               sonne
               to
               Mehemet
               ,
               Emperour
               alwayes
               victorious
               .
            
             The
             other
             Othoman
             Monarches
             ,
             haue
             in
             a
             manner
             the
             same
             deuice
             ,
             the
             names
             only
             changed
             :
             It
             is
             true
             that
             the
             Arabique
             Letters
             are
             so
             interlaced
             one
             with
             another
             (
             in
             a
             manner
             like
             the
             Cyphers
             ,
             wherewith
             they
             expresse
             their
             names
             in
             France
             )
             as
             few
             men
             in
             his
             Estate
             ,
             can
             expound
             them
             :
             only
             the
             Vizir
             ,
             or
             he
             which
             scales
             hath
             the
             perfect
             knowledge
             .
             This
             manner
             of
             grauing
             their
             Seales
             only
             with
             Letters
             ,
             hath
             beene
             imitated
             only
             from
             their
             Prophet
             :
             For
             the
             Turkish
             Monarchy
             ,
             and
             all
             that
             depends
             thereof
             ,
             hold
             it
             a
             glory
             to
             haue
             for
             their
             principall
             support
             ,
             the
             Religion
             which
             he
             professeth
             ,
             and
             to
             haue
             no
             other
             interest
             but
             his
             :
             Mahomet
             the
             Authour
             of
             the
             Alcoran
             ,
             caused
             words
             only
             to
             be
             grauen
             in
             his
             Seale
             ,
             and
             wordes
             without
             truth
             ;
             which
             were
             these
             ,
             
               Mahomet
               the
               Messenger
               of
               God.
            
             This
             Seale
             was
             made
             seuen
             hundred
             and
             fiue
             or
             six
             yeares
             before
             that
             Othoman
             the
             first
             Prince
             of
             that
             Family
             ,
             which
             raignes
             at
             this
             day
             in
             the
             East
             ,
             had
             setled
             the
             Turkish
             Monarchy
             :
             and
             since
             ,
             we
             doe
             not
             read
             that
             any
             Turkish
             Emperour
             hath
             had
             any
             other
             Armes
             for
             their
             Seales
             than
             the
             Characters
             and
             Arabique
             words
             :
             Thus
             these
             men
             by
             words
             not
             
             cast
             into
             the
             wind
             ,
             as
             many
             other
             Princes
             doe
             ,
             but
             grauen
             ,
             haue
             by
             the
             esteeme
             which
             they
             haue
             made
             of
             the
             vertue
             of
             men
             which
             haue
             serued
             them
             ,
             subdued
             the
             Emperour
             of
             Constantinople
             ,
             rauished
             that
             of
             Trebifonde
             ,
             seazed
             vpon
             
               Egypt
               ,
               Palestina
               ,
               Damas
               ,
               Pamphylia
               ,
               Cilicia
               ,
               Caramania
               ,
            
             and
             all
             Natolia
             ,
             vanquished
             Rhodes
             and
             Cyprus
             ,
             triumphed
             ouer
             
               Graecia
               ,
               Albania
               ,
               Illyria
            
             ,
             and
             the
             Triballieus
             ,
             and
             likewise
             doth
             by
             his
             Armes
             possesse
             the
             best
             parts
             of
             
               Moldania
               ,
               Transilnania
            
             ,
             and
             Hungary
             ,
             and
             without
             doubt
             ,
             their
             Conquests
             had
             extended
             farther
             into
             the
             Prouinces
             of
             Christendome
             ,
             if
             Heauen
             had
             not
             giuen
             them
             bounds
             ,
             and
             stayed
             their
             courses
             ,
             by
             the
             troubles
             of
             the
             Othoman
             House
             ,
             and
             the
             death
             of
             its
             Princes
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               CHAP.
               XX.
            
             Of
             the
             Death
             ,
             Mourning
             ,
             Funerall
             ,
             and
             Burying
             ,
             of
             the
             
               Grand
               SEIGNEVAS
            
             ,
             Emperours
             of
             Turkey
             .
          
           
             THe
             Kings
             which
             receiue
             tribute
             from
             so
             many
             Nations
             pay
             it
             vnto
             death
             ,
             and
             the
             condition
             of
             their
             perishing
             life
             ,
             makes
             them
             to
             suffer
             this
             equalitie
             with
             other
             men
             ,
             to
             returne
             vnto
             dust
             the
             common
             beginning
             of
             all
             euen
             liuing
             :
             the
             which
             should
             incite
             them
             the
             〈◊〉
             to
             forget
             the
             glory
             of
             their
             Name
             ,
             and
             to
             repaire
             by
             their
             goodly
             and
             royall
             actions
             ,
             the
             shortnesse
             of
             their
             dayes
             ,
             〈…〉
             they
             may
             past
             from
             the
             disquietnesse
             of
             an
             〈◊〉
             Religion
             ,
             〈◊〉
             eternall
             rest
             of
             a
             heauenly
             command
             ,
             and
             change
             their
             Crownes
             which
             are
             not
             durable
             ,
             to
             the
             Diadem
             of
             an
             Empire
             which
             hath
             no
             end
             .
             The
             Turkish
             Sultans
             spend
             their
             dayes
             farre
             from
             those
             wise
             thoughts
             in
             the
             〈◊〉
             of
             their
             〈◊〉
             ,
             in
             the
             midst
             of
             pleasures
             ,
             with
             their
             Sultan's
             ;
             the
             〈◊〉
             of
             〈…〉
             ,
             doth
             blemish
             their
             glory
             ,
             and
             〈◊〉
             their
             〈…〉
             the
             humours
             of
             their
             Bodies
             ,
             and
             shortens
             their
             〈◊〉
             .
             For
             delights
             kill
             more
             men
             than
             the
             sword
             .
             When
             they
             can
             sick
             ,
             〈◊〉
             
             
               ni
               Bassa
            
             ,
             who
             is
             the
             chiefe
             of
             the
             Phisitians
             ,
             assembles
             the
             rest
             within
             the
             Serrail
             ,
             and
             shuts
             himselfe
             vp
             with
             them
             ,
             where
             they
             labour
             for
             the
             cure
             of
             their
             Maister
             ,
             with
             that
             care
             which
             wee
             haue
             formerly
             mentioned
             .
             Remedies
             are
             but
             for
             helpes
             ,
             they
             draw
             them
             not
             from
             the
             Bed
             ,
             whereas
             their
             life
             and
             pride
             must
             haue
             an
             end
             :
             They
             die
             ,
             and
             leauing
             their
             Scepters
             and
             Crownes
             ,
             with
             all
             that
             which
             the
             World
             adores
             ,
             they
             carry
             nothing
             with
             them
             but
             the
             good
             they
             haue
             done
             liuing
             ,
             yet
             vnprofitable
             to
             their
             soules
             health
             ,
             seeing
             they
             haue
             not
             Truth
             for
             their
             Guide
             .
             The
             Prince
             which
             is
             to
             succeed
             puts
             on
             Mourning
             ,
             and
             attires
             himselfe
             in
             blacke
             for
             a
             short
             time
             ,
             hee
             couers
             his
             head
             with
             a
             little
             Turbant
             ,
             and
             doth
             testifie
             by
             his
             exterior
             shew
             ,
             the
             griefe
             hee
             hath
             for
             the
             losse
             of
             his
             Predecessour
             ,
             although
             that
             in
             his
             soule
             ,
             hee
             feeles
             the
             most
             sensible
             joy
             that
             euer
             hee
             had
             .
             Thus
             Selym
             the
             Third
             shewed
             himselfe
             before
             the
             Body
             of
             Selyman
             the
             Second
             ,
             his
             Father
             ,
             who
             dyed
             in
             Hungary
             at
             the
             siege
             of
             Sighet
             :
             All
             the
             Bassa's
             weare
             little
             Turbants
             in
             signe
             of
             Mourning
             :
             And
             if
             the
             Emperour
             dies
             in
             the
             Warre
             as
             Solyman
             did
             ,
             all
             the
             Ensignes
             and
             the
             Standard
             Royall
             ,
             are
             turned
             downward
             towards
             the
             ground
             ,
             vntill
             the
             now
             Sultan
             takes
             his
             Royall
             Robes
             ,
             and
             puts
             on
             a
             great
             white
             Turbane
             ,
             the
             which
             is
             done
             soone
             after
             :
             Then
             they
             cry
             as
             wee
             haue
             formerly
             related
             ;
             That
             the
             soule
             of
             the
             Inuincible
             Emperour
             
               Sultan
               N.
            
             enjoyes
             the
             immortall
             glory
             and
             eternall
             peace
             :
             That
             the
             Empire
             of
             
               Sultan
               N
            
             may
             prosper
             withall
             felicitie
             .
             But
             they
             interre
             them
             all
             in
             Constantinople
             ,
             since
             they
             setled
             the
             Seate
             of
             their
             Empire
             in
             that
             place
             :
             Before
             ,
             their
             Tombes
             were
             erected
             at
             Prussia
             in
             Asia
             ,
             the
             place
             of
             their
             first
             Domination
             :
             their
             〈…〉
             in
             this
             manner
             .
          
           
             The
             Emperours
             Body
             is
             carried
             in
             a
             Cossin
             couered
             with
             Linnen
             very
             rich
             ,
             or
             of
             Veluet
             :
             His
             Turbant
             is
             set
             before
             it
             ,
             with
             a
             Plume
             of
             He●
             Feathers
             :
             The
             
               Talismans
               ,
               San●
               ,
               Alpha●uis
               ,
               Der●
               ,
            
             and
             the
             like
             rabble
             of
             the
             Alcoran
             ,
             carry
             in
             their
             hands
             T●pers
             lighted
             ,
             to
             shew
             that
             their
             Prophet
             is
             the
             Ape
             of
             Christianity
             ;
             goe
             before
             singing
             in
             their
             Language
             such
             Verses
             ,
             
               A●a
               rahmmani
               arh●
               Alla
               ,
               
               illa
               Alla
               ,
               Alla
               〈◊〉
               Alla
               ,
            
             that
             is
             to
             say
             ,
             
               Mercifull
               God
               bane
               pittie
               on
               him
               ,
               there
               is
               no
               God
               but
               God
               ,
               God
               is
               God.
            
             They
             also
             say
             these
             words
             :
             
               Iabilac
               ●illata
            
             Mehemet
             
               ressultaha
               tungari
               bi
               r
               berem
               berac
            
             ;
             which
             signifieth
             ,
             
               God
               is
               God
               ,
               and
               there
               is
               no
               other
               God
               ,
            
             Mahomet
             
               is
               his
               Counsellour
               ,
               and
               his
               true
               Prophet
               .
            
             Before
             the
             Corps
             doth
             march
             the
             Mutaferaga
             ,
             who
             carries
             the
             Emperours
             Turbant
             vpon
             a
             Lance
             ,
             with
             the
             tayle
             of
             a
             Horse
             tied
             neere
             vnto
             it
             :
             The
             Ianizaries
             ,
             the
             Solachi
             ,
             and
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             Imperiall
             Guard
             follow
             the
             Hearse
             :
             After
             these
             the
             Officers
             of
             the
             Sultans
             house
             march
             in
             order
             vnder
             the
             conduct
             of
             Casuegirhassi
             ,
             or
             Master
             of
             the
             Household
             :
             The
             
               Malundarb
               bedith
               mandura
            
             ,
             carrieth
             the
             deceased
             
               Grand
               Seigueurs
            
             Armes
             ,
             and
             the
             Royall
             Standard
             dragging
             vpon
             the
             ground
             :
             The
             Bassa's
             and
             all
             the
             great
             Men
             of
             the
             Port
             ,
             yeelding
             their
             last
             duty
             vnto
             their
             Master
             ,
             assist
             at
             their
             Funerall
             pleasantly
             attired
             in
             mourning
             :
             They
             haue
             a
             piece
             of
             Grey-cloth
             hangs
             before
             and
             behind
             from
             the
             head
             to
             the
             foot
             ,
             like
             vnto
             the
             Fro●k
             which
             the
             Brethren
             of
             the
             Hospitall
             ,
             of
             the
             Charity
             ,
             in
             the
             Suburbes
             of
             Saint
             Germain
             at
             Paris
             do
             weare
             :
             some
             of
             them
             for
             that
             they
             will
             not
             seeme
             too
             sorrowfull
             ;
             tie
             only
             a
             long
             piece
             of
             Linnen
             cloth
             ,
             to
             the
             end
             of
             their
             Turbants
             ,
             which
             h●ng
             downe
             vnto
             their
             heeles
             .
             In
             this
             great
             Mourning
             the
             most
             〈◊〉
             in
             the
             〈◊〉
             Cou●t
             ,
             hold
             their
             Rancks
             in
             this
             Funerall
             Pompe
             ,
             whereas
             the
             Men
             make
             but
             a
             part
             of
             the
             Convoy
             ,
             〈◊〉
             supply
             the
             rest
             ,
             with
             lesse
             griefe
             and
             more
             ●cares
             :
             For
             all
             the
             Sultans
             great
             Horses
             are
             at
             his
             Interment
             ;
             they
             carry
             their
             Saddles
             turned
             vpward
             ,
             and
             better
             couered
             than
             the
             Bassa's
             in
             their
             Grey
             Froches
             ,
             they
             haue
             blacke
             Veluet
             hanging
             vnto
             the
             ground
             :
             They
             weepe
             and
             sigh
             without
             〈◊〉
             :
             They
             put
             Assagoth
             or
             Tobacco
             into
             their
             〈…〉
             ,
             and
             into
             their
             eyes
             to
             draw
             forth
             〈…〉
             is
             the
             〈◊〉
             pompe
             of
             the
             Turkish
             Sultans
             ,
             who
             being
             〈…〉
             men
             to
             weepe
             f●
             their
             losse
             ,
             constraine
             〈◊〉
             to
             〈…〉
             :
             In
             this
             〈◊〉
             they
             conduct
             the
             body
             (
             the
             hard
             first
             after
             the
             Turkish
             manner
             )
             to
             the
             Tombe
             where
             they
             wil
             inclose
             〈◊〉
             is
             usually
             〈◊〉
             to
             the
             Mosqu●e
             ,
             which
             the
             deceased
             Sultan
             hath
             cause
             
             built
             ,
             in
             a
             Chappell
             apart
             :
             the
             Sepulchre
             is
             couered
             with
             black
             Veluet
             .
             If
             the
             Prince
             died
             in
             the
             Warre
             ,
             they
             lay
             his
             Scmiter
             vpon
             it
             ;
             if
             not
             ,
             his
             Turbant
             is
             aduanced
             ,
             and
             set
             against
             the
             wall
             neere
             vnto
             the
             Tombe
             ,
             with
             rich
             Plumes
             of
             Herons
             feathers
             for
             an
             Ornament
             ;
             two
             Candlestickes
             which
             carry
             great
             Tapers
             gilt
             ,
             are
             at
             the
             foot
             of
             the
             Sepulchre
             :
             Some
             Turkish
             Priests
             which
             are
             instituted
             to
             that
             end
             ,
             repeate
             continually
             the
             Azoares
             of
             the
             Alcoran
             in
             their
             turnes
             ,
             and
             one
             after
             another
             sayes
             the
             Turkes
             Chapelet
             ;
             whereof
             wee
             haue
             spoken
             in
             the
             History
             of
             their
             Religion
             ,
             and
             pray
             continually
             for
             the
             soule
             of
             the
             deceased
             .
             On
             Fridayes
             these
             Imperiall
             Tombes
             ,
             are
             adorned
             with
             new
             Couerings
             ,
             and
             strewed
             with
             flowres
             :
             They
             which
             come
             on
             such
             dayes
             pray
             for
             the
             dead
             ,
             or
             powre
             forth
             theirteares
             ,
             and
             take
             a
             Nosegay
             when
             they
             returne
             .
             Sometimes
             they
             doe
             also
             set
             much
             meat
             ,
             to
             giue
             Almes
             vnto
             the
             poore
             ,
             and
             they
             call
             to
             these
             Funerall
             Feasts
             ,
             not
             only
             poore
             Beggers
             ,
             but
             also
             Beasts
             ,
             as
             Dogges
             ,
             Cats
             ,
             and
             Bi●s
             ,
             the
             which
             are
             honourably
             receiued
             ,
             and
             feasted
             with
             as
             much
             liberty
             and
             safety
             as
             the
             Men
             ,
             who
             seeing
             the
             pawes
             of
             Cats
             in
             pottage
             with
             their
             hands
             ,
             dare
             not
             chase
             them
             away
             :
             But
             contrariwise
             they
             owe
             them
             respect
             and
             succour
             ,
             as
             those
             whom
             misery
             hath
             made
             their
             equals
             ,
             and
             therefore
             capable
             to
             receiue
             the
             effects
             of
             the
             Turkish
             Charity
             :
             For
             the
             Mahomets
             hold
             opinion
             ,
             that
             to
             giue
             Almes
             vnto
             Beasts
             is
             a
             worke
             no
             lesse
             meritorious
             before
             God
             ,
             than
             to
             giue
             vnto
             Men
             :
             for
             that
             ,
             say
             they
             ,
             these
             poore
             animals
             possesse
             nothing
             in
             this
             World
             ,
             where
             they
             are
             destitute
             of
             all
             temporall
             goods
             ,
             necessary
             for
             the
             maintenance
             of
             life
             .
             Thus
             they
             shut
             him
             vp
             in
             sixe
             foot
             of
             ground
             whom
             all
             the
             World
             could
             not
             containe
             ,
             and
             whose
             vnrestrained
             ambition
             aspired
             to
             more
             Empire
             than
             the
             Earth
             containes
             :
             And
             after
             that
             he
             had
             bin
             a
             terrour
             to
             Men
             ,
             and
             the
             cruell
             scourge
             of
             many
             Nations
             ,
             he
             is
             made
             the
             subject
             of
             Wormes
             ,
             and
             their
             ordinary
             food
             .
             In
             this
             manner
             passeth
             ,
             and
             ends
             the
             glory
             of
             the
             World.
             
          
        
      
       
         FINIS
         .
      
    
     
       
         Notes, typically marginal, from the original text
         
           Notes for div A05751-e320
           
             The
             scitu●tion
             of
             Constantinople
             ,
             and
             its
             forme
             .
          
           
             Description
             of
             the
             Serrail
             in
             generall
             .
          
           
             The
             Kitchins
             ,
          
           
             Diuan
             .
          
           
             Chasna
             .
          
           
             The
             Sultans
             lodging
             in
             Summer
             .
          
           
             The
             
               Grand
               Seigneurs
            
             Chamber
             .
          
           
             Great
             Monarchs
             should
             haue
             able
             men
             about
             them
             ,
             &
             not
             Groomes
             whom
             they
             aduance
             ,
             and
             are
             entertained
             by
             Fooles
             and
             Ignorants
             .
          
           
             Libraries
             .
          
           
             Nec
             Regna
             socium
             ferre
             nec
             taedae
             sciunt
             ,
             Senec
             .
          
           
             The
             Sultans
             bountie
             at
             his
             Coronation
             .
          
           
             Gaspard
             Ze●lick
             ,
             
               Chancellour
               to
               three
               Emperours
            
             ,
             Optarese
             dicebat
             omnes
             Reges
             aliquando
             priuat●s
             pauperesque
             suisse
             .
             Neque
             enim
             satis
             miseretur
             qui
             nunquam
             suit
             miser
             .
             
               Aeneas
               Syluius
               lib.
               1.
               
               Comment
               .
               de
               reb
               gest
               .
               Alph.
               
            
          
           
             ●ecunda
             res
             a●
             〈◊〉
             animos
             explor●●t
             ;
             quis
             miserie
             toleratur
             ,
             f●
             〈…〉
             
               said
               it
               to
            
             Plato
             in
             Taci●●●
             ,
             lib
             1.
             ●ist
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             description
             of
             Aethiopia
             by
             
               Don
               Francisco
               Aluarez
            
             ,
             printed
             1558.
             
          
           
             
               Andrew
               Corsall
               〈◊〉
            
             Florentine
             ●ices
             it
             to
             
               Ju●
               de
               Me●hein
            
             ,
             in
             a
             Let●er
             from
             Co●hin
             a
             Towne
             of
             the
             Indies
             .
          
           
             In
             sudore
             vultus
             tui
             voscéris
             panem
             donec
             revertaris
             in
             terram
             de
             qua
             sumptu●es
             ,
             quia
             puluises
             ,
             &
             in
             pulu●em
             reuert●s
             ,
             
               Gen.
               3.19
            
          
           
             Diogenes
             speaks
             it
             in
             
               Laertius
               ,
               lib.
            
             6.
             
          
           
             
               Amantiumirae
               amor●
               redi●tegratio
               est
               ,
               Terent
               .
            
             
               Que
               modo
               pugnarunt
               iungunt
               suar●stra
               culumbae
               ;
               Quarum
               blandittas
               ,
               verbaque
               ,
               murmur
               habes
               ,
               
                 Ouid
                 .
                 2.
                 de
                 Art.
              
               
            
          
           
             
               Terrena
               potest●●
               vult
               esse
               victrix
               gentium
               ,
               cum
               sit
               captiua
               vitiorum
               ,
               
                 D.
                 Aug.
                 lib.
                 15.
                 de
                 ciuit
                 .
                 Dei
                 ,
                 c.
                 8.
                 
              
            
             
               Sidelect
               amini
               in
               sedibus
               &
               sceptris
               ,
               ●
               Rege●
               populi
               ,
               diligite
               sapientiam
               ,
               
                 Salom
                 .
                 sap
                 .
                 6.
              
               
            
          
           
             Secundus
             Philosophus
             interrogatus
             ,
             Quid
             esset
             mulier
             malae
             ,
             respondit
             ,
             viri
             naufragium
             ,
             demus
             tempestas
             ,
             quietis
             impedimentum
             ,
             vitae
             captiuitas
             ,
             quetidianum
             malum
             ,
             voluntaria
             pugna
             ,
             sumptuosum
             bellum
             ,
             bellua
             conuiua
             leana
             complectens
             ,
             exornata
             scylla
             ,
             animal
             malitiesum
             ,
             malum
             necessarium
             ,
             
               Max.
               Seuerus
            
             .
          
           
             36.
             thousand
             pounds
             sterling
             .
          
           
             Mulierum
             genus
             est
             auarum
             ,
             
               Cic.
               Rhet.
               li.
               1.
            
             
          
           
             Mase
             parta
             ,
             mase
             dilabuntur
             ,
             vetus
             poeta
             .
          
           
             The
             exact
             guard
             of
             the
             women
             .
          
           
             Their
             punishment
             .
          
           
             
               Their
               diseases
            
             .
             Forma
             bonum
             fragile
             est
             ,
             quantumque
             acce●t
             ad
             annos
             ,
             Fit
             minor
             &
             spacie
             carpitur
             illa
             suo
             ,
             
               Ouid.
               de
               Art.
               lib.
               2.
            
             
          
           
             Theit
             going
             out
             of
             the
             Serrail
             .
          
           
             The
             old
             Serrail
          
           
             Cato
             Vticens●s
             in
             Plutarch
             .
          
           
             Two
             hundred
             thousand
             pounds
             sterling
             .
          
           
             Fourescore
             thousand
             pounds
             sterling
             .
          
           
             The
             place
             of
             pompes
             and
             sh●e
             .
          
           
             In
             what
             Equipage
             the
             Turkish
             Princes
             goe
             to
             the
             Hippodrome
             .
          
           
             The
             places
             for
             the
             Sultans
             .
          
           
             The
             place
             of
             the
             
             Sultana's
             .
          
           
             Those
             of
             the
             ●●●haes
             .
          
           
             Those
             of
             the
             Christian
             Embassadour
             .
          
           
             Those
             of
             the
             Mahometan
             Embassadours
             .
          
           
             Feasts
             of
             the
             Sultanaes
             that
             were
             shut
             vp
             .
          
           
             Mahomets
             Clergie
             .
          
           
             The
             Patriarchs
             of
             the
             Christians
             .
          
           
             The
             Merchants
             .
          
           
             The
             Goldsmiths
             .
          
           
             Tradesmen
             of
             diuers
             sorts
             .
          
           
             Artificiall
             Combats
             .
          
           
             A
             representation
             of
             the
             taking
             of
             Cypres
             .
          
           
             Artificial
             Castles
             .
          
           
             That
             is
             to
             say
             ,
             
               Italians
               ,
               French
               Spanish
            
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             Archers
             on
             horseback
             and
             their
             dexteritie
             .
          
           
             Elephants
             and
             Giraffe
             .
          
           
             Looke
             
               Lips●
               Epist
            
             .
             in
             his
             Centuries
             where
             hee
             speakes
             of
             this
             Beast
             .
          
           
             Et
             vna
             noble
             necedad
             dar
             à
             los
             Regez
             ,
             perque
             creen
             hazer
             merced
             .
             quando
             reciben
             ,
             
               Antha
               Perez
               en
               las
               cartas
               segund●
               .
            
          
           
             Munera
             cre●●
             mihi
             pla●ant
             hominesque
             Deisque
             ,
             Placatur
             d●nis
             Iupiter
             ipse
             datis
             ,
             
               Ouid●
               de
               Arte.
            
             
          
           
             Omnium
             est
             dulcissimum
             etcipere
             ,
             Senec.
             
          
           
             Foure
             hundred
             thousand
             pounds
             sterling
             .
          
           
             Hostium
             ●era
             non
             〈◊〉
             ,
             Hom.
             
          
           
             
               Iulius
               Caesar
            
             pote
             ●●iam
             diua●●●
             rebus
             ,
             pecunia
             scilicet
             ,
             &
             mi●ibus
             p●●●ri
             ,
             conseruari
             augeri
             di●●e
             sa●bat
             ,
             
               Ciphili●us
               in
               Caesario
            
          
           
             Two
             hundred
             and
             forty
             thousand
             pounds
             sterling
             .
          
           
             Iugurtha
             Roma
             egressus
             ,
             cam
             saepe
             tacitus
             respicicus
             ,
             postrem●grave
             ;
             ●risse
             sertur
             ;
             vrbem
             ●●nal●●
             ,
             &
             maturè
             perituram
             ,
             s●emptorem
             inueneris
             ,
             
               S●
               hist
               .
               de
               bello
               Iugurth
               .
            
          
           
             The
             Sultans
             carry
             in
             pompe
             .
          
           
             See
             what
             
               Marcilius
               Ficinus
            
             a
             learned
             Florentine
             doth
             write
             in
             the
             first
             Booke
             in
             the
             Epistle
             to
             
               Thomas
               Valerius
            
             a
             Physician
             .
          
           
             Null●
             emor
             est
             medica●ilu
             herbis
             .
             
               Quid.
               Metamor●l
               .
               1.
               fab
               .
               9
            
          
        
         
           Notes for div A05751-e14340
           
             Let
             this
             be
             spoken
             without
             violating
             the
             respect
             ,
             which
             lowe
             vnto
             such
             persons
             which
             relleue
             the
             publique
             by
             their
             care
             in
             Suits
             ,
             of
             whom
             I
             haue
             no
             intent
             to
             speake
             in
             this
             place
             .
          
           
             1.
             
             Oda
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             Oda
             .
          
           
             3.
             
             Oda
             .
          
           
             4.
             
             Oda
             .
          
           
             Plato
             amongst
             others
             in
             his
             booke
             ,
             
               de
               le
               g●b
               .
               d●cl
            
             .
             7.
             
          
           
             Mimio
             ●i
             ing●i●
             ,
             natur●●firma
             ,
             &
             m●●iri●
             ,
             ipia
             〈◊〉
             i●i●ria
             ,
             ins●i●entia
             ,
             〈…〉
             ,
             quo●
             par●
             〈…〉
             interp●t●ti●
             ,
             
               Senec.
               lib.
               In
               sapientem
               vi●
               〈◊〉
               cade●
            
             〈◊〉
             .
          
           
             
               Cor
               Regum
               inscrutabile
            
             ,
             Prou.
             25.3
             .
          
           
             Experiendo
             di●ticisse
             quam
             arduum
             quam
             subiectum
             fortuna
             ,
             regendi
             cun●ta
             onus
             ,
             
               Tacitus
               lib.
               ●
               .
               Annal.
            
             
          
           
             The
             Spaniards
             write
             it
             ,
             and
             
               Mayerne
               Turquet
            
             in
             the
             seuenth
             Booke
             of
             the
             historie
             of
             Spaine
             .
          
           
             Sodomia
             &
             idololatria
             simul
             inceperantsimul
             creuerant
             ,
             
               D.
               Tho.
               4
               sent
               .
               dist
               .
               1.
               q.
               2.
               
               ●
               .
               t.
               1
            
          
           
             Iesus
             Christ
             had
             Saint
             Iohn
             the
             Euangelist
             for
             his
             Fauourite
             .
          
           
             Hibraim
             fauourite
             to
             Solyman
          
           
             
               Vel●t
               arbitrum
               ragni
               agebat
               serebatur●
               digre●
               to
               ,
               magna
               profiquentium
               〈◊〉
               it
               u●
               ,
            
             saith
             Tachtus
             in
             the
             15.
             
             Booke
             of
             Annals
             ,
             speaking
             of
             P●lta●
             a
             freed
             Man
             to
             Clo●tius
             and
             his
             Fauourite
             .
          
           
             
               Cuncta
               mortalium
               incarta
               ;
               quanto
               pl●
               adeptus
               forot
               tant●
               se
               magis
               in
               lubrico
               dissitants
            
             Tacit.
             li.
             1.
             
             Annal
             .
             speaking
             of
             Tiberius
             who
             discoursed
             in
             in
             this
             manner
             to
             the
             Senate
             .
          
           
             Deruier
             F●rites
             to
             At●
          
           
             Nibil
             esse
             tam
             e●elsum
             ,
             quod
             non
             virtutes
             isla
             ,
             tuusque
             〈…〉
             ●●ntur
             ,
             
               Tacit.
               lib.
               1.
               
               Annal.
            
             Tiberius
             
               spake
               so
               to
            
             Sci●
             
               his
               Fauourite
               ,
               who
               demanded
            
             Lanis
             
               in
               Marriage
            
             .
          
           
             Nassuf
             Fauourite
             to
             Achmas
          
           
             Auri
             vim
             atque
             op●s
             principibus
             insensas
             essè
             ,
             said
             Sosibius
             
               Gouernour
               to
            
             Britannicus
             in
             Tacit
             lib.
             11.
             
             Annal.
             
          
           
             Tacitus
             
               in
               the
               ●ourth
               Booke
               of
               his
               Annals
               ,
               speakes
               as
               much
               of
            
             Suilius
             
               in
               these
               words
            
             ,
             Quem
             vidit
             sequeatatas
             prapotentem
             venalem
             &
             Claudij
             Pri●cipus
             amiciti●
             as
             a
             propere
             ,
             nunquam
             bene
             〈◊〉
             .